549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-01-012020-12-31iso4217:EUR549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-01-012021-12-31549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberiso4217:EURxbrli:shares549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-12-31549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-12-31549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492019-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492019-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492019-12-31cocacolahbcag:GroupReorganisationReserveMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492019-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492019-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492019-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492019-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492019-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492019-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492019-12-31549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-01-012020-12-31cocacolahbcag:GroupReorganisationReserveMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-12-31cocacolahbcag:GroupReorganisationReserveMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492020-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-01-012021-12-31cocacolahbcag:GroupReorganisationReserveMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-12-31cocacolahbcag:GroupReorganisationReserveMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember549300EFP3TNG7JGVE492021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Boldly embracing
the future
Coca‑Cola HBC Integrated Annual Report 2021
The early years
1951-1980
European consolidation
1981-1999
1951: Nigeria, where it all began
Coca-Cola HBC’s early beginnings were
inNigeria, where A.G. Leventis established
theNigerian Bottling Company in Lagos.
1953: Coca‑Cola
production begins
Production of Coca-Cola
began at a bottling facility in
Ebute-Metta, Lagos, Nigeria,
in 1953, with our first bottling
plant opening in Apapa that
same year.
1956: Honoured

An early honour for the new
business came in 1956 when the
young Queen Elizabeth II visited
the Nigerian Bottling Company
as part of her tour of Nigeria.
1977: From Africa to Ireland
In 1977 the company expanded outside
ofAfrica, acquiring the Coca-Cola franchises
inIreland.
1990s: Eastern Europe
The dramatic collapse of the Soviet Union in
1991saw a wave of change and new hope sweep
across Eastern Europe and the former Soviet
republics, presenting exciting new opportunities
for Coca‑Cola HBC across the region’s
fledglingdemocracies.
1981: Hellenic joins

Our company started the 1980s
with a statement of ambition,
acquiring the Hellenic Bottling
Company (HBC) of Greece.
1991: A defining period
We reached an historic milestone
as the Coca‑Cola HBC group
wentpublic on the Athens
stockexchange.
1999: Arriving in Russia
These heady days of the 1990s also saw Coca-Cola
HBC take its first steps in Russia. It was a significant
move for our business, which was completed in2001.
70 years of Coca‑Cola HBC
European expansion
2000-2012
The Coca-Cola HBC we know today
2013to the present day
2000: New markets, new cultures
The start of the new millennium saw the
mergerof the Hellenic Bottling Company with
Coca-Cola Beverages – forming Coca-Cola
Hellenic Bottling Company S.A. This brought
new territories, more cultures, and more
opportunities to grow.
2001: Dreams really

We acquired the remaining plants
in Russia from The Coca-Cola
Company, as well as the bottling
rights that we didn’t already own.
We quickly invested in our
Russiabusiness, creating more
jobs and opportunities for
localcommunities.
2005: Pioneering
sustainable technology
We took a big step on our
sustainability journey by
opening our first energy-
efficient Combined Heat
andPower plant in Hungary.
2005: Great Coke taste,
zero sugar
As consumer preferences
changed, The Coca-Cola
Company introduced
Coca-Cola Zero. It was a move
that would go on to drive the
Sparkling category to this day.
2013: A listing in London,

Coca‑Cola HBC reached a
landmark as it made its debut
onthe premium segment of the
London Stock Exchange. It was
also the year that the company
was registered in Switzerland
withnew headquarters.
2016: Serving up

Adult Sparkling is a high-value,
high-growth category. We are
proud to have activated
socialising away from home
withour portfolio of mixers and
straight-drinking flavours for
almost two decades.
29 markets, one family
In 2021 we announced the
acquisition of Coca-Cola
Bottling Company of Egypt,
oursecond market in Africa and
the 29th in the Coca‑Cola HBC
family. The deal was completed
in early 2022.
2020: Smell the coffee!
We made one of our biggest moves to expand our
24/7 portfolio in 2020 when we introduced COSTA
Coffee, recently purchased by The Coca-Cola
Company, to our first markets. In2021 we
strengthened our coffee offering with a 30%
shareholding in Caffè Vergnano.
70 years of Coca‑Cola HBC
2021 highlights
Volume (m unit cases)
2,412.7
2020: 2,135.6
Comparable EBIT
1
(€m)
831.0
2020: 672.3
Profit before tax (€m)
734.9
2020: 593.9
Comparable EPS
1
(€)
1.584
2020: 1.185
Primary packaging collected
forrecycling(equivalent)
46%
2020: 44%
Net sales revenue (€m)
7,168.4
2020: 6,131.8
Comparable EBIT
1
margin (%)
11.6
2020: 11.0
Net profit
2
(€m)
547.2
2020: 414.9
Basic EPS (€)
1.499
2020: 1.140
Energy-efficient coolers
42%
2020: 36%
Contents
Strategic Report
2 Chairman’s letter
4 Chief Executive Officer’s letter
6 Our business at a glance
8 Our business model
10 Stakeholder engagement
14 Market trends
16 Our purpose and strategy
18 Leverage our unique 24/7 portfolio
24 Win in the marketplace
30 Digitalisation across
Coca‑ColaHBC
32 Fuel growth through
competitiveness and investment
38 Cultivate the potential
ofourpeople
44 Earn our licence tooperate
52 Key performance indicators
54 Sustainability performance
56 Managing risk and materiality
72 Viability statement
74 Financial review
78 Segment highlights
80 Non-financial reporting directive
Corporate Governance
84 Chairman’s introduction
tocorporate governance
88 Board of Directors
92 Corporate Governance Report
118 Directors’ Remuneration Report
141 Statement of Directors’
responsibilities
142 2021 SASB index
Financial Statements
146 Independent auditor’s report
154 Financial statements
159 Notes to the consolidated
financialstatements
Swiss Statutory Reporting
212 Report of the statutory auditor
onCoca‑Cola HBC AG’s
consolidated financial statements
216 Report of the statutory auditor
onCoca‑Cola HBC AG’s financial
statements
219 Coca‑Cola HBC AG’s financial
statements
232 Report of the statutory auditor
onthe remuneration report
233 Statutory Remuneration Report
Supplementary Information
237 Alternative performance measures
241 Other supplementary information
242 Assurance statement
246 Glossary
1. For details on APMs, refer to ‘Alternative performance
measures’ section.
2. Net profit refers to net profit after tax attributable
toowners of the parent.
Future‑focused
portfolio
page 23
teams
page 43
Future‑focused
Future‑focused
route to market
page 29
Through the decisions that we
have made over time and are
making today, we are ensuring
that our business is ready for
what the future may hold
Boldly embracing
the future
investment
page 37
Future‑focused
Future‑focused
packaging
page 51
1INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Chairman’s letter
Embracing new
opportunities
Dear Stakeholder,
Our Company celebrated the 70-year
history of the business in 2021, a milestone
which led us to reflect on what we have
achieved even as we embrace new
opportunities. The COVID-19 pandemic
tested our entire business and every one
ofus. Now, at the start of 2022, in addition
toCOVID‑19, the conflict between Russia
and Ukraine is having a terrible impact on
millions, including our own people. I have
seen through the challenge of COVID-19
and now, through this current unimaginable
tragedy, the amazing way that the people
ofthis business care for each other and
ourstakeholders. It makes me immensely
proud. Our resilience and adaptability are
ourgreatest strengths.
The recovery in our Company’s
performance in 2021 was very strong.
Wefinished 2021 with volumes, revenue
andprofitability all greater than in 2019.
Thisrebound is largely due to the long‑term
and thoughtful approach the company took
in the beginning of the pandemic in 2020.
The Board and Management were clear that
our people and business continuity were our
top priorities. This meant that no one lost
their job at Coca‑Cola HBC as a direct result
of the pandemic, we maintained supply for
our customers, continuing to engage with
them even when their businesses were
closed, and we continued to invest in
strategic priorities for the long-term health
of the business.
From its origins as a bottling line in the
basement of the Mainland Hotel in Lagos,
Nigeria, it is incredible to reflect on the
journey which has transformed this family-
run business into a FTSE 100 company
operating across 29 markets onthree
continents. With our roots in Africa, we
areextremely pleased to be welcoming
theteam from another African market to
theGroup 70 years later. Egypt offers
tremendous potential, with a young
population of over 100 million people.
I’vebeen fortunate to meet many of the
men and women of Coca‑Cola Bottling
Company of Egypt, and I know that they
share our passion for excellence.
“As always, we look to the long‑term potential

progress that would make those who passed its
stewardship onto us proud, and with a view to

2 
Our long history of geographic and portfolio
expansion, often through acquisitions, will
serve us well as we integrate the Egyptian
business into our Group. Our Board also
benefits from several members who have
experience of large integrations and will be
available to offer advice and guidance.
Bold decisions support resilience
for the long term
In my time as chairman, I’ve seen how our
Company benefits from the Board’s great
diversity of perspectives. Six of our 13
Boardmembers were originally appointed
byourtwo large, long‑term shareholders:
TheCoca‑Cola Company and Kar‑Tess
Holding, which gives the Board particularly
relevant industry and partnership knowledge
as well as a uniquely long-term perspective
and sense of ownership. This is strengthened
and complemented by the other independent
directors’ range of skills and experience
ensuring a wide range of contributions and
high-quality discussion.
In a period of upheaval and uncertainty,
theBoard has made decisions carefully
andthoughtfully to ensure our Company
ispositioned for success for the long term.
In 2020, and again in 2021, we ensured that
we focused on our most critical people first,
our business developers who are out in the
market every day selling our portfolio of
products. Decisions taken on remuneration,
particularly for our long-term incentive
plans, ensured awards cascaded throughout
the organisation, reinforcing focus on
strategic priorities to achieve long-term
performance and the retention of our
dedicated, high-performing people.
Ourremuneration decisions consider both
the whole organisation and the long-term
health of the business. During 2021 we
embarked on a wide-ranging shareholder
consultation process, which has helped us
understand the full range of views on these
decisions and informed our thinking.
In 2021, the Board approved our most
ambitious environmental target to date,
committing to achieve net-zero emissions
by 2040. This commitmentbuilds on our
long history of integrating our social and
environmental commitments into every
decision and action we take. Because we
believe that our environmental impact along
with the socio-economic development of
our communities are integral to our future
growth, NetZeroby40 has been integrated
into management incentives.
Dividend
During 2021 we paid the 2020 dividend of
€0.64 per share. This was a 3.2% increase
compared to the prior year and represented
an increase in our pay-out ratio to 54%,
above our usual targeted range of 35 to 45%.
We are pleased to be able to continue to
make progressive dividend payments and
are proposing a dividend of €0.71 per share
for 2021. Furthermore, we have increased
the targeted pay-out range to 40 to 50%
ofcomparable EPS. This decision reflects our
assessment of the ongoing risks combined
with our confidence in business resilience
and the Company’s strong balance sheet,
aswell as our many growth opportunities.
Looking ahead
As we welcome Egypt into the Group, I
continue to have great confidence in our
Company’s future. In 2021 this company
achieved a remarkable recovery while
managing a volatile environment of changing
restrictions due to COVID-19, global supply
chain shocks and even geopolitical instability
in our territory. As I write we have seen
conflict bringing unimaginable suffering and
hardship to millions.
Together with The Coca-Cola Company
wetook the difficult but necessary decision
to suspend the production and sale of
Coca-Cola brands in Russia. We have been
operating in Russia for decades and will
support our colleagues there as we work
through the implementation of this.
Thecompany continues to provide support
on the ground through product donations
and in partnership with The Red Cross.
Iknow I speak for the Board when I say that
the people of Ukraine and our colleagues
there are foremost in our thoughts. We hope
that peace is soon restored in Ukraine.
In early 2022, we remain focused on
supporting management as they operate
inthis incredibly challenging and rapidly
changing environment as well as overseeing
the Company’s achievement of our Growth
Story 2025 objectives. As always, we look to
the long-term potential of the business to
ensure that we are making the progress
thatwould make those who passed its
stewardship onto us proud, and with a view
to the future generations who will take it over.
On behalf of the Board, I extend my thanks
to all of our people who have built the
Company into what it is today, and to all of
our stakeholders for your continued support.
Anastassis G. David
Chairman of the Board
Section 172 statement
Read more about:
How we manage risks and materiality on pages 56 to 71
How we engage with key stakeholders on pages 10 to 13
Examples of how stakeholders were considered in specific decisions on pages 100-101
Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006 requires directors to promote the
success of their company for the benefit of the members as a whole, having regard
to the interests of stakeholders in their decision-making. Engaging with stakeholders
is an indispensable part of how Coca‑Cola HBC does business. TheBoard considers
the interests of the Group’s employees and other stakeholders in its decision-
making as a matter of good governance, and understands the importance, and
value, of taking into account their views, as well as considering the impact ofthe
Company’s activities on the community, environment and the Group’s reputation.
The Board also considers what is most likely to promote thesuccess of the
Company for its shareholders in the long term. Although the Company is Swiss-
incorporated and as such the UK Companies Act 2006 has nolegal effect,
thisapproach is in accordance with the UK Corporate GovernanceCode 2018.
3INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Chief Executive Officer’s letter
Dear Stakeholder,
As I write in March 2022, my thoughts are
withour friends, colleagues, and their families
in Ukraine. I speak from personal experience
when I say that there is nothing worse than
war. It is never a solution. It brings terrible
suffering and pain, and it impacts the lives
ofpeople like nothing else. We are facing up
tothat now as we do all we can to support our
people in Ukraine and the humanitarian relief
efforts in the region. My overriding hope is for
a fast and peaceful resolution.
This report looks back to 2021, a year that
sawa very different challenge in the form of
the continued disruption of the COVID-19
pandemic to communities and businesses
across our territories.
It was also a special year for us as we
marked70 years of building partnerships
sinceour early beginnings in Nigeria in 1951.
Thismilestone provided an opportunity to
celebrate the legacy of our business and
reflect on how we define our Company for
today and tomorrow. The spirit of partnership
that has guided us for 70 years remains the
cornerstone of our approach.
It has enabled us to adapt and evolve our
business with a strong belief and commitment
in our investments that will fuel our future
growth. Our people remain the catalysts,
making our Company stronger and better
every day. We rely on their talent and diversity
to set us apart – because the real magic
happens when we work together as one
inclusive team. By harnessing the collective
talent across our markets, we are confident
that we will achieve the speed and progress
that will enable us to lead and to win for
thelong‑term.
Delivering a strong recovery
We delivered a very strong recovery in 2021,
with all key metrics above pre-pandemic
levels. This was the result of consistent and
disciplined focus on our strategic priorities
over the last few years. We finished the year
with strong revenue growth, our highest
everEBIT margin and free cash flow, while
continuing to gain share. This performance
demonstrates the strength of our 24/7
brandportfolio, revenue growth management
capabilities, route to market and execution
excellence in our markets.
It is thanks to the strong drive, creativity,
adaptability, and passion of our people, who
enabled us to navigate the volatile operating
environment while embracing change,
challenge and care, which are all central to
ourculture. Our results and future plans also
reflect our partnership with The Coca-Cola
Company, which remains stronger than ever.
“I am especially proud that even in these most
challenging of times, we are nurturing a strong
team that genuinely cares for one another,
underlined by resilience and belief in our future.
We remain focused as one connected team


Building
partnerships
4 
Accelerating capabilities
development
A critical driver of our growth is the
accelerateddevelopment of our prioritised
capabilities, which are increasingly proving
tobe our competitive advantage for building
sustainable long-term growth. Talent
development, Revenue Growth Management,
Route to Market, Big Data Advanced Analytics
and KeyAccount Management are now also
complemented by the accelerated Digitalisation
of our Company.
Targeted investment behind our Digital
Commerce strategy, regarding both route
tocustomer and route to consumer, is a key
focus in this area. This is supported by a newly
established and capable team that is driving
anambitious agenda. The Customer Portal,
our main B2B platform, which saw significant
development over the last 18 months, allows
our customers to order direct from us 24
hours a day, 7 days a week. This now accounts
for 8% of our transactions, up from 2% just
ayear ago. It is convenient for customers,
andcritically, it allows our business developers
to spend more time on category strategy
execution and customer relationships rather
than order taking.
We also continue to add value to our
customers in the broader e-marketplace.
Wehave increased our digital shelf space,
visibility, and activations on the e-commerce
websites of our biggest customers, and we
are now working extensively with newer,
digital-only customers, such as food delivery
platforms, which is driving strong growth.
New markets and brands
I am very pleased that during 2021 we
completed two strategic transactions which
are strengthening our growth potential.
Thesedemonstrate very well our focus on
strategic additions to our territories alongside
relevant bolt-on additions to our portfolio.
With our acquisition of Coca‑Cola Bottling
Company of Egypt (CCBCE), our Company
has added a second market in Africa, 70 years
after the Company was founded in Nigeria.
This means that we now seek to refresh one
quarter of the continent’s population. Egypt’s
young and rapidly growing population of more
than 100 million people brings our consumer
base to over 715 million, while positioning
ustowards high‑growth markets that will
fuelour business for many years to come.
Iamgrateful for the trust placed in us by
TheCoca‑Cola Company and the previous
shareholders of CCBCE, and am very
excitedabout the potential of the business
anditspeople.
We also acquired a 30% stake in Caffè
Vergnano, a family-owned Italian coffee
company, further strengthening our
coffeeportfolio. Caffè Vergnano is highly
complementary to our existing Costa Coffee
proposition and will allow us to address an
even wider range of consumer tastes and
segments, increasing our relevance in this
fast-growing category.
Our boldest sustainability
commitment to date
2021 was also a pivotal year in our
sustainability journey with our commitment
tonet zero emissions across our value chain
by 2040, a continuation of a journey we began
many years ago. We are confident in our track
record and our robust, action-based plan to
achieve this commitment. But we will also
need the support of our partners, with 90%
ofour emissions coming from suppliers
throughout our value chain. Our commitment
to net zero is now integrated into every
business decision we take.
Our sustainable packaging strategy is a key
driver towards net zero. We are committed
todelivering our Mission 2025 targets and
working towards a World Without Waste with
The Coca-Cola Company, developing ways
tocollect more packages and design new
sustainable ways of serving our beverages.
In2021, we transitioned to 100% rPET for all
single serve Sparkling Soft Drinks and iced-tea
in Italy and now sell five water brands in 100%
rPET bottles. With targeted initiatives to
increase our in-house production capacity for
rPET, we are taking a meaningful step towards
our target of increasing the percentage of
rPET to 35% by 2025.
The Coca-Cola Company also made a global
commitment to increase the percentage of
beverages sold in reusable packaging to 25%
by 2030. To support this goal, we have already
started our journey together to increase
our‘packageless’ offerings through new
dispensed solutions and this strategy will
remain a focus for the coming years.
Our successful partnership with our suppliers
saw us introduce KeelClip™ in 10 markets
bythe end of 2021, a paperboard packaging
that replaces plastic shrink wrap on multipack
cans. The roll out in our EU markets will be
completed this year. We also continue to
invest in infrastructure to collect and recycle
our packaging to ensure a circular packaging
economy. We now have deposit return
schemes in place or in progress in 12 of our
markets, and work with governments, NGOs
and academic institutions to determine the
right schemes everywhere we operate.
I am proud of the support that we continue
toprovide to our communities, particularly the
opportunities we give to young people to help
them develop their full potential. In 2018, we
promised to train one million young people
by2025 via our flagship #YouthEmpowered
programme, and to date have supported
more than 548,000.
Investing in our people and
nurturing our values‑based culture
We also remain steadfast in our commitment
to invest in our people, their potential, and
support personal and professional growth
through a variety of learning and developmental
programmes. Our Sales Academy, Supply
Chain Academy, Excel leadership programme
and our annual LearnFest event are some
examples of this. Today, more than 70%
ofour learning content is available online,
andthis has allowed us to innovate, adapt
andaccelerate to new ways of learning.
Thewhole team is committed to building
amore diverse workforce in an inclusive
workplace environment. It is a commitment
that I am personally passionate about and we
have made some good progress. In 2021 56%
of all appointments were women.
2021 also saw us conduct a comprehensive
review of our business to ensure that our
organisational structure and teams are
designed to support our strategic big bets
forfuture growth. To pursue our vision of
being the leading 24/7 beverage partner,
weenhanced our resources and expertise in
coffee, digital commerce, data and analytics,
and sustainability. And I was pleased to
seethat 85% of appointments were
internalcandidates.
The introduction of the COO role in 2020
hasenabled us to strengthen our leadership
capacity, performance edge and coordination
as well as sharpen our focus on people
development. The structure enables me to
spend more time on our strategic partnerships,
strategic agenda and targeted prioritised
areas, like culture and D&I, which I oversee
personally. I am also able to invest more time
behind our sustainability and regulatory agenda.
We also created a new role of Strategy and
Transformation Director in 2021. The role
isdesigned to drive more efficient and
bettercoordinated strategy execution by
transforming our enterprise-wide processes
and projects from the start. This will drive
better simplification, prioritisation and create
more time for customer focused initiatives.
Our 70th anniversary last year also gave
metime to reflect on my 25 years with the
Company. I am as proud today to work with
my colleagues across Coca‑Cola HBC as I was
when I first walked through the doors of the
Zagreb office all those years ago.
I am especially proud that even in these most
challenging of times, we are nurturing a strong
team that genuinely cares for one another,
underlined by resilience and belief in our future.
We remain focused as one connected team
on both what we are trying to achieve and
howwe will deliver it. While we look back at our
achievements, we recognise there is much
more to learn and improve. I am truly grateful
to be part of a team that is driven by deep
values, continues to have ambitious bold
dreams, and is committed to creating value
inthe market with our customers, while making
avisible difference to the world we care for.
Zoran Bogdanovic
Chief Executive Officer
5INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Our business at a glance
The leading 24/7
beverage partner
Coca‑Cola HBC is a growth‑focused consumer
packaged goods business and strategic bottling
partner of The Coca-Cola Company.
Our 24/7 portfolio
Our portfolio is the strongest
and broadest in the beverage
industry. Our products cater
toagrowing range oftastes
with a wider choice of healthier
options, premium products
andincreasingly sustainable
packaging, giving us an
undisputed ability to delight
consumers across all
consumption occasions.
74%
Percentage ofCoca‑Cola HBC revenue
7% 4%
3%
Sparkling Hydration Juice
RTD Tea
6%
Energy
<1%
Coffee
3% <2%<1%
SnacksPlant based Premium spirits and flavoured

6 
Earning our licence

We create value for all stakeholders, making
a strong contribution to the development
ofthe societies in which we operate through
employment and our wider supply chain,
aswell as through community projects which
have long been a core way of doing business
for us. We operate in a way that preserves
our environment, integrating sustainability
into our decision making and actions.
Winning in the marketplace
We produce and sell an unparalleled
portfolioof beverage brands relevant to
every customer, consumer and occasion.
Our route to market is second to none
across our markets since it includes a
widerange of consumer channels – from
supermarkets and convenience stores
tohotels, cafés andrestaurants – and
encompasses more customers than any
competitor. Customer service and focus is
critical for ourbusiness and we are devoted
to helping our customers grow their
businesses, which inturn grows ours.
+90bpsbps
value share gained in NARTD
29
countries across three continents
36,000
employees
Where we operate
In 2021 we celebrated our 70th year. Our roots date back to 1951 when A.G. Leventis
founded the Nigerian Bottling Company in Lagos. Since then the business has expanded
across Europe and Russia, and in 2022 we added Egypt. Today we seek to refresh 715 million
consumers in 29 markets, spanning three continents.
Egypt
added
in 2022
Established markets
34.6%
of Group revenue
12.1%
Comparable EBIT
margin
Developing markets
19.0%
of Group revenue
7.8%
Comparable EBIT
margin
Emerging markets
46.4%
of Group revenue
12.7%
Comparable EBIT
margin
7INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Our business model
Delivering value for

Our business model
1. Our resources and relationships
3. What we do
Read more about how we leverage our
unique 24/7 portfolio and win in the
marketplace on pages 18 to 29.
2. How we do it
Human
Our success is dependent on the passion
and customer focus of our talented
people. We empower them to pursue
growth opportunities, both for
themselves and our Company.
Natural
To produce our products, we use raw
materials including water, energy and
PET resin. We source these using
sustainable practices and seek to use
them efficiently.
Social and relationships
Maintaining the trust of stakeholders
isessential to our business. Our most
valuable relationships are with
TheCoca‑Cola Company, our people
and the communities we operate in, our
customers, suppliers and governments
and regulators.
Financial
Our business activities require financial
capital and we seek to allocate it
efficiently. This capital is provided by our
equity and debt holders, as well as cash
flow earned from our operations.
Intellectual
Innovation is embedded in our culture
andthe intellectual property created from
that includes new packaging, new products
and improvements in manufacturing,
logistics and sales execution.
Manufacturing
Our plant and logistics assets allow
ustoprepare, package and deliver
ourproducts to meet the needs
ofcustomers and consumers.
We are a strategic bottling partner

We have the exclusive right to bottle
andsell the beverages of The Coca‑Cola
Company in our 29 markets. We also
partner with other beverage businesses
such as Monster Energy, Brown‑Forman,
Campari and Edrington to sell their
products inourmarkets.
How our partnership works
The Coca-Cola Company owns and
develops its brands while Coca‑Cola HBC
is responsible for producing, distributing, and
selling these beverages, using concentrate
we buy from The Coca-Cola Company
under an incidence-based pricing model.
We work together to ensure we have the
right portfolio for our customers and
consumers in each market and to ensure
excellent, efficient execution. We also share
marketing costs and responsibilities, with
The Coca-Cola Company marketing to
consumers while we take responsibility
fortrade marketing to our customers.
56
plants
1. Working with suppliers
We work with our suppliers
toprocure high-quality
ingredients, sustainably
sourced raw materials and
equipment and services
required to produce beverages.
2. Producing beverages
efficiently and sustainably
Using concentrate from
TheCoca-Cola Company
alongwith other ingredients,
weprepare, package and deliver
products with an optimised
manufacturing infrastructure
and logistics network.
3. Partnering with

We grow by supporting our
customers’ growth, leveraging
our 24/7 portfolio, focusing on
areas of high value opportunity
and executing with excellence.
4. Serving our consumers
and communities
Our 24/7 product portfolio
catersto a range of tastes and
preferences and we continually
innovate to remain relevant.
96
distribution centres
8 
4. Value created
€3.4bn
paid in taxes
796,942
training hours for
our people
548,835
2017-2021 cumulative
young people trained in
ourcommunities
1
job in the
System
10
jobs in our
community
=
€1,015.2m
total employee costs
31,920
employees in the Coca-Cola
System in our markets
5. Socio‑economic contribution
1.7m
customers served
715
*
m
potential consumers refreshed
16,200
suppliers operating
acrossour value chain
>€3.5bn
spent with local
suppliers
Our impact
We believe that the only way to create
long-term value for all our stakeholders
isthrough sustainable growth. We create
socio-economic value for the societies in
which we operate by creating jobs, training
workers, building physical infrastructure,
procuring raw materials, transferring
technology, paying taxes, expanding access
to products and services, and creating
growth opportunities for our customers,
distributors, retailers and suppliers.
Measuring and managing these contributions
through the sustainable growth of our
business is an important partof our purpose.
Since 2010 we have conducted socio-
economic impact studies in our markets
tobetter understand the range and extent
ofthe value created inourecosystem.
To read the methodology behind
our socio-economic impact
numbers, please see page 247
Our people
In 2021 we provided jobs directly to 27,211
people in 28 countries
Median basic salary ratio women/men: 1.15
Our customers
We increased the frequency of our customer
engagement, providing customers with
thebest support
In the marketplace we achieved anew
totalnumber of almost 577,000
energy‑efficientcoolers
Our communities
We trained 210,422 young people through
our #YouthEmpowered programme
toboost employability
We invested €6.8 million in local
community initiatives
Our shareholders
We continued to control costs and generate
strong growth in profit
In recognition of our business’s strength and
future opportunities, the Board has proposed
a dividend of €0.71 per share, a +10.9%
increase compared with last year
Our wider stakeholders
Our business activities generate revenue
forour customers, suppliers and contractors
as well as income for our employees
Our consumers
We provide high-quality beverages and
healthy options, reducing calories per 100ml
of sparkling soft drinks by 15% in 2021
compared to our 2015 baseline
Our suppliers
We spent over €3.5 billion with local suppliers
We are working with our suppliers to support
their sustainable practices and emission
reduction plans
320,311
indirect employment across
thevalue chain
€11.5bn
created in added value across
our value chain
€541m
CapEx spend in our markets
* With the addition of Egypt.
9INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Stakeholder engagement
Building on 70 years

engagement for

The strength of our stakeholder
ecosystem enabled us to
ensure the safety of our people,
partners and communities while
maintaining production
throughout the year.
How we engage
Focused and continuous conversations
Employee Assistance Programme
Regular employee surveys to understand
and act on needs and wellbeing
Offering personalised experiences and
opportunities for personal and
professional growth
Ongoing dialogue with employee
representative bodies
Outcomes of engagement
Support for our people to maintain
engagement levels, which remained
highin 2021
Higher levels of satisfaction with line
manager support were reported as we
addressed needs of people working under
different conditions
Relevant KPIs
Employee engagement
Percentage of managers that are women
Lost time accident rate
Principal risks
Health and safety
People retention
Geopolitical and security environment
Read more on pages 39-43.
Our people
Material issues
Employee wellbeing and engagement
Human rights, diversity and inclusion
Growth pillars
Key challenges
Building the best teams in the industry
Engagement as remote working
continues
Mental wellbeing
Our customers
Key challenges
Opportunities for growth and
valuecreation
Offering a 24/7 beverage portfolio
thatmeets the changing preferences
ofconsumers
Pandemic-related trading and
movementrestrictions
Supply and delivery challenges
How we engage
Key account managers engage with our
customers at a strategic level
Our business developers continued to
make regular visits to outlets
We provided targeted support to
out-of-home channel customers to
reopen businesses once restrictions
werelifted
Outcomes of engagement
We increased direct engagement
viaourcustomers teams and via
customersurveys
Relevant KPIs
Volume and FX-neutral revenue growth
Customer feedback from surveys
High merchandising standards
Cooler coverage of high potential outlets
Principal risks
Changing retail environment
Product quality and food safety
Read more on pages 25-29.
Material issues
Economic impact
Nutrition
Packaging and waste management
Growth pillars
10 
Key challenges
Rising costs of ingredients, labour,
packaging material, energy and water
Minimising the environmental impact
ofwater and energy resources,
aswellasemissions
How we engage
Feedback received through our annual
Group Stakeholder Forum
Regular, ongoing interaction with the
Coca-Cola System’s Central
Procurement Group and our technology
and commodity suppliers
Outcomes of engagement
Our long-term work with partners to
reduce our water and energy use has also
brought efficiencies. This is particularly
important given our NetZeroby40
commitment
Activities related to sustainable sourcing
and certifications
Relevant KPIs
% of key agricultural ingredients
sustainably certified
% of our suppliers adopting our Supplier
Guiding Principles
Principal risks
Plastics and packaging waste
Water availability and usage
Commodity costs
Managing our carbon footprint
Read more on pages 34-36, 48.
Material issues
Climate change
Sustainable sourcing
Water stewardship
Economic impact
Growth pillars
Our communities
Key challenges
Climate change
Waste from our packaging
Water conservation
Empowering youth and women
How we engage
We engage with customers and partners
to understand what skills and training
young adults need in specific markets
Via our #YouthEmpowered sessions we
increase the employability of young people
We participate actively to support the
set-up and implementation of new
packaging collection schemes
Outcomes of engagement
We continued to support frontline efforts
to tackle the COVID-19 pandemic via
volunteering and product donations
Our support of new collection schemes is
translating into increased collection rates
for packaging waste in many markets
We have committed to NetZeroby40
across the entire value chain
Relevant KPIs
#YouthEmpowered
% absolute emissions reduction
# water stewardship projects in water
priority locations
% primary packaging collected
# volunteering hours
Principal risks
Geopolitical and security environment
Plastics and packaging waste
Managing our carbon footprint
Water availability and usage
Read more on pages 46-50.
Material issues
Climate change
Corporate citizenship
Economic impact
Packaging and waste management
Water stewardship
Growth pillars
Our suppliers
Emission reductions in our
supply chain
As part of our efforts to partner with our
suppliers, we held our first ever supplier
sustainability event in 2021. At the event
weprompted our suppliers to establish
their own science-based emissions targets
by 2030 and collaborate with us to develop
longer-term net zero aspirations with
focus on several key packaging and
ingredients partners. Better partnerships
are crucial to achieve our ambitious
NetZeroby40 target.
Approximately 90% of our Company’s
carbon footprint comes from Scope 3
emissions, which occur in the value chain,
linked to our operations, but are generated
from sources beyond our control. Together
with the Coca-Cola System, we have so far
initiated sustainability partnerships with
about 20 critical suppliers, representing
50% of our Scope 3 emissions.
11INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Stakeholder engagement continued
Key challenges
Ensuring product supply and safety
Continuously evolving our products
tomeet consumers’ needs for healthy
hydration, quality, taste, innovation
andconvenience
How we engage
We understand consumers’ needs and
preferences through collecting consumer
insights. While this is also part of
TheCoca‑Cola Company’s role, we gain
access to these insights
Consumers also provide feedback on
social media and via the consumer hotlines
Outcomes of engagement
We continued to evolve our portfolio
offering to address changing consumer
moments and invested further in
digitaland e‑commerce to meet new
shopperneeds
Relevant KPIs
% reduction of calories per 100ml SSD
# consumer complaints
Principal risk
Product quality and food safety
Read more on pages 20-22.
Material issues
Nutrition
Product quality
Responsible marketing
Growth pillars
Our consumers
Key challenges
Industry and/or product-specific policies,
such as taxes, restrictions or regulations
COVID-19-related regulations
Environmental policies
How we engage
Much of our engagement with
governments is conducted at an industry
level through trade associations
We partner with local governments
totackle waste collection challenges
andwater availability
Outcomes of engagement
In response to regulations and levies on
certain types of plastic packaging, we have
lightweighted packages and used more
sustainable materials
To address health and nutrition concerns,
we continue to add low- or no-sugar drink
options in every market and provide
transparent nutritional information
Relevant KPIs
% absolute emissions reduction
% reduction of calories per 100ml SSD
% packaging collected
# water stewardship projects
Principal risks
Product-related taxes and regulatory
changes
Ethics and compliance
Read more on pages 22, 47, 49-50.
Material issues
Climate change
Nutrition
Packaging and waste management
Water stewardship
Growth pillars
Government
Key challenges
Increasing focus on ESG
Maintaining focus on long-term
potentialof the Group rather than
short‑termvolatility
How we engage
Communication during our Annual
General Meetings, investor roadshows,
press releases and results briefings,
andongoing dialogue with analysts
andinvestors
Outcomes of engagement
Stepped-up consultation efforts and
strengthened two-way dialogue between
the Company and investors, ensuring
both good understanding of long-term
Company strategy in the markets and
thatinvestor concerns are considered
indecision‑making
Relevant KPIs
Management access and positive investor
perceptions of strategy
Principal risks
Plastics and packaging waste
Changing retail environment
Commodity costs
Product-related taxes and
regulatorychanges
Foreign exchange fluctuations
Managing our carbon footprint
Geopolitical and security environment
Suppliers and sustainable sourcing
Read more on page 101.
Material issues
Corporate governance
Growth pillars
Our shareholders
12 
Key challenges
Support for consumers, customers
andcommunities
Profitable growth opportunities
Value share in our markets
Sustainable sourcing
How we engage
Day-to-day interaction as business
partners, joint projects, joint business
planning, functional groups on strategic
issues and ‘top-to-top’ senior
management forums
Outcomes of engagement
Our partnership added to the strength
and depth of our 24/7 portfolio, especially
thanks to the continued roll-out
ofCostaCoffee
We increased implementation of
sustainable, ethical practices in our supply
chain through System-wide collaboration
Relevant KPIs
% reduction of calories per 100ml SSD
% of key agricultural ingredients
sustainably certified
Investments in community projects
Principal risks
Suppliers and sustainable sourcing
Strategic stakeholder relationships
Read more on pages 8, 22, 27, 35.
Material issues
Nutrition
Responsible marketing
Sustainable sourcing
Corporate citizenship
Growth pillars
Delivering value for


Across all markets, we took our commitment
to create value for wider society seriously,
continuing to focus on COVID-19 support,
disaster relief and our #YouthEmpowered
programme. For COVID-19, we again
provided a mixture of cash donations,
freeproducts and donations of equipment.
Weprovided more than 300 refrigerators,
for instance, to expand capacity for
vaccinestorage in Greece. In response
toearthquakes, floods and wildfires,
wecontributed cash or donated products
to support victims, governments, fire
brigades, and the Red Cross in Croatia,
Greece, North Macedonia and Russia.
Despite the pandemic, which has limited
in-person programmes, we remain on track
to support the employability of one million
young people across our markets by 2025.
InItaly and Greece we re-purposed
#YouthEmpowered tools to address the
needs of the hard-hit hospitality sector and
delivered masterclasses for young people
aspiring to a HoReCa career. In Czech
Republic we helped young people from
vulnerable backgrounds find high-quality
jobs, while in Hungary we started training
young people with disabilities.
The Coca‑Cola
Company
Key challenges
Climate adaptation, move toward net zero
emissions and water and energy use
Packaging waste
Sustainable sourcing
Partnerships with communities and
grassroots organisations
Diversity and human rights
How we engage
We include NGOs and community
partners in our leadership development
programmes, offering online training for
managing virtual teams and leading in
times of crisis
We partner with specific NGOs for
targeted projects
We engage through our annual Group
Stakeholder Forum and our annual
materiality assessment, as well as through
ad hoc meetings
Outcomes of engagement
6% training capacity for our first-time
managers went to NGO leaders in 2021
Relevant KPIs
# partnering NGOs
Principal risks
Plastics and packaging waste
Managing our carbon footprint
Suppliers and sustainable sourcing
Water availability and usage
Ethics and compliance
Read more on pages 46-47, 50.
Material issues
Climate change
Corporate citizenship
Human rights, diversity and inclusion
Packaging and waste management
Water stewardship
Growth pillar
NGOs
13INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Market trends
Market trends How we are responding Delivered through Growth pillar
Dynamic retail environment
In 2021 we saw an improvement in private consumption, boosting performance across categories.
The out-of-home channel recovered from 2020 closures, yet restrictions on its operations
were not fully lifted in all countries and were dependent on vaccination rates and COVID-19
case evolution. Online retailers and discounters experienced strong growth again in 2021.
The COVID-19 pandemic has demonstrated the value of close customer partnerships.
Theflexibility of our route to market allowed us to actively support our customers so that
they could drive more transactions and capture growth opportunities as markets began to
reopen, which was particularly valuable for our out-of-home customers. The at-home
channel performed strongly during 2021, as drinking occasions at home remained strong
even as lockdowns eased. We remained a key partner to our at-home customers, ensuring
product availability and adapting our offering.
+0.9pp
We gained or maintained
share in the majority
ofour markets in the
non-alcoholic ready-to-
drink (NARTD) category
and gained 0.9pp
ofvalueshare to 27%
Consumer preferences
The COVID-19 pandemic strengthened interest in health and wellness, with people looking not
only for organic offerings, but also those with less sugar or fat and for functional products that
can enhance immunity. Consumers are getting accustomed to socialising, working or training
at home. Many consumers are willing to spend more to replicate out-of-home experiences in
their homes, turning to iconic brands they trust.
We continued to leverage the trend for out-of-home experiences at home, with our adult
sparkling portfolio performing well through 2021, supported by our joint activation of
Premium Spirits. Our increasingly broad portfolio of energy brands and innovations supported
strong growth. Following the 2020 launch of Costa Coffee in 14 markets, we rolled out to
an additional three markets in 2021. We also acquired a stake in Caffè Vergnano, a premium
Italian coffee brand which complements our Costa Coffee offering. Our non-sparkling
portfolio recovered, boosted by the reopening of hotels, restaurants and cafés as well as
areturn of on‑the‑go consumption.
+14%
The at-home channel
continued to grow in
2021 with volumes up
14% in comparison to
2019 and 10% above
2020 volumes
Digital evolution
Trends toward digital channels have further accelerated throughout the pandemic, as
consumers adopt faster virtual solutions and technology. The performance of daily tasks
online, suchas working, getting education or banking, has led consumers to become more
comfortable with technology and to appreciate how much it is needed. Online shopping has
seen important growth and online food orders expanded, benefiting from periods of restricted
activity in the out-of-home channel.
Our business-to-business Customer Portal has transformed into an engagement-driven
digital platform for businesses, allowing us to more than quadruple digital transactions
to8% of our total transactions in 2021. We have increasingly digitised our route to market
inthe e‑commerce channel, partnering with e‑retailers and food delivery platforms to
maximise online sales. We also expanded the use of our data, advanced analytics and artificial
intelligence capabilities, achieving coverage of advanced analytics solutions across all our
largest markets during the year.
+87%
Revenue in the
e-commerce channel
grew by 87% in 2021
compared with 2020
Sustainability
In 2021, the COVID-19 pandemic remained the world’s biggest challenge. As the world gradually
lifted lockdowns and rolled out vaccinations, employee health and safety and community support
were high priorities. Climate change mitigation and adaptation, and commitments tocut
emissions were in the spotlight of the UN Climate Change Conference in Scotland in November.
Consequently, businesses have been announcing ambitious net zeroemissions targets while
investing in more sustainable packaging solutions. Equality and inclusion have been of increased
concern in 2021. As a result, consumers and customers expect governments and businesses
to take bolder action. Effective solutions to sustainability challenges, and transparent practices,
help strengthen brand reputation, customer loyalty and competitiveadvantage.
While unique challenges continued in 2021, protecting our people remained our top priority.
We supported both our communities and our customers with numerous relief initiatives,
including charitable and product donations. We stayed on track with our Mission 2025
sustainability commitments. We announced our most ambitious sustainability goal to date:
a commitment to reduce emissions to net zero across our value chain by 2040. Moreover,
we continue to make progress on creating a diverse and inclusive workplace and were
ranked 8th of over 11,000 companies assessed globally by the Refinitiv D&I index.
-24%
Absolute carbon
emissions in operations
were lower by 24% in
2021 compared with 2017
Regulatory environment
Policy makers tried to balance the need to restart economies with fiscal gaps created by
theongoing pandemic. The European Commission proposed a number of policies and new
mechanisms to achieve its target of drastically reducing net greenhouse gas emissions.
Atthesame time, the Farm‑to‑Fork strategic framework and the new Code of Conduct for
responsible business and marketing practices focus on creating sustainable food systems.
Packaging remained on the agenda in the EU, through the transposition of the Single Use
Plastic and the revision of the Plastic Packaging and Packaging Waste Directives.
Our target to achieve net zero emissions across our entire value chain by 2040 is part
ofour commitment to create a sustainable food system. Additionally, we continued to
progress towards achieving our Mission 2025 goals to help collect the equivalent of 75%
ofprimary packaging, make 100% of our consumer packaging recyclable and achieve a
25% calorie reduction in our sparkling beverage portfolio. As part of the Coca-Cola System
in Europe and the European Soft Drinks Association, we are also contributing to the EU’s
voluntary code of conduct for responsible food businesses.
46%
In 2021, we recovered
46% of the primary
packaging we put
inthemarketplace
Adapting to
evolving trends
14 
Market trends How we are responding Delivered through Growth pillar
Dynamic retail environment
In 2021 we saw an improvement in private consumption, boosting performance across categories.
The out-of-home channel recovered from 2020 closures, yet restrictions on its operations
were not fully lifted in all countries and were dependent on vaccination rates and COVID-19
case evolution. Online retailers and discounters experienced strong growth again in 2021.
The COVID-19 pandemic has demonstrated the value of close customer partnerships.
Theflexibility of our route to market allowed us to actively support our customers so that
they could drive more transactions and capture growth opportunities as markets began to
reopen, which was particularly valuable for our out-of-home customers. The at-home
channel performed strongly during 2021, as drinking occasions at home remained strong
even as lockdowns eased. We remained a key partner to our at-home customers, ensuring
product availability and adapting our offering.
+0.9pp
We gained or maintained
share in the majority
ofour markets in the
non-alcoholic ready-to-
drink (NARTD) category
and gained 0.9pp
ofvalueshare to 27%
Consumer preferences
The COVID-19 pandemic strengthened interest in health and wellness, with people looking not
only for organic offerings, but also those with less sugar or fat and for functional products that
can enhance immunity. Consumers are getting accustomed to socialising, working or training
at home. Many consumers are willing to spend more to replicate out-of-home experiences in
their homes, turning to iconic brands they trust.
We continued to leverage the trend for out-of-home experiences at home, with our adult
sparkling portfolio performing well through 2021, supported by our joint activation of
Premium Spirits. Our increasingly broad portfolio of energy brands and innovations supported
strong growth. Following the 2020 launch of Costa Coffee in 14 markets, we rolled out to
an additional three markets in 2021. We also acquired a stake in Caffè Vergnano, a premium
Italian coffee brand which complements our Costa Coffee offering. Our non-sparkling
portfolio recovered, boosted by the reopening of hotels, restaurants and cafés as well as
areturn of on‑the‑go consumption.
+14%
The at-home channel
continued to grow in
2021 with volumes up
14% in comparison to
2019 and 10% above
2020 volumes
Digital evolution
Trends toward digital channels have further accelerated throughout the pandemic, as
consumers adopt faster virtual solutions and technology. The performance of daily tasks
online, suchas working, getting education or banking, has led consumers to become more
comfortable with technology and to appreciate how much it is needed. Online shopping has
seen important growth and online food orders expanded, benefiting from periods of restricted
activity in the out-of-home channel.
Our business-to-business Customer Portal has transformed into an engagement-driven
digital platform for businesses, allowing us to more than quadruple digital transactions
to8% of our total transactions in 2021. We have increasingly digitised our route to market
inthe e‑commerce channel, partnering with e‑retailers and food delivery platforms to
maximise online sales. We also expanded the use of our data, advanced analytics and artificial
intelligence capabilities, achieving coverage of advanced analytics solutions across all our
largest markets during the year.
+87%
Revenue in the
e-commerce channel
grew by 87% in 2021
compared with 2020
Sustainability
In 2021, the COVID-19 pandemic remained the world’s biggest challenge. As the world gradually
lifted lockdowns and rolled out vaccinations, employee health and safety and community support
were high priorities. Climate change mitigation and adaptation, and commitments tocut
emissions were in the spotlight of the UN Climate Change Conference in Scotland in November.
Consequently, businesses have been announcing ambitious net zeroemissions targets while
investing in more sustainable packaging solutions. Equality and inclusion have been of increased
concern in 2021. As a result, consumers and customers expect governments and businesses
to take bolder action. Effective solutions to sustainability challenges, and transparent practices,
help strengthen brand reputation, customer loyalty and competitiveadvantage.
While unique challenges continued in 2021, protecting our people remained our top priority.
We supported both our communities and our customers with numerous relief initiatives,
including charitable and product donations. We stayed on track with our Mission 2025
sustainability commitments. We announced our most ambitious sustainability goal to date:
a commitment to reduce emissions to net zero across our value chain by 2040. Moreover,
we continue to make progress on creating a diverse and inclusive workplace and were
ranked 8th of over 11,000 companies assessed globally by the Refinitiv D&I index.
-24%
Absolute carbon
emissions in operations
were lower by 24% in
2021 compared with 2017
Regulatory environment
Policy makers tried to balance the need to restart economies with fiscal gaps created by
theongoing pandemic. The European Commission proposed a number of policies and new
mechanisms to achieve its target of drastically reducing net greenhouse gas emissions.
Atthesame time, the Farm‑to‑Fork strategic framework and the new Code of Conduct for
responsible business and marketing practices focus on creating sustainable food systems.
Packaging remained on the agenda in the EU, through the transposition of the Single Use
Plastic and the revision of the Plastic Packaging and Packaging Waste Directives.
Our target to achieve net zero emissions across our entire value chain by 2040 is part
ofour commitment to create a sustainable food system. Additionally, we continued to
progress towards achieving our Mission 2025 goals to help collect the equivalent of 75%
ofprimary packaging, make 100% of our consumer packaging recyclable and achieve a
25% calorie reduction in our sparkling beverage portfolio. As part of the Coca-Cola System
in Europe and the European Soft Drinks Association, we are also contributing to the EU’s
voluntary code of conduct for responsible food businesses.
46%
In 2021, we recovered
46% of the primary
packaging we put
inthemarketplace
15INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
A year of progress towards

Our purpose Our growth pillars
In 2021 we remained clear on our
visionto be the leading 24/7 beverage
partner, as well as on the strategy
which will getus there.
This vision is grounded in our purpose to provide
growth for our customers and delight consumers
bynurturing passionate and empowered people as we
enrich our communities and care for the environment.
Our purpose is directly linked to our strategy and to
thefive growth pillars that guide us as we pursue our
objectives and targets.
Our purpose and strategy
Winning with customers
We are the selling organisation
devoted to providing
innovative solutions to create
shared value
Nurturing our people
We believe in our people,
andhave a passion to develop
ourselves and others
Our growth mindset values
We are devoted to
growing every customer
and delighting every
consumer 24/7
By nurturing passionate
and empowered teams

While enriching our
communities and caring

Leverage our
unique 24/7 portfolio
Win in the
marketplace
Fuel growth through

Cultivate the potential

Earn our licence
to operate
Read more on pages 18-23.
Read more on pages 24-29.
Read more on pages 32-37.
Read more on pages 38-43.
Read more on pages 44-51.
1
2
3
4
5
16 
Growth Story
2025 targets
Offer the best 24/7 beverage portfolio on the
planetinpartnership with The Coca-Cola Company
andothers partners.
Build unrivalled teams of true partners for our customers,
executing with excellence in every channel for prioritised
drinking moments
Fast-forward critical capabilities for growth
Transform, innovate and digitalise our business toensure
that weare fit for the future
Invest in building the best teams in the industry
Develop an inclusive growth culture around our
empowered people
Be an environmental leader, engage our communities
behind water and waste initiatives, and empower youth,
together with our partners
By remaining focused on our Growth Story 2025
strategy, we have been able to prioritise the actions
andinvestments that are positioning the Company for
sustained success. Continued focus on this strategy
over the last two years has laid the groundwork for
thestrong performance we are now seeing as markets
recover from the turbulence of the initial phases
ofthepandemic.
Excellence
We strive for unparalleled
performance by amazing
customers with our
passion and speed
Integrity
We always do what is right,
not just what is easy,
andare accountable for
theresults
Learning
We listen, have a natural
curiosity to learn and
areempowered to take
smartrisks
Performing as one
We collaborate with agility
tounlock the unique
strength of diverse teams
How we are growing
5-6%
FX-neutral revenue
growth per annum,
on average
20-40 bps
Comparable EBIT
margin growth
perannum,
onaverage
Employee
engagement
score greater
thanthe high-
performingnorm
Accomplish
Mission 2025
sustainability
commitments
17INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Our porfolio is stronger
than ever with a true

18 
Highlights in 2021
Strong momentum across all
segments and continued
expansion to become the leading
24/7 beverage partner, creating
shared value with our consumers
Maintained resilience in the
sparkling category by leveraging
low- and no-sugar variants, Adult
Sparkling, flavours and different
pack formats
Achieved another year of strong
double-digit revenue growth
inenergy drinks, with continued
new roll-outs and launches
Rolled out Costa Coffee in
additional markets, bringing the
product to 17 markets in total
Acquired a stake in Caffè
Vergnano, a premium coffee brand
to complement Costa
Priorities in 2022
Continue to prioritise scalable
andprofitable brands as well as
products, whilst driving
disciplinedinnovation
Continue driving excellence
inexecution to capture the
growing at-home occasion,
whilemaintaining focus behind
theout-of-home channels
Increase the penetration of
single-serves and affordable entry
packs helping expand our price/mix
Continue to drive growth in energy
Continue to grow organically and
roll out Costa Coffee and Caffè
Vergnano, building our presence
inone of the most attractive
beverage categories
19
1
Growth pillar
Leverage

24/7 portfolio
KPIs
FX-neutral revenue
growth
Volume growth
FX-neutral revenue
percase growth
Stakeholders
Our consumers
Our customers
Shareholders
The Coca-Cola
Company
Principal risks
Changing retail
environment
Product related taxes
andregulatory changes
Strategic stakeholder
relationships
19INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
UN Sustainable Development Goals






Leverage our unique 24/7 portfolio continued
Sparkling
Hydration
Juice
RTD Tea
Energy
74%
7%
4%
3%
6%
Coffee
Plant based
Premium Spirits
and flavoured
alcoholic
beverages
Snacks
<1%
<1%
3%
<2%
Percentage of Coca‑Cola HBC revenue
With a new flavour profile that is even closer
to that of Trademark Coke, Coke Zero
volumes increased by 20.0% during the year
with low- and no-sugar Sparkling up 47.3%
overall. Fanta and Sprite were also activated
in select markets, and both delivered
double-digit volume growth.
The Coca-Cola System capitalised on the
long-awaited UEFA Euro 2020 tournament,
with strong activations across our markets
that drove both consumer and customer
engagement. Towards the end of 2021 the
Coca-Cola System also launched the new
Real Magic platform and campaign, to bring
to life a new marketing platform aimed at
engaging with the Gen-Z audience. Real
Magic was a core part of marketing activities
in December, featuring Trademark Coke to
re-connect with our consumers.
Beyond the core Coke brand products,
wecontinued to build our adult sparkling
business, providing a variety of sophisticated
flavours for straight consumption and mixing.
Socialising at home remained very relevant
in 2021 and we continued to leverage this
trend with our joint activation of Premium
Spirits. As hotels, restaurants and cafés
reopened, we supported our customers’
recovery, building on the important occasion
of socialising away from home.
Loosening of restrictions boosts
still portfolio
After a challenging environment in 2020,
ourstill portfolio rebounded significantly
in2021 as hotels, restaurants and cafés
reopened and on-the-go consumption
occasions returned.
The performance of water significantly
improved, helped by greater sales of
single-serve products, particularly through
the summer months. In 2021 we continued
to invest in a targeted way behind Aquarius
functional water, meeting the growing
demand for hydration enhanced with
minerals. We continued to introduce
sustainability initiatives in water, rolling out
recycled plastic (rPET) bottles in the Czech
Republic and further investing in dedicated
marketing campaigns.
In Juice, we repositioned Cappy,
rejuvenating the visual identity towards a
more premium brand positioning and further
developed the Cappy Lemonades range to
drive profitable growth in our juice business.
The strength of our portfolio, combined
withthe new visual identity and excellent
execution in store, allowed us to increase
value share by 60 bps.
Strong momentum across

We performed strongly, despite a
challenging backdrop in 2021, with the
COVID-19 pandemic still impacting all our
markets through the year. Our broad and
flexible 24/7 portfolio, together with our
expertise in adjusting our pack/price
architecture and our continuous execution
excellence across channels, once again
proved crucial.
Over the summer months, we saw a strong
improvement in out-of-home consumption,
as government measures eased, consumers
started travelling, vaccination rates
increased, and hotels, restaurants and cafés
gradually reopened across most of our
markets. While leveraging the recovery in
the out-of-home channel, we maintained
our focus on capturing at-home occasions.
The breadth and relevance of our portfolio,
brand strength and market leadership
boosted our Group market share in excess
of 2020 and 2019 levels.
With the pandemic still a significant issue
across the globe and inflationary pressures
growing, we saw consumer focus around
both premium occasions and affordability.
Our vast portfolio of offerings, propositions
and initiatives provided tools to address both
issues. We expect to continue to leverage
these market trends in the years to come.
Sparkling growth driven by
strategic focus areas
Our sparkling portfolio remained the key
focus across our markets in 2021. The main
growth and premiumisation drivers continued
to be Trademark Coke and Adult Sparkling,
which together with our flavoured sparkling
portfolio, provided consumers with a variety
of choices across the affordable and
premium spectrum.
Our ongoing efforts to provide healthier
options across our portfolio also helped
ensure the resilience of Sparkling, which was
one of the best performing categories
during the year. The strength of our portfolio
and the performance of well-loved brands
like Coke, supported by unrivalled execution,
allowed us to increase market share by 10
basis points in Sparkling. Our 2021 relaunch
of Coke Zero, coupled with the launch of the
new Coke Icon visual identity, with strong
activations including sampling, demonstrated
our commitment to adjust products to
provide consumers with healthier options.
20 
We recruited 4,000 out-of-home customers
during the year, ahead of our plans, with a
strong pipeline for 2022.
In 2021 we also acquired a 30% stake in
Caffè Vergnano, a premium Italian coffee
brand, to complement our existing Costa
Coffee proposition. The combination of the
two coffee businesses gives us a total coffee
portfolio, which addresses a broad range of
consumer and customer needs in a
fast-growing category. We started
distributing Caffè Vergnano products in
selected markets at the end of 2021 and we
will continue rolling it out during 2022.
As part of our fully integrated 24/7 strategy,
we sell premium spirits in 25 of our markets,
working closely with partners to distribute
world class brands like Jack Daniels, Aperol,
Macallan and Famous Grouse. Our focus
onmixability provides us with strong
cross-selling opportunities with our core
beverage portfolio and creates a compelling
offering for our hotel, restaurant and café
customers, positioning us as a preferred
one-stop-shopping partner.
In 2021 we enjoyed strong double-digit
growth in Premium Spirits, due to the
continued expansion of our portfolio
offerings in the markets we operate in, our
core focus on premium and super premium
products, and rigorous execution around the
consumer trend for cocktails. We have made
sure we are well set up for the future, further
developing targeted capabilities through our
Sales Academy.
In 2021, we also continued to pursue a
targeted market approach with our hard
seltzer proposition, Topo Chico, consistent
with our objective to invest further in this
category. Topo Chico was rolled out in
Switzerland, where distribution was prioritised
in out-of-home channels and online.
Growing responsibly by delivering
on our commitments
We are advancing our business strategy
tobecome a total beverage company by
givingpeople more of the drinks they want.
Consumers’ tastes and preferences continue
to evolve, and they are increasingly conscious
of their calorie and sugar intake while still
wanting more choice.
In tea, we expanded the no-sugar portfolio
for FUZETEA and launched a new label
design across markets.
AdeZ, our plant-based, sugar-free beverage
line, has continued to perform well in Italy,
animportant market for our plant‑based
business, delivering double-digit revenue
growth in 2021 and value share growth of
30bps. The recently launched multi-seed
variants made progress, increasing their
volume contribution from 9% to 12%
acrossmarkets.
Products for every occasion

Energy is one of the fastest growing
non-alcoholic, ready-to-drink (NARTD)
categories across our markets, driven by
both new demographics and higher per
capita consumption. Our broad portfolio
continues to evolve, and we have been
agileat responding to affordability and
premiumisation trends that have emerged
through the COVID-19 pandemic.
Energy was one of our best performing
categories during the year and delivered
asixth consecutive year of double‑digit
volume growth. Revenue growth was 42%
for the total energy portfolio, driven by clear
strategic priorities for all markets. Our revenue
growth came from existing products, as well
as product innovations and brand launches
into new markets during the year.
The category accounted for 6.4% of our
Group revenues in 2021, up 100 basis points.
With new packs and flavours for existing
brands, the expansion of newly introduced
brands, impactful activations and increased
product availability in the market, we
increased value share for our energy brands
by 40 basis points.
We have an increasingly broad portfolio of
brands and our strong partnership with
Monster supports our continued growth. To
develop the category further into adjacent
segments, after a successful launch in 2019
in Ireland we launched Reign, a performance
energy beverage with caffeine and
electrolytes, in Poland in 2021.
The coffee category is important to our
efforts to become the leading 24/7
beverage partner. We launched Costa
Coffee in three additional markets in 2021,
bringing the product to 17 markets in all, and
we continued to see market share growth.
While the initial 2020 Costa launch primarily
targeted the at-home channel, we expanded
our efforts in 2021 as restaurants, cafés and
offices reopened. Almost all the coffee
machines we placed with out-of-home
customers were digitally enabled, allowing us
to share data and insights with customers.
21INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Leverage our unique 24/7 portfolio continued
We strive to minimise food loss and food
waste in our operations, focusing on all parts
of our value chain. Preventing food loss
helps us preserve water and other natural
resources, avoid related carbon emissions,
and mitigate the related social and economic
effects in agriculture.
At our manufacturing sites we have targets
for production yield, and in our markets we
have targets for the age of finished beverage
products in order to minimise the number
ofproducts at risk of expiration. The trend
ofexpired products was unchanged relative
to2020 at 0.65% in carbonated soft drinks
and0.60% in juices, related to a shift in
consumption habits through the pandemic.
Our food loss from finished beverages was
0.14% in 2021, compared with 0.23% in
2020 and 0.17% in 2019. The higher level in
2020 reflected product expirations during
out-of-home channel lockdowns, while
reopenings in 2021, as well as our continuous
efforts, helped us stabilise food loss in 2021.
Managing freshness, quality

Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic,
wemaintained supply and continued to
deliver the highest quality beverages to our
customers and consumers. We increased
investment in the capabilities of our
employees in more innovative ways, while
reinforcing the basics.
We worked closely with our trusted suppliers
of key ingredients and packaging materials
to overcome unexpected issues, with only
two critical non-compliances in the year.
These were both related to our packaging
suppliers, resulting in a product recall in Italy
and a product withdrawn from the market
inRomania.
As the pandemic continued to disrupt
business activity, we kept product age
monitoring as a hybrid model for 2021.
Across all operations we used warehouse
age measures, which provide us with all the
relevant freshness information for products
leaving our warehouses. This was combined
with regular product age monitoring during
storage and transportation to ensure that
product age in the market is below the
established shelf-life specifications.
Despite accelerated changes in consumer
behaviour and preferences, in 2021 we
achieved a 22.4% reduction in consumer
complaints compared with 2020.
Wewillcontinue with our efforts to reach
zerocomplaints.
An important aspect of our strategy includes
changing recipes to reduce added sugar,
promoting low- and no-calorie beverage
options and making smaller packages more
available to enable portion control. The
Guideline Daily Amount labels on our
packages provide at-a-glance information
on calories, as well as sugar and all key
nutrients.
We support the current recommendations
of leading health authorities, including WHO,
that individuals should not consume more
than 10% of their total calories from added
sugar. We are reducing added sugar in
several products, including Sprite and Fanta,
using our strength in innovation to meet our
consumers’ evolving needs. As part of our
Mission 2025 sustainability targets, we have
committed to reduce calories per 100ml of
sparkling soft drinks by 25% between 2015
and 2025 across all our markets. By the end
of 2021, we had achieved a 15% reduction.
Through these efforts, we are contributing
to the European Soft Drinks Association’s
(UNESDA’s) target to reduce added sugar
inbeverages by 10% by 2025 from a
2019baseline.
We are committed to making the healthier
choice the easy choice for consumers,
acommitment that spans across all our
business activities. We seek to achieve this
by delivering on our commitments, adhering
to The Coca-Cola Company’s Global
Responsible Marketing and School Beverage
Policies and UNESDA’s pledges. We commit
to not market directly to children under 13
and we do not offer any soft drinks in primary
schools. In the EU and Switzerland, we
offeronly no‑ and low‑calorie beverages
insecondary schools. Through UNESDA
andthe Coca‑Cola System in Europe we
contribute to the European Commission’s
new code of conduct in support of
asustainable food system.
22 
“The coffee category is
increasingly important in
Romania. We are excited
towelcome Caffè Vergnano
this year and will continue to
create special experiences
for our consumers.”
Positioning our portfolio

Our portfolio of brands and categories has
shifted in the last five years, and is likely to
shift further in the future. We are focused
on making sure that our 24/7 beverage
portfolio is relevant to every occasion
atany time ofthe day – whether that’s
amorning coffee on the go, a lunchtime
sparkling beverage or an evening cocktail.
While our core sparkling category still
makes up a significant portion of our
portfolio, as we look to capture more
consumption occasions we have increased
focus on areas such as Adult Sparkling,
Energy, Coffee, targeted Still propositions
and Premium Spirits.
Coffee is a focus area we have expanded
into in the last few years. Costa Coffee
isnow in 17 markets, and our aim is to
reachall our markets by 2023. Our recent
acquisition of the premium Caffè Vergnano
brand allows us to focus on higher-end
segments of the coffee category as well,
complementing our Costa proposition.
Wehave significant ambitions to increase
our presence in coffee, supported by
continuous investment in our capabilities,
such as connected coffee machines
andbigdata analytics, to better serve
ourcustomers.
Future‑focused
Mihaela Hoffman
Coffee & Premium Spirits Business
Director,Romania
portfolio
23INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021 23
We know that our success
is dependent on the
success of our customers.
24 
2
Highlights in 2021
Supported the reopening
ofhotels, restaurants and cafés
Strengthened our relationship
withe-retailers and developed our
partnerships with new channels,
achieving higher market
shareonline
Accelerated the use of big data,
advanced analytics and
newtechnology
Introduced the new Sales
Academy across all our markets,
to drive our salesforce’s capability
to deliver improved customer
service, performance and execution
Deployed image recognition
technology to five new markets
andincreased our connected
cooler coverage by +3pp
Priorities in 2022
Continue to execute our revenue
growth management through
bothprice and mix acceleration,
while addressing consumer
needsfor affordability as well as
premiumisation
Advance our big data and
advanced analytics capabilities to
further enhance our segmented
executionmodel
Continue to invest to improve
ourdigital commerce abilities
andrespond to rapid growth
Improve our coverage of dynamic
route-to-market solutions
acrossmarkets, supported by the
deployment of image recognition
inall markets and an acceleration
inthe increase of coverage
inconnected coolers
Growth pillar
Win in the
marketplace
KPIs
FX-neutral revenue
growth
Volume growth
FX-neutral revenue
percase growth
Stakeholders
Our consumers
Our customers
Shareholders
The Coca-Cola
Company
Principal risks
Changing retail
environment
Quality
Geopolitical and security
environment
Cyber incidents
25INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Win in the marketplace continued
Excellence in execution
We know that our success is dependent on
the success of our customers. Throughout
the global pandemic, we have prioritised
safety and customer service, while avoiding
supply disruptions. We stood by out-of-
home customers as restrictions disrupted
their operations and helped them reopen as
restrictions eased. The COVID-19 pandemic
demonstrated the value of our customer
partnerships, while underlining the need
tocontinue to further develop our core
commercial capabilities to help us to address
new and evolving consumer occasions and
ways of shopping.
Accelerating our critical growth capabilities
isa key driver of our Growth Story 2025
strategy. The key capabilities we are focusing
on are big data and advanced analytics,
value-led revenue growth management,
tech-enabled route to market, and
customer-centric key account management.
Our digital transformation is accelerating
within the business and is fundamental to
allthese capabilities, enabling us to better
understand the real and changing needs of
our customers and consumers, drive rapid
revenue recovery in a profitable manner and
anticipate or react to new challenges faster
and smarter than our competition.
Generating value for our customers
The at-home channel performed strongly
during 2021, as drinking occasions at home
continued even as out-of-home channels
reopened. We remained a key partner to
ourat‑home customers, ensuring product
availability and adapting our offering to focus
on capturing growth opportunities. With one
large international customer in Italy, we jointly
launched an on-shelf availability project to
improve the replenishment process, which
isnow being rolled out further. We have
alsobeen collaborating with a key retailer in
Poland to implement a Costa Coffee Corner
in their stores. This success is now being
introduced in additional markets.
Our out-of-home customers have had a
more mixed year, experiencing good
recovery but not yet back to 2019 levels in
allmarkets. There were lockdowns across
many countries in Q1, followed by a strong
rebound in the summer. In Q4, however,
restrictions resumed in certain markets.
Wehave stood by our out‑of‑home
customers’ sides throughout the crisis,
providing them with consumer insights,
targeted programmes and practical support
as markets reopened.
As the hotel, restaurant and café (HoReCa)
channel began to reopen, we introduced
ourHoReCa for tomorrow (H4T) framework
to support channel acceleration. Through
the H4T framework we focused on being a
full-service partner to our customers,
increasing the frequency of sales visits and
helping to upgrade the HoReCa experience
through both portfolio premiumisation and
innovations. We are providing upskilling
forcustomers and continuing to build our
internal capabilities to support the channel.
Our restart programmes took place through
Q2 across all our markets, helping hotels,
restaurants and cafés restart their business
growth by addressing their specific needs.
Big data and advanced analytics
To improve insight and decision-making, we
use data and analytics capabilities to identify
and capture value-creation opportunities,
particularly for top-line acceleration and cost
optimisation. We are now able to analyse
data at a granular level, allowing us to
implement focused initiatives that generate
incremental value in targeted areas of the
business. We expanded the use of these
capabilities and achieved coverage of
advanced analytics solutions across all our
largest markets in 2021.
There are four priority areas we have been
focusing on. The first, segmented execution,
is where we use our capabilities to identify
customer needs in different locations and
different types of outlets to better target
product assortment and marketing activities.
Segmented execution has produced
promising results across our largest markets
in 2021, including volume increases and
improved outlet prioritisation for new
product launches. For the prioritisation
ofour Costa Coffee roll‑out in Bulgaria,
Hungary, Poland and Russia, we analysed a
vast range of data, including demographics
and traffic flow. In Bulgaria, for example,
wetargeted locations with proximity to city
parks and those with outdoor seating areas.
The second priority is demand forecasting.
We are driving operational excellence
through machine learning, improving our
forecasting for short- and long-term
demand in our markets. This streamlines
inventory management and prevents
out-of-stock incidents.
Thirdly, we are transforming our promotion
management with our algorithms providing
aholistic measurement of the return on
investment for each promotion, including
the negative impact of forward buying,
competitor promotions and cross-brand
cannibalisation. Finally, we are using our data
to help improve our retention efforts for
business developers, as well as to understand
drivers of successful performance.
To further scale our capabilities, we are
combining a number of data sets to develop
a 360-degree view of each of our customers,
while also maintaining strong data
governance. We have introduced leading
data quality and governance tools to maintain
the quality of our priority datasets, treating
data as a strategic asset.
26 
Optimising our digitally enabled
route to market
Our route-to-market capabilities showcase
our wide beverage portfolio in every outlet,
increasingly assisted by technology. In a
challenging year, our agile operating model,
built through investment over several years,
enabled us to react quickly to the changing
environment. We delivered impressive
volume growth compared with 2019, even
with most of our markets operating under
restrictions for several months of the year
and out-of-home visits much lower.
Theflexibility of our route to market allowed
us to dynamically re-allocate our sales force,
maximising opportunities in a changing
marketplace. We actively supported our
customers so that they could drive
moretransactions and capture growth
opportunities as markets began to reopen.
Improvements made to our route to market,
particularly through increased use of digital
and data capabilities, are allowing for a more
granular segmentation of our customer
base, more targeted services and stronger
execution. As explained in the digitalisation
section on page 30, we further incorporated
digital tools into our route to market,
increasing our share of digital orders through
our business-to-business platforms and
increasing coverage of our Customer Portal
across our markets.
UN Sustainable Development Goals
As we build our business by helping our
customers to grow and thrive, we make
substantial contributions to the achievement
of the Sustainable Development Goals related
to ending poverty, decent work, sustainable
communities, responsible production, justice

Revenue growth management
With The Coca-Cola Company, we have
builta revenue growth management (RGM)
framework that helps us maximise both
thenumber and value of our transactions,
supporting profitable top-line growth.
Wedeliver this by improving mix across
different levers, as well as through pricing
and increasing the return on investment on
our promotions. With these efforts, we help
our customers meet consumer demand for
affordability as well as premiumisation.
In 2021 we made progress with our smaller
multi-serve entry packs, which allowed us
tocompete at attractive price points for the
consumer and grow transactions in smaller
baskets in a margin-accretive way. Sales of
the multi-serve entry pack format grew by
16% in the year, driven by ongoing strong
performance in Russia, Poland and Italy and
the introduction of smaller packs in Hungary,
Ireland and Czech Republic.
We also provide our customers with
affordable options through our promotion
strategy. Advanced analytics are helping us
to quantify the incremental benefit from
promotions at the customer and outlet level.
Premiumisation strategies have helped
ussustain the increase in at‑home
consumption we saw during the first phases
of the pandemic as consumers replicated
out-of-home experiences at home.
Wedrove greater sales of multi‑pack
single-serves, and this helped us to improve
our single-serve mix in the at-home channel,
with single-serve volumes growing 16%
in2021, 19% above 2019 levels.
Another driver of premiumisation is the
growth of glass packages. We saw a good
performance of our 1L returnable glass
bottles in Austria, as well as sustained
double-digit growth of 330ml glass packs
inRomania.
Pricing is another critical lever of our RGM
strategy. In 2021, we implemented price
increases in 95% of our markets. To support
these pricing moves and make the best
decisions, we analyse data on elasticities per
brand, pack and pack type.
27INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Win in the marketplace continued
With the reopening of our markets, we
worked to reinforce our leadership through
increased market execution in displays and
the placement of connected coolers. On top
of this we have enhanced our execution
capabilities by the expansion of image
recognition from three countries to eight.
To support our business growth and
single-serve mix opportunities, we
continued to invest in new coolers, reaching
88% coverage of our top customer outlets,
up 3pp compared to last year. We now have
a total of 1.4 million coolers on customer
premises. Approaching half of these, 44%,
have online connections, helping us drive the
efficiency of our assets and enhance our
sales teams’ productivity.
Driving stronger capabilities across
our salesforce
To deliver our strategy, our people need
theright tools to address customer needs.
Thiswas the thinking behind the
establishment of our Sales Academy in
2020, to build unmatched sales teams that
constantly strive to improve our service and
drive value with and for all our customers.
After a successful pilot in 2020, we launched
the Sales Academy in all our markets in 2021.
The Sales Academy has been developed as
a transformative digital learning approach to
help build our teams’ capabilities on the job,
allowing each country to have flexibility
tofocus on the capabilities that are most
relevant to their market. Feedback from
ourpilot markets has been strong, with our
customers in Russia appreciating that our
sales force works collaboratively to drive
better operational performance and offer
solutions to drive sales.
Evolving our customer satisfaction
approach
A key learning from 2020 and the COVID-19
pandemic was that being close to our
customers is the most important way to
winin the market. We were able to make
significant advances through 2020 with our
customer experience and brought in
additional improvements in 2021.
To remain competitive, we ensure that
welisten and respond to every customer.
In2021 we made step changes to empower
our salespeople to drive customer-centric
behaviours and ‘close the loop’ to resolve
issues immediately.
When a customer raises an issue, we target
a 48-hour response, listening carefully and
improving their experience swiftly.
We launched CustomerGauge, a new digitally
enabled customer experience feedback
approach, across all our markets in 2021.
Weinitiated a faster and simpler way of
listening to our customers more frequently,
and we enhanced our ability to capture more
data and actionable insights to drive revenue
growth. This is a key example of the digital
transformation Coca‑Cola HBC is undergoing
in every aspect of the business. We expect
CustomerGauge feedback to lead to more
learnings and further improvement in 2022.
28 
“Our upgraded Customer
Portal helps me to spend
more time working on
customer and category
development. Our platform
really helps uslead the way
indigitalisation in Russia.”
Digitalisation is the focus within
our route to market
Our route to market is increasingly digitally
enabled, and the COVID-19 pandemic
provided an additional boost to this trend.
Our business-to-business Customer Portal
was relaunched in 2020 and transformed
from a functional order-taking platform to
an engagement-driven digital experience
for our customers. The improvement
intheCustomer Portal user experience
helpsourcustomers to be promptly
notified on portfolio expansion, ongoing
promotions and marketing activities,
whichtranslates to higher revenues
andcustomer satisfaction.
Russia is leading the way in digitalisation
and e-commerce for Coca-Cola HBC and
now sees 32% of all orders come through
the Customer Portal, the highest level
across our markets. In the coming years
wesee further opportunity to improve
functionality, deepen our customer reach,
expand to all our markets and further
increase business-to-business
digitaltransactions.
Future-focused
Anton Salov
Business Developer, Russia
route to market
29INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Digitalisation across Coca‑Cola HBC
Enhancing connections
and accelerating growth
through data and
digitalisation
Investments in data and digital capabilities have consistently
been prioritised across the Group because we know they are
creating real opportunities for our business. We are benefiting
from more targeted sales strategies, access to e-commerce
channel growth, improved demand forecasting and even
improved understanding of what is needed to increase
employee retention.
Investing in digital
commerce
We have been investing in and developing
asuite of digital commerce platforms and
solutions to serve the growing numbers
ofconsumers and customers choosing
toshop online, a trend that has picked
upsubstantially since the start of the
pandemic. Throughout 2021, we continued
to refine our digital commerce strategy,
and investedcapital and management
attention inthisarea to capture the
significant growthopportunity.
When customers order online, it streamlines
processes, freeing up our business
developers to help our customers develop
their growth opportunities in the beverage
category. It also has the potential to open
our portfolio to large numbers of smaller
outlets which may not have been economic
for business developers to serve.
Route to customer
Our business-to-business Customer Portal
has been transformed from an order-taking
system to an engagement-driven, digital
experience for business owners who
wantto maximise growth efficiently.
Afterintroducing our customer portal to
22of our markets in2020, we increased
engagement through2021, increasing the
number of customersreached through our
platform. This investment has helped us
achieve rapid growth in online ordering,
with the Customer Portal’s share of total
orders quadrupling in 2021 to 8%.
We have also been investing behind several
other business-to-business opportunities
tobetter serve our customers, creating
platforms where we can really leverage our
existing physical route to market. WABI2B,
for example, is a one-stop-shop for
traditional trade and hotels, restaurants
and cafés to buy products from us or from
other consumer products groups. In 2021
we launched WABI2B in Nigeria and Russia.
Route to consumer
While beverages are an attractive product
for consumers to buy online given their
bulk, the category is still relatively early in
this transition, particularly when compared
to other consumer categories. This creates
asignificant longer-term opportunity to
capture growth in this channel. We are
partnering with e-retailers and our existing
brick-and-click customers to increase our
digital shelf space and visibility as well as
direct shopper engagement.
The emergence of food delivery platforms
has created a new growth opportunity.
These platforms, which deliver restaurant
ortake-away food directly to consumers’
homes, grew rapidly during the pandemic
and allowed the hotel, restaurant and café
channel to continue to operate even when
they were not able to open their doors.
Wehave been working to increase the
presence of our products on these
platformsand to increase the rate at which
consumerspurchase one of our beverages
in combination with their meal.
Coca-Cola HBC has operated in the
direct-to-consumer channel in Switzerland,
one of our larger markets, for many years
with Qwell. While the channel is still a small
part of our business, we continue to learn
alot which is allowing us to understand
whatdrives success and identify potential
goodideas.
8%
Percentage of transactions through
Customer Portal, our main B2B platform
87%
Revenue growth from e-retail in 2021
30 
Understanding our
opportunities better
with data
Big data and advanced analytics are already
creating real value across a range of use
cases and have the potential to do much
more as we continue to develop this
criticalcapability. We use data and analytics
to identify and capture value-creation
opportunities, particularly for top-line
acceleration and cost optimisation, and to
improve our service and operations across
all functions.
We are now able to analyse data at a
granular level, allowing us to make decisions
and implement focused initiatives that
generate incremental value in targeted
areas of the business. Our data capabilities
are even being used to gain insights to
support the performance and retention
ofnew businessdevelopers.
In 2021, we achieved our aim to expand
ouruse of big data, advanced analytics
andartificial intelligence across our
largestmarkets.
A connected culture
As thousands of our people began working
remotely for the first time in 2020, we
accelerated our investment in new digital
tools for learning and connection.
Our online Sales Academy, launched in
2020 and rolled out across our markets
in2021, offers development tools for all
layers of our sales force.
It provides a great onboarding experience
for new business developers as well as
in-depth training in specific product
categories and channels, including premium
spirits and hotels, restaurants and cafés.
Throughout the onboarding process, new
business developers are guided by our new
ONBOARD app. We have also introduced
an app for continuous performance
conversations, embedding continuous
feedback throughout our business.
While the COVID-19 pandemic reduced
opportunities to meet in person, new
digital tools keep our people connected
and engaged. At our virtual leadership
conference in 2021, participants shared
personal stories and inspiration. Digital
channels are also helping to drive the
visibility and attractiveness of our employer
brand. Over 550 of our employees post
regularly on social media channels, and we
encourage social media conversations
around our products and specific events.
State-of-the-art
manufacturing
andlogistics
To optimise our supply chain and finance
functions, we have invested in a range
oftechnologies.
In our manufacturing plants, we have
improved efficiency by investing in new,
automated production lines. These reduce
idle time, thus expanding our capacity while
reducing costs. In 2021, we introduced
anew digital manufacturing platform with
amonitoring system in seven markets.
Thishas given us better insight into energy
consumption and expanded our use of
predictive maintenance, reducing costs
and equipment downtime. In our
warehouses, we have introduced
augmented reality headsets to speed
orderpacking and reduce error rates.
Digital transformation in our supply chain
isalso improving productivity and reducing
costs. In 2021, we implemented an SAP
e-procurement solution in many of our
markets, with further roll-out planned
for2022.
Our successful implementation of SAP’s
newest enterprise application suite,
S/4HANA, in 2021 is simplifying processes
and increasing productivity across our
commercial, supply chain and finance
functions. This technology provides a solid
foundation for future technological tools by
increasing our ability to extract and use data.
31INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
New technology is driving
dramatic improvements in
accuracy and productivity,
and cost savings.
32 
3
Highlights in 2021
Supply chain costs as % of net
sales revenue decreased by
1.4basis points in comparison
toprioryear
Further implementation of
advanced analytics supported
roll-out of segmented execution
toall markets
Automation and digitalisation
ofmanufacturing process
Successful implementation
ofSAP’s S/4HANA for
greaterproductivity
Priorities in 2022
Continued focus and investment
indigital commerce, underpinned
by next generation digital
marketingcapabilities
Smooth integration of IT systems
for Egypt
Introduce digital solutions for
supply chain and demand planning
Reduce the use of PET,
accelerating package-less and
refillable options and eliminating
plastic from secondary packaging
Expand predictive maintenance
Growth pillar
Fuel growth
through
competitiveness
and investment
KPIs
OpEx as % of NSR
CapEx as % of NSR
Comparable EBIT margin
ROIC
Stakeholders
Our suppliers
Shareholders
Principal risks
Plastics and packaging
waste
Changing retail
environment
Cyber incidents
Foreign exchange
fluctuations
Water availability
Managing our carbon
footprint
Suppliers and sustainable
sourcing
33INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
We demonstrated our
resilience and adaptability
during the year, maintaining
production continuity
andavoiding any supply
interruptions for our customers
while continuing to make health
and safety our top priority.
This required us to embrace innovation,
dataand sophisticated digital technologies,
while investing in our people to develop
newcapabilities.
As trading levels rebounded, so too did
direct marketing expenses. However, with
fewer physical meetings and less travel,
some operational cost reductions were
maintained. New technology is driving
dramatic improvements in accuracy and
productivity, and cost savings.
Optimising infrastructure
By expanding and optimising our production
and warehouses, we support our expanded
24/7 portfolio and improve our ability to
serve our customers and address changing
consumer needs and preferences.
We continued our investments to increase
the capacity of our plants by installing six
new production lines in Nigeria, Ukraine and
Romania to address increasing demand and
avoid out-of-stock issues. Six warehouses
were constructed or renovated in 2021,
adding capacity and increasing efficiency.
Our warehouse projects support better
customer service, cost efficiencies and
volume growth in five markets,
includingNigeria.
We also increased our investments in
innovative KeelClip™ equipment, adding
installations in Romania, Italy, Greece and
Hungary. KeelClip™ is a minimalist
paperboard packaging solution which
replaces plastic packaging for multi-packs,
helping us achieve our sustainability
objectives. By improving our manufacturing
efficiency with additional investment in
automated production lines, we reduced idle
time and expanded our production capacity
by nearly 3% while achieving cost savings.
To streamline maintenance in our
production facilities, we introduced a digital
manufacturing platform in several markets in
2021. This platform allows better monitoring
of production, gives higher visibility of energy
consumption and allows us to use a more
flexible, predictive maintenance approach.
Shifting to predictive maintenance has
helped us to achieve better control of our
maintenance costs, limiting equipment
downtime. In 2022, we will expand the
newmaintenance approaches to five
additionalmarkets.
Across the business, our optimisation
efforts have resulted in a 30% reduction in
plants across our territory, from 80 in 2008
to 56 at the end of 2021. At the same time,
we increased our production lines per plant
by 44% which allowed us to maintain our
capacity and create more efficient and
flexible facilities. To improve our service
offering while reducing our costs, we have
optimised our logistics network by reducing
our distribution centres by 66% and our
warehouses by 65% over the same time
period. These structural improvements
support a lean and resilient operating model.
Leveraging technology and big data
Our continued investment in technology
hassupported our business resilience
throughout the COVID-19 pandemic.
Oursuccessful implementation of SAP’s
newest enterprise application suite,
S/4HANA, in 2021 is already increasing
productivity across our Group while providing
a solid foundation for the deployment of
additional technological tools. The S/4HANA
implementation brought better support to
business needs, and provides new insights
by improving access to data in our systems.
This is helping us serve customers in a more
segmented way and streamline order taking,
helping us provide better service to our
customers faster.
We continued to digitally transform our
route-to-market capabilities, achieving
significant increases in sales through our
enhanced Customer Portal. See the
Digitalisation section for more details
onpage 30. Technology is also helping
usimprove market execution. We fully
activated our in-store image recognition
technology in seven business units, more
than doubling the number of outlets covered
to 350,000. We are processing over two
million product execution images every
month with 98% accuracy, freeing up sales
people to spend more time with customers
and improving revenue per outlet.
New digital tools are improving operational
productivity and helping us serve customers
cost-effectively with better monitoring
ofinsights and data. We introduced a range
of solutions for digital transformation across
many different business areas during the
year, including planning, logistics and
procurement. Automation, for example
ofquality and safety, has helped us be
moreflexible to meet fast‑changing
customerneeds.
We made progress digitising our
procurement, implementing the SAP Ariba
e-procurement tool in 12 markets in 2021,
with plans to expand this to all our markets in
2022. This supports greater standardisation
of our procurement activities. We are also
piloting the integration of SAP Ariba with
third-party assessments of financial,
environmental and social risk.
We are also reducing costs and streamlining
processes with new digital platforms for
internal purchases, such as our buying
platform for trade marketing activities.
Launched in 16 markets in 2021, this
improves our marketing activities while
generating economies of scale to drive
down costs.
Fuel growth through competitiveness and investment continued
34 
As our business generates more data, we
are also getting better at deriving value from
this important asset. We are establishing
along‑term data strategy and vision,
implementing a data governance process,
democratising data access through a new
Azure cloud enterprise data warehouse
andenhancing data insights with cross‑
functional management reporting. Business
data used with purchased data helps us
leverage artificial intelligence to improve
segmented execution, demand forecasting
and product performance. By rolling out
segmented execution powered by big data
and advanced analytics to all of our markets
during 2021, we achieved incremental
revenue and business growth.
Improving our impact
In 2021, we started to track our business
performance based on our newly validated
2030 science-based carbon emission
targets and, looking beyond 2030,
committed to achieve net zero across our
value chain by 2040. In support of these
goals, we continued to increase our use
ofrenewable and clean energy and invest
inenergy reduction and decarbonisation
projects across our markets. In Nigeria,
weinstalled additional solar panels at four
ofour bottling plants. These installations are
connected to the local electricity grid and
provided 1,500 tonnes of CO
2
emissions
savings in 2021. In Cyprus and at 10 of our
production sites in Russia, we began using
100% renewable electricity. Combined with
our use of energy from clean or renewable
sources in 12 additional markets, we are
achieving savings of 67.5 kilo tonnes of CO
2
emissions annually.
Approximately 90% of Coca‑Cola HBC’s
carbon footprint comes from Scope 3
emissions in our value chain, which are linked
to our operations but generated from sources
we do not control. As we cannot achieve our
ambitious sustainability objectives on our
own, our work with suppliers is ever more
critical. Ourprocurement team began
working in 2021 with our key packaging
partners on greenhouse gas emission
reductions. We also launched collaborations
with additional critical suppliers. Together
with The Coca-Cola Company and other
bottlers, we are now working on emissions
reduction with 20 critical suppliers who
represent over 50% of our Scope 3 emissions.
In 2021, we expanded our work with the farms
where our priority ingredients, including
natural sweeteners and fruit, are grown
toimprove productivity, compliance,
transparency and resiliency. We source using
the System-wide Principles for Sustainable
Agriculture (PSA). These principles are
aligned with leading third-party sustainable
farming standards and assurance schemes
such as the Farm Sustainability Assessment
of the Sustainable Agriculture Initiative
Platform (SAI‑FSA), Bonsucro, Fairtrade
International and Rainforest Alliance.
By working to implement practices that align
with the PSA, such as efficient farm
management practices, we manage supply
and reputational risks while delivering value
for all stakeholders, including farm workers.
Along with The Coca-Cola Company, we
issued a PSA supplier guide as a reference to
support implementation of sustainable,
ethical practices.
To ensure our principles are being upheld,
we use external third-party verification
whileencouraging our suppliers to follow
sustainable practices to maximise value
andcontain their costs. Our 2025 target
foringredient sourcing is to achieve 100%
certification of our key agricultural ingredients
against the Principles for Sustainable
Agriculture. Due to accelerating demand
andlimited availability of sugar crops, we
were forced to turn to new suppliers in
2021.Thisdisruption meant 80% of key
agricultural ingredients purchased in 2021
were certified, a drop from 82% in 2020.
Weare working to stabilise supply and
introduceimproved practices with
newsuppliers.
Packaging and transport
Improving the sustainability of our packaging
is one of our Mission 2025 sustainability
objectives. In 2020, we installed new
in-house PET recycling and preform
manufacturing technology at our plant in
Krakow, with the objective of improving our
access to food grade, recycled PET (rPET).
In 2021 we commenced the installation
ofadditional in‑house recycling technology
in Italy and plan for an expansion to Romania
in2022.
In Switzerland, we have received approval
touse green rPET for our sparkling and
water portfolio together with additional rPET
bottle lightweight activities.
This will close the Swiss recycling loop for
green bottles sold to market, increase the
availability of rPET feedstock and support
lowering recycling costs. These bottles will
be in the market in Q1 2022.
As new single-use plastic regulations came
into effect in the second half of 2021 in the
EU, we are now supplying paper straws.
Weare also investigating options to replace
plastic lids on our paper cups.
We had success piloting a new stretch film
used on pallets in Poland in 2021, reducing
plastic used on pallets by 40% while
improving product stability. We plan to
implement this on a larger scale during 2022.
We also made progress with cardboard
packaging, incorporating more than 80%
recycled content for the first time.
35INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
UN Sustainable Development Goals
Our sustained efforts to reduce our costs and
improve our impact have generated significant
results for our business, our communities,
society and the environment. These results
correspond to contributions to the Sustainable
Development Goals for clean water and
sanitation, clean energy, economic growth,
industry innovation, sustainable communities,
responsible production, climate action,

“New digital tools are
improving operational
productivity and
helping us serve
customers cost‑
effectively with better
monitoring, insight

Fuel growth through competitiveness and investment continued
Beyond our green fleet achievements
forpassenger cars for our salespeople,
described on page 48, in Serbia we
introduced new heavy trucks fuelled by liquid
natural gas in 2021. These have 50%
loweremissions than conventional models.
Wealso increased the capacity of our
light-weight trailers by 6%, reducing trips
needed and further contributing to emission
reduction. We imported bulk resin to Nigeria
for the first time via sea cargo, moving away
from containerised deliveries in vessels.
Doing so resulted in a 55Mt reduction in CO
2
emissions. We plan to expand our purchases
of bulk resin in 2022 to further increase
emission reductions. As sugar supply was
disrupted, we focused on the optimisation
ofsugar deliveries in 2020 and 2021.
Sustainable procurement
Our suppliers are important partners and
contributors to the ongoing and sustainable
success of our business, and we held our
first Group supplier sustainability event in
2021, with 300 participants, to support
collaboration. During the virtual event,
company and external experts provided
context regarding the environmental, social
and governance (ESG) factors facing the
industry, as well as examples of best
practices and new opportunities arising
fromsustainability.
We also made improvements to
requirements for our suppliers, significantly
strengthening the human rights, ethics and
compliance practices we expect. Our buyers
were retrained during the year on the
sustainability risk assessment tools available
for supplier selection and governance.
We use internal supply base assessments,
audits of compliance and the EcoVadis
platform to monitor and assess
performance of critical suppliers. EcoVadis
gives us information to monitor a range
ofrisks using 21 criteria from international
standard-setters such as ISO 26000 and the
International Labour Organization. In 2021,
over 1,100 of our critical suppliers were
assessed using EcoVadis, an increase of
about 40% compared with 2020. Our plan is
to expand the use of these assessments for
better, more objective supplier monitoring
going forward and leverage our EcoVadis
partnership across the Coca-Cola
Systemtoimprove information sharing
betweenbottlers.
36 
“Our continuous investment in innovation
andtechnology has delivered new digital
products that are tightly integrated
withourevolving technology platforms.
Theseproducts have achieved improved
operational productivity and help
usserveour customers cost-effectively
andin more flexible ways to meet their
fast-changingneeds.”
Fueling growth by investing in new digital tools
y
Automation is key for our business. It helps us to be more
productive, enabling better, faster results, while improving
theexperience of our people, customers and partners.
Across our Company, investments in new digital tools are helping
usto capture new growth opportunities, create more value for our
customers and achieve our sustainability goals. As a result, our
back-office systems and processes have been streamlined, we
have achieved operating and cost efficiencies in our manufacturing
plants and we have access to more relevant data insights to better
serve our customers.
Gerald Lewis
Head of Technology Strategy
and Operations Group Digital
and Technology Platform
Services
Future‑focused
investment
37INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
In 2021 we continued to
listen to our people to
understand how we could
best support them to
succeed while staying safe
through the pandemic.
38 
4
Highlights in 2021
Protected the health and wellbeing
of our people as the COVID-19
pandemic continued, while further
investing to support new ways
ofworking
Sought more feedback from our
people, through the annual
employee engagement survey
andperiodic pulse surveys, and
acted on their feedback
Strengthened the collaborative
spirit and growth mindset values
which underpin our culture and
continued our efforts to make
learning available to everyone
Launched a unique development
experience for all our frontline sales
people to upgrade their critical
capabilities and enhance
customersupport
Continued working towards a more
diverse and inclusive workforce
Priorities in 2022
Build unmatched sales teams by
strengthening our commercial
talent pipeline
Drive an inclusive and purpose-
driven culture by redefining our
culturenarrative and updating our
leadership model
Continue simplifying processes and
investing in capabilities necessary
to achieve our growth strategy
Continue efforts to build an
inclusive workplace and a diverse
workforce that reflects our
customer base and communities
Growth pillar
Cultivate the
potential of
our people
KPIs
Employee engagement
Percentage of managers
that are women
Lost time accident rate
Stakeholders
Our people
Principal risks
Health and safety
People retention
Geopolitical and security
environment
39INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Cultivate the potential of our people continued
Strengthening our culture
We strive to create an irresistible place to
work, where our people feel heard, valued
and supported. In 2021 we continued
applying what worked best during the early
days of the pandemic: listening to our people
to understand how we could best support
them to succeed while staying safe in a
period of rapid change.
Our teams have emerged from two years
ofa global pandemic even stronger. As a
result of their dedication, perseverance and
innovation, we helped our customers reopen
quickly and adapt and grow sustainably
despite the turbulent market conditions.
Wecontinue to unite around a common
purpose, democratise learning for all our
colleagues and build a resilient and agile
organisation.
Support and engagement during
the pandemic
Ensuring the safety of our people, as well as
our customers, partners and communities,
continued to be our top priority in 2021.
Thiswas the focus of our Company
leadership as well as the cross-functional
teams leading our COVID-19 pandemic
response across the Group and in each
market. We continuously adapted our
guidelines and protocols as vaccines
wererolled out and as new COVID
variantsemerged.
Due to the extraordinary circumstances
in2020, we conducted two employee pulse
surveys in addition to our annual employee
engagement survey to better understand
what employees needed during the pandemic.
As the fast pace of change continues, we
have made pulse surveys a permanent part
of our internal communications, ensuring
employees have multiple opportunities to
provide feedback each year. This helps
ensure that management and the Board
really understand what our people need
tosucceed.
We once again conducted three all-
employee surveys in 2021. The Company’s
Employee Engagement Index score, the
outcome of our annual engagement survey
conducted in October 2021, remained
steady at 88% with 85% of the workforce
participating. We continue to benchmark our
employee engagement against other
high-performing companies, partnering with
Qualtrics, our partner in measuring company
culture. Our 2021 results were three
percentage points above the Qualtrics
Global Top Decile Norm, which represents
the top 10% of more than 15 million people
from more than 350 companies.
Importantly, 96% of employees working
directly with our customers feel they have all
the necessary protective equipment they
need and 96% of all employees are aware of
the Company’s health and safety policies.
Many of our employees enjoy being able to
work from home at least part of the time, but
not everyone is the same. From survey
responses in 2020, we learned that remote
work arrangements increased the need for
line manager support. In our 2021
engagement survey, 85% of our people
reported feeling supported by their line
manager. Through surveys conducted
during the year, employees expressed their
concerns about the complexity of processes
and the resulting impact on workloads.
Toaddressthis important finding, we have
intensified our focus on simplification.
To support new ways of working, we
conducted more meetings virtually to
optimise time spent travelling and with our
customers. In Poland and Austria, we
streamlined and redesigned offices,
improving the work experience for our
people while reducing costs.
We continued offering support to family
members through a global employee
assistance programme, providing 24/7
confidential support for our people and their
families. The programme features trained
specialists through an external partner for
help with challenges ranging from work-
related issues and relationship difficulties to
isolation and trauma. Help is available by
phone, online or through an app. Specialised
support is also provided to our line managers
to help them support team members facing
challenges.
Health, safety and wellbeing
We believe that a safe and healthy workplace
is a fundamental right and also a business
imperative. As the COVID-19 pandemic
impacted markets across our territory for a
second year, we continually updated our
relevant guidelines and protocols. We also
carefully monitored illness rates to monitor
possible cases of transmission on our
premises. While employees continued to
become ill with COVID, we attempted to
eliminate transmission within the workplace.
As hybrid working models combining remote
and office-based work became the norm, we
focused on new approaches to wellbeing
and employee support. Our refreshed
wellbeing framework addresses employees’
physical, mental, emotional, financial and
social needs. Each of our markets offers
tools and resources in each area, tailored to
market-specific needs. In Russia, where we
have an extremely comprehensive wellbeing
programme, our leaders act as role models,
sharing their personal wellness stories.
To ensure a workplace that safeguards
mental health and supports our people when
mental wellbeing issues arise, we introduced
a mental wellbeing policy and provided online
access to useful resources. This addresses
the risk of isolation some employees report
with hybrid work arrangements. To help
leaders understand how they can assist in
safeguarding the mental wellbeing of their
team, we created a guide for all managers.
For the fourth consecutive year, no
employees lost their life at work during 2021.
Regrettably however three contractors died
in road incidents.
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
Agility
Customer
Centricity
Growth
Opportunity
Meaningful
& Empowering
Work
Positive Work
Environment
Trust in
Leadership
Supportive
Management
2018 score 2021 score
Improvement across all Cultural pillars (% of favourable replies by the employees)
40 
This compares with two contractor fatalities
in road incidents during 2020. Our fleet
safety training programmes blend
classroom and on-the-road training
elements. Safety training combined with
ongoing installation of collision avoidance
technology in fleet vehicles led to an 8.2%
improvement of accidents per million
kilometres travelled in 2021. This is our ninth
consecutive year of improvement.
Overall, employee workplace-related
accidents increased by three compared to a
previous year. Our Lost Time Accident Rate
was 0.25 for 2021, compared with 0.23 in the
prior year. Meanwhile, the Lost Time Incident
Frequency Rate for contractors improved by
7.05% vs 2020. Our behaviour-based safety
programme was expanded from
manufacturing plants and warehouses to
90% of our commercial function. During
2021, we eliminated 82.8% of barriers to
safety identified under this programme. By
the end of 2021, we are proud to report that
7,652 employees and 865 contractors were
trained as behaviour-based safety observers
supporting the programme.
We also successfully launched the Coca-
Cola System’s Life Saving Rules, with each of
our sites taking corrective actions to achieve
error-intolerant systems and processes by
the end of 2022.
Building a sense of belonging

Our values-based culture remains a strength
and a source of resilience as our common
beliefs help us adapt with speed and agility.
Two important findings from our 2021
engagement survey were an increase in our
people’s understanding and belief in our
overall purpose and vision and
improvements in engagement scores
across all of our cultural pillars. This reflects
the success of our efforts to empower our
people and foster the growth mindset
needed to achieve our vision.
We believe inviting people to bring their true
self to work and share their authentic stories
is the best way to foster trust and
behaviours that support our strategic goals.
Storytelling is therefore used extensively
across the business to strengthen
connections.
Our Red Talks programme shares personal
transformation stories across the Group,
inspiring our people to change and grow. At
our 2021 virtual leadership conference,
stories were shared from different countries
covering management of wellbeing to
dealing with change.
Similar storytelling campaigns took place in
all our markets, featuring personal, authentic
stories from each region. To expand
opportunities to share and connect, we
builta community of over 100 colleagues
organised in an informal virtual community.
We have also organised virtual Coffee Corner
sessions attracting over 700 colleagues,
which feature podcast-like interviews on
topics such as how to become a better
colleague or finding strength to
facedifficulties.
Through our internal #thisisme campaign,
we invite our people to bring their true self to
work by sharing photos, quotes and sources
of inspiration and motivation. Launched
initially for Group employees, the programme
proved extremely popular, growing organically
with posts from colleagues across all
countries, functions and layers.
To further enhance our growth mindset
values and collaborative culture, a Culture
Activation Toolkit was launched in 2021
giving our markets the ability to target local
needs. To empower people in different
settings, the toolkit includes guides on
setting up and building communities or
leading from within.
In our second year of continuous
performance conversations with mutual
accountability, nearly all of our people, 95%,
completed quarterly snapshot discussions
with their managers. More than 75% of our
people gave feedback to their managers
during the year. Usage data for our feedback
app shows that continual feedback is
becoming well established across the Group.
Achieving greater diversity

As part of our Mission 2025 sustainability
goals, our Company has committed
toincrease the proportion of women
inmanagement to 50%. The proportion
ofmanagement roles held by women edged
up1pp to 39% in 2021. Despite continual
progress, to achieve our ambition of a diverse
workforce that reflects our customer base
and communities we must do even more.
In 2021, we created a new Diversity, Equity
and Inclusion (DEI) Steering Committee,
sponsored by CEO Zoran Bogdanovic, to
provide strategic direction and governance
to our DEI efforts. To help us drive the right
behaviours, we introduced new training to
identify and act on potential instances of
discrimination. Several hundred employees
in our People & Culture and Legal, Ethics
&Compliance functions participated.
Ourworkshops on disrupting unconscious
bias are also being rolled out to leadership
teams of business units across the Group.
Together with our Coca-Cola System
partners, we launched an International
Coca-Cola System-wide series of women’s
network events. Quarterly events were held,
including a panel discussion with our CEO
and Chief People & Culture Officer on how
leaders can drive inclusion. This role
modelling was also seen in our CEO’s
continued participation as a judge in the
WeQual awards for female leaders.
Newly introduced initiatives built on our
existing Inclusive Leadership e-learning
modules, available to all leaders. Every
business unit has targets and action plans
appropriate to their market to contribute to
our gender diversity commitment and our
DEI Community continues to ensure best
practices to support diversity, equity and
inclusion are shared across our territory.
To attract more women into our Company,
we once again ran an International Women’s
Day campaign, #NoJobHasAGender,
whichwas promoted through social media
channels. We continued to increase our
social media presence with a focus on
female career experience, covering subjects
such as career growth and leadership.
Ourseries #WomenofCCHBC included 19
videos and was viewed by over two million
people online.
We regularly review our Human Rights Policy,
our Code of Business Conduct and other
internal standards to ensure we adhere to
allapplicable laws and regulations and
demonstrate best practice as stakeholder
expectations evolve. These documents are
available on our website at https://www.
coca-colahellenic.com/en/about-us/
corporate-governance/policies.
Helping our people realise their
potential and developing talent
To ensure that everyone in our Company
has the ability to contribute to our purpose,
vision and mission, we make learning
accessible to every employee. We provide
tools and encouragement for our employees
to continue growing through self-learning,
coaching and mentoring to develop both
leadership and functional skills.
As we continued to strengthen our culture
of continuous learning, digital learning is
becoming more important. About 80%
ofour employees are self‑driven active
learners on our various digital platforms.
Wehave expanded our Personal Learning
Cloud, which now offers over 2,500
resources. For the second year, we
organised a virtual LearnFest. Over 6,000
attendees and more than 40 internal and
external speakers participated.
41INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Cultivate the potential of our people continued
UN Sustainable Development Goals
Efforts to foster an engaging workplace and

the capabilities of our people, increase gender
balance in our management ranks and reduce
stress and support employee wellbeing all
contribute toward global goals for development.

supported are those for: good health and
wellbeing; gender equality; decent work


In our efforts to boost the agility of our
Company, we have completed more than 80
agile initiatives, trained over 700 people, and
certified 135 Scrum Masters and 18 Agile
coaches since 2019. As we evolve into a
trulyagile organisation, we are establishing
mission-based, cross-functional,
empowered and self-managed teams, which
we call dynamic pods. These allow us to
improve our speed and quality of delivery on
critical missions through dynamic staffing of
critical capabilities. To accelerate channel
and category growth, we launched dynamic
pods in eight of our business units in 2021.
Taking into account the global trends of
increasing turnover and intensifying scarcity
of talent, development of high-performing
people is a top priority. We made notable
progress accelerating the leadership
development of more than 450 of our
colleagues during the year. Learning from
others continues to act as a multiplier of
leadership development, with 80 new active
internal coaches and 71 new coaching
engagements. Mentoring is now
technology-enabled, with 339 active
mentors and 259 new mentoring
engagements supported online during the
year. The success of these initiatives is
demonstrated by extremely highparticipant
satisfaction rates. All of the leadership
coaching participants and 97% ofmentoring
participants reported satisfaction with their
learning experience.
In 2021 we further evolved our Talent Review
Framework to accelerate development
across functions and borders. We identified
20% more potential emerging leaders within
our workforce than in 2020. We remain
focused on maintaining bench strength,
particularly in our commercial function, and
building a strong, diverse pipeline of leaders.
A majority of participants in many of our
leadership development programmes,
including our Fast Forward programmes, are
female. This supports our ambition to achieve
gender balance in senior management
rolesby 2025.
As employee turnover rebounded to
pre-pandemic levels in 2021 to 13.1%,
compared to 8.8% in 2020 and 12.3% in 2019,
the higher rate of external hiring gave us the
opportunity to recruit people with critical
new capabilities. As 35.5% of all external
hires during the year were female, and more
than half of new hires for senior leadership
roles were women, we also succeeded in
strengthening gender diversity.
As the skills needed for our organisation to
be successful in an ever-changing market
are constantly evolving, this year we
launched a skills-based talent marketplace,
which enables us to better understand
ouremployees’ skills and capabilities, while
matching them to the challenges of both
today and tomorrow. The programme was
successfully piloted in Austria in 2021 and
will be rolled out to additional markets in the
coming years.
Developing the critical capabilities
of our sales teams
Following the 2020 launch of our digital Sales
Academy, we continued to roll out this
comprehensive developmental experience
for our sales force across all our markets in
early 2021. About 1,300 new business
developers have completed our Licence to
Start certification, which gives new hires a
strong onboarding experience and ensures
they are equipped to support our customers
even faster. Over 8,500 members of the
existing sales force have also benefited from
Sales Academy modules. Building on this
success, similar learning modules designed
for supply chain management will be rolled
out for 12,000 people in our supply chain
function in 2022.
To enhance the onboarding experience
forbusiness developers, we have created
afully integrated onboarding experience
that includes pre-onboarding activities,
human resources information and
country‑specificcontent.
About 90% of new business developers
report satisfaction with the onboarding
experience, including feedback from
theirline managers about their progress
andperformance.
To identify the main drivers of business
developer turnover in five selected business
units, we performed an in-depth analysis
using artificial intelligence in close
collaboration with our Group Data, Insights
&Analytics team. The main findings of
thisanalysis, which include issues around
complexity, compensation and line manager
support, are now forming the basis of a
holistic review of how we attract, select,
develop and compensate our frontline
salespeople. As part of this effort, we are
simplifying tasks so that they can spend
more time with our customers.
An attractive and authentic
employer brand
During 2021, we improved the visibility
andattractiveness of our employer brand.
We received 76 recognitions across 28
countries reflecting different measurements
of employer attractiveness. The perception
of our employer brand improved in 11
ofourmarkets during the year, and our
compounded average rank also improved
according to Universum, an employer brand
consultancy. We are especially proud of
being recognised in the Forbes World’s
BestEmployers 2021 list and, thanks to our
progress on diversity and inclusion, we were
ranked 8
th
in the Refinitiv D&I index.
Over 550 of our employees post regularly
onsocial media, and we are ranked the 39th
most active company on social media in
thefood and beverage sector in Europe,
according to analysis by employee influencer
platform DMSN8. We encouraged social
media conversations through 24 campaigns
around our products or around specific
events. We also introduced monthly ‘behind
the scenes’ features on LinkedIn and
Facebook. The initial features shared,
highlighting photos of unique employee
experiences, received more than 100,000
views on each platform.
Looking ahead, we will continue
strengthening our pipeline with a special
focus on our commercial function and
increasing retention through targeted
career conversations. We will also support
the development of our employees through
more cross-functional, skills-based
development, identify and accelerate the
development of emerging leaders, and build
a more inclusive and diverse workforce that
reflects the communities we serve.
42 
“Be kind, take a deep breath
and remember: you miss
100% of shots that you
donot take.”
It wasn’t easy to start a new job anywhere
during the pandemic, but Mariam Oginni
faced additional challenges when she
became Coca‑Cola HBC’s first female
Regional Sales Director in Nigeria in 2020.
Despite working in northeast Nigeria, which
has additional security concerns, she led her
team to deliver 20% sales growth in the
region, exceeding targets.
Mariam attributes this success to working
smartly and tremendous support from
colleagues and managers, but also the
diversity of her team.
“When both genders work together,”
shesays, “we can accomplish more than
ever before.”
Future‑focused
Mariam Oginni
Regional Sales Director,
LagosCentral, Nigeria
teams
43INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
We create value for all
stakeholders, making




44 
5
Highlights in 2021
Announced NetZeroby40, our
mostambitious environmental
target to date
Reduced our Scope 1 and 2
carbonemissions by almost
137kilotonnes compared with
2017baseline
Established Italy as the first
Coca-Cola HBC country to launch
100% rPET bottles for all ‘on-the-
go’ sparkling drinks and iced tea
Investing in on-site PET recycling
technologies in Poland, Italy,
andRomania
Achieved once again the status
ofEurope’s most sustainable
beverage company in the 2021
Dow Jones Sustainability Index,
and received ‘A’ ratings from the
2021 Carbon Disclosure Project
(CDP) for climate change and water
Continued to support the
communities where we operate
during the COVID-19 pandemic
Priorities in 2022
Embed our net zero ambition
across the business and in
decision-making processes
Continue reducing emissions from
direct operations, and work with
our suppliers to reduce Scope 3
emissions across our value chain
Enter new partnerships in areas
such as forestry and water
replenishment to remove our
residual emissions and meet our
science-based targets for 2030
Design a sustainable packaging
strategy that will help us reach net
zero, with a focus on test-and-
learn for various package-less
andrefillable solutions across
ourmarkets
Increase the share of rPET bottles
in our portfolio for selected markets
Continue to progress towards our
collection targets by supporting
the design and set-up of collection
models with local market relevance
Growth pillar
Earn our
licence

KPIs
Absolute greenhouse gas
emissions Scope 1, 2, 3
Water usage in water-
risk areas
# young people trained
through
#YouthEmpowered
% primary packaging
collected
Stakeholders
Our people
Our communities
Our consumers
Our suppliers
NGOs
Our shareholders
Government
The Coca-Cola
Company
Principal risks
Plastics and packaging
waste
Managing our carbon
footprint
Water availability
Suppliers and sustainable
sourcing
Ethics and compliance
45INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
continued
Supporting our communities
338,413
548,835
203,865
85,812
21,401
1,000,000
2017
2017 – 2018
2017 – 2019
2017 – 2020
2017 – 2021
Target 2017 – 2025
Number of young people trained through
#YouthEmpowered
Delivering results for all
stakeholders
Over the 70 years that we have been in
business, no challenge has tested all the
communities in which we operate at such
scale as the COVID-19 pandemic. As our
customers, communities and partners faced
additional disruptions in 2021 we continued
to provide support to those in need.
We created value for all stakeholders by
making significant contributions to the
development of the societies in which we
operate, while also finding ways to take
careof our environment by integrating
sustainability into our decision-making
andactions.
During 2021, we began to track our business
performance based on our newly validated,
science-based carbon emission targets for
2030. We also set new and ambitious targets
for sustainability beyond 2030, announcing
our NetZeroby40 commitment to reduce
the carbon emissions in all our activities
across the entire value chain and reach net
zero emissions by 2040. To achieve this
goal, we will reduce our direct emissions to
an absolute minimum over the coming
decades, building on the 50% reduction we
have already achieved over the last 10 years.
Since 90% of our carbon footprint comes
from our value chain, it is essential that we
find new, more effective ways to collaborate
to achieve our ambition.
Contributing to the communities
where we operate
During the first half of 2021 and the
disrupting lockdowns across our territories,
we continued providing support for those
fighting COVID-19 on the front lines in all
ourmarkets by making product, in‑kind and
in-cash contributions to hospitals, shelters
and NGOs, including the Red Cross and food
banks. In Greece we also supported the
vaccination efforts of the health system
anddonated 301 refrigerators for vaccine
storage. We also provided disaster relief
support in Greece, Russia, Croatia and
NorthMacedonia.
In 2021, we continued to provide learning
opportunities to community partners from
various non-governmental organisations
across the countries in which we operate.
Product donations
Focused on frontline keyworkers and
food banks
c.3m
litres
Volunteering
Focused on the vulnerable and our
customers
c.2,042*
colleagues
Community investments
Long-term community initiatives
Continued COVID-19 recovery support
Disaster relief (Greece, Russia, Croatia,
and North Macedonia)
c.€6.8*m
* Including Bambi
46 
* Clean source means CHP using natural gas.
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
-21%
2030 vs. 2017
3,210
3,683
3,623
3,845
4,051
4,079
-6%
-1%
-11%
-21%
-10%
2017 2018
2019
2020 2021 2030
goal
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
-55%
2030 vs. 2017
2017 2018
2019
2020 2021 2030
goal
256
426
432
481
538
563
-14%
-4%
-23%
-24%
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
100%
in 2025
20182017
2019
2020 2021 2025
goal
100
99
97
89
87
78
Absolute Scope 1 and 2 CO
2
eq emissions
(‘000 tonnes)
Absolute Scope 3 CO
2
eq emissions
(‘000 tonnes)
Renewable and clean* electricity

(%)
We invited over 100 partners to join our
internal leadership training schemes and
develop their skillsets by taking part in our
programmes ‘Communicating with impact’,
‘Design thinking’ and ‘Influencing skills’. By
the end of the year, 6% of the participants
inCoca‑Cola HBC leadership programmes
were our community partners.
#YouthEmpowered
With the COVID-19 pandemic still causing
economic disruption, we accelerated our
#YouthEmpowered programme using both
in-person and online modules. The
programme reached more than 210,000
young people in 2021, bringing the total
number who have participated in the
scheme since it was launched in 2017
to548,000.
Italy has seen continuous growth in youth
employment programmes thanks to its
Ministry of Education’s teaching scheme,
which encourages high school students
togain additional training or do internships.
There is also an increasing demand for
online education in Italy and a long-standing
partnership with several educational
platforms, and this has helped almost
100,000 participants to benefit from our
#YouthEmpowered programme. We also
delivered masterclasses for hotel school
students and continued running ‘Girls in
STEM’, a programme that encourages
female students to pursue careers in
science, technology, engineering or math.
In Ukraine, we continued to support the
iLearn platform, which provides free,
high-quality education to more than 25,200
high school graduates. The platform was
supplemented in 2021 with new webinars
and mock exams that further enhanced
learning. We also continued working with
amajor online educational platform in
Armenia, enabling over 8,800 students
toimprove their social and business skills.
InPoland, we reached out to over 22,500
young people with an educational application
that boosts soft and business skills.
Climate and renewable energy
achievements
In 2021, we continued to work towards our
Mission 2025 commitments, addressing
climate change by reducing our emissions
and increasing our use of renewable energy.
We reduced absolute emissions from our
direct operations and production by a
further 6 kilo tonnes, achieving a cumulative
24% reduction against our 2017 baseline.
We also increased the use of renewable and
clean electricity in our operations in the EU
and Switzerland to 99%. At the same time,
we delivered on our 2025 renewable and
clean energy goal, reaching 53% (9ppt
increase compared to 2020). In support
ofthis objective, we transitioned all 10 of
ourproduction sites in Russia and our
operations in Cyprus to 100% renewable
electricity, saving 66,000 tonnes of CO
2
emissions on an annual basis.
We continued to purchase renewable
electricity to meet all of our needs in
Italy,Poland, Lithuania, Croatia, Austria,
Switzerland, Northern Ireland, Hungary,
theCzech Republic, Greece, Serbia and
Romania. We also continued to install
solarpanels at our Nigerian operations,
generating renewable electricity for four of
our bottling plants. These installations are
connected to the local electricity grids and
provided 1,500 tonnes of CO
2
emissions
savings in 2021.
47INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
continued
Partnerships with suppliers


Partnering with our suppliers is the key
toachieving our ambitious NetZeroby40
target. In 2021, we held our first Group
Supplier Sustainability event in which we
discussed with more than 300 external
experts globally how businesses can
partnerto face international challenges on
environment, social and governance (ESG)
factors. Additionally, we continued hosting
the Supplier Innovation Days, where our
keystrategic partners share with us their
freshest, smartest and most innovative ideas.
Tackling emissions in our supply chain
Managing our carbon footprint has been
identified as a Principal risk for the company,
(see page 62) and has also been identified
asa key transitional risk in our climate
change risk programme, (see page 69).
About 90% of our carbon footprint is made
up of downstream emissions from our
products and upstream emissions found
inour supply chain, so we need to work
withour suppliers to reduce our overall
emissions. In 2021, we were awarded an
‘A’ranking as a Supplier Engagement Leader
forthe sixth consecutive year by the Carbon
Disclosure Project (CDP), an organisation
that collects climate-related data. CDP
assesses how effectively companies are
engaging their suppliers on climate change,
and issues letter grades to indicate their
level of success. Our results placed us in
thetop 8% of companies, earning us an
‘A’rating and a place on CDP’s leader board.
This rating builds on ‘A List’ rankings for
ouractions in addressing climate change
andwater security.
To build a more sustainable company and
future, we have so far initiated sustainability
partnerships with about 20 critical suppliers,
representing 50% of our upstream, scope 3
emissions,” says Marcel Martin, our Chief
Corporate Affairs and Sustainability Officer,
and former Chief Supply Chain Officer.
Green Fleet transition
To achieve our ambitious climate goals
itisessential that we make a progressive
transition towards more sustainable
technologies for both our light and heavy
fleet. To make this happen, we have
launched our ‘Green Fleet Programme’
andset clear targets across our business
territories, with a comprehensive roadmap
to achieve our goals. We have accelerated
our transition throughout 2021 by introducing
battery and plug-in electric car models in
15countries. In 13 of our markets, our fleet
contains hybrid electric vehicles and vehicles
powered with compressed natural gas
orliquified petroleum gas. Asaresult, 16%
of our light fleet is now made up of more
environmentally friendly models, which have
helped achieve a reduction of CO
2
emissions
in grams per kilometre of 7% compared
witha 2019 baseline, and a total reduction
inCO
2
emissions of 11,130 tonnes. Across
the heavy fleet, we have reduced our CO
2
footprint by 11% compared with the same
2019 baseline, equivalent toareduction
of23,681 tonnes of CO
2
.
UN Sustainable Development Goals
Our community initiatives contribute to


contribute to the goals for quality education,
decent work and economic growth, sustainable
cities and communities, and partnerships.

CO
2
emissions reduction and waste reduction
aid global progress towards the SDGs for


global objectives of good health and wellbeing,
and sustainable cities and communities.
48 
Our Mission 2025 sustainable packaging commitments
Recover 75% of our primary packaging
for recycling or reuse by2025
46%
of our total primary packaging was
collected in 2021 for recycling or reuse
Make 100% of our primary packaging
fully recyclable by 2025
99.9%
of our primary packaging is recyclable
Increase the percentage of rPET in
ourbottles to 35% by 2025. Inour EU
countries, we plan to reach 50% rPET
by 2025
rPET:
10%
of the PET that we used across total
CCHBC markets was rPET
18%
of the PET that we used in CCHBC
EUandSwitzerland markets was rPET
Our commitments 2021 achievements
We have also played a leading role in aligning
industry peers and advocating for well-
designed collection schemes in an additional
seven markets: Bulgaria, the Czech Republic,
Hungary, Poland, Serbia, Slovenia and
Northern Ireland. In Hungary, we expect a
state-owned deposit return scheme to be
implemented by 2024.
While we believe deposit return schemes
arethe right solution for many countries,
especially EU markets, a first step is to set
upwell‑functioning packaging recovery
organisations, known as PROs, to
organisethe efficient implementation
offit‑for‑purpose national collection and
recoverysystems.
In several of our developing and emerging
markets we are helping to establish or
improve such packaging recovery
organisations. In 2021, we supported
successful pilots for new packaging recovery
organisations in Ukraine and Moldova. In
addition, we funded collection modelling
studies or supported advocacy efforts in six
markets, including Nigeria and Russia, while
implementing the learnings from pilot
projects and collection modelling.
We also support a circular economy for
packaging by increasing our use of recycled
plastic, or rPET, and reducing or eliminating
plastic use where possible.
Progress towards sustainable
packaging
Plastics and packaging waste has been
assessed as a Principal risk for the Company,
(see page 62) and a key transitional risk
under our climate change risk programme,
(see page 69) given the additional costs we
expect to incur in achieving our Mission 2025
targets as well as future long-term targets.
As part of our Mission 2025 targets, we have
committed to collect 75% of our packaging
for recycling or reuse by 2025. In addition,
we support the Coca-Cola System World
Without Waste ambition to reach 100%
collection by 2030.
We believe that, wherever possible,
collection systems should be established on
a national level. Where effective systems do
not exist, we participate actively to support
the set-up and implementation of new
packaging collection schemes. Delivering
this sort of meaningful change takes time.
Looking beyond the +2ppt increase we
achieved for packaging collection in 2021
compared with 2020, we have made
substantial progress in developing
sustainable national packaging collection
solutions by playing a leading role in their
design and set up across multiple markets.
We are actively engaged in supporting the
implementation of deposit return schemes
in seven of our markets (Austria, Cyprus,
Greece, Ireland, Latvia, Romania and
Slovakia). We expect these to go live
between 2022 and 2025.
Our initiatives in packaging
On a Group level, efforts to increase the
percentage of rPET used to manufacture
our bottles led to a slight increase, up 1ppt
compared with 2020. While we had several
100% rPET launches, their impact was diluted
due to strong growth in markets which do
not currently use rPET, such as Nigeria.
Italy became the first Coca‑Cola HBC
market to launch a 100% rPET bottle for
sparkling brands in 2021. The 100% rPET
packaging was introduced for all on-the-go
packs of Coca-Cola, Fanta and Sprite, as well
as FuzeTea. We also introduced 100% rPET
bottles for a fifth Coca‑Cola HBC water
brand, Natura, in the Czech Republic.
We also expanded our use of KeelClipTM,
which replaces plastic film on multi-can
packs with an innovative paperboard
solution. By the end of 2021, it had been
rolled out in 10 markets. We aim to introduce
KeelClipTM in Greece and Hungary in
early2022, and to replace plastic film on
multi‑canpacks across all our EU markets
forThe Coca‑Cola Company portfolio
products. We expect these effortsto reduce
our use of virgin plastic by 2,000tonnes
annually across the Group. Wecontinue to
pilot further methods of lightweighting or
reducing packaging, and some of our
successes will be implemented during 2022.
Partnerships help us achieve

In Austria, we are working with Reclay, a
packaging recovery organisation, to fulfil our
responsibility to support the sustainability
ofproduct packaging. In Vienna, consumers
are rewarded through an app developed
byReclay and the Coca‑Cola System to
prevent littering. By checking in via geo‑
tagging at a recycling bin and scanning
theproduct code, consumers are able to
participate in a lottery with weekly and
monthly draws to win prizes.
We began working with METRO, a leading
international player in wholesale trade, which
has launched an international collaboration
to help clean up the world’s oceans. METRO
aims to recover millions of kilos of plastic
waste before it reaches the oceans, and to
improve the lives of vulnerable communities
in coastal regions by promoting more
sustainable packaging and recycling.
Thiscollaboration included numerous
suppliers, including Coca‑Cola HBC and
Coca-Cola Europacific Partners. METRO
also promoted products in recyclable or
recycled plastic across countries.
49INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
continued
Water stewardship
Water is the main component of our
beverage production, which is why we
haveaspecial responsibility to protect this
precious resource. Water availability and
usage has been assessed as a Principal risk
forthe Company, see page 64; and both
aphysical risk, see page 68, and transitional
risk under our climate change risk programme.
We are reducing the amount of water we
usein all our activities and paying significant
attention to our impact in water-stressed
areas. To achieve our 2025 goals, we are
working to minimise water use by 20% in
plants that are located in water risk zones.
Together with our stakeholders and our
communities in those watersheds, we also
want to make sure that people in water
riskzones where we operate have access
tosafe, clean water.
In 2021, all our bottling plants were certified
to have met the standards of the Alliance
forWater Stewardship (AWS), except for
theLurisia plant in Italy and the Natura plant
inthe Czech Republic (certification now
covers96% of our bottling plants and 99.6%
ofproduction volume).
The certifications confirm that we meet
theglobal benchmark for responsible water
stewardship, with 52 bottling plants achieving
a Gold or Platinum Standard certification.
The standards require certified businesses
to use water as little as possible, as well as
toreduce water consumption where possible
across the entire value chain. Special
emphasis is placed on working together
withstakeholders and local communities
toensure that any water challenges are
tackledsuccessfully.
In Nigeria, one of the main water risk areas,
we created a water task force to upgrade
thewater facilities in our operations. By the
end of 2021, all water systems at our bottling
plants in Nigeria had been upgraded with
new installations and advancements, such
asnew sand and carbon filters, water tanks,
and the drilling of new boreholes. These
advancements will enable us to reduce our
impact on precious water resources.
In 2022 we will further engage with two water
stewardship projects. In Greece, together
with our NGO partners, GWP-Med, we aim
to make technical interventions that will turn
Folegandros into a zero water loss island and
save 10M litres of water every year. And in
Russia, we will focus on modern monitoring
technologies to improve the ecological state
of the three most polluted rivers in the
Moscow region.
0,0
0,5
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
-20%
2025 vs. 2017
2017
2019
2020 2021 2025
goal
1.57
1.80
1.821.82
1.97
2018
1.93
Water use ratio in water priority plants
(litre/litre of produced beverage)
Water priority locations
Locations with water priority
1
plants
Nigeria
Italy
Moscow
region
Greece
Bulgaria
Cyprus
Armenia
1. Water priority locations are defined based on our
comprehensive risk assessment (i.e. access to WASH,
water stress and other local risks).
50 
“It’s exciting to work with new
technologies that contribute
to our NetZeroby40 target.
Our efforts to increase rPET
supply at our Krakow plant
will impact emissions related
to our product packaging,
which is nearly a third
oftheCompany’s total
carbonemissions.”
The future of packaging towards
net zero
Our business uses various packaging
materials and delivery methods, each
withdifferent carbon footprints. Because
nearlyathird of our carbon emissions are
attributable to our product packaging, it is
essential that we innovate in this area to
achieve our ambitious NetZeroby40 target.
Bottles made from rPET have a much
lowercarbon footprint than PET bottles
made from virgin material, but high-quality
food-grade rPET is both scarce
andexpensive.
To improve our supply of rPET we have
introduced innovative technology on-site
atour Krakow plant in Poland which allows
ustoprocess non-food grade ‘hot washed’
PET flakes, which are readily available,
toproduce high-quality food-grade rPET.
Thishelps getaround the need for highly
segregated recycling, which is currently
rare. To further increase the use of rPET
inour portfolio, wewill also introduce this
process in Italy in2022 and Romania in 2023.
Anna Gronostajska
Quality, Safety and
Environment Manager
Future‑focused
packaging
51INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Key performance indicators
Tracking our
progress
We measure our performance against our strategic
objectives using specific key performance indicators
(KPIs). These KPIs allow us, and our stakeholders,
totrackour progress in delivering on our targets.
These are also the financial and operational
milestones which wefocus on in implementing
ourGrowth Story 2025 strategy.
See p123 for a full description of the MIP.
Growth pillar
Leverage our unique
24/7 portfolio
Growth pillar
Win in the
marketplace
1. Performance, unless stated otherwise, is negatively impacted by the change in classification of our Russian Juice business, Multon, from a joint operation to a joint venture, following
its re‑organisation in May 2020. Performance is also positively impacted by the acquisition of Bambi in June 2019, when compared to 2019. Unless stated otherwise, performance
compared to 2019 is presented on a like-for-like basis.
21
-9
-6
-3
0
3
6
9
12
15
2018 2019 2021
2020
-5.7
13.0
3.3
4.2
Like-for-like
-4.6
Like-for-like
14.0
Like-for-like
2.6
Volume growth (%)
How we measure our progress
Volume is measured in unit cases, where one unit
case represents 5.678 litres. We grow volume as
we expand per capita consumption of our products
and expand into new market or categories.
What happened in the year
Volume grew by 13%, or 14% on a like-for-like
1
basis. Volumes grew rapidly as our Established and
Developing markets reopened and the Emerging
markets benefited from strong recovery.
Link to remuneration
Revenue growth is used to assess business
performance for the purpose of annual
Management Incentive Plan (MIP) bonus awards,
and volume is a key component of revenue.
See p123 for a full description of the MIP.
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
2018
2019 2021
2020
-4,1
5.8
1.0
1.7
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
2018 2019 2021
2020
-9.6
19.6
4.4
6.0
Like-for-like
-8.5
Like-for-like
20.6
Like-for-like
3.7
Currency‑neutral revenue
(%)
Currency‑neutral revenue growth (%)
How we measure our progress
We measure revenues on a currency-neutral and
like-for-like basis to allow better focus on the
underlying performance of the business. We grow
currency-neutral revenue per case through pricing
and other RGM actions.
What happened in the year
Currency-neutral revenue per case grew by 5.8%,
or by 3.9% excluding pricing taken to pass on the
Polish sugar tax, as positive category mix and
package mix as well as pricing actions drove
improvement. Currency-neutral revenue grew
by19.6%, or by 20.6% on a like‑for‑like basis.
Link to remuneration
Revenue growth is used to assess business
performance for the purpose of our MIP awards.
52 
Growth pillar
Cultivate the potential
of our people
Growth pillar
Earn our licence
to operate
Read more on pages 39-43.
Read more on pages 54-55.
How we measure our progress
Progress on Mission 2025 as well as progress
towards ourNetZeroby40 ambition.
What happened in the year
We made progress against most areas of
commitments; however, we need to accelerate
ourimprovement in packaging. Please see details
ofour performance on the following page.
Link to remuneration
Our efforts and ambitions are long term and
cumulative, therefore greenhouse gas reduction
isused to determine long‑term PSP awards.
Greenhouse gas reductions have a 15% weighting
in PSP determinations. The benefit of this KPI is
that it is quantifiable, and several of our Mission
2025 commitments feed into its progress.
Growth pillar
Fuel growth through
competitiveness and investment
See p123 for a full description of the MIP.
3
4 5
0
20
40
60
80
100
Global Top
Decile norm
Employee
engagement
88
85
6
8
10
12
2018
2019 2020 2021
10.8
11.0
11.6
10.2
Like-for-like
10.6
0
200
400
600
800
1000
2018
2019 2020 2021
672.3
831.0
758.7
680.7
Comparable EBIT margin (%)Comparable EBIT (%)
See p123 for a full description of the PSP.
4
5
6
7
8
2018
2019 2020 2021
7.6
7.5
6.9
6.4
8
10
12
14
16
2018
2019 2020 2021
11.1
14.8
14.2
13.7
CapEx as percentage of NSR (%) ROIC (%)
How we measure our progress
We measure capital expenditure (CapEx) as a
percentage of net sales revenue (NSR), and ROIC
(return on invested capital), to ensure prudent capital
allocation and efficient working capital management.
Disciplined investment supports our growth.
What happened in the year
CapEx as a percentage of NSR reached
7.5%,within our targeted range for this metric.
Weprioritised investments based on our strategy,
particularly focusing on growth markets, digital
andsustainability. ROIC increased by 370bps
to14.8%as operating profit improved and we
continued to carefully controlnet working capital.
40bps of the improvement was due to a property
divestment in Cyprus.
Link to remuneration
ROIC is given a 42.5% weighting in the assessment
of performance conditions used to determine
long-term Performance Share Plan (PSP) awards.
How we measure our progress
We measure this by comparable EBIT and
comparable EBIT margin progress. Wegenerate
positive operational leverage as wegrow revenues
on our efficient cost base. Using a comparable
measure allows us to adjust for one-off items which
impact comparability ofperformance year on year.
What happened in the year
Comparable EBIT grew by 23.6%. Comparable
EBIT margins grew by 60bps taking EBIT margins
to 11.6% as revenue recovery generated operating
leverage in the business. 30bps of the expansion
was due to a property divestment in Cyprus.
Link to remuneration
Comparable EBIT is used to assess business
performance for the purpose of our MIP awards.
Employee engagement score (%)
How we measure our progress
We conduct an engagement survey with an
independent third party and measure our results
against the norm for companies which perform
highly on this metric.
What happened in the year
Our employee engagement is above the global
topdecile norm.
Link to remuneration
Maintaining our high engagement score is part
ofthe CEO’s individual performance metrics.
These are used along with business performance
measures to determine the CEO’s annual MIP
bonus award.
53INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Sustainability targets
Mission 2025 –
our sustainability
commitments
Sustainability is integrated into
every aspect of our business.
Itisfundamental to our business
strategy, which aims to create
andshare value with all of
ourstakeholders.
Our Mission 2025 approach
isbased on our stakeholder
materiality matrix and is fully aligned
with the United Nations Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs) and
their targets. Our six key focus
areas reflect our value chain:
reducing emissions; water use
andstewardship; packaging
(WorldWithout Waste); ingredient
sourcing; nutrition; and our people
and communities.
Thetable provides data on the
progress of each of the six
sustainability pillars.
5
Note: The 17 SDGs are an urgent call for action
byallcountries – developed and developing
– ina global partnership. Each of the 17 goals
hasveryspecific targets, referenced by the
numbers shown above. You can read more
about the SDGs and these targets here:
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/sdgs.
Earn our
licence to
operate
Sustainability
areas Material issues
UN’s Sustainable Development Goals

2025 commitments
1
2021
performance Status
Climate and
renewable
energy
Climate change
Economic impact
7.2
7.3
9.4 11.6
30%
reduction in carbon ratio
indirectoperations
36%
Overachieved 2025 goal.
12.2 13.1
50%
increase in energy-efficient
refrigerators to half of our coolers
in the market
42%
50%
of our total energy from renewable
andclean
2
sources
53%
Overachieved 2025 goal.
100%
total electricity used in the EU
andSwitzerland from renewable
andclean
2
sources
99%
Water
reduction and
stewardship
Water stewardship
Economic impact
6.1
6.4
6.5
6.6
9.4 11.6
20%
water reduction in plants
locatedinwater‑risk areas
(waterpriority locations)
8%
Further implementation of
successful practices and
innovations for those locations
is planned.
12.1
12.2
12.4
15.1 17.17
100%
help secure water availability for
allour communities inwater‑risk
areas (water priority locations)
21%
Four projects out of
19locations. Two more projects
agreed and will start in2022.
World Without
Waste
Packaging and waste
management
Economic impact
8.4 9.4 11.6
75%
help collect the equivalent of 75%
of our primary packaging
46%
Action plan in place to deliver
roadmap targets, see page 49.
12.1
12.2
12.5
14.1 17.17
35%
of total PET used from
recycledPET and/or PET from
renewablematerial
10%
While we had a number of 100%
rPET launches, their impact was
diluted due to strong growth in
markets such as Nigeria which
don’t currently use rPET.
100%
of consumer packaging to
berecyclable
3
99.9%
Ingredient
sourcing
Product quality
Human rights, diversity
andinclusion
Economic impact
Sustainable sourcing
8.3
8.8
9.4 12.1
12.2
12.4
12.6
12.7
100%
of our key agricultural ingredients
sourced in line with sustainable
agricultural principles
80%
Acceleration of 2021 volume
required new suppliers to be
added, who will be certified
inthe near future.
13.1
Nutrition
Product quality
Nutrition
Responsible marketing
3.4 12.8
25%
reduce calories per 100ml
ofsparkling softdrinks
(allCCHcountries)
4
15%
Our people
and
communities
Human rights, diversity
andinclusion
Employee wellbeing
andengagement
Corporate citizenship
Packaging andwaste
management
Economic impact
3.4
3.6
4.3
4.4
5.5
10%
community participants in
first-time managers’ development
programmes
6%
8.5
8.6
8.8
10.2
10.4
11.6
1 MLN
train one million young people
through #YouthEmpowered
548,835
Cumulative number 2017‑2021;
2021‑only number is210,422.
12.2
12.4
16.7 17.16
17.17
20
engage in 20 zero-waste
partnerships (cityand/or coast)
11
5
10%
of employees take part
involunteeringinitiatives
7%
Due to continued COVID-19
restrictions, no mass
volunteering events
werepossible.
ZER0
target zero fatalities among
ourworkforce
ZER0
50%
reduced (lost time) accident rate
per 100 FTE
38%
Themain causes for the
accidents were falls, slips
andtrips.
50%
of managers are women
39%
54 
1. Baseline 2017.
2. Clean source means CHP using natural gas.
3. Technical recyclability by design.
4. Baseline 2015.
5. Supported by The Coca-Cola Foundation.
Key to performance status
Each of the Mission 2025 commitments
is broken down into aseries of annual
targets that need to be met in order
tobe fully on track with our 2025 goal.
Thecolour coding below reflects the
current status in relation to the desired
position at this point in time on the
trajectory towards 2025 and our agreed
action plans, i.e.:
We are not fully on track, but
wedo not believe there is risk
tomeeting the target
We are not on track, and without
corrective action there is risk
thatwe will miss the target
We are fully ahead or on track
tomeeting the target
Sustainability
areas Material issues
UN’s Sustainable Development Goals

2025 commitments
1
2021
performance Status
Climate and
renewable
energy
Climate change
Economic impact
7.2
7.3
9.4 11.6
30%
reduction in carbon ratio
indirectoperations
36%
Overachieved 2025 goal.
12.2 13.1
50%
increase in energy-efficient
refrigerators to half of our coolers
in the market
42%
50%
of our total energy from renewable
andclean
2
sources
53%
Overachieved 2025 goal.
100%
total electricity used in the EU
andSwitzerland from renewable
andclean
2
sources
99%
Water
reduction and
stewardship
Water stewardship
Economic impact
6.1
6.4
6.5
6.6
9.4 11.6
20%
water reduction in plants
locatedinwater‑risk areas
(waterpriority locations)
8%
Further implementation of
successful practices and
innovations for those locations
is planned.
12.1
12.2
12.4
15.1 17.17
100%
help secure water availability for
allour communities inwater‑risk
areas (water priority locations)
21%
Four projects out of
19locations. Two more projects
agreed and will start in2022.
World Without
Waste
Packaging and waste
management
Economic impact
8.4 9.4 11.6
75%
help collect the equivalent of 75%
of our primary packaging
46%
Action plan in place to deliver
roadmap targets, see page 49.
12.1
12.2
12.5
14.1 17.17
35%
of total PET used from
recycledPET and/or PET from
renewablematerial
10%
While we had a number of 100%
rPET launches, their impact was
diluted due to strong growth in
markets such as Nigeria which
don’t currently use rPET.
100%
of consumer packaging to
berecyclable
3
99.9%
Ingredient
sourcing
Product quality
Human rights, diversity
andinclusion
Economic impact
Sustainable sourcing
8.3
8.8
9.4 12.1
12.2
12.4
12.6
12.7
100%
of our key agricultural ingredients
sourced in line with sustainable
agricultural principles
80%
Acceleration of 2021 volume
required new suppliers to be
added, who will be certified
inthe near future.
13.1
Nutrition
Product quality
Nutrition
Responsible marketing
3.4 12.8
25%
reduce calories per 100ml
ofsparkling softdrinks
(allCCHcountries)
4
15%
Our people
and
communities
Human rights, diversity
andinclusion
Employee wellbeing
andengagement
Corporate citizenship
Packaging andwaste
management
Economic impact
3.4
3.6
4.3
4.4
5.5
10%
community participants in
first-time managers’ development
programmes
6%
8.5
8.6
8.8
10.2
10.4
11.6
1 MLN
train one million young people
through #YouthEmpowered
548,835
Cumulative number 2017‑2021;
2021‑only number is210,422.
12.2
12.4
16.7 17.16
17.17
20
engage in 20 zero-waste
partnerships (cityand/or coast)
11
5
10%
of employees take part
involunteeringinitiatives
7%
Due to continued COVID-19
restrictions, no mass
volunteering events
werepossible.
ZER0
target zero fatalities among
ourworkforce
ZER0
50%
reduced (lost time) accident rate
per 100 FTE
38%
Themain causes for the
accidents were falls, slips
andtrips.
50%
of managers are women
39%
55INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Managing risk and materiality
Material
issues
To understand which issues matter most
toour business, our stakeholders and the
communities where we operate, we conduct
a rigorous materiality assessment each
year.As part of this process, we consider
abroadrange of issues including external
trends inthe food and beverage industry;
issuesidentified in international standards
and benchmarks; the UN Sustainable
Development Goals; and input
fromstakeholders.
Our annual materiality assessment is carried
out in four phases: 1) identify material issues;
2) assess impact on or importance to
stakeholders; 3) assess impact on society
and environment; and 4) review and validate
findings. With this process we can manage
the risks and opportunities material issues
present and address the challenges
wearefacing.
In line with the Global Reporting Initiative
(GRI) Standards, we define material issues
asthose having significant economic,
environmental and social impacts or
thosewhich substantively influence the
assessments and decisions of stakeholders.
Materialissues are integrated in our strategy,
our short-, medium-, and long-term goals,
and are linked to management of our
principal risks and opportunities.
This ensures that our approach to
sustainability is focused on achieving the
greatest impact and tackling the issues that
matter most.
Our materiality process also informs our
disclosure, including the content of this
report. Our Integrated Annual Report is
aligned with the principles and elements
ofthe International Integrated Reporting
Council’s (IIRC) framework and prepared in
accordance with the GRI Standards, amongst
others. Periodically, we adjust our approach
as standards and best practice evolve.
Our annual materiality survey, a key part
ofour materiality process, is performed
together with The Coca-Cola Company.
Atthe end of 2021 we approached around
1,860 external and internal stakeholders,
including consumers, customers, suppliers,
employees, communities, governments,
non-governmental organisations, investors,
trade associations and academics.
Theoutcome of the survey is a ranking
ofmaterial issues, plotted in the materiality
matrix. By assessing the importance of
these issues to our stakeholders and their
decisions, combined with an assessment of
the impact on society and the environment,
we derive the relative materiality of each
issue and prioritise them accordingly.
Although these are the material issues
facing our business, they should not be
viewed inisolation as they are interconnected
andimpacting each other. The Social
Responsibility Committee of the Board
subsequently endorses the prioritised list of
issues, resulting in the materiality matrix below.
In our 2021 materiality survey, packaging
and waste management was again assessed
as the number one topic, for the fourth
yearin arow, followed by climate change
(forthesecond consecutive year). For our
stakeholders, theimportance of sustainable
sourcing and economic impact continue
being very high, and the top five league
iscomplemented byproduct quality.
The Executive Leadership Team has
responsibility for integrating our sustainability
priorities into our business strategy and
activities. Management of the potential risks,
opportunities and impacts of our material
issues takes place across the Company
andis disclosed throughout this report.
Additional information about our material
issues is included in our GRI Content
Indexonline.
We support the UN sustainability agenda
and align our efforts with the UN Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs). Our Mission
2025 sustainability commitments, our
short-, medium- and long-term ESG goals,
and our material issues, are all linked to the
UN SDGs and their underlying targets. You
can find more about how our material issues
and sustainability commitments link to the
SDGs on pages 54-55 of this report and
onourwebsite.
2021 Materiality matrix
Very highHighModerate
Importance to stakeholders
Very highHighModerate
Impact of the issue on environment and society
Responsible marketing
Sustainable sourcing
Economic impact
Corporate citizenship
Nutrition
Employee
wellbeing and
engagement
Climate change
Water stewardship
Product quality
Corporate governance
Packaging and waste management
Human rights, diversity and inclusion
Economic dimension Social dimensionEnvironmental dimension
56 
Due to the continuing impact of COVID-19,
our 2021 stakeholder forum was yet
againheld online. While safeguarding
everybody’s health, it also allowed us to
reduce our carbon footprint. Forum 21’s
theme was ‘Winning ESG Partnerships:
When One Plus One Exceeds Two’, and
theevent placed special emphasis on
sustainable packaging and climate action.
Over 60 stakeholders from 24 countries
attended to discuss better, stronger ESG
partnerships. As in prior years, participants
included our investors, customers,
suppliers, NGOs, academia, policy makers,
and other stakeholders.
The Forum sought to get input regarding
several aspects of partnerships including:
the key ingredients of successful
partnerships;
processes for creating shared value
forpartners or win-win situations; and
ways to measure success.
The primary outcome of Forum 21 was
recommended ingredients needed to
create successful ESG partnerships.
Theseinclude:
shared vision, cultural alignment
andpassion;
shared sustainability mindset, similar
business models and strategies;
successful thinking and long-term
planning;
a clearly defined picture of success
andmilestones; and
flexibility and understanding
betweenparties.
Stakeholders also had suggestions for
creating impact through partnerships,
suchas advancing business and civil sector
cooperation and bringing more disruptive,
value-adding ideas with scalable,
commercial potential. The consensus was
that approaching objectives as a business
case is linked with future success.
Ourstakeholders stressed the need to
ensure goals for ESG partnerships are
trulycircular, with focus on impact and
outcome, not just inputs and outputs.
Theyalso suggested that the Coca-Cola
System continues sharing knowledge and
resources and co-creating with partners.
Additional stakeholders suggestions
included:
driving improvements along the
wholevalue chain, thus empowering
local businesses, NGOs, customers
andconsumers;
driving industry-level, collaborative
business alliances;
knowledge sharing and expert support
for NGOs (e.g., training);
working with local suppliers and
motivating them to follow ESG
standards to become a part of corporate
supply chains; and
partnering on empowering young
women in STEM.
These outcomes and recommendations
were subsequently discussed with the
Social Responsibility Committee of the
Board. They will also serve as a basis for
creating a Partnership Model that will help
us guide and design joint ESG initiatives.
The Partnership Model will be shared
withboth our stakeholders and our
markets in 2022.
Recommendations
from stakeholder
forums inform
ourplans
Throughout 2021,
weworkedto implement
recommendations from our
2020 stakeholder forum, which
focused on climate action
inthe new normal. 2020
forumoutput was one of the
driversthat inspired our bold
NetZeroby40 commitment
(please refer to the
NetZeroby40 section of the
report on page 46-48).
At Forum 21, an ESG Partnership
Awardwas presented to the Romanian
packaging recovery organisation
GreenPoint Management, a company we
have partnered with for over three years.
Theaward recognised GreenPoint
Management’s contribution to the
development of infrastructure for separate
waste collection and responsible waste
management in Bucharest and other
Romanian cities.
In 2022 we will continue expanding and
strengthening partnerships in those areas
prioritised as highly material.
57INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Managing risk and materiality continued
Effective management
of risk
Managing risk and uncertainty
In 2021, we continued to drive the principles
of our SmartRisk programme through
ourbusiness. SmartRisk, our approach
toenterprise risk management (ERM),
isdesigned to encourage managers to
proactively identify and understand risks
asearly as possible and find ways of turning
potential problems and incidents into
opportunity – or at least reduce the impact
ifand when risks occur.
The risk management programme is led
byour Chief Risk Officer (CRO), who works
inclose collaboration with the risk owners
across our business units and Group
functions in assessing and managing
business risks. The CRO is tasked with
maintaining a wide-angled view of all business
streams and emerging risks and opportunities
and, through regular reporting, ensures that
risk visibility is provided to the Executive
Leadership Team and our Board.
Risk and resilience in our business
units and markets
Risk sponsors and risk and insurance
coordinators in every business unit facilitate
the continuous identification and assessment
of operational and emerging risks on a
country-by-country basis as set out in our
ERM framework.
This assessment is discussed at senior
leadership team meetings every month and
risk registers, or lists of risks, are updated
accordingly. All risk registers are visible to
the Group’s Business Resilience Team who
review principal risks, emerging risks and key
trends, providing benchmarking for risks
across the business.
Twice a year the Business Resilience Team,
led by the CRO, hosts a business resilience
conference where all risk sponsors and risk
and insurance coordinators are updated
onkey trends and emerging risks across
thebusiness. The CRO also facilitates a
discussion with the regional management
teams and General Managers twice each
year in key markets to discuss risk and
resilience issues and trends, and to
benchmark risks across the business.
At least once every other year, business units
participate in an incident management and
crisis resolution (IMCR) validation exercise.
This includes participation in a crisis
simulation based on a relevant business risk.
Group management
The CRO also facilitates a discussion twice
each year with Group Function Heads
andtheir teams to review key operational,
strategic and emerging risks across the
business and identify best practices for
mitigation plans to improve our risk and
resilience response.
The outcome of these discussions and the
reviews with the business units and region
teams are reviewed by the Group’s Risk and
Compliance Committee. The Committee’s
comments are shared with the Executive
Leadership Team and the Audit and Risk
Committee of the Board.
The CRO presents an overview of key
operational, strategic and emerging
riskseach quarter to both the Executive
Leadership Team and the Board’s Audit and
Risk Committee. This quarterly overview
includes risk mitigation approaches such
asinsurance coverage, and resilience
programmes such as fraud prevention
andcrisis management.
The role of the Board
The Board retains overall accountability
andresponsibility for the Group’s risk
management and internal control systems,
has defined the Group’s risk appetite, and,
through the Audit and Risk Committee,
hasreviewed the effectiveness of these
systems. During the year, the Board
conducted a robust assessment of the
principal and emerging risks, considering the
nature and extent of the principal risks that
have the potential to impact the ability of the
Group to achieve its strategic objectives,
and reviewed its risk appetite statement to
ensure that it remained not only aligned to
our objectives but supportive of our robust
ERM programme and internal control systems.
Our internal audit department conducts
anannual independent review of the ERM
programme and its implementation,
assessing the Company’s processes and
their application against business best
practices and International Accounting
Standards. The Head of Corporate Audit
makes recommendations to improve the
overall risk management programme, where
required, with the findings submitted to the
Audit and Risk Committee of the Board.
Building on this review, the Board and its
Committees also conduct annual reviews
ofthe effectiveness of our internal controls
and further details of that review are set
outin the Audit and Risk Committee Report
on pages 108-109.
Principal risks in 2021
In 2021 the COVID-19 pandemic continued
to have a significant impact on our business.
While general market conditions improved
as restrictions on hotels, restaurants and
cafés lifted, we continued to see intermittent
restrictions during the year as surges in
COVID-19 cases continued and governments
acted accordingly. Despite this volatility, our
business remained agile, adjusting channel
mix and customer support and service to
ensure excellent business results.
The continued roll-out of vaccines across
our territories and the lower severity of the
now dominant Omicron variant reduced the
health and safety risk to our people from the
pandemic. However, we continued to see
surges in case numbers across our markets.
Despite numerous internal cases, we
experienced no disruptions in our operations.
The final stages of 2021 saw tensions rise
between Russia and Ukraine that led to
conflict in early 2022. We focused onthe
health and safety of our people in all impacted
countries. We also implemented several
previously developed contingency plans
tomaintain business operations asborder
restrictions and sanctions were announced.
On the 8th March 2022, The Coca-Cola
Company (TCCC) announced that it is
suspending its business in Russia. Atthe
time of publication the Group is working
closely with TCCC to implement this
decision. In addition, economic sanctions
imposed on Russia have had a significant
impact on foreign exchange rates and the
price of a number ofcommodities such as
oil– which affects PET prices, and aluminum.
Countersanctions imposed by Russia may
have an impact onour Russian operations
aswell as other countries inourterritory.
Weexpect the geopolitical environment
toremain volatile for some time.
Related at least in part to the COVID-19
pandemic, global commodities showed a
great deal of volatility during the year putting
pressure on our suppliers as well as our
Company directly. The cost of most of the
key commodities critical to our business
increased during the year. Aluminium, for
example, increased 40% as a result of supply
chain constraints and lower production
globally. In addition, shortages of some
ingredients and supplies during the year
threatened to impact our operations.
Thenumber of cyber‑attacks directed at
companies continued to rise in 2021 with
asignificant increase in ransomware attacks.
58 
Managing health
andsafety
We entered 2021 hoping
tosee a return to normal
operations. However,
theCOVID-19 pandemic
continued to affect global
business conditions and posed
continuing health and safety
risks to our people.
To manage those health and safety risks
aswell as potential business disruptions,
ourGroup Incident Management and Crisis
Resolution Team continued to monitor
caserates.
As depicted in the diagram below, we
maintained weekly records of internal case
rates against case rates in each market.
Wefocused on controlling and reducing
transmission within our workplace and
ensuring our efforts to protect employees
were effective.
We worked closely with The Coca-Cola
Company to maintain additional safety
protocols within our production facilities
toprotect staff and the integrity of
ourproduction.
Where consistent with legal requirements
and government guidance, we actively
encouraged employees to be vaccinated.
In Russia for example, governments
mandated employees in certain industries,
beverages being one, be fully vaccinated
orrisk closure of facilities. Through
communication campaigns and facilitation
of vaccination hubs, we met challenging
government deadlines without disruption
to our operations.
Country active cases per 100k vs Coca‑Cola HBC active/FTEs (16 November 2021)
Resilient supply chain
2021 was a volatile year for
securing supply of key
ingredients, packaging and
services at a reasonable cost,
to maintain production and
serve our customers.
Our treasury and procurement teams
worked closely with our key suppliers
tomanage costs and supply by:
contracting volumes of key ingredients
and packaging materials;
expanding our supplier base by
introducing new/alternative suppliers;
securing raw materials for our suppliers
to provide them with security of supply;
and
hedging/fixing forward prices.
We expect 2022 will be another challenging
year due to ongoing shortages and
increasing costs of certain raw materials,
supply chain disruptions and
logisticschallenges.
We will continue to partner with our new
and existing suppliers to minimise costs
and disruptions.
Risk management in action:
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
1.81
1.78
1.75 1.75
1.61
1.60
1.44
1.33
1.26
1.11
1.09 1.09 1.09
1.06
1.04
1.01
1.00
0.99
0.95 0.95
0.90 0.90
0.88
0.85
0.82
0.81
0.78
0.74
0.67
0.63
0.10
% country active cases per 100K and % active infection / FTEs
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.16
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.02
0.20
0.04
0.08
0.03
0.00
0.00
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.20
0.10
0.06
0.16
0.10
0.20
0.00
0.08
0.12
0.21
0.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
Slovenia
Czech Republic
Serbia
Serbia Bambi
Estonia
Lithuania
Cyprus
Croatia
Latvia
Armenia
Austria
Average all countries
Corporate Service Centre (CSC)
Switzerland
Slovakia
N. Macedonia
Ireland
Hungary
Bulgaria
Bulgaria BSS/BSO
Kosovo
Romania
Moldova
Poland
Italy
Bosnia & Herzegovina
Greece
Ukraine
Belarus
Russia
Nigeria
% country active cases per 100K % active infection /FTEs increase from 9 November no change from 9 Novemberdecrease from 9 November
59INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Managing risk and materiality continued
Risk management in action
Egypt in focus
In the second half of the year,
the Company announced that
it would acquire Coca-Cola
Bottling Company of Egypt
(CCBCE) and the acquisition
was completed inJanuary2022
Although CCHBC has considerable
experience in working in emerging markets,
Egypt has a unique risk profile. We are
working closely with the Egyptian team
tobetter understand the risks and
opportunities inherent in the business and
to share best risk management practices.
Coca-Cola HBC and CCBCE established a
joint integration management team in late
2021 to ensure seamless transition of the
Egyptian business into our ERM and IMCR
programmes in 2022.
Political and security context
After a number of tumultuous years, the
current Egyptian government has been
very stable. The recent lifting of the state
of emergency that had been in place since
2014 and a statement of support from the
IMF on its macroeconomic reforms are
indicators of a positive outlook.
Majorinfrastructure projects including the
construction of rail networks, roads and
bridges are also providing jobs and stability.
Our Egyptian business has a very robust
security programme, led by an experienced
management team that will continue
tomonitor the security environment and
maintain effective mitigation programmes
to protect our people and our key assets.
Competitive environment
As Egypt is one of the few countries
intheworld where Coca-Cola does not
haveleading market share, we expect our
primary competitors to be concerned
about the additional capability that
Coca-Cola HBC will bring to support an
already successful business. We expect
them to respond strongly. We are very
positive about the impact enhanced
We moved to strengthen our cyber-security
programme through improving identity
protection, securing an increasingly remote
workforce and reducing vulnerabilities by
hardening our IT environment. In addition,
we developed a cyber incident management
and crisis resolution (IMCR) plan, fully
integrating our cyber response with our
well-established IMCR programme. The plan
was tested using simulations at business unit,
Group and Executive Leadership Team levels.
Many of our office-based employees
continued to work from home in line with
government guidelines and our processes
for managing COVID-19 transmission risk.
In2021, the Company started to transition
some offices to permanent flexible working
arrangements enabling our employees,
attheir request, to continue to work from
home for at least part of their working week.
Several policies and procedures were
implemented to ensure a safe working
environment at home. As noted in the
Emerging Risks section, we will continue
tomonitor the impact of these new
workingarrangements.
In 2021, we saw government initiatives
aimed at introducing or increasing taxes in
anumber of areas relevant to our business.
In Poland for example, the introduction of a
broad-based beverage tax had a significant
impact at a time when the business was
already under pressure from input cost
increases. Governments are increasingly
turning to levying additional taxes to
respond to economic conditions, including
increased debt levels, as well as public
concerns on matters such as the health
impact of sugar and single-use plastics.
Sustainability remained top of mind for our
business and our stakeholders in 2021,
notably including our commitment to
NetZero emissions by 2040.
We made significant progress on our
quantitative assessment of climate change
risks with the development of our 2021
water risk assessment (see page 71).
Wateris fundamental to our business
andclimate change will have a significant
impacton the water sources that our local
communities and our business rely upon.
The water risk assessment better enables
usto focus our investment and resources
on water priority areas for our long-term
management plans to assure supply and
business continuity.
We continued to work to reduce and
manage plastic packaging waste. We believe
that, wherever possible, collection systems
should be established at a national level.
Where effective systems don’t exist, we
participate actively to support the set-up
and implementation of new packaging
collection schemes. However, delivering this
sort of meaningful change takes time and
our progress has been incremental.
A broader discussion on our climate-related
risks, their link to materiality, and our risk
management approach is provided as part of
our statement on implementing the
recommendations of the Task Force on
Climate-related Financial Disclosures
located on pages 66-67.
One of the fallouts of the COVID-19
pandemic was higher than normal
resignation rates reported by many
companies – often referred to as the ‘Great
Resignation’. We maintained good retention
rates (85% in 2021 vs 89% in 2020) although
we did see challenges in certain employee
groups, primarily truck drivers and business
developers in some countries.
Emerging risks
Employee health and engagement
in new ways of working
One of the outcomes of the COVID-19
pandemic has been a rise in the number
ofour people working from home. As home
working or hybrid arrangements are
becoming more permanent, the Company
has less direct control over the provision
ofsafe and productive working conditions
aswe do in our office spaces. This increases
the risk of occupational injuries impacting
employee safety and our reputation as a
caring, responsible employer; as well as
increased costs of lost time and potential
compensation claims.
In addition, the risk of our people feeling
isolated and less engaged increases.
Thismay impact their mental health and
reduce the level of teamwork; and individual
and group productivity which is critical to
meeting one of our strategic Growth Pillars,
see ‘Cultivate the potential of our people’
pages 40-42. It may decrease our
attractiveness as an employer of choice
anddecrease our retention rates. It is critical
that our line managers have the right skills
tosupport our people to stay connected
andengaged with the Company. We also
need to utilize new technologies to
supportproductive work, team building
andengagement.
60 
We will continue to monitor the impact
ofnew working arrangements through
employee listening mechanisms, including
regular employee surveys, as well as provide
support through our employee assistance
programme and Mental Wellbeing policy,
guidance and other support materials.
Changing retail landscape
The Covid-19 pandemic has had both
positive and negative impacts on retailers.
We expect continuing changes as large
retailers and buying groups grow and
consolidate, increasing their pricing power.
This can lead to increasing pricing pressure
on our business which could reduce
ourprofits.
Smaller retailers have continued to face
challenging economic conditions and in
some cases the removal of government
subsidies in some countries may have further
negative impact on them. Our business is
significantly dependent on smaller retailers
to deliver our products to consumers,
particularly in emerging markets. If smaller
retailers don’t survive, we may lose part of
animportant channel for delivering our
products to consumers which could reduce
our revenue. It is important that we continue
to assist smaller retailers by helping them
build their capabilities and leveraging our
growing e-Commerce expertise.
A significant part of changes in retail is the
continuing growth of e-commerce.
E-commerce provides exciting opportunities
for our company to enhance our relationship
with customers and consumers that can
drive revenue growth. In 2021 for example,
we more than quadrupled orders made on
our online customer portal to over 8% of
alltransactions. Our e‑Commerce sales
grew by 87%.
As digital and e-commerce grows,
competition from new entrants and existing
industry competitors; or failing to invest
sufficiently or implementing an effective
digital commerce strategy could impact
ourrevenue growth.
Sustainable sourcing
In the short to medium term, we expect
increasing environmental, social and
corporate governance (ESG) due diligence
requirements across our supply chain,
including new directives such as the
EUMandatory Due Diligence regime.
Whilewehave a good understanding of ESG
performance in our larger suppliers, we
mayincreasingly be held responsible for the
actions or lack of compliance of suppliers
deeper in our supply chain where we have
less visibility. This increases the amount
ofmanagement time spent in due diligence
and can lead to reputation risks, and fines
aswell as additional costs in finding
alternative suppliers.
Our relationships with suppliers are critical
for us to meet our sustainability objectives
as outlined in Growth pillar ‘Earn our licence
to operate’ page 48 and ‘Fuel growth through
competitiveness and investment’ on pages
35-36. To ensure that we are able to meet
increasing stakeholder and regulatory
expectations, we will continue to build our
relationships with suppliers through initiatives
such as our supplier sustainability forums
aswell as greater engagement to ensure
more sustainable sourcing (e.g. training, joint
initiatives, joint sustainable goal setting etc.)
In the longer term, many of our suppliers,
particularly in key agricultural ingredients
such as sugar and fruit juice, will be impacted
by climate change. This could lead to
increased costs due to increased scarcity
orhaving to use alternative suppliers
oringredients. As part of our climate risk
assessment process, we are conducting
deeper assessments into the potential
impact of climate change on our suppliers
and the implications for our business.
Wewillcontinue working with our suppliers
to support them in setting and delivering
science-based carbon reduction targets.
route-to-market and revenue growth
management capabilities will have on our
competitive position in the medium to
longer term.
Economic conditions
Egypt has a relatively high inflation rate and
also imports ingredients paid in US dollars.
Exchange rate fluctuations and inflation
may affect the profitability of the business.
CCHBC has well developed capabilities to
manage these uncertainties.
Sustainability
While the Coca-Cola business in Egypt
hasprioritised several key areas in its own
sustainability strategy, such as packaging
collection, community investment and
water stewardship, there are other areas
that will require focus and investment
tobring them in line with our sustainability
goals. CCHBC is committed to doing this as
part of our long-term sustainability strategy.
Water
Egypt is almost entirely dependent on the
River Nile as its source of water. Ethiopia’s
construction of the Great Renaissance
Dam across the Blue Nile, which provides
around 85% of the Nile’s water, has led to
tensions over water access. This is a key
risk for Egypt. We remain optimistic that
the countries impacted, primarily Egypt,
Sudan and Ethiopia, will find a peaceful
long-term solution that will allow Egypt
tomeet its water needs into the future.
61INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Managing risk and materiality continued
Principal risks
trend
Link to growth
pillars
4 5
1 2 3
Increasing
Stable
Decreasing
Risk included
in viability
assessment
Principal risks Description Potential impact Key mitigations Link to material issues


Concerns related to packaging
waste and plastic pollution.
Decreased credibility inpublicdiscussions
Long-term damage to our reputation and
licence to operate
Increased cost of doing business, including
discriminatory taxes
Loss of consumer base
World Without Waste global vision
Mission 2025 packaging-related commitments
Partnerships with local communities, NGOs, start-ups and academia to manage packaging recovery
andminimise environmental impacts
Packaging and waste
management
Sustainable sourcing
2. Changing retail
environment
The risk of significant changes to
consumer purchasing behaviour
and customer requirements.
Reduced availability of our portfolio andoverall
profitability
Prioritisation of assortment per channel to drive higher margin packs
Enhanced marketing campaigns to capture growing occasions of socialising at home accelerated
byCOVID‑19 restrictions
Refreshed and enhanced key account capabilities and tools to partner and grow profitable revenue
withcustomers
Work closely with our out-of-home channel customers to drive transactions and support them selling online
to more effectively manage the impact of COVID‑19, or in their reopening asrestrictions ease
Accelerate Right Execution Daily (RED) to support our commitment to operational excellence
Develop our digital and e‑commerce capabilities to capture opportunities associated with existing andnew
distribution channels
Localised management plans in specific countries dependent on channel impact and risk and including
variance in the impact of COVID-19 restrictions
Economic impact
3. Commodity costs
The risk of raw material pricing
fluctuations, particularly resin,
sugar, gasoil and aluminium.
Increased input costs
Pricing volatility managed by Treasury/Procurement departments for hedgeable raw materials universe
through hedging/fixing of forward prices
Protocols are in place under the Treasury and Procurement Policies endorsed by the Board
Reporting and visibility to the Financial Risk Management Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee
Recovery through pricing whilst maintaining growth, avoiding disruption and still being competitive
Economic impact
Sustainable sourcing
4. Product‑related
taxes and regulatory
changes
The risk of governments imposing
taxes and regulatory changes such
as beverage taxes, sugar upper
limits, sweetener restrictions,
additional labelling requirements.
Cost increases that cannot be passed on in
price
Increased costs to meet additional regulatory
requirements
Brand and reputation damage
Forced changes in the portfolio mix
Focus on product innovation and expansion to a 24/7 beverage portfolio
Expand our range of low- and no-calorie beverages
Proactive approach to better understand concerns undertaken by Corporate Affairs and Sustainability
inconjunction with our The Coca‑Cola Company counterparts.
Country-specific response plans to address the specific localised nature of the risk.
Group strategy focusing on proactive and reactive advocacy with strategic plans, tax risk assessments,
assetsrepository and targeted business unit support plans in place
Corporate citizenship
Responsible marketing
Economic impact
5. Foreign exchange
fluctuations
The risk of foreign exchange
volatility and rate fluctuations
caused by uncertainty and
complexity of macroeconomic
environment and geopolitical
developments, exacerbated by
COVID-19.
Financial loss
Increased cost base
Asset impairment
Limitations on cash repatriation
Treasury policy requires, where possible, the hedging of 25% to 80% of rolling 12-month forecasted
transactional foreign currency exposure
Hedging beyond 12 months may occur in exceptional cases subject to approval of Group CFO
Derivative financial instruments are used, where available, to reduce net exposure to currency and commodity
price fluctuations
Economic impact
6. Cyber incidents
A cyber attack or data centre
failure resulting in business
disruption, or breach of corporate
or personal data confidentiality.
Financial loss
Operational disruption
Damage to corporate reputation
Non-compliance with data protection
legislation (e.g. GDPR)
Implement a NIST-aligned cyber security and privacy control framework and monitor compliance
Safeguard critical IT and operational assets
Enhanced ability to detect, respond and recover from cyber incidents and attacks
Foster a positive culture of cyber security
Monitor threat landscape and remediate associated vulnerabilities
Cyber-related crisis management (IMCR) exercise with Executive Leadership Team
Economic impact
7. Geopolitical and
security environment
Volatile and challenging
macroeconomic, security and
geopolitical conditions. The risk
ofcivil unrest and conflict with
other countries.
Safety of our people
Disruptions to our operations
Financial impact of economic and
othersanctions
Monitoring systems established with defined indicators to provide warning of escalation
Security risk assessments developed on a country-by-country basis to inform robust security plans
Business continuity programmes take into account risks associated with unrest and conflict and the
impactofsanctions
Continued development and training in IMCR programme
Employee wellbeing
andengagement
Economic impact
8. Managing our
carbon footprint
The risks and opportunities
associated with reducing carbon
emissions along our value chain.
Opportunity to reduce costs and enhance
relationships with key stakeholders through
increased use of renewable energy and
newtechnologies
Reputation costs of not meeting our
sustainability commitments
Costs associated with moving to low GHG
emissions, low-emission coolers, vehicles
Future carbon taxes
Scarcity of resources impacting production
Approved science-based targets for 2030 and net zero commitment for 2040
Energy management programmes and transition to renewable and clean energy
Engagement and partnering with local and international stakeholders
Focus on sustainable procurement
Areas of risk monitored by country risk teams and specific tactical plans in place across the operations.
Physical risk analysis including quantification and stress testing (consistent with TCFD requirements)
andnatural disaster plans in place across the operations
Review of Egyptian operations to understand impact on Group
Climate change
Sustainable sourcing
62 
Principal risks Description Potential impact Key mitigations Link to material issues


Concerns related to packaging
waste and plastic pollution.
Decreased credibility inpublicdiscussions
Long-term damage to our reputation and
licence to operate
Increased cost of doing business, including
discriminatory taxes
Loss of consumer base
World Without Waste global vision
Mission 2025 packaging-related commitments
Partnerships with local communities, NGOs, start-ups and academia to manage packaging recovery
andminimise environmental impacts
Packaging and waste
management
Sustainable sourcing
2. Changing retail
environment
The risk of significant changes to
consumer purchasing behaviour
and customer requirements.
Reduced availability of our portfolio andoverall
profitability
Prioritisation of assortment per channel to drive higher margin packs
Enhanced marketing campaigns to capture growing occasions of socialising at home accelerated
byCOVID‑19 restrictions
Refreshed and enhanced key account capabilities and tools to partner and grow profitable revenue
withcustomers
Work closely with our out-of-home channel customers to drive transactions and support them selling online
to more effectively manage the impact of COVID‑19, or in their reopening asrestrictions ease
Accelerate Right Execution Daily (RED) to support our commitment to operational excellence
Develop our digital and e‑commerce capabilities to capture opportunities associated with existing andnew
distribution channels
Localised management plans in specific countries dependent on channel impact and risk and including
variance in the impact of COVID-19 restrictions
Economic impact
3. Commodity costs
The risk of raw material pricing
fluctuations, particularly resin,
sugar, gasoil and aluminium.
Increased input costs
Pricing volatility managed by Treasury/Procurement departments for hedgeable raw materials universe
through hedging/fixing of forward prices
Protocols are in place under the Treasury and Procurement Policies endorsed by the Board
Reporting and visibility to the Financial Risk Management Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee
Recovery through pricing whilst maintaining growth, avoiding disruption and still being competitive
Economic impact
Sustainable sourcing
4. Product‑related
taxes and regulatory
changes
The risk of governments imposing
taxes and regulatory changes such
as beverage taxes, sugar upper
limits, sweetener restrictions,
additional labelling requirements.
Cost increases that cannot be passed on in
price
Increased costs to meet additional regulatory
requirements
Brand and reputation damage
Forced changes in the portfolio mix
Focus on product innovation and expansion to a 24/7 beverage portfolio
Expand our range of low- and no-calorie beverages
Proactive approach to better understand concerns undertaken by Corporate Affairs and Sustainability
inconjunction with our The Coca‑Cola Company counterparts.
Country-specific response plans to address the specific localised nature of the risk.
Group strategy focusing on proactive and reactive advocacy with strategic plans, tax risk assessments,
assetsrepository and targeted business unit support plans in place
Corporate citizenship
Responsible marketing
Economic impact
5. Foreign exchange
fluctuations
The risk of foreign exchange
volatility and rate fluctuations
caused by uncertainty and
complexity of macroeconomic
environment and geopolitical
developments, exacerbated by
COVID-19.
Financial loss
Increased cost base
Asset impairment
Limitations on cash repatriation
Treasury policy requires, where possible, the hedging of 25% to 80% of rolling 12-month forecasted
transactional foreign currency exposure
Hedging beyond 12 months may occur in exceptional cases subject to approval of Group CFO
Derivative financial instruments are used, where available, to reduce net exposure to currency and commodity
price fluctuations
Economic impact
6. Cyber incidents
A cyber attack or data centre
failure resulting in business
disruption, or breach of corporate
or personal data confidentiality.
Financial loss
Operational disruption
Damage to corporate reputation
Non-compliance with data protection
legislation (e.g. GDPR)
Implement a NIST-aligned cyber security and privacy control framework and monitor compliance
Safeguard critical IT and operational assets
Enhanced ability to detect, respond and recover from cyber incidents and attacks
Foster a positive culture of cyber security
Monitor threat landscape and remediate associated vulnerabilities
Cyber-related crisis management (IMCR) exercise with Executive Leadership Team
Economic impact
7. Geopolitical and
security environment
Volatile and challenging
macroeconomic, security and
geopolitical conditions. The risk
ofcivil unrest and conflict with
other countries.
Safety of our people
Disruptions to our operations
Financial impact of economic and
othersanctions
Monitoring systems established with defined indicators to provide warning of escalation
Security risk assessments developed on a country-by-country basis to inform robust security plans
Business continuity programmes take into account risks associated with unrest and conflict and the
impactofsanctions
Continued development and training in IMCR programme
Employee wellbeing
andengagement
Economic impact
8. Managing our
carbon footprint
The risks and opportunities
associated with reducing carbon
emissions along our value chain.
Opportunity to reduce costs and enhance
relationships with key stakeholders through
increased use of renewable energy and
newtechnologies
Reputation costs of not meeting our
sustainability commitments
Costs associated with moving to low GHG
emissions, low-emission coolers, vehicles
Future carbon taxes
Scarcity of resources impacting production
Approved science-based targets for 2030 and net zero commitment for 2040
Energy management programmes and transition to renewable and clean energy
Engagement and partnering with local and international stakeholders
Focus on sustainable procurement
Areas of risk monitored by country risk teams and specific tactical plans in place across the operations.
Physical risk analysis including quantification and stress testing (consistent with TCFD requirements)
andnatural disaster plans in place across the operations
Review of Egyptian operations to understand impact on Group
Climate change
Sustainable sourcing
63INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Managing risk and materiality continued
Principal risks Description Potential impact Key mitigations Link to material issues


The risks related to water
availability, water stress and water
quality in our areas of operation,
exacerbated by the effects of
climate change and excessive
water consumption in a catchment
area leading to unsustainable
water availability.
Lack of water for local communities which
diminishes our licence to operate and damages
our brand reputation
Insufficient water or increased costs to
manufacture our products
Identification and implementation of water stewardship programmes in water priority locations
tomitigateshared water risks
Alliance for Water Stewardship certification for all plants
Source vulnerability assessment for all plants
Implement water usage reduction plans
Water stewardship
Sustainable sourcing
10. Health and safety
The risk to the health and safety
ofour people as a result of
occupational workplace accidents,
incidents and illnesses (including
COVID-19 management).
Fatalities and/or serious injury and illness
ofemployees, contractors, third parties and
members of the public
Business continuity for people being absent
from work due to infection or self-isolation due
to COVID-19
Mental wellbeing of our people
Deployment of Behaviour Based Safety (BBS) programmes
End-to-End (E2E) contractor management process
Health and Safety Board to continue
The Coca‑Cola Company lifesaving rules in place and incorporated in CCHBC Baseline
Assessmentprogramme
COVID-19 pandemic protocols in place across the entire organisation and reviewed regularly
Business continuity plans updated and tested
Regular country and System lessons learned shared across the entire organisation
Increased focus on mental wellbeing in Employee Assistance Programme
Employee wellbeing and
engagement
11. People retention
Inability to attract, retain and
engage sufficient numbers
ofqualified and experienced
employees in highly competitive
talent markets.
Failure to achieve our growth plans
Upgrade our Employer Value Proposition and Employer Brand
Develop leaders and people for key positions internally, improve leaders’ skills and commitment to
talentdevelopment
Continuous employee listening to address culture and engage effectively
Promote an inclusive environment that allows all employees to achieve their full potential
Create shared value with the communities in which we work to ensure we are seen and considered
asanethical business with an attractive purpose
Expand talent pool by hiring more diverse workforce
Employee wellbeing and
engagement
Human rights, diversity
andinclusion
Corporate citizenship
12. Suppliers and
sustainable sourcing
Inability to secure supply of key
ingredients, packaging and
services at a reasonable cost
because of supply-demand
imbalances and/or crop yields.
Production disruptions
Increased input costs
Contracted volumes of key ingredients and packaging materials
Contracted prices when feasible
Ensure hedgeable contracts
Expand supplier base and introduce new/alternative suppliers
Secure raw materials for suppliers to provide security of supply
Economic impact
Sustainable sourcing
13. Ethics and
compliance
The risk of fraud against the
Company as well as risk of
anti‑bribery and corruption (ABAC)
fines or sanctions if our
employees, or the third parties we
engage to deal with governments,
fail to comply with ABAC
requirements. The risk of
inadvertent non-compliance with
international sanctions in certain
countries.
Damage to our corporate reputation
Significant financial penalties
Management time diverted to resolving
legalissues
Economic loss because of fraud
andreputational damages, fines andpenalties,
in the event ofnon‑compliance
Annual ‘Tone from the Top’ messaging
Code of Business Conduct, ABAC and commercial compliance training and awareness campaigns for
ourentire workforce and training on international sanctions for our employees exposed to this risk
All third parties that we engage must comply with our Supplier Guiding Principles, which include ABAC
andinternational sanctions compliance
All third parties that we engage to deal with governments on our behalf are subject to ABAC due diligence.
Screening of third parties and transactions potentially exposed to international sanctions risk
Cross-functional joint task force in Nigeria that proactively addresses risks in our key operations
Risk-based internal control framework and assurance programme with local management accountability
Periodic risk‑based internal audits of ABAC compliance programme
Speak Up! hotline
Corporate governance
14. Quality
The risk of serious product quality
issues or contamination of our
products.
Illness to consumers
Reputation damage
Regulatory intervention
Adverse financial impact
Full implementation of CCHBC Quality and Food Safety prevention programmes
Quality and Food Safety management system certification.
Quality and Food Safety capabilities development programmes implementation as part of Maturity
Matrixprogramme
Elevated supplier quality management
Continued development and training in IMCR programme
Product quality
15. Strategic
stakeholder
relationships
We rely on our strategic
relationships and agreements
withThe Coca‑Cola Company
(including Costa Coffee), Monster
Energy and ourpremium
spiritspartners.
Termination of agreements or unfavourable
renewal terms could adversely affect
profitability
Management focus on effective day‑to‑day interaction with our strategicpartners
Working together as effective partners for growth
Engagement in joint projects and business planning with a focus onstrategicissues
Participation in ‘top-to-top’ senior management forums
Economic impact
Corporate governance
Principal risks
trend
Link to growth
pillars
4 5
1 2 3
Increasing
Stable
Decreasing
Risk included
in viability
assessment
64 
Principal risks Description Potential impact Key mitigations Link to material issues


The risks related to water
availability, water stress and water
quality in our areas of operation,
exacerbated by the effects of
climate change and excessive
water consumption in a catchment
area leading to unsustainable
water availability.
Lack of water for local communities which
diminishes our licence to operate and damages
our brand reputation
Insufficient water or increased costs to
manufacture our products
Identification and implementation of water stewardship programmes in water priority locations
tomitigateshared water risks
Alliance for Water Stewardship certification for all plants
Source vulnerability assessment for all plants
Implement water usage reduction plans
Water stewardship
Sustainable sourcing
10. Health and safety
The risk to the health and safety
ofour people as a result of
occupational workplace accidents,
incidents and illnesses (including
COVID-19 management).
Fatalities and/or serious injury and illness
ofemployees, contractors, third parties and
members of the public
Business continuity for people being absent
from work due to infection or self-isolation due
to COVID-19
Mental wellbeing of our people
Deployment of Behaviour Based Safety (BBS) programmes
End-to-End (E2E) contractor management process
Health and Safety Board to continue
The Coca‑Cola Company lifesaving rules in place and incorporated in CCHBC Baseline
Assessmentprogramme
COVID-19 pandemic protocols in place across the entire organisation and reviewed regularly
Business continuity plans updated and tested
Regular country and System lessons learned shared across the entire organisation
Increased focus on mental wellbeing in Employee Assistance Programme
Employee wellbeing and
engagement
11. People retention
Inability to attract, retain and
engage sufficient numbers
ofqualified and experienced
employees in highly competitive
talent markets.
Failure to achieve our growth plans
Upgrade our Employer Value Proposition and Employer Brand
Develop leaders and people for key positions internally, improve leaders’ skills and commitment to
talentdevelopment
Continuous employee listening to address culture and engage effectively
Promote an inclusive environment that allows all employees to achieve their full potential
Create shared value with the communities in which we work to ensure we are seen and considered
asanethical business with an attractive purpose
Expand talent pool by hiring more diverse workforce
Employee wellbeing and
engagement
Human rights, diversity
andinclusion
Corporate citizenship
12. Suppliers and
sustainable sourcing
Inability to secure supply of key
ingredients, packaging and
services at a reasonable cost
because of supply-demand
imbalances and/or crop yields.
Production disruptions
Increased input costs
Contracted volumes of key ingredients and packaging materials
Contracted prices when feasible
Ensure hedgeable contracts
Expand supplier base and introduce new/alternative suppliers
Secure raw materials for suppliers to provide security of supply
Economic impact
Sustainable sourcing
13. Ethics and
compliance
The risk of fraud against the
Company as well as risk of
anti‑bribery and corruption (ABAC)
fines or sanctions if our
employees, or the third parties we
engage to deal with governments,
fail to comply with ABAC
requirements. The risk of
inadvertent non-compliance with
international sanctions in certain
countries.
Damage to our corporate reputation
Significant financial penalties
Management time diverted to resolving
legalissues
Economic loss because of fraud
andreputational damages, fines andpenalties,
in the event ofnon‑compliance
Annual ‘Tone from the Top’ messaging
Code of Business Conduct, ABAC and commercial compliance training and awareness campaigns for
ourentire workforce and training on international sanctions for our employees exposed to this risk
All third parties that we engage must comply with our Supplier Guiding Principles, which include ABAC
andinternational sanctions compliance
All third parties that we engage to deal with governments on our behalf are subject to ABAC due diligence.
Screening of third parties and transactions potentially exposed to international sanctions risk
Cross-functional joint task force in Nigeria that proactively addresses risks in our key operations
Risk-based internal control framework and assurance programme with local management accountability
Periodic risk‑based internal audits of ABAC compliance programme
Speak Up! hotline
Corporate governance
14. Quality
The risk of serious product quality
issues or contamination of our
products.
Illness to consumers
Reputation damage
Regulatory intervention
Adverse financial impact
Full implementation of CCHBC Quality and Food Safety prevention programmes
Quality and Food Safety management system certification.
Quality and Food Safety capabilities development programmes implementation as part of Maturity
Matrixprogramme
Elevated supplier quality management
Continued development and training in IMCR programme
Product quality
15. Strategic
stakeholder
relationships
We rely on our strategic
relationships and agreements
withThe Coca‑Cola Company
(including Costa Coffee), Monster
Energy and ourpremium
spiritspartners.
Termination of agreements or unfavourable
renewal terms could adversely affect
profitability
Management focus on effective day‑to‑day interaction with our strategicpartners
Working together as effective partners for growth
Engagement in joint projects and business planning with a focus onstrategicissues
Participation in ‘top-to-top’ senior management forums
Economic impact
Corporate governance
65INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Assessment and mitigation
ofclimate-related risk is
integrated into our enterprise
risk management programme,
which underpins our robust,
risk-based approach to the
physical and transitional risks
associated with climate change.
We analyse our internal data and work with
recognised specialist agencies, our
insurance brokers and insurers to obtain
regional analysis of climate science.
Thishelps us make informed decisions and
improves our understanding of the potential
climate vulnerabilities in our operations
andthe communities in which we operate.
Thisdata and resulting analysis is shared
across our business units, supporting
climate resilience across our planning
andoperations.
At Coca-Cola HBC, we believe that the
recommendations of the Task Force
onClimate-related Financial Disclosures
(TCFD) are an important step in the
establishment of a framework for reporting
climate-related risks and their financial
impacts. We support efforts to improve
thequality and consistency of disclosures,
having been a leader in the field with our first
carbon reduction commitments in 2006 and
an early adopter of science-based targets.
The Board continues to have oversight
ofclimate-related risks and opportunities
through the activities of the Social
Responsibility Committee and the Audit
andRisk Committee. The Coca-Cola System,
including Coca-Cola HBC, has identified
eight material risks relating to the physical
and transitional impact of climate change
onour business.
These are depicted in the diagram on page 70.
The eight risks are linked to Principal risks
‘’Plastics and packaging waste’ and ‘Managing
our carbon footprint’ see page 62; and ‘Water
availability and usage’ and ‘Suppliers and
sustainable sourcing’ page 64.
Water scarcity is classified as a physical risk
while the potential impact of changing water
regulations is classified as a transitional risk.
Access to good-quality water, a key
ingredient in our products, is critical for the
sustainability of our business as well as for
the communities where we operate.
In 2021, we enhanced our understanding
ofclimate-related risks by conducting a
comprehensive quantitative assessment
ofwater risk (see Managing water risk across
our territory on page 71). We will continue
torefine our water risk assessment annually.
In 2022, we will also build on our experience
in quantitative climate risk assessments by
adding an assessment of risks associated
with carbon emissions.
Our response to climate change transcends
all areas of our strategy and operations and,
as a result, our TCFD disclosures can be
found throughout this report. The table
onpage 67 explains where our disclosures
on climate change can be found in this
report and how the information aligns to
theTCFDrecommendations.
For additional information on our climate-
related disclosures, CCHBC makes an
extensive, annual submission to the global
environmental disclosure organisation,CDP.
Our 2021 submission is publicly available at:
2021 CDP Climate response
Due to the size of this disclosure document,
we do not include the full submission here.
Governance of climate-related
risks and opportunities
To ensure that climate-related risks and
opportunities are given the highest level
ofoversight and are embedded into the
strategy and mission of our Company,
ourassessment and management of the
potential impact of climate change is
supervised by Board’s Social Responsibility
Committee (SRC).
The SRC is responsible for establishing the
principles governing environment, climate
impact and water security management;
andfor ensuring effective processes and
systems are in place to implement our
sustainability strategy. The SRC regularly
reviews the Group’s performance in achieving
environment, climate, water and socially
relevant goals and ensures that sustainability
and climate objectives are fully integrated
into the Group’s business strategy.
The Chief Corporate Affairs and Sustainability
Officer provides regular updates to the SRC
on the Group’s progress.
The assessment and management of
climate-related risks and opportunities
areintegrated into the Group’s enterprise
risk management process, see page 58.
TheBoard’s Audit and Risk Committee
oversees all business risks, including
environmental and climate risks.
TheChiefRisk Officer provides the Executive
Leadership Team (ELT) and the Audit and
Risk Committee with quarterly updates
ofthese risks.
At management level, climate-related
matters are supervised by the ELT which
includes the Chief Corporate Affairs and
Sustainability Officer. Led by the Chief
Executive Officer, the ELT has responsibility
for reviewing the assessment of the impact
of climate-related risks and opportunities,
the development of long-term strategies
tomanage the impact of climate change, the
setting of annual targets and the approval of
annual business plans which form the basis
of the Company performance management.
The ELT meets on a monthly basis and
reviews the performance of the Company,
including progress against the Group’s
strategic pillars, in which climate-related
issues and their impact are embedded, as
well as, progress against the Group’s climate
goals and targets.
We have also established a cross-functional
working group with experts from different
functions (Risk, Procurement, Finance,
Environment, Supply Chain, Engineering,
Sustainability) who have been studying
different climate scenarios and assessing
qualitatively and quantitatively the risks and
opportunities inherent in those scenarios.
Arelated cross-functional group has been
working to develop our science-based
carbon reduction targets and our
NetZeroby40 goal and plans. They meet
regularly (at least monthly) and present their
work to the ELT.
Strategy and risk management
Climate-related risks and opportunities are
assessed as part of our well-established
enterprise risk management programme
and our approach to managing our principal
risks is holistic and integrated. The impact of
climate change and emissions are linked to
our water stewardship, sustainable sourcing
and packaging waste agendas. In our Mission
2025 sustainability commitments, climate
change and emissions reduction, water
stewardship and water use reduction,
ingredient sourcing, and packaging waste,
together contribute to four of our total six
sustainability pillars.
We consider all risks, including climate-
related risks, over a range of timeframes
andthese are integrated into our business
planning processes. Short-term risks
(1-2years) are linked with Company
business planning yearly cycles; mid-term
risks (3-5years) are linked with our strategic
planning process; and long-term risks
(6-10years) are linked with our long-term
planning process.
Managing
climate
change risk
Managing risk and materiality continued
66 COCA-COLA HBC
Location of TCFD aligned disclosures
Governance: Disclose the Company’s governance around climate‑related risks

Compliance status
a) Describe the Board’s oversight of
climate-related risks and opportunities
Social Responsibility Committee, pages 116-117
a) Fully consistent
b) Describe management’s role in identifying,
assessing and managing climate-related risks
and opportunities
Audit and Risk Committee, pages 108-111
Risk and materiality, pages 56‑65;
Managing climate change risk, pages 66, 68-70
b) Fully consistent
Strategy: Disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate‑related risks


a) Describe the climate-related risks
andopportunities that the organisation
hasidentified over the short, medium
andlongterm
Material issues, pages 56‑57; Principal risks, pages 62‑65
2021 CDP Climate response, pages 14-21
a) Fully consistent
b) Describe the impact of climate-related risk
and opportunity on the Company’s business,
strategy and financial planning
Principal risks, pages 62-65
Earn our licence to operate, pages 44-51
2021 CDP Climate response, pages 21-37, 40-44
b) Work in progress – qualitative impact has
been completed for the whole value chain;
however, more work will be done on
understanding the quantitative impact on
business strategy and financial planning.
Weexpect this work to be completed by
end2022.
c) Describe the resilience of the
organisation’sstrategy considering different
climate‑relatedscenarios, including a
2‑degree or lowerscenario
Managing climate change risk, pages 66, 68-70
2021 CDP Climate response, pages 38-44
Managing water risk across our territory, page 71
c) Work in progress – work has been done
withtwo scenarios related to physical and
transitional risks associated with the impact
on water availability and costs. More work will
be done on the impact of other elements of
climate change. We expect this work to be
completed byend 2022.
Risk management: Disclose how the Company identifies, assesses and manages
climate‑related risks and opportunities
a) Describe the Company’s process for
identifying and assessing climate-related risks
and opportunities
Risk and materiality, pages 56-65
a) Fully consistent
b) Describe the Company’s process
formanaging climate‑related risks
andopportunities
Principal risks, pages 62-65
Key performance indicators, pages 47, 50, 54-55
2021 CDP Climate response, pages 13-21
Managing climate change risk, pages 66-71
b) Fully consistent
c) Describe how these processes
areintegrated into the overall risk
managementprogramme
Risk and materiality, pages 56-65 c) Fully consistent
Metrics and targets: Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess and manage climate‑
related risks and opportunities
a) Disclose the metrics used by the
organisation to assess climate-related risks
and opportunities in line with its strategy
andrisk management process
b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if
appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions, and the related risks
c) Describe the targets used by the
organisation to manage climate-related risks
and opportunities and performance
againsttargets
NetZeroby40 target across the whole value chain, page 46
Charts on page 47 with all Scopes
Mission 2025 commitments reated to the following pillars:
climate and renewable energy, water reduction and
stewardship and Word Without Waste on pages 54-55
2021 GRI Content Index, Environmental table, pages 38-40
a) Work in progress. We have well-defined
metrics on the impact of climate change on
water and transition risk of carbon price, but
other elements are largely qualitative at this
stage. We expect this work to be completed
by end 2022.
b) Fully consistent
c) Fully consistent. Our Mission 2025
commitments, approved science-based
targets and NetZeroby40 commitment
provide clear targets.
As part of our ERM programme, our risk
assessments include an assessment of the
likelihood of the risk eventuating and the
impact of a variety of factors including health
and safety, financial impact, damage to
reputation and brands, business
interruption, and management effort.
Details of our analysis of climate-related
risks and opportunities on the Group’s
business, strategy and financial planning
inthe whole value chain and identified eight
risks are disclosed on the next pages.
Incentives for meeting our Mission 2025
sustainability goals are part of the
compensation for members of the ELT.
Targets related to energy usage, emissions
reduction, water usage, sourcing and
packaging are linked to annual bonuses for
appropriate employees. We have introduced
carbon reduction in the whole value chain as
part of the long-term incentive plan (LTIP)
for managers eligible for that plan.
67INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Physical risks
Physical risks are those caused by higher
concentrations of greenhouse gases in the
atmosphere, which in turn lead to higher
average temperatures, more acidic oceans,
changing weather patterns and rising
sealevels.
Extreme weather and changing weather
andprecipitation patterns can impact our
business in the following ways:
1. Disruption to
manufacturing from
extreme weather
Extreme weather events
including floods and storms can
disrupt and/or damage our
manufacturing facilities leading
to an inability to supply products
to our customers and significant
costs associated with repairs.
Itcan also lead to injuries to
ourpeople.
We assess the risk of business
interruption from a range of
causes as part of our strategic
and operational risk reviews.
Wecurrently mitigate the
financial costs of extreme
weather events through our
property damage insurance
programme. This includes
annual surveys of our facilities
byexternal risk engineers.
Wehave also established a
robust business continuity
programme to prevent and
minimise losses. During the year,
we carried out additional
assessments of plants and
warehouses at risk due to
extreme weather. While there
has been an increase in the
number of extreme weather
events that have been attributed
to climate change, we have not
identified a direct impact on our
manufacturing at this stage and
consider this a longer term risk.
We recognise that much of the
data we currently use in our
assessments is based on
historical information. In 2022,
we will include projected data
using at least two different
climate scenarios to enhance
our understanding of the
potential impact on our
manufacturing.
2. Disruption to
distribution caused by
extreme weather
Extreme weather may impact
key transport and logistics
routes and reduce access to
ourfleets. This may impact our
ability to distribute our products
to markets as well as the safety
of our employees and
contractors.
We assess the risk of business
interruption from a range of
causes as part of our strategic
and operational risk reviews.
Wecurrently mitigate the
financial costs through our
insurance programme as well
asuse of third‑party logistics
providers. We have also
established a robust business
continuity programme that
includes management of
extreme weather to protect our
people and to minimise losses.
While we have seen an increase
in the number of extreme
events such as storms and
bushfires that have been
attributed to climate change,
wehave not identified a direct
impact on our distribution
systems at this stage but we do
expect this risk to increase over
the longer term.
In 2022, we will include projected
data using at least two different
climate scenarios to enhance
our understanding of the
potential impact on our
distribution system.
3. Reduced ability


Access to water is fundamental
to our business and to the
communities we operate in.
We have assessed the impact
that climate change may have
on the cost and availability of
water both for our needs and
the needs of the local
communities that we operate
within as part of our assessment
of Principal risk ‘Water availability
and usage’,
Anumber of our plants are
located in areas that are or will
be facing water challenges.
These plants are referred to as
‘water priority’ plants.
During the year, we conducted
an extensive quantitative
assessment of the impact of
two different climate scenarios
on the availability and cost of
water by 2030 and 2040.
Thisassessment is outlined
onpage 71.
As noted in this assessment,
wedo expect climate change to
have an impact on our business
over the longer term.
4. Impact on the


We continue to assess the
impact of climate change on
theavailability, quality and price
of key ingredients as part of our
assessment of Principal risk
‘Suppliers and sustainable
sourcing’.
This impact is due primarily to
predicted changes to weather
and precipitation patterns.
Whilewe are currently seeing
changes in weather patterns
that have been attributed to
climate change, and expect
those changes to continue,
wehave not identified a direct
impact on our business at this
stage. We therefore consider
this a longer term risk.
During the year, we continued
toassess the ability of our
suppliers and alternative
suppliers to continue to supply
key ingredients at the quality,
quantity and cost that we expect
under different conditions.
Moving forward, we will
undertake further work to
assess how our suppliers may be
impacted by changes in weather
and precipitation patterns under
different climate scenarios.
Managing risk and materiality continued
68 
The physical effects of climate change
willbe limited if action is takento force a
transition to a low-carbon economy. This will
require regulatory, market and technological
changes. The speed and severity of these
changes will have an impact on our business.
Afaster and more aggressive approach by
governments, for example, will have a more
significant financial impact than a more
gradual approach.
The transition to a low-carbon economy
also presents a number of opportunities
forour business. Our investments in new
technologies not only help us meet the
expectations of key stakeholders to do our
part to reduce carbon emissions, but they
also present opportunities for significant
cost savings.
5. Increased costs across
our value chain from

Our business emits greenhouse
gases (GHGs) across our value
chain. Actions to introduce
carbon pricing could
increasecosts of packaging,
manufacturing, distribution and
cold drink equipment over the
medium term.
During the year, we assessed
the impact of changing GHG
regulations as part of our
assessment of Principal risk
‘Managing our carbon footprint’.
We assessed the operational
costs of carbon taxes on direct
emissions and capital
expenditures needed to reduce
our carbon emissions based
ona1.5ºC warming scenario.
InDecember 2020, wereceived
an approval of our carbon
reduction targets by the Science
Based Targets initiative and we
are committed to reducing our
Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 55%
by 2030 vs 2017 and our Scope
3 emissions by 21% for the
same period.
In 2022, we will extend our
quantitative analysis of the
impact of climate change to
include the financial impact of
managing our carbon footprint.
6. Increased cost

Our business uses various types
of packaging materials and
delivery methods with different
carbon footprints. Regulations
designed to decrease the use
ofpackaging materials that
contribute to GHG emissions
could increase our costs.
Wearealready starting to see
governments considering
additional taxes on single use
plastics. This risk is therefore
considered a short to medium
term risk.
We include an assessment of
the risk of increased cost of
packaging resulting from climate
change as part of our
assessment of Principal risk
‘Plastics and packaging waste’.
During the year, we continued to
introduce more innovative ways
to reduce packaging. As part
ofour World Without Waste
initiative, we are making
concerted efforts to increase
the amount of recyclable
packaging across our
operations, use more recycled
PET and refillable packaging
andhelp collect the packaging
materials we place on the
market.
7. Increased costs


As noted in Physical risk #3,
water is fundamental to our
business. We continually assess
the impact of changes to the
cost ofwater or placement
ofrestrictions on the availability
ofwater as part of the
assessment of Principal risk
‘Water availability and usage’.
These changes may impact our
ability to produce or increase the
cost of production over the
medium to longer term.
We are reducing our water
usage across our business and,
as part of our Mission 2025
sustainability commitments,
have committed to a 20%
reduction in water usage in our
water priority plants. We are also
closely monitoring the potential
for additional taxes, levies or
restrictions in the availability
ofwater.
In 2021, we conducted an
extensive quantitative
assessment of the impact of
two different climate scenarios
on the availability and cost of
water across our business by
2030 and 2040. Shorter-term
transitional costs were
considered as part of that
assessment. For further
information on our water risk
assessment, see page 71.
8. Damage to the
reputation of the
beverage sector
We are reliant on the brand
valueand positive reputation
ofCoca‑Cola. Consumer
perceptions of the beverage
sector as a contributor to
climate change may impact the
reputation of our business and
brands and ultimately demand
for our products.
In addition, being seen as part
ofthe problem leads to the
targeting of the beverage sector
for new and/or increasing
climate-related taxes. We
constantly monitor the
likelihood and impact of these
changes as part of our
assessment of Principal risk
‘Product-related taxes and
regulatory changes’. As some
ofour countries have introduced
or are actively considering
introducing additional taxes,
weconsider this to be a
short‑termrisk.
Our Mission 2025 sustainability
commitments and strong
cultural commitment to being
acontributor to the solutions to
climate change are designed to
take advantage of opportunities
associated with those changes,
protect our business and
protect our reputation as a
responsibleCompany.
Transition risks
69INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Managing risk and materiality continued
The impact of climate change risk
The Coca-Cola Company and its global bottling partners, including
Coca‑Cola HBC, have identified eight material risks relating to the
physical and transitional impact of climate change on our business
and these are depicted in the following diagram.
For more details on these eight risks, please see previous pages 68
and69, where the colour codes of the risks reflect the diagram below.
Cause Risk Agriculture and
ingredients
Packaging Manufacturing Distribution Cold drink
equipment
Customers and
communities
Estimated share of carbon emissions
25% 31% 11% 6% 27%
Business impacts: Physical risks of climate change
Changes to
weather and
precipitation
patterns
Limits availability
of ingredients
and raw
materials
Extreme
weather
events
Disrupts
production
Disrupts/limits
distribution
Water
scarcity
Disrupts/limits
production
Business impacts: Risks of transition to a low‑carbon economy
GHG
regulation
Increases cost
ofpackaging
materials
Increases cost of manufacturing,
distribution and cold drink
equipment
Changes to
consumer
perceptions
Reputational risk
Water
regulation
Disrupts/limits
production
70 
Managing water risk
across our territory
In 2021, we conducted a
detailed assessment of the
impact of climate change on
the availability and cost of water
across all of our markets under
different climate scenarios.
We recognise that we have a responsibility
over and above meeting our production
needs. Access to clean water is a
fundamental human right and we are
committed to ensuring water security for
local communities as well as our business
inareas of water stress.
Climate change is expected to increase
thelevel of water stress in a number of our
countries, making water scarcer and more
valuable in those countries. This means that
our costs will increase, both to meet the
needs of our business but also to ensure
wecan replenish the watersheds in those
countries to support local communities.
In our 2021 water risk assessment, we
focussed on our production facilities to
determine which plants are more likely to be
affected by climate change, the extent to
which they may be affected and the financial
impact of ensuring sustainable supply for
both our production and the local community.
In future years, we will gradually broaden the
scope of our assessment to also consider
water risks associated with our supply chain.
To conduct the 2021 assessment, we
estimated annual production volumes up
to2030 and 2040 for each plant, based on
long-range planning estimates. We then
determined the water utilisation rates for
each plant for normal and peak production
as well as the capacity of our water sources
without considering the impact of climate
change. This allowed us to create a
baselinemodel.
We then used data available from the World
Resources Institute’s (WRI) Aqueduct Water
Risk Atlas to identify the impact of climate
change on the watersheds supporting
eachplant using both an optimistic and a
pessimistic scenario for climate change
impact. In this assessment, the impact of
climate change is the difference between
water utilisation rates in our baseline and
theWRI scenarios.
The additional increase in water utilization
rates, converted into water volume, was
multiplied by the ‘true cost of water’
1
to
provide an estimate of the financial impact
of both increased production demand and
climate change. For plants in water-stressed
areas – our water priority plants – the cost of
replenishing the watershed based on water
withdrawal was added.
We estimated the additional operating
expense required for each plant to meet
additional water needs, as well as one-off
CapEx requirements where appropriate to
support our risk mitigation programme.
In general terms, our assessment indicated
that climate change is not likely to increase
the number of plants assessed as water
priority plants in our existing territory,
although it is expected to increase the level
of water stress in those areas. Climate
change is unlikely to impact the useful
economic life of any of our plants; however
we will need to invest in additional water
infrastructure to meet our needs as well as
maintain our commitments to replenish the
local watershed in water priority areas.
Optimistic climate scenario
The optimistic scenario we used for
assessment purposes represents a world
with stable economic growth and global and
national institutions making slow but steady
progress towards achieving development
goals. Globally, carbon emissions start
declining by 2040 and temperature increases
are limited to between 1.1 and 2.6 degrees
(RCP4.5).
Under this scenario, our operations in
Armenia, Bulgaria, Greece, Cyprus, Russia,
Italy and Nigeria would be located in
water-risk areas.
By 2030, average baseline water stress is
expected to increase by 30%. To meet our
production needs as well as replenish the
local watersheds in our water priority areas,
we estimate our annual water costs will
increase by 40% over and above our baseline
costs, and additional one-off CapEx costs
inthe lead‑up to 2030 of €42million will
berequired.
By 2040 under this scenario, average
baseline water stress is expected to increase
by 47%. To address these risks, we estimate
our annual water costs will increase by
42%over and above our baseline cost
andadditional one‑off CapEx costs in the
lead-up to 2040 of €79million will be required.
Pessimistic climate scenario
The pessimistic scenario used in our analysis
represents a world with uneven economic
development, including higher population
growth but lower GDP growth. Globally,
carbon emissions continue to rise and
average temperature rises between 2.6
and4.8 degrees (RCP8.5).
As with the optimistic scenario, our facilities
in Armenia, Bulgaria, Greece, Cyprus, Russia,
Italy and Nigeria would be located inwater‑
risk areas under the pessimistic scenario.
By 2030, average baseline water stress is
expected to increase by 27%. We estimate
our annual water costs to meet our
production needs as well as replenish the
local watersheds in our water priority areas
will increase by 45% over and above our
baseline costs. Additional one-off CapEx
costs in the lead-up to 2030 of €30million
will be required.
By 2040, average baseline water stress is
expected to increase by 46%. We estimate
our annual water costs to meet our
production needs as well as replenish the
local watersheds in our water priority areas
will increase by 41% over and above our
baseline costs and additional one-off CapEx
costs in the lead-up to 2040 of €78million
will be required.
Note: The ‘pessimistic’ scenario has less
impact on our business than the ‘optimistic’
scenario in a number of areas. This is because
under the pessimistic scenario used in the
Aqueduct modelling, there is less urban
growth. As the majority of our plants are
located in or near large urban areas, there
isless stress on the local watersheds.
Mitigating water risk
Efforts to address the risks identified in this
analysis could include watershed protection
and restoration, rainwater harvesting, and
infrastructure improvements to provide
communities with greater access to water
for drinking and sanitation. We will continue
to implement water usage reduction
plansand obtain certification for our
plantsunder the Alliance for Water
Stewardshipprogramme.
For more information on our efforts to
addresswater challenges, see page 50.
1. The ‘true cost of water’ is a Coca-Cola system
multiplier that is used to calculate both the internal
costs of water but also a number of external factors
such as potential for increased taxes and levies.
71INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Business model and prospects
Our business model and strategy, outlined
on pages 6-9 of this report, documents the
key factors that underpin the evaluation of
our prospects. These factors include our:
attractive geographic diversity;
strong sales and execution capabilities;
ability to innovate;
market leadership;
global brands; and
diverse beverage portfolio.
As for many companies, the COVID-19
pandemic continued to present a challenging
environment for the Group. Despite
significant changes to how consumers
purchase and consume our products and
the impact on our customers, our strong
cash position and ability to innovate has
shown the Group’s business tobe robust.
In2021 we experienced a gradual recovery
from the COVID-19 pandemic as restrictions
onkey channels lifted. Therecontinues to be
uncertainty associated with the risk of new
variants and the ability of governments to
manage the economic recovery.
In the latter stages of 2021, tensions
increased between the governments of
Russia and Ukraine, which led to military
conflict in early 2022. Economic sanctions
were imposed on Russia by the US, UK and
EU as well as many other countries, and
counter sanctions by the Russian
government in retaliation. On the 8th March
2022, The Coca-Cola Company (TCCC)
announced that it is suspending its business
in Russia. At the time of publication the
Group is working closely with TCCC to
implement this decision.
In addition, economic sanctions imposed
onRussia have had a significant impact
onforeign exchange rates for the Rouble
andthe price of a number of commodities
suchas oil – which affects PET prices, and
aluminum. Countersanctions imposed by
Russia may have an impact on our Russian
operations as well as other countries in our
territory. Although there remains a lot
ofuncertainty around how and when this
conflict may be resolved, we have considered
as best we can, the potential impact
inourfinancial projections inanumber
ofthescenarios.
The Board considers that there will be
changes to our markets over the longer
term but continues to believe that our
diverse geographic footprint, including
exposure to emerging markets that have
lowper capita consumption and therefore
greater opportunity for growth, and a
provenstrategy in combination with our
leadingmarket position, offer significant
opportunities for future growth.
Our Board has historically applied and
continues to apply a prudent approach to
the Group’s decisions relating to major
projects and investments. From 2017 to
2021, we generated free cash flow of €467
million per year on average.
Key assumptions of the business
plan and related viability period
The Group maintains a well-established
strategic business planning process
whichhas formed the basis of the Board’s
quantitative assessment of the Group’s
viability, with the plan reflecting our current
strategy over a rolling five-year period.
The financial projections in the plan are
based on assumptions for the following:
key macroeconomic data that could
impact our consumers’ disposable
incomeand consequently our sales
volume and revenues;
various scenarios relating to the ability
ofgovernments in some key markets
tomanage economic recovery from the
impact of COVID‑19 pandemic;
key raw material costs, including
theimpact of climate change on the
availability and cost of water under two
different climate scenarios (see also
page71 for more information on our
quantitative assessment of the impact
ofclimate change on water availability and
cost. In addition to 2030 and 2040, we also
included interim calculations to 2026 for
the purpose of our viability assessment);
and the impact of the Russia/Ukraine
conflict on commodity costs;
Viability
statement
72 
loss of sales volume and revenues as
aresult of TCCC’s suspension of its
operations for a period of time in Russia;
foreign currency rates; including the
impact of extended economic sanctions
against Russia and the impact on foreign
exchange rates as a result of the Russia/
Ukraine conflict;
spending for production overhead and
operating expenses;
working capital levels; and
capital expenditure.
The Board has assessed that a viability
period of five years remains the most
appropriate. This is due to its alignment
withthe Group’s strategic business planning
cycle, consistency with the evaluated
potential impacts of our principal risks as
disclosed on pages 62-65 and our
impairment review process, where goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets are
tested based on our five-year forecasts.
Assessment of viability
Qualitatively, we analysed the output of our
robust enterprise risk management and
internal business planning and liquidity
management processes, to ensure that the
risks to the Group’s viability are understood
and are being effectively managed.
The acquisition and integration of Coca-
Cola Bottling Company of Egypt (‘CCBCE’)
will occur during the period covered by the
viability statement. Considering the due
diligence and operational review process
performed as well as the acquisition business
case, no risks to the Group’s viability over
the five-year period of this assessment have
been identified as a result of the acquisition.
The Board has concluded that the Group’s
well-established processes across
multiplestreams continues to provide a
comprehensive framework that effectively
supports the operational and strategic
objectives of the Group. It also provides a
robust basis for assessment and confirmation
of the Group’s ability to continue operations
and meet its obligations as they fall due over
the period of assessment.
Supporting the qualitative assessment was
aquantitative analysis performed as part of
strategic business planning. This assessment
included, but was not limited to, the Group’s
ability to generate cash.
As part of our assessment, we considered
the continuing impact of the COVID-19
pandemic to the business and found this
tobe limited, considering the strong
performance throughout the development
of the pandemic across our territories and
the re-opening of global economies
alongwith the progress of vaccination
programmes. However, we also considered
the potential effect of further economic
disruption due to market specifics and the
impact from emergence of COVID-19
variants, along with the Group’s proposed
responses. We also considered to the extent
possible, the potential impact of TCCC’s
decision to suspend its operations in Russia
for a period of time, as well as sanctions and
counter sanctions as a result of the Russia/
Ukraine conflict.
We have continued to stress test the plan
against several severe but plausible
downside scenarios linked to certain
principal risks as follows:
Scenario 1: The impact of changes to
foreign exchange rates was considered,
particularly the depreciation of foreign
currencies including the Russian Rouble,
alsoconsidering effects from the Russia/
Ukraineconflict, and Nigerian Naira. Principal
risks:foreign exchange fluctuations,
commoditycosts and geopolitical and
securityenvironment.
Scenario 2: Lower estimates for sales
volumes for various reasons including the
ability of a range of stakeholders, including
governments, in several of our key markets
to manage economic recovery from
COVID-19 pandemic, and the potential
impact of the Russia/Ukraine conflict.
Principal risk: Geopolitical and
securityenvironment.
Scenario 3: Lower estimates for sales
revenue for various reasons including the
longer term, changes brought on by
COVID-19 pandemic on consumer demand
and preferred channels. Principal risk:
Changing retail environment.
Scenario 4: Continued stakeholder focus
onissues relating to sugar and packaging
resulting in the potential for discriminatory
taxation. Principal risks: Plastics and
packaging waste and Product-related taxes
and regulatory changes.
Scenario 5: The impact of higher raw
material costs, was also considered. Principal
risks: Foreign exchange fluctuations and
Commodity costs.
Scenario 6: The impact of higher
operational costs of water, as a result of
theeffects of climate change under two
different climate scenarios, as well as the
capital expenditure required to meet our
water needs as well as the needs of local
communities in water stressed areas.
Principal risk: Water availability and usage.
The above scenarios were tested both in
isolation and in combination. The stress
testing showed that due to the stable cash
generation of our business, the Group would
be able to withstand the impact of these
scenarios occurring over the period of the
financial forecasts. This could be conducted
by making adjustments, if required, to our
operating plans within the normal course
ofbusiness, including but not limited to
adjustments to our operations and temporary
reductions in discretionary spending.
Following a thorough and robust
assessment of the Group’s risks that
couldthreaten our business model, future
performance, solvency or liquidity, the
Boardhas concluded that the Group is
wellpositioned to effectively manage its
financial, operational and strategic risks.
Viability Statement
Based on our assessment of the Group’s
prospects, business model and viability as
outlined above, the Directors can confirm
that they have a reasonable expectation that
the Group will be able to continue operating
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the
five-year period ending 31 December 2026.
73INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Strong recovery and momentum
The business delivered a very strong
recovery in 2021, with all key metrics above
pre-pandemic levels. This is the result
ofconsistent focus on our strategic
prioritiesand disciplined execution in
avolatileenvironment.
Performance highlights included:
FX-neutral revenue growth of 20.6%
like-for-like
1
. Reported revenues +16.9%
Volume growth of 14.0% like-for-like,
or13.0% on a reported basis, propelled by
the Emerging and Established segments
Revenue growth management initiatives,
led by pricing drove FX-neutral revenue
per case up to 5.8%
Comparable EBIT grew by 23.6% with
margins +60bps to 11.6%. Reported EBIT
grew by 21.0%
Operating costs as a percent of revenue
improved by 2.2pp, driven by operating
leverage, cost saves higher than plan;
30bps benefit from the Cyprus
propertysale
This improvement in EBIT and EBIT
margins was achieved while increasing
marketing expenditure by 63%, almost
back to pre-pandemic levels
Consistent investment behind our
strategic priorities is building growth
momentum. We expanded the roll out
ofCosta Coffee and launched Caffè
Vergnano in Q4. Weannounced our
geographical expansion into Egypt with
the acquisition of Coca‑Cola Bottling
Company of Egypt, which closed in
January 2022. And we announced our
commitment to net zero emissions
by2040
Strong earnings growth, record high free
cash flow and increased dividend pay-out
target range to 40-50%
The balance sheet remains robust
andflexible.
Financial review
1. Performance, unless stated otherwise, is negatively
impacted by the change in classification of our Russian
Juice business, Multon, from a joint operation to a joint
venture, following its re-organisation in May 2020.
Performance is also positively impacted by the
acquisition of Bambi in June 2019, when compared
to2019. Unless stated otherwise, performance
compared to 2019 is presented on a like-for-like basis.
2. For details on APMs refer to ‘Alternative Performance
Measures’ and ‘Definitions and reconciliations
ofAPMs’sections.
3. Refer to the condensed consolidated income statement.
4. Net Profit and comparable net profit refer to net profit
and comparable net profit respectively after tax
attributable to owners of the parent.
Strong
execution

momentum
“The business delivered
a very strong recovery

metrics above

74 
Income statement
Category growth and ongoing market share
gains drove full year volume up 14.0% on a
like-for-like basis, while reported volume was
up 13.0%, still impacted by the reorganisation
in the structure of our Russian Juice
business (Multon).
FX-neutral revenue per case expanded
by5.8%, or 3.9% excluding pricing taken
topass on the Polish sugar tax. The strength
ofour brand portfolio was evident, with price
taken in 95% of our markets, while market
share expanded.
Category mix improved as we drove the
Sparkling and Energy categories. Package
mix was also accretive thanks to single-serve
incidence in the at-home channel, and
thereopening of out‑of‑home. The rapid
Emerging segment volume growth resulted
in negative country mix at consolidated
Group level.
2021 FX-neutral revenue increased by 20.6%
on a like-for-like basis.
Prioritisation of the growth opportunities
across our 24/7 portfolio continues to drive
performance and has created a stronger
andmore resilient mix of categories.
Weaccelerated market share gains in
non-alcoholic ready-to-drink beverages
(NARTD) adding 90bps in value share in
2021, while also improving or maintaining
our Sparkling share position in the
majorityof markets.
Reported revenues increased by 16.9%,
which also reflects the negative impact
ofthe change in accounting treatment
ofour Russian juice business (Multon) and
theweakening of the Russian Rouble versus
the Euro.
Comparable gross profit grew by 11.7%
while gross profit margins declined by 170
basis points to 36.2%. We saw headwinds
from input cost inflation across all our
keycommodities of sugar, aluminium
andPETresin in the second half of the
yearinparticular.
FX- neutral raw material cost per case
increased by 8.0%, while comparable COGS
per case increased by 6.3% in the year.
Comparable operating costs increased by
only 7.5% or €125.4 million as we retained
careful cost discipline throughout the year.
We invested behind growth opportunities
incresing marketing spend by 63% in the
year. Balancing investment in revenue
generating activities with cost savings
elsewhere, resulted in a 2.2 percentage
pointimprovement in comparable operating
costs as a percent of revenue, which
reached 25.1%.
Comparable EBIT increased by 23.6%
to€831.0 million,taking comparable EBIT
margins up 60 basis points year on year, to
11.6%. This includes a 30-basis point benefit
from the sale of a property in Cyprus in
December. This divestment is part of our
normal course of business of efficiently
managing our fixed asset base. Nevertheless,
we do not expect a disposal of this
magnitude to repeat.
Comparable taxes amounted to €188.2
million, representing a comparable tax rate
of 24.5%, 420bps lower than the rate in
theprior year as we lapped one‑off tax
charges in 2020.
Net financing costs decreased to €67.6
million, €2.5 million lower compared with
theprior year.This led to a 34% increase
ofcomparable net profit to €578.1 million.
Key financial information
2021 2020
%
change
Volume (million unit cases) 2,412.7 2,135.6 13.0
Net sales revenue (€ million) 7,168.4 6,131.8 16.9
Net sales revenue per unit case (€) 2.97 2.87 3.5
Currency-neutral net sales revenue
2
(€ million) 7,168.4 5.994.9 19.6
Currency-neutral net sales revenue per unit case
2
(€) 2.97 2.81 5.8
Operating profit (EBIT)
3
(€ million) 799.3 660.7 21.0
Comparable EBIT
2
(€ million) 831.0 672.3 23.6
EBIT margin (%) 11.2 10.8 40bps
Comparable EBIT margin
2
(%) 11.6 11.0 60bps
Net profit (€ million) 547.2 414.9 31.9
Comparable net profit
2,4
(€ million) 578.1 431.4 34.0
Comparable basic earnings per share
2,4
(€) 1.584 1.185 33.7
Percentage changes are calculated on precise numbers.
Balance sheet
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Assets
Total non-current assets 5,357.4 5,046.0
Total current assets 3,156.9 2,527.1
Total assets 8,514.3 7,573.1
Liabilities
Total current liabilities 2,516.4 2,026.2
Total non-current liabilities 2,880.8 2,913.6
Total liabilities 5,397.2 4,939.8
Equity
Owners of the parent 3,114.5 2,630.7
Non-controlling interests 2.6 2.6
Total equity 3,117.1 2,633.3
Total equity and liabilities 8,514.3 7,573.1
Figures are rounded.
75INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Borrowings
Our medium- to long-term aim is to maintain
a ratio of net debt to comparable adjusted
EBITDA in the range of 1.5 – 2.0 times.
In2021, we ended the year with a ratio of
1.1times. In January we completed the
acquisition of Coca‑Cola Bottling Company
of Egypt, taking our leverage to 1.6 times.
Our primary funding strategy in the debt
capital markets involves raising financing
through our wholly owned Dutch financing
subsidiary, Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V.
We use our €5 billion Euro Medium Term
Note (EMTN) and our €1 billion Euro
Commercial Paper (ECP) programmes
asthe main basis for financing.
We finished 2021 with an outstanding
balance of €235 million on our Commercial
Paper Programme. We did not issue any new
notes under our Euro Medium Term Note
programme. Our next bond maturity is not
due until November 2024.
At the end of 2021, the Group had €2.6
billion and €0.8 billion available under the
EMTN and ECP programmes respectively
and also €0.8 billion of an undrawn
revolvingcredit facility (RCF). None of the
aforementioned credit facilities carry any
financial covenants which would restrict the
Group’s access to capital.
Dividend
In view of the Group’s progressive dividend
policy, the strength of its balance sheet
andhealthy liquidity position, the Board of
Directors has proposed a dividend of €0.71
per share. This is a 10.9% increase from
the€0.64 per share for 2020. The dividend
payment will be subject to shareholders’
approval at our Annual General Meeting.
Furthermore, we have increased the
targetpayout ratio to 40 to 50% from
35to45%previously.
FX-neutral revenue growth
year on year
19.6%
Comparable EBIT
831m
Comparable EBIT margin
growth year on year
+60bps
Cash flow
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Cash flow from operating activities 1,142 962
Payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment
1
(514) (419)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment 36 13
Principal repayments of lease obligations (63) (59)
Free cash flow 601 497
1. Payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment for 2021 include €7.1 million (2020: €nil) relating to
repayment of borrowings undertaken to finance the purchase of production equipment by the Group’s subsidiary
inNigeria, classified as ‘Repayments of borrowings’ in the condensed consolidated cash flow statement.
Figures are rounded.
Financial review continued
Balance sheet
The balance sheet strengthened further in
2021, increasing the headroom to support
investment in the business as well as the
potential for future inorganic expansion.
Total non-current assets increased by
€311.4 million, mainly driven by additions
ofproperty, plant and equipment, currency
translation and the acquisition of a minority
equity shareholding in Caffè Vergnano.
Net current assets rose by €139.6 million in
2021 mainly as a result of higher investments
in financial assets. Trade receivables and
inventory also increased, only partially offset
by lower cash and cash equivalents and higher
trade payables. Total non-current liabilities
decreased by €32.8 million in 2021, largely
due to the reclassification of the current
portion of loans payable to joint ventures
from non-current to current liabilities.
Cash flow
Due to an improvement in operating profit
and working capital, net cash from operating
activities increased by 18.8% during the year.
Capital expenditure, net of receipts from
thedisposal of assets and including principal
repayments of lease obligations, increased
by 16.4% year-on-year. Investment focused
on four key areas: Building additional
production capacity in priority markets and
categories; expanding the coverage of our
coolers in the market, which are a key driver
of improved single‑serve mix; accelerating
investments in our digital agenda; and
continued support of our sustainability
commitments.
Capital expenditure represented 7.5% of
netsales revenue, at the upper end of our
6.5%-7.5% target.
We generated €601.3 million of free cash flow
in 2021, up 21.0% from the €497.0 million
generated in 2020. This result reflects higher
operating profitability, working capital
improvements partially offset by higher
capital expenditures.
76 
Economic value
HIgher profits combined with lower average
net borrowings in 2021 resulted in a significant
increase in return on invested capital (ROIC)
from 11.1% in 2020 to 14.8% in 2021.
Adjusted for the property sale in Cyprus,
ROIC was 14.4%.
At the same time, our weighted average
cost of capital (WACC) increased from 7.8%
in 2020 to 7.9% in 2021. We continued to
grow the positive economic value generated
by our operations.
Financial risk management
The gradual relaxation of COVID-19 –
related mobility restrictions contributed
toboost economic growth in many of the
geographies where we operate. While this
positively affected several currencies relevant
to the Group, this strong recovery in demand,
coupled with supply chain disruptions led to
the rapid rise of commodity prices including
oil, aluminium and sugar throught 2021.
Effective financial risk management proved
successful in mitigating a material part of
input cost increases for 2021. At the same
time by adding new risk managed commodity
prices and countries, we enlarged our
application of financial risk management
andsecured good entry points for future
commodity exposures as well.
In terms of foreign exchange risk, the Group
is exposed to exchange rate fluctuation of
the Euro versus the US Dollar and the local
currency of each country of our operations.
Our risk management strategy involves
hedging transactional exposures arising from
currency fluctuations, with available financial
instruments on a 12‑month rollingbasis.
Asa matter of Group policy, translational
exposures are not hedged.
Higher commdity prices,along with the
strong Russian macroeconomic position
and prompt tightening of monetary policy,
supported the strong performance of the
Russian Rouble until the fourth quarter
of2021. At that point, rising geopolitical
tensions had a negative impact on the
Rouble, which was mitigated by our active
financial risk management strategy to a large
extent in the year.
Following a devaluation early in 2021,
theNigerian Naira continued to weaken
gradually. The market is still affected by
lingering shortages of foreign currency in the
local foreign exchange market. The Group
continues to make use of risk management
instruments offered in Nigeria, which
compensate a part of the financial impact
ofthe weakening Naira, albeit not assisting
with the limited liquidity in hard currency.
Our general policy is to retain a minimum
amount of liquidity reserves in the form
ofcash and cash equivalents on our balance
sheet. During 2021, we invested our excess
cash primarily in short-term time deposits
and money-market funds.
Looking ahead
With the release of our full year 2021
resultsannouncement on 22nd February,
Coca‑Cola HBC set guidance for the year
ina wide range that considered geopolitical
risks, aswell as headwinds from commodities
andcurrencies. However, in the days that
followed this, the conflict in Ukraine developed
further andfaster than anticipated.
As of the publication of our integrated
annual report, we believe that it is still too
early to quantify the impact that the evolving
geopolitical crisis and many governments’
developing reactions to it will have on our
business or on our full year 2022 results.
Given that we generated c. 20% of 2021
volumes and EBIT from Russia and Ukraine,
combined with the uncertainty of the
duration and economic impact, we no longer
believe that it is prudent to provide guidance
for our group’s current financial year.
Ben Almanzar
Chief Financial Officer
Total tax by category in 2021 (%)
49.3%
4.2%
37.9%
4.0%
0.2%
4.4%
Corporate income tax
Withholding tax
Payroll taxes
VAT (cost)
Environmental taxes
Other taxes
2,386m
235m
160m
156m
Bonds issued
Commercial paper
Leases
Other
2021 Borrowing structure (€ m)
2,937m
Taxes we contribute to our
communities
When considering tax, Coca-Cola
HBCgives due consideration to the
importance of earning community trust.
More specifically, we commit to continue
paying taxes in the countries where value
is created and ensure that we are fully
compliant with the spirit as well as the
letter of tax laws and regulations across
all jurisdictions we operate in. In addition,
we commit to being open and transparent
with tax authorities about the Group’s tax
affairs and to disclose relevant information
toenable tax authorities to carry out
theirreviews.
We support the communities in the
countries where we operate directly,
bycreating economic wealth, and also
indirectly, by paying taxes. These taxes
include corporate income tax calculated
on each country’s taxable profit,
employer taxes and social security
contributions, net VAT cost and other
taxes that are reflected as operating
expenses. Excise taxes and taxes borne
by employees are not included.
77INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Segment highlights
Financial review continued
Established markets
Established segment FX-neutral revenues grew by 13.9%,
propelled by both volume and price/mix in 2021. The segment’s
revenues closed only 2.1% below 2019 levels.
Italy, Greece and Ireland all grew volumes by double digits
thanksto a very good performance from the out‑of‑home
channel enabled by strong execution. There is room for further
improvements as we look ahead, considering that volumes in
theout‑of‑home channel still remain below 2019 in every market
in the segment. Meanwhile, the at-home channel finished with
volumes 5% above 2019.
EBIT grew by 44% while margins expanded 250 basis points,
ofwhich 90 basis points was due to the property sale in Cyprus.
The rest is mainly due to positive operational leverage
onrevenuegrowth.
Volume vs. 2020
9.9%
FX-neutral net
salesrevenue per
casevs.2020
3.7%
Developing markets
The Developing segment’s currency-neutral revenue increased
by 18.0% with price/mix expanding 17.0%. FX-neutral revenues
arenow 5.7% above 2019 levels.
Performance was impacted by the Polish sugar tax. Without it,
thesegment’s price/mix growth was 5.8%, and volume
growthwas up 4.4%.
It should be noted that Poland’s volume decline was in line with
ourexpectations given the magnitude of the price increases
tooffset discriminatory taxation. We are particularly pleased with
performance of single-serve formats, low- and no-sugar variants
aswell as our market share gains. We expect Poland’s volumes
toreturn to growth in 2022.
EBIT grew by 4.3% with EBIT margin weighed down by the sugar tax.
Volume vs. 2020
0.8%
FX-neutral net
salesrevenue per
casevs.2020
17.0%
Emerging markets
We saw sustained, strong momentum in the Emerging segment
with like-for-like revenue up 27.1%. FX-neutral revenues are now
24% above 2019 levels propelled by Russia, Nigeria and Ukraine
aswell as recovery in the rest of the segment.
Nigerian volumes grew by nearly 30%. Strong performance
inSparkling and Energy is driving very healthy category mix.
Combining this with the pricing taken throughout the year,
allowedhigh‑teens price/mix in Nigeria in 2021.
In Russia volume growth was 25% like for like. The category is
benefiting from the healthy consumer demand. Our teams have
harnessed these conditions, withstrong activations in the
premium part of the market.
EBIT grew by 17.3% and Emerging remains our highest
marginsegment.
Volume vs. 2020
18.6%
FX-neutral net
salesrevenue per
casevs.2020
5.3%
78 
2021 2020 % change
Volume (million unit cases) 590 537 9.9
Net sales revenue (€ million) 2,479 2,175 14.0
Operating profit (EBIT) (€ million) 286 203 40.5
Comparable EBIT (€ million) 301 209 43.9
Total taxes
1
(€ million) 131 111 17.4
Population
2
(million) 94 94
GDP per capita (US$) 44,414 39,552 12.4
Bottling plants (number) 15 15
Employees (number) 6,251 6,407 (2.4)
Water footprint (billion litres) 3.751 3.744 0.2
Carbon emissions (tonnes) 65,577 67,450 (2.8)
Safety rate (lost time accidents
>1day per 100 employees) 0.44 0.55 (20.0)
1. Total taxes include corporate income tax, withholding tax and deferred tax, as well as social security costs and other taxes that are reflected as operating expenses; asperIFRSaccounts.
2. Population source: International Monetary Fund, World Economic Outlook Database, October 2021.
Volume breakdown by country (%)
43%
18%
13%
13%
11%
2%
Italy
Greece
Austria
Republic of Ireland
and Northern Ireland
Switzerland
Cyprus
2021 2020 % change
Volume (million unit cases) 416 412 0.8
Net sales revenue (€ million) 1,366 1,171 16.6
Operating profit (EBIT) (€ million) 105 97 7.9
Comparable EBIT (€ million) 107 102 4.3
Total taxes
1
(€ million) 46 63 (27.6)
Population
2
(million) 76 76
GDP per capita (US$) 19,622 17,494 12.0
Bottling plants (number) 9 9
Employees (number) 4,261 4,581 (7.0)
Water footprint (billion litres) 3.214 3.159 1.7
Carbon emissions (tonnes) 45,633 44,927 1.6
Safety rate (lost time accidents
>1day per 100 employees) 0.47 0.33 42.4
1. Total taxes include corporate income tax, withholding tax and deferred tax, as well as social security costs and other taxes that are reflected as operating expenses; asperIFRSaccounts.
2. Population source: International Monetary Fund, World Economic Outlook Database, October 2021.
Volume breakdown by country (%)
43%
22%
12%
8%
7%
6%
2%
Poland
Hungary
Czech Republic
Baltics
Croatia
Slovakia
Slovenia
2021 2020 % change
Volume (million unit cases) 1,407 1,187 18.6
Net sales revenue (€ million) 3,324 2,786 19.3
Operating profit (EBIT) (€ million) 409 360 13.5
Comparable EBIT (€ million) 424 361 17.3
Total taxes
1
(€ million) 189 169 12.2
Population
2
(million) 453 448 1.1
GDP per capita (US$) 6,334 5,705 11.0
Bottling plants (number) 32 32
Employees (number) 16,700 16,734 (0.2)
Water footprint (billion litres) 10.721 8.654 23.9
Carbon emissions (tonnes) 314,582 319,544 (1.6)
Safety rate (lost time accidents
>1day per 100 employees) 0.14 0.11 27.3
1. Total taxes include corporate income tax, withholding tax and deferred tax, as well as social security costs and other taxes that are reflected as operating expenses; asperIFRSaccounts.
2. Population source: International Monetary Fund, World Economic Outlook Database, October 2021. Population includes N. Macedonia.
Figures are rounded. Percentage changes are calculated on precise numbers.
Volume breakdown by country (%)
28%
27%
14%
10%
10%
4%
3%
2%
1%
1%
Nigeria
Russian Federation
Romania
Serbia and Montenegro
Ukraine
Bulgaria
Belarus
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Armenia
Moldova
79INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Non‑financial reporting directive
This spread constitutes our
non-financial information
statement. The below provides
page references mapping
outhow our report complies
with relevant regulation on
non-financial information.
This information
issupplementary.
Values pages 16-17
Winning with customers
Nurturing our people
Excellence
Integrity
Learning
Performing as one

Environmental matters
Environmental policy
Climate Change policy
Packaging waste management policy
Sustainable Agricultural Guiding Principles
Water Stewardship policy
Biodiversity statement
Employees
Code of Business Conduct
Diversity and Inclusion policy
Occupational Health and Safety policy
Quality and Food Safety policy
Human rights
Human Rights policy
Supplier Guiding Principles
Slavery and Human Trafficking statement
Social matters
Health and Wellness policy
HIV/AIDS policy
Code of Business Conduct
Supplier Guiding Principles
GMO position statement
Community Contributions policy
Premium spirits Responsible
Marketingpolicy
Public policy engagement
Quality and Food Safety policy
Anti‑bribery and Corruption
Code of Business Conduct
Anti-bribery policy and compliance
handbook
Supplier Guiding Principles
Community contributions policy
Principal risk
Risk policy
The Executive Leadership Team
pages 104-106
Our purpose pages 16-17
We are devoted to growing
every customer and delighting
every consumer 24/7 by
nurturing passionate and
empowered teams of people
while enriching our communities
and caring for the environment.
How our Board considers
stakeholders in decision making
pages 100-101
Social Responsibility Committee
pages 116-117
Our purpose


Policies and values
Underpinning our business and setting
the direction for how we achieve

Effective oversight
Our Board and senior management
ensure we stay on course to achieve

Delivering 24/7 takes

80 
Positive influence
Being conscious of stakeholders, risks,
market changes and material issues,
while responding through our business

Executing our vision

execute on each of our five growth pillars,
considering all stakeholder at every step
of the journey.
Defining our success

our remuneration and sustainability
commitments are interlinked.
Growth pillars pages 16-17 Remuneration report
pages 118-140
Business model pages 8-9
1
2
3
4
5
Leverage our
unique 24/7 portfolio
Win in the
marketplace
Fuel growth through
competitiveness

Cultivate the potential
of our people
Earn our licence
to operate
The CEO’s individual performance is
measured in key strategic areas and taken
into account for MIP. These strategic areas
include the Company’s performance in

the highest scores in 8 of the 10 most
recognized ESG benchmarks, DJSI, CDP,
MSCI, ecoact, FTSE4GOOD, MSCI and

linked to a reduction in CO
2
emissions.
The CO
2
emissions target in the PSP
implicitly captures reduction in plastics,
which was a key driver of its selection

See pages 123, 134-135
CEO pay ratio
See page 137
Mission 2025 sustainability
pages 54-55
Emissions reduction
Water reduction and stewardship
World Without Waste
Ingredient sourcing
Nutrition
Our people and communities
Stakeholder engagement
pages10‑13
Market trends pages 14-15
Regulatory environment
Sustainability
Principal risks pages 62-65
Material issues page 56
GRI Content Index
https://www.coca‑colahellenic.com/
content/dam/cch/us/documents/
oar/Coca‑Cola‑HBC‑2021‑GRI‑
Content-Index.pdf.downloadasset.pdf
EU taxonomy
The Taxonomy Regulation is a key
component of the European Commission’s
action plan to redirect capital flows towards
a more sustainable economy. The EU
Taxonomy, a classification system for
sustainable activities in support of the
EU’sGreen Deal, has been introduced
thisyear, covering as of now two of the
sixenvironmental objectives in the
supplementing Delegated Acts: climate
change mitigation and climate change
adaptation. Under the EU Taxonomy,
non-financial companies are to disclose
which percentage of their turnover, CapEx,
and OpEx meets its criteria.
As a company domiciled in Switzerland,
CCHBC is not in scope of the EU Non-
Financial Reporting Directive (NFRD),
thuswe are not subject to reporting on
theEU Taxonomy. However, we have
beenvoluntarily complying with other
requirements of the NFRD since 2018.
Aninternal cross-functional team has been
working to evaluate the Group’s activities
with regards to the EU taxonomy.
For 2021, we have examined the
taxonomy-eligible economic activities
listed in the Delegated Acts and concluded
that the primary economic activity of
CCHBC – manufacturing of beverages
andfood products – is not included in
theEU Taxonomy annexes and that no
othertaxonomy-eligible activities have
beenidentified.
In 2022, we will remain alert to the
evolvingEU legislation around corporate
sustainability disclosure requirements,
andwe will continue our work to maintain
top-quality ESG reporting.
81INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
82 
Corporate
Governance
Contents
Corporate Governance
84 Chairman’s introduction to corporate governance
88 Board of Directors
92 Corporate Governance Report
118 Directors’ Remuneration Report
141 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
142 2021 SASB Index
83INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Governing adaptation
and change
Letter from the
Chairman of the Board
Managing and mitigating the effects

2021 saw further disruption from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic
and, again, agility and adaptation were required across the Group to
face a wealth of challenges. The Board’s key priority in this regard
remained the safety of our people, customers, partners and
communities. A number of measures continue to be in place to
support the physical and mental wellbeing and health of our people
as they work to maintain product supply and continue to serve our
customers. We are developing programmes to ensure safe and
productive workplaces for our people as we transition into a
post-COVID working environment.
We have also positioned the Company well to take advantage of
new, emerging opportunities in the post-pandemic recovery period.
In particular, we continue to invest in digital commerce channels
where we are seeing revenue growth, boosted by shifting consumer
habits amplified by the COVID‑19 pandemic, and the Board intends
to continue to invest capital and management attention in this area.
Coca‑Cola Bottling Company of Egypt
In August 2021, we announced the acquisition of the Coca-Cola
Bottling Company of Egypt S.A.E., a leading producer of non‑alcoholic
ready‑to‑drink beverages in Egypt.The Board is excited by the
considerable opportunities arising from access to the second largest
non-alcoholic ready-to-drink market in Africa by volume and the
expansion of our emerging markets footprint.
The Board was actively engaged in the acquisition process which
isdiscussed in the Applied Governance section of this report
onpage 96.
Net zero emissions
Building on our long history of ambitious sustainability targets, in
2021 the Board endorsed NetZeroby40, the Company’s commitment
of reaching net zero greenhouse gas emissions across our entire
value chain by 2040.
Via an existing, approved science-based target, by 2030 the Company
aims to reduce its value chain emissions in Scopes 1,2 and 3 by 25%.
With our NetZeroby40 target, we have set our sights on a further 50%
reduction in the following decade. To address the 90% of emissions
in Scope 3 resulting from third party actions, we will broaden our
existing partnership approach with suppliers. The detailed actions
and initiatives required to achieve this ambition are reviewed by the
Board’s Social Responsibility Committee.
Celebrating our 70th year
70 years after our business was founded in Nigeria, in 1951, the
Board is focused on ensuring the Company’s enduring success for
the next 70 years. The Board’s priorities reflect our understanding
ofwhat is needed to ensure resilience while pursuing growth and
expansion. Our ownership structure, featuring stable long-term
shareholders, and our long-lasting core values help us make decisions
and investments with long-term success in mind which represent
the same well-rooted values.
Dear Shareholder
Our Corporate Governance Report for 2021 details
ourrobust governance arrangements throughout the
Group and the key activities and decisions undertaken
by the Board during the year. Against the backdrop of
continued disruption in light of the COVID-19 pandemic,
the Board has remained focused on our Growth Story
2025 to support the long-term sustainable success
ofour business while also overseeing the Company’s
expansion into Egypt and our commitment to achieving
net zero emissions across the entire value chain by 2040.
Chairman’s introduction to corporate governance
84 
Importance of good governance
As a Board, we aimed to ensure the highest standards of corporate
governance at the same time that we committed to doing the right
thing in 2021, putting safety first as COVID-19 restrictions continued
to impact our people, customers and communities. Our aim is
toalways ensure the highest standards of corporate governance,
accountability and risk management. Our internal policies and
procedures, which have been consistently effective since the Group
was formed, are properly documented and communicated against the
framework applicable to companies with a premium listing in the UK.
The Board and its committees conducted an annual review of the
effectiveness of our risk management system and internal controls,
further details of which are set out in the Audit and Risk Committee
report on page 112. The Board confirms that it has concluded that
our risk management and internal control systems are effective.
We are subject to the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018. It sets
out the principles of good practice in relation to: Board leadership
and company purpose; division of responsibilities; composition,
success and evaluation; audit, risk and internal controls; and
remuneration. Further information on how we have applied the
principles and complied with the provisions of the UK Corporate
Governance Code 2018 for the year ended 31 December 2021 can
be found in this report on page 86.
Board meetings normally take place in Zug, Switzerland, but also
inselected markets across our territories. As was the case in 2020,
certain of these meetings continued to be held online in 2021 due to
travel restrictions and safety concerns but the Board also met live in
the second half of the year when COVID-19 related travel restrictions
were lifted. The Board and its committees were therefore able to
meet as often as planned.
Culture and values
The long-term success of our business remains connected to the
success of our customers and partners, and our ability to delight
consumers with the beverages and brands that they love. We were
able to accomplish this due to our well-embedded, values-based
culture. The Board plays a critical role in shaping the culture of the
Company by promoting growth-focused and values-based conduct
and ensuring increased focus on continued learning and the smart
risk taking necessary for the Company’s adaptation.
We monitor our progress in integrating our values through various
indicators, including our employee engagement index, diversity
indicators, and health and safety indicators, and our Directors lead
byexample as ambassadors of our values, cascading good behaviour
throughout the organisation.
As pandemic-related disruptions continued across our territory,
wemaintained a stepped‑up level of engagement with our people
toensure we understood their needs and challenges. Two all‑
employee pulse surveys and one Culture and Engagement survey
were conducted in 2021. While Charlotte Boyle is our designated
non-Executive Director responsible for engaging with our people to
provide feedback to the Board, feedback from our people through
these surveys was brought to the full Board’s attention in 2021
tofacilitate understanding the concerns raised and ensure
rapidresponse.
Board evaluation
In line with our commitment to adhere to best corporate governance
practices, an externally facilitated Board effectiveness evaluation
was conducted in the second half of 2021. We will do this once
againin 2022 to build upon the learnings of the 2021 evaluation.
Keyoutcomes from the Board effectiveness evaluation conducted
in 2021 included on page 102. Further details are disclosed in the
Nomination Committee report on page 114.
Board composition and diversity
The composition and size of the Board continues to be kept under
review. We believe that our Board is well‑balanced and diverse,
withthe right mix of international skills, experience, background,
independence and knowledge in order to discharge its duties and
responsibilities effectively.
We continue to attach great importance to all aspects of diversity
inour nomination processes at Board and senior management
levels, while appointing candidates with the credentials that are
necessary for the continuing growth of our operations within our
highly specialised industry. We believe that having a diverse Board
fosters both innovation and resilience and are proud of our track
record of female representation. As of the date of this report, female
Directors comprise more than 30% of our Board.
Bruno Pietracci and Henrique Braun were elected to the Board at the
2021 Annual General Meeting as new non-Executive Directors and
José Octavio Reyes and Alfredo Rivera both retired from the Board
with effect from the close of that meeting. The skills and expertise
each member brings to our Board can be found on pages 88 to 90.
Anastassis G. David
Chairman of the Board
85INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
The UK Corporate

As a Swiss corporation listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE)
with a secondary listing on the Athens Exchange, we aim to ensure
that our corporate governance systems remain in line with
international best practices. Our corporate governance standards
and procedures are continuously reviewed in light of current
developments and rulemaking processes in the UK, Switzerland
andalso the EU. Further details are available on our website.
In respect of the year ended 31 December 2021, the Company
wassubject to the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (a copy
isavailable at www.frc.org.uk).
Our Board confirms that the Company applied the principles and
complied with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code
throughout the financial year ended December 2021, except for
thefollowing provisions: (1) The Chairman was not independent on
appointment (provision 9) and has been a Board member for more
than nine years (provision 19), and a full explanation for this departure
is provided on pages 87 and 93. On appointment the Board
unanimously supported Anastassis David’s appointment as Chairman.
Section 1: Board leadership and company purpose
See page
A. Effective and entrepreneurial board to promote
thelong‑term sustainable success of the company,
generating value for shareholders and contributing
towider society
B. Purpose, values and strategy with alignment to culture
C. Resources for the company to meet its objectives
andmeasure performance. Controls framework for
management and assessment of risks
D. Effective engagement with shareholders and stakeholders
E. Consistency of workforce policies and practices
tosupport long‑term sustainable success
Chairman’s letter 2-3
Strategic report 2-79
Board engagement with key stakeholders 91-100
Shareholder engagement 100
Audit and Risk Committee report 108-113
Conflicts of interest 103
Section 2: Division of responsibilities
See page
F. Leadership of board by chair
G. Board composition and responsibilities
H. Role of non-Executive Directors
I. Company secretary, policies, processes, information,
timeand resources
Board composition 92-94
Key roles and responsibilities 94-95
General qualifications required of all Directors 91
Information and training 102
Board appointments and succession planning 102
Section 3: Composition, succession and evaluation
See page
J. Board appointments and succession plans for board
andsenior management and promotion of diversity
K. Skills, experience and knowledge of board and length
ofservice of board as a whole
L. Annual evaluation of board and directors and
demonstration of whether each director continues
tocontribute effectively
Board composition 92-94
Diversity, tenure and experience 91
Board, committee and Director performance evaluation 102
Nomination Committee report 114-115
Section 4: Audit, risk and internal controls
See page
M. Independence and effectiveness of internal and external
audit functions and integrity of financial and narrative
statements
N. Fair, balanced and understandable assessment
ofthecompany’s position and prospects
O. Risk management and internal control framework
andprincipal risks company is willing to take to achieve
itslong‑term objectives
Audit and Risk Committee report 108-113
Strategic Report 2-79
Fair, balanced and understandable Annual Report 110, 113,
141
Going concern basis of accounting 111,141
Viability statement 72
Section 5: Remuneration
See page
P. Remuneration policies and practices to support strategy
and promote long-term sustainable success with executive
remuneration aligned to company purpose and values
Q. Procedure for executive, director and senior
managementremuneration
R. Authorisation of remuneration outcomes
Remuneration Committee report 118-140
The Board regularly reviews Anastassis David’s position and
considers that he continues to effectively lead the Board, that his
deep knowledge of the Coca-Cola System position is invaluable
andas such it remains appropriate for him to continue in his role as
Chairman. (2) Provision 38 requires alignment of Executive Director
pension contributions with the wider workforce. Our difficulties in
compliance with this provision due to existing contractual obligations
were outlined in the Annual Report published in 2021 and are
explained on page 123 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.
Onthe appointment of any new Executive Director, we intend that
their pension contributions will be aligned with the pension scheme
for the wider workforce.
Pursuant to our obligations under the Listing Rules, we apply the
principles and comply with the provisions of the UK Corporate
Governance Code or explain any instances of non-compliance in
ourAnnual Report. The Company has applied the principles as far
aspossible and in accordance with and as permitted by Swiss law.
Further information on appointment of Directors and compliance
with the UK Corporate Governance Code can be found as follows:
86 
Certain differences between the Company’s
corporate governance practices and the UK
Corporate Governance Code
The Swiss Ordinance against Excessive Compensation in Listed
Companies further limits the authority of the Remuneration
Committee and the Board to determine compensation. The effective
limitations include requiring that the Annual General Meeting approve
the maximum total compensation of each member of the Board and
the Executive Leadership Team, requiring that certain compensation
elements be authorised in the Articles of Association and prohibiting
certain forms of compensation, such as severance payments and
financial or monetary incentives for the acquisition or disposal
offirms. We are in compliance with the requirements of the Swiss
Ordinance against Excessive Compensation in Listed Companies
and have amended our Articles of Association to that effect.
Anastassis G. David was originally appointed as non-Executive
Director in 2006 at the request of Kar‑Tess Holding and was not,
atthe time of his appointment as Chairman, in 2016, independent
asdefined by the UK Corporate Governance Code. In view of
Anastassis David’s strong identification with the Company and its
shareholder interests, combined with his deep knowledge and
experience of the Coca‑Cola System, the Board deemed it to be
inthe best interests of the Group and its shareholders for him to be
appointed as Chairman, to continue to promote an effective and
appropriately balanced leadership of the Group. In accordance with
the established policy of appointing all Directors for one year at
atime, the Board intends to continue to keep all positions under
regular review and subject to annual election by shareholders at
theAnnual General Meeting. The Board is cognisant of the length
oftenure of the Chairman and when he was first appointed to the
Board. However, the Board continues to believe that the proven
leadership of our Chairman in combination with his deep knowledge
of the Coca-Cola System position him as unique to steer the Group
at the current time.
Application of governance codes
Other corporate governance codes
There is no mandatory corporate governance code under Swiss
lawapplicable to the Company. The main source of law for Swiss
governance rules is the company law contained in article 620 ff.
ofthe Swiss Code of Obligations, as well as the Ordinance against
Excessive Compensation in Listed Companies.
In addition, the UK’s City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the ‘City
Code’) does not apply to the Company by operation of law, as the
Company is not incorporated under English law. The Articles of
Association include specific provisions designed to prevent any
person acquiring shares carrying 30% or more of the voting rights
(taken together with any interest in shares held or acquired by the
acquirer or persons acting in concert with the acquirer) except if
(subject to certain exceptions) such acquisition would not have been
prohibited by the City Code or if such acquisition is made through
anoffer conducted in accordance with the City Code. For further
details, please refer to the Company’s Articles of Association, which
are available on our website.
Amending the Articles of Association
The Articles of Association may only be amended by a resolution
ofthe shareholders passed by a majority of at least two‑thirds of the
voting rights represented and an absolute majority of the nominal
value of the shares represented.
Share capital structure
The Company has ordinary shares in issue with a nominal value
ofCHF 6.7 each. Rights attaching to each share are identical and
eachshare carries one vote. The Company’s Articles of Association
also allow, subject to shareholder approval, for the conversion
ofregistered shares into bearer shares and bearer shares into
registered shares. Details of the movement in ordinary share capital
during the year can be found on page 204. There are no persons
holding shares that carry special rights with regard to the control
ofthe Company.
Powers of Directors to issue and buy back shares
Subject to the provisions of the relevant laws and the Articles
ofAssociation, the Board acting collectively has the ultimate
responsibility for running the Company and the supervision and
control of its executive management. The Directors may take
decisions on all matters which are not expressly reserved to the
shareholders or by the Articles of Association. Pursuant to the
provisions of the Articles of Association, the Directors require
shareholder authority to issue and repurchase shares. At the Annual
General Meeting on 22 June 2021, the shareholders authorised
theDirectors to repurchase ordinary shares of CHF 6.70 each in
thecapital of the Company up to a maximum aggregate number
of10,000,000 representing less than 10% of the Company’s issued
share capital as of 12 May 2021. The authority will expire at the
conclusion of the 2022 Annual General Meeting on 21 June 2022
oratmidnight on 30June 2022, whichever is earlier. Total shares
held in treasury are 5,894,583 of which 2,464,448 shares are held
byCoca‑Cola HBC AG and 3,430,135 shares are held by its subsidiary,
Coca‑Cola HBC Services MEPE.
87INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Board of Directors
3. Charlotte J. Boyle
Independent non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2017.
Skills, experience and contribution: After 14
years with The Zygos Partnership, an international
executive search and board advisory firm,
includingnine years as a partner, she retired from
her position in July 2017. Prior to that, Charlotte
worked at Goldman Sachs International and at
Egon Zehnder International, an international
executive search and management assessment
firm. Charlotte obtained an MBA from the London
Business School and an MA from Oxford University
and was a Bahrain British Foundation Scholar.
External appointments: Charlotte serves
asChair of UK for UNHCR, an independent non‑
executive director and chair of the Environment,
Sustainability and Community Committee of
Capco plc, a non-executive director of Thatchers
Cider Company Ltd, a non-executive adviser to
the Group Executive Board of Knight Frank LLP and
as a Trustee and chair of the finance committee
ofAlfanar, the venture philanthropyorganisation.
Nationality: British
4. Henrique Braun
Non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2021.
Skills, experience and contribution: Henrique
has vast experience in corporate functions as well
as regional and business unit operations in The
Coca‑Cola Company. He joined The Coca‑Cola
Company in 1996 in Atlanta and progressed
through increasing responsibilities in North
America, Europe and Latin America. His career
responsibilities have included supply chain, new
business development, marketing, innovation,
general management and bottling operations.
From 2016 to 2020, Henrique served as the
President of the Brazil business unit and from 2013
to 2016, he was the President for Greater China
and Korea. His other roles in The Coca‑Cola
Company in the past include Vice President of
Innovation and Operations in Brazil and Director
for Still Beverages (non‑carbonated beverages) in
Europe. He first joined the Coca‑Cola Company as
a trainee in Global Engineering in the US. Henrique
holds a bachelor’s degree in agricultural
1. Anastassis G. David
Non-Executive Chairman
Appointed: January 2016. He joined the Board
ofCoca‑Cola HBC as a non‑Executive Director
in2006 and was appointed Vice Chairman in 2014.
Skills, experience and contribution: Anastassis
brings to his role more than 20 years’ experience
as an investor and non-executive director in the
beverage industry. Anastassis is also a former
Chairman of Navios Corporation. He holds a BA
inHistory from Tufts University.
External appointments: Anastassis is active
inthe international community. He serves as
ViceChairman of Aegean Airlines S.A., Vice
Chairman of the Cyprus Union of Shipowners and
Chairmanof the Board of Sea Trade Holdings Inc,
a shipowning company of dry cargo vessels. He is
also a member of the Board of Trustees of College
Year in Athens.
Nationality: British
2. Zoran Bogdanovic
Chief Executive Officer, Executive Director
Appointed: June 2018.
Skills, experience and contribution: Zoran
waspreviously the Company’s Region Director
responsible for operations in 12 countries and has
been a member of the Executive Leadership Team
since 2013. He joined the Company in 1996 and
has held a number of senior leadership positions,
including as General Manager of the Company’s
operations in Croatia, Switzerland and Greece.
Zoran has a track record of delivering results across
our territories and demonstrating the values that
are the foundation of our Company culture.
External appointments: None
Nationality: Croatian
engineering from the University Federal of Rio
deJaneiro, a master’s in industrial engineering
from Michigan State University and an MBA from
Georgia State University.
External appointments: Henrique currently
serves as President of Latin America Operating
Unit for The Coca-Cola Company, a role he has
held since 2020.
Nationality: American and Brazilian

Independent non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2015.
Skills, experience and contribution: Sola has
more than 30 years’ experience in financial
services and held several senior roles within the
Stanbic Group, including the position of Chief
Executive of Stanbic IBTC Bank from May 2011 to
November 2012. She also served as Deputy Chief
Executive Officer of Stanbic IBTC Bank and Head
of Investment Banking Coverage Africa (excluding
South Africa). Stanbic IBTC Holdings is listed
onthe Nigerian Stock Exchange and is a member
of Standard Bank Group. Between January 2017
and March 2021, Sola has been the Chief Executive
of the Africa Regions (excluding South Africa)
forStandard Bank Group, Africa’s largest bank
byassets with operations in 20 countries across
thecontinent.
Sola holds a first degree in Economics and
obtained an MBA degree from Manchester
Business School. Her executive education
experience includes the Advanced Management
Programme of the Harvard Business School
andthe Global CEO Programme of CEIBS,
Wharton and IESE.
External appointments: Sola serves as
non-executive director on the boards of Stanbic
IBTC Holdings Plc and Stanbic Uganda Holdings
Limited, listed entities that are members of the
Standard Bank Group. Finally, Sola was appointed
Chairman ofStanbic IBTC Bank Plc, a non‑listed
subsidiary ofStanbic IBTC Holdings Plc in
October2021.
Nationality: Nigerian
1 2
4 53
88 
6. Anna Diamantopoulou
Independent non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2020.
Skills, experience and contribution: Anna,
asaformer European Commissioner, brings to
theGroup a unique expertise on matters of
employment and equal opportunity together with
deep knowledge of the European CSR agenda.
Anna was an elected Member of the Greek
Parliament for over a decade, during which time
she served as Deputy Minister for Industries,
Minister of Education, Lifelong Learning and
Religious Affairs and Minister of Development,
Competitiveness and Shipping of the Hellenic
Republic. From 1999 to 2004, Anna served as
amember of the European Commission in charge
ofEmployment, Social Affairs and Equal
Opportunities.
External appointments: Founder and President
of DIKTIO-Network for Reform in Greece and
Europe, a leading Athens-based independent,
non-partisan policy institute. A Council Member
ofthe European Council on Foreign Relations,
anAdvisory Board Member of Delphi Economic
Forum and a member of the Honorary Board
ofthe Bussola Institute, a foundation aiming to
strengthen cooperation between the EU and the
GCC. Finally, Anna is the Chair of the European
Commission’s High Level Group on the future of
social protection and the welfare state in the EU.
Nationality: Greek

Independent non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2016.
Skills, experience and contribution: Bill is a
former Vice President of Coca-Cola Enterprises,
aposition in which he served from July 2004 until
his retirement in June 2016. From 2000 until 2004,
Bill served as Chief Financial Officer of Coca‑Cola
HBC. Bill has held various positions within the
Coca-Cola System since 1985, including positions
with responsibility for the IT function. Before
joining the Coca‑Cola System, Bill was associated
with Ernst & Whinney, an international accounting
firm. He received his undergraduate degree
fromthe J.M. Tull School of Accounting at the
University of Georgia.
9. Anastasios I. Leventis
Non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2014.
Skills, experience and contribution: Anastasios
began his career as a banking analyst at Credit
Suisse and then American Express Bank. He has
previously served on the boards of the Cyprus
Development Bank and Papoutsanis SA. He holds
a BA in Classics from the University of Exeter and
an MBA from New York University’s Leonard Stern
School of Business.
External appointments: Anastasios is a board
member of A.G. Leventis (Nigeria) Ltd. He is also
adirector of Alpheus Administration, a private
company that administers assets for private clients
and charitable foundations. In addition, he serves
as a trustee of the A.G. Leventis Foundation,
amember of the Board of Overseers of the
Gennadius Library in Athens and a member of the
Campaign board of the University of Exeter. He is
aco‑founder of the Cyclades Preservation Fund.
Nationality: British
10. Christo Leventis
Non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2014.
Skills, experience and contribution: Christo
worked as an Investment Analyst with Credit Suisse
Asset Management from 1994 to 1999. In 2001,
he joined J.P. Morgan Securities as an Equity
Research Analyst focusing on European beverage
companies. From 2003 until March 2014, Christo
was a member of the Board of Directors of
Frigoglass S.A.I.C., a leading global manufacturer
of commercial refrigeration products for the
beverage industry. Christo holds a BA in Classics
from University College London and an MBA from
the Kellogg School of Management in Chicago.
External appointments: Christo is the Chairman
of Alpheus Capital, a single-family private equity
investment office.
Nationality: British
External appointments: Bill is the Lead Director
and Chairman of the Audit Committee of SiteOne
Landscape Supply, Inc. He is also a member
oftheBoard of Directors and Chair of the Audit
Committee for The North Highland company.
Healso serves on the Board and is a past Chair
ofthe University of Georgia Trustees.
Nationality: American
8. Reto Francioni
Senior Independent non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2016.
Skills, experience and contribution: Reto has
been Professor of Applied Capital Markets Theory
at the University of Basel since 2006 and is the
author of several highly respected books on capital
market issues. From 2005 until 2015, Reto was
Chief Executive Officer of Deutsche Börse AG and
from 2002 until 2005, he served as Chairman of
the Supervisory Board and President of the SWX
Group, which owns the Swiss Stock Exchange and
has holdings in other exchanges. Between 2000
and 2002, Reto was Co-Chief Executive Officer
and Spokesman for the Board of Directors of
Consors AG. Between 1993 and 2000, he held
various management positions at Deutsche Börse
AG, including that of Deputy Chief Executive
Officer. He earned his Doctorate of Law at the
University of Zurich.
External appointments: Reto serves as Chairman
of the Supervisory Board of UBS Europe SE and
also as the Chairman of the Supervisory Board
ofSwiss International Airlines. Reto is also a Vice
Chairman at the Board of Directors of Medtech
Innovation Partners AG, Basel.
Nationality: Swiss
9 10
7 86
89INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Board of Directors continued
Board committees
Audit and Risk Committee page 108
Nomination Committee page 114
Social Responsibility Committee page 116
Remuneration Committee page 118
Committee Chair
11 12 13
11. Alexandra Papalexopoulou
Independent non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2015.
Skills, experience and contribution: Alexandra
worked previously for the OECD and the
consultancy firm Booz, Allen & Hamilton, in Paris.
From 2003 until February 2015, she served as a
member of the board of directors of Frigoglass
S.A.I.C. From 2010 to 2015, she served as a
member of the board of directors of National Bank
of Greece and from 2007 to 2009, she served as
amember of the board of directors of Emporiki
Bank. Alexandra holds a BA in Economics and
Mathematics from Swarthmore College in the US
and an MBA from INSEAD in France.
External appointments: Alexandra is the Strategic
Planning Director at Titan Cement Company S.A.,
where she has been employed since 1992 and
hasserved as Executive Director since 1995.
Alexandrais treasurer and a member of the
boardof directorsof the Paul and Alexandra
Canellopoulos Foundation, a member of the board
of directors of the INSEAD business school and a
member of the board of trustees of the American
College of Greece.
Nationality: Greek
12. Bruno Pietracci
Non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2021.
Skills, experience and contribution: Bruno has
amore than 20‑year track record of transforming
businesses, people and communities and brings
experience and knowledge of the Coca-Cola
system, having held a number of roles at The
Coca-Cola Company since 2008. From 2018
to2020, he was President of The Coca‑Cola
Company’s Southern and East Africa Business
Unit and from 2016 to 2018, he served as the
Vice-President of Operations in Europe, Middle
East and Africa. Prior to that, he was the General
Manager for Colombia, Venezuela and Ecuador
(from 2014 to 2016) and General Manager of FU
Center in Brazil (from 2012 to 2014). From 2010
to2012, he was the General Manager of FU South
in Brazil. Bruno joined The Coca‑Cola Company
in2008 as Vice‑President of Strategy, Insights
andInnovation in Brazil. Prior to that he worked
atMcKinsey & Company in Brazil and Portugal
from 1997 to 2008, working in marketing and
saleswithconsumer‑packaged goods and
telecommunications clients. He has served on the
board of Coca‑Cola Beverages Africa since 2017
and has also served on the boards of Toni Corp
inEcuador (2016) and Matte Leão in Brazil (2009).
In2016, he was the Chairman of Corporación
Juego y Niñez in Colombia. Bruno holds a
bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from
the Universidade Estadual de Campinas in Brazil
and an MBA from INSEAD in France.
External appointments: Bruno currently serves
as President of the Africa Operating Unit for
TheCola‑Cola Company, a role which he has
heldsince 2020.
Nationality: Brazilian and Italian
13. Ryan Rudolph
Non-Executive Director
Appointed: June 2016.
Skills, experience and contribution: From 2006
until 2019, Ryan was an attorney and partner at
thelaw firm Oesch & Rudolph. From 1993 until
2006, he worked as an attorney at the business
lawfirmLenz & Staehelin in Zurich. Prior to that,
heworked as a public relations consultant at the
public relations agency Huber & Partner in Zurich,
asmarketing assistant and subsequently as
manager at Winterthur Life Insurance as well as
part-time with D&S, the Institute for Marketing
andCommunications Research in Zurich. Ryan
obtained an LLM from the University of Zurich
andis admitted to the Zurich bar. Ryan also
studied at the Faculté des Lettres of the University
of Geneva, as well as the Ecole Polytechnique
inLausanne.
External appointments: Ryan is an attorney
andpartner at the Zurich‑based law firm RCS
Trust &Legal AG. In addition, he serves as a
member ofthe Foundation Board of the A.G.
Leventis Foundation and as a member of the
board ofvarious privately‑held companies and
charitablefoundations.
Nationality: Swiss
Diversity, tenure and experience of the Board
9
4
Men
Women
Board gender diversity Board tenure
0-1 years 2
1-2 years 1
3-4 years 1
4-5 years 1
5-6 years 3
6-7 years 2
7-8 years 2
14-15 years 1
Board age profile
40 to 49 years old 3
50 to 59 years old 5
60 to 69 years old 5
70 years old or more 0
Board nationality profile
American 1
American/Brazilian 1
Brazilian/Italian 1
British 4
Croatian 1
Greek 2
Nigerian 1
Swiss 2
Board experience
Finance, investments
andaccounting
12
International exposure 13
FMCG knowledge/
experience
6
Risk oversight
andmanagement
12
Sustainability and
community engagement
8
Corporate governance 7
90 
General qualifications required

Coca‑Cola HBC’s Board Nomination Policy requires that each
Director is recognised as a person of the highest integrity and
standing, both personally and professionally. Each Director must be
ready to devote the time necessary to fulfil his or her responsibilities
to the Company according to the terms and conditions of his or her
letter of appointment. Each Director should have demonstrable
experience, skills and knowledge which enhance Board effectiveness
and will complement those of the other members of the Board to
ensure an overall balance of experience, skills and knowledge on the
Board. In addition, each Director must demonstrate familiarity with
and respect for good corporate governance practices, sustainability
and responsible approaches to social issues.
Business characteristics Qualifications, skills and experience Directors
Our business is extensive and involves complex financial
transactions in the various jurisdictions where we operate
Experience in finance, investments
andaccounting
12
Our business is truly international with operations
in29countries, at different stages of development,
onthreecontinents
Broad international exposure, and emerging
and developing markets experience
13
Our business involves the preparation, packaging,
saleanddistribution of the world’s leading non‑alcoholic
beveragebrands
Extensive knowledge of our business and the
fast-moving consumer goods industry, as well
as experience with manufacturing, route-to-
market and customer relationships
6
Our Board’s responsibilities include the understanding and
oversight of the key risks we are facing, establishing our risk
appetite and ensuring that appropriate policies and procedures
are in place to effectively manage and mitigate risks
Risk oversight and management expertise 12
Building community trust through the responsible and
sustainable management of our business is an indispensable
part of our culture
Expertise in sustainable sourcing and
packaging, CO
2
emissions and experience
inwider stakeholder engagement
8
Our business involves compliance with many different
regulatory and corporate governance requirements across
anumber of countries, as well as relationships with national
governments and local authorities
Environmental, social and corporate governance (ESG) are
prominent in our business, in particular workforce matters,
environmental and climate change issues and supply
chainsustainability
Expertise in corporate governance and/or
government relations
Expertise in ESG matters and sustainable
andresponsible business practices
7

skills and experience
As evidenced by our commitment to achieve net zero emissions
by2040, which was announced in October 2021, the Company’s
approachto managing our environmental impact is ambitious.
Insupport of this ambition, which builds on our long history
ofsustainability management, the Board approved a robust plan
in2021 in order to achieve its targets by 2040.
As part of this effort, the Social Responsibility Committee proposed
and the Board approved science‑based targets for the Company to
reduce its value chain emissions inScopes 1, 2 and 3 by 2040. Anna
Diamantopoulou’s familiarity with the social protection and welfare
state at the EU Commission High‑Level Group, in addition with the
expertise of a number of our Board members, that sit at the Boards
of other multi-nationals that face similar challenges and have similar
concerns on the ESG agenda, helped us identifying the commitments
that we want to make in the area and set the relevant targets,
91INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Corporate governance report
Board composition
Membership of the Board
On 31 December 2021, our Board comprised 13 Directors: the
Chairman, one Senior Independent Director, 10 non-Executive
Directors and one Executive Director. The biographies of each
member of the Board are set out on pages 88 to 90.
The non-Executive Directors, of whom six (representing half of the
members of the Board, excluding the Chairman) are determined
bythe Board to be independent, are experienced individuals from a
range of backgrounds, countries and industries. The composition
ofthe Board complies with the UK Corporate Governance Code’s
recommendation that at least half of the Board, excluding the
Chairman, comprise independent Directors. At the Annual General
Meeting held on 22 June 2021, Henrique Braun and Bruno Pietracci
were appointed as non‑Executive Directors. José Octavio Reyes and
Alfredo Rivera retired as non‑Executive Directors, and José Octavio
Reyes retired as a member of the Social Responsibility Committee
on the same date. There were no other changes to the Board during
2021. The changes to committee membership are set out in each
committee report.
Outside appointments
The Articles of Association of the Company (article 36) set limits
onthe maximum number of external appointments that members
ofour Board and executive management may hold. In addition, if a
Board member wishes to take up an external appointment, he or she
must obtain prior Board approval. The Board will assess all requests
on a case-by-case basis, including whether the appointment in
question could negatively impact the Company or the performance
of the Director’s duties to the Group.
The nature of the appointment and the expected time commitment
are also assessed to ensure that the effectiveness of the Board
would not be compromised.
Details of the external appointments of our non-Executive Directors
are contained in their respective biographies set out on pages 88 to 90.
Our Chairman serves as Vice-Chairman of Aegean Airlines S.A.,
Vice-Chairman of the Cyprus Union of Shipowners and Chairman
ofthe Board of Sea Trade Holdings Inc., a shipowning company
ofdry cargo vessels. He is also a member of the Board of Trustees
ofCollege Year in Athens. In this context, the Board considers
thatfewer than four of the positions held by the Chairman are
consideredto be significant.
Appointed
Board Audit and Risk Remuneration Nomination Social Responsibility
Director
Attended/
Total meetings
Attended/
Total meetings
Attended/
Total meetings
Attended/
Total meetings
Attended/
Total meetings
Anastassis G. David
4
January 2016 7/7
Zoran Bogdanovic June 2018 7/7
Charlotte J. Boyle June 2017 7/7 4/4 4/4
Henrique Braun
1
June 2021 4/4
Anna Diamantopoulou June 2020 7/7 4/4 4/4 4/4
Olusola (Sola) David-Borha June 2015 7/7 8/8
William W. (Bill) Douglas III June 2016 7/7 8/8
Reto Francioni June 2016 7/7 4/4 4/4
Anastasios I. Leventis June 2014 7/7 4/4
Christo Leventis June 2014 7/7
Alexandra Papalexopoulou June 2015 7/7 8/8
Bruno Pietracci
1
June 2021 4/4 3/3
José Octavio Reyes
2
June 2014 3/3 1/1
Alfredo Rivera
3
June 2019 3/3
Ryan Rudolph June 2016 7/7
1. Henrique Braun and Bruno Pietracci were appointed to the Board at the Annual General Meeting on 22 June 2021.
2. José Octavio Reyes retired from the Board and from the Social Responsibility Committee at the Annual General Meeting on 22 June 2021.
3. Alfredo Rivera retired from the Board at the Annual General Meeting on 22 June 2021.
4. Anastassis David was appointed as Chairman in 2016 having been appointed to the Board in 2006.
92 
A number of our other Directors also have other external roles but
having considered the scope of the external appointments of all
Directors, including the Chairman, our Board is satisfied that they do
not compromise the effectiveness of the Board as each Director has
sufficient time to devote to his or her role on the Board as the Board
requires. According to the terms of appointment the Directors are
expected to devote such time as necessary for the performance of
their duties. This will include attendance annually at approximately 10
Board meetings, Annual General Meetings and other ad hoc meetings.
As can be seen in the table of attendance of Board and Board
Committee meetings on page 92, the Directors were able to devote
the time required of them to their role on the Board. TheBoard has
determined that each member of the Board commits sufficient time
and energy to the role and continues to make avaluable contribution
to the Board and its committees.
Independence
Our Board has concluded that Charlotte J. Boyle, Olusola (Sola)
David‑Borha, Anna Diamantopoulou, William W. (Bill) Douglas III,
RetoFrancioni and Alexandra Papalexopoulou are deemed
tobeindependent in accordance with the criteria set out in the
UKCorporate Governance Code, with such individuals being
independentin both character and judgement.
The other non-Executive Directors, Anastassis G. David (Chairman),
Henrique Braun, Anastasios I. Leventis, Christo Leventis, Bruno
Pietracci and Ryan Rudolph, were appointed at the request of
shareholders of the Company: Kar‑Tess Holding and The Coca‑Cola
Company. They are therefore not considered, by the Board, to be
independent as defined by the UK Corporate Governance Code.
Anastassis G. David was appointed as Chairman on 27 January 2016.
The Board firmly believes that Anastassis David embodies the
Company’s core values, heritage and culture and that these
attributes, together with his strong identification with the Company
and its shareholders’ interests, and his deep knowledge and
experience of the Coca-Cola System, ensure an effective and
appropriately balanced leadership of the Board and the Company.
Anastassis David was first appointed as a member of the Board
in2006 before being appointed Chairman in 2016. Prior to his
appointment as Chairman, major shareholders were consulted, and
an external search consultancy engaged to find suitable candidates.
The consensus and recommendation was that Anastassis David
wasthe appropriate candidate to become Chairman and that he
continues to be effective in his leadership of the Board. Anastassis
David has the continuing support of the Board and major
shareholders to remain as Chairman.
Shareholders’ nominees
As described under the heading ‘Major shareholders’ on page 245,
since the main listing of the Company on the Official List of the
London Stock Exchange in 2013, Kar‑Tess Holding, The Coca‑Cola
Company and their respective affiliates have no special rights in
relation to the appointment or re-election of nominee Directors,
andthose Directors of the Company who were originally nominated
at the request of The Coca‑Cola Company orKar‑Tess Holding will
be required to stand for re-election on an annual basis in the same
way as the other Directors. The Nomination Committee is responsible
for identifying and recommending persons for subsequent nomination
by the Board for election as Directors by the shareholders on an
annual basis.
As our Board currently comprises 13 Directors, neither Kar‑Tess
Holding nor The Coca‑Cola Company is in a position to control
(positively or negatively) decisions of the Board that are subject
tosimple majority approval. However, decisions of the Board that
aresubject to the special quorum provisions and supermajority
requirements contained in the Articles of Association, in practice,
require the support of Directors nominated at the request of at least
one of either The Coca‑Cola Company or Kar‑Tess Holding in order
to be approved. In addition, based on their current shareholdings,
neither Kar‑Tess Holding nor The Coca‑Cola Company is in a
position to control a decision of the shareholders (positively
ornegatively), except to block a resolution to wind up or dissolve
theCompany or to amend the supermajority voting requirements.
Thelatter requires the approval of 80% of shareholders where
allshareholders are represented and voting. Depending on the
attendance levels at Annual General Meetings, Kar‑Tess Holding
orThe Coca‑Cola Company may also be in a position to control
other matters requiring supermajority shareholder approval.
Anastassis G. David, Anastasios I. Leventis, Christo Leventis and
Ryan Rudolph were all originally appointed at the request of Kar-Tess
Holding. Henrique Braun and Bruno Pietracci have been appointed at
the request of The Coca-Cola Company.
Separation of roles
There is a clear separation of the roles of the Chairman and the Chief
Executive Officer. The Chairman is responsible for the operation
ofthe Board and for ensuring that all Directors are properly informed
and consulted on all relevant matters. The Chairman, in the context
of the Board meetings and as a matter of practice, also meets
separately with the non-Executive Directors without the presence
ofthe Chief Executive Officer and promotes the culture of openness
and debate within the Board sessions as well as outside the
formalsessions.
The Chairman is also actively involved in the work of the Nomination
Committee concerning succession planning and the selection of key
people. The Chief Executive Officer, Zoran Bogdanovic, is responsible
for the day-to-day management and performance of the Company
and for the implementation of the strategy approved by the Board.
93INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Corporate governance report continued
Board of Directors
Our Board has ultimate responsibility for our long‑term success and for
delivering sustainable shareholder value as well as contributing to wider
society. The Board is responsible for setting the Company’s purpose,
valuesand strategy and ensures the alignment with its culture; this includes
ensuring that workforce policies and practices are consistent with the
Company’s values and support its long-term sustainable vision. Further
details are set out on pages 95 to 97. This is achieved by approving the
corporate strategy, monitoring performance toward strategic objectives,
overseeing implementation of the strategy by the Executive Leadership
Team and approving matters reserved by the Articles of Association
fordecision by the Board. Specific tasks are delegated by the Board to
itscommittees for audit and risk, nomination, remuneration and
socialresponsibility.
The governance process of the Board is set out in our Articles of
Association and the Organisational Regulations. These regulations define
the role and responsibilities of the Board and its committees. These
documents, together with the responsibilities of the Chairman, Chief
Executive Officer and Senior Independent Director, and can be found at
https://www.coca‑colahellenic.com/en/about‑us/corporate‑governance.
In addition, the Swiss Ordinance against Excessive Compensation in Listed
Companies imposes certain obligations on the Board, including a
requirement to prepare and make available a remuneration report pursuant
to Swiss law.
Executive Leadership Team
The Executive Leadership Team, led by the Chief Executive Officer, meets
12 times each year and provides the Group with executive leadership.
TheCommittee has responsibility for: the development of long‑term
strategies and the implementation of strategies approved by the Board;
providing adequate head‑office support for each of the Group’s countries;
working closely with the country General Managers, as set out in our
operating framework; and the setting of annual targets and approval
ofannual business plans which form the basis of the Group’s
performancemanagement.
Audit and Risk Committee
Responsibilities
Oversight of the accounting
policies, financial reporting and
disclosure controls; the Group’s
approach to internal controls
and risk management; and the
quality, adequacy and scope
ofinternal and external
auditfunctions.
Oversight of the Company’s
compliance with legal,
regulatory and financial
reporting requirements, and the
work programme of the internal
audit function.
External auditor reports directly
to the Committee.
Remuneration Committee
Responsibilities
Establishment of the
remuneration strategy for the
Group; determines and agrees
with the Board the
remuneration of Group
Executives and approves
remuneration for the Chairman
and the Chief Executive Officer.
Makes recommendations to
the Board regarding
remuneration matters to be
approved at the Annual
GeneralMeeting.
Implementation or modification
of any employee benefit plan
resulting in an increased annual
cost of €5 million or more.
Nomination Committee
Responsibilities
Identification and nomination of
new Board members, including
recommending Directors
tobemembers of each Board
committee.
Ensuring adequate Board
training; supporting the Board
and each committee in
conducting a self-assessment.
Oversight of the establishment
of a talent development
framework for the Group.
Oversees effective succession
planning for the Chief Executive
Officer, in consultation with the
Chairman, and for the Executive
Leadership Team, in
consultation with the Chief
Executive Officer.
Social Responsibility
Committee
Responsibilities
Supports the Board in its
responsibilities to safeguard
theGroup’s reputation for
responsible and sustainable
operations.
Oversight of the Group’s
engagement with stakeholders
to assess their expectations,
and the possible consequences
of these expectations for
theGroup.
Establishes principles governing
social and environmental
management and oversees
development of performance
management to achieve social
and environmental goals.
Board committees
Our Board has delegated specific tasks to its committees as set out in the
Organisational Regulations and reports from these committees are set out
in this Corporate Governance Report. Biographies of the Chairs of the
Board committees and the other members of the Board, the Audit and Risk
Committee, the Nomination Committee, the Remuneration Committee
and the Social Responsibility Committee are set out on pages 108 to 140.
Chairman
leads the Board, sets
the agenda and
promotes a culture of
openness and debate;
is responsible for overall
effectiveness in leading
the Company and
setting the culture;
ensures the highest
standards of corporate
governance;
is the main point of
contact between the
Board and
management; and
ensures effective
communication with
shareholders and
stakeholders.
Chief Executive
Officer
leads the business,
implements strategy
and chairs the
Executive Leadership
Team; and
communicates with the
Board, shareholders,
employees,
government
authorities, other
stakeholders and
thepublic.
Senior Independent
Director
acts as a sounding
board for the Chairman
and appraises his
performance;
leads the independent
non-Executive
Directors on matters
that benefit from an
independent review;
and
is available to
shareholders if they
have concerns which
have not been resolved
through the normal
channels of
communication.
Non‑Executive
Directors
contribute to
developing Group
strategy;
scrutinise and
constructively
challenge the
performance of
management in the
execution of the
Group’s strategy; and
oversee succession
planning, including the
appointment of
Executive Directors.
Company Secretary
ensures that correct
Board procedures are
followed and ensures
the Board has full and
timely access to all
relevant information;
facilitates induction and
training programmes,
and assists with the
Board’s professional
development
requirements; and
advises the Board on
governance matters.
Key roles and responsibilities
94 
Summary of key Board activities for 2021 and priorities for 2022
Topic 2021 activity 2022 priority
Strategy
Review the progress towards becoming the leading
24/7 beverage partner and leveraging our unique
24/7portfolio
Close monitoring of plans to address packaging
challenges and reduce one-way plastic packaging
Review of the strategic acquisitions in Egypt and the
coffee business expansion through the minority
stakeinvestment in Caffè Vergnano
Endorsing the Group’s NetZeroby40 targets
On-going review of the integration plans in Egypt
and monitoring the launches of Caffè Vergnano in
our markets
Continued close alignment with The Coca-Cola
Company
Monitoring progress towards our Growth Story
2025
Monitoring progress towards our NetZeroby40
commitments
Performance
Deep dive reviews of regions and key functions
Regular reviews of the business performance
byreporting segments and monitoring of the
performance of the coffee and snack businesses
Acceleration of commercial execution capabilities
across the organisation based on insights from
theGroup’s big data and advanced analytics work
Following the Group’s Innovation for Growth plans
Periodic performance reviews with focus
ontheGroup’s key business indicators
Review of the performance of the Company’s
innovation initiatives and focusing on the
e-commerce performance
Focusing on the performance of the Revenue
Growth Management, Route-to-Market and big
data and advanced analytics programme in order
to build the necessary insight capabilities
Risk management

control
Continued review of principal and emerging risks
andmitigation programmes
Reviewing the liquidity, financing status and commodity
exposure of the Group
Reviewing information technology plans, including
cyber security
Ongoing review of key principal risks, including risks
relating to the COVID-19 pandemic
Reviewing the execution initiatives in modern trade,
e-commerce and growth results
Enhancing the cyber security programme in order
to meet the needs for the accelerated digitalisation
of the business
Monitoring the progress of the new sales academy
for the Group’s business developers
Review of the digital strategy and its key priorities
around consumer and customer centricity,
employee experience and operational productivity
Operational
Implementation of cost optimisation programmes
andCapEx investments
Review of projects involving the in-house production
ofPET from recycled PET flakes and production
ofCO
2
collected from the air
Review of material capital expenditure projects
Consolidation and integration of new acquisitions
Ongoing review of the Group’s cost optimisation
and investment programmes
Culture and values
Discussing the employee engagement surveys
andpeople plans
Overviewing the plans to adapt the Group’s
organisational design to make it stronger for
thefuture.
Working with the designated non-Executive Director
on issues that are identified through the employee
engagement process
Monitoring talent and people capability plans
Ongoing review of Performance for Growth, the
Group’s new performance management process
Reflecting on the implementation of the Group’s
organisational design
Succession
planning and
diversity
Reviewing succession planning for Board and
seniormanagement
Reviewing the Company’s talent development plans
Ongoing succession planning work and preparing
succession planning and bench strength initiatives
for senior management and Board vacancies
Discussing Board effectiveness and
successionpipeline
Applied governance
95INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Corporate governance report continued
In August 2021, we announced the acquisition of approximately
94.7% of Coca‑Cola Bottling Company of Egypt S.A.E. (CCBCE),
aleading producer of non‑alcoholic ready‑to‑drink beverages in
Egypt. The transaction completed in January 2022. The remaining
shares in CCBCE are held by some minority holders and we intend to
acquire these shares in due course. This is a strategically significant
transaction for the Group which expands our emerging markets
footprint and increases our exposure to high-growth geographies.
Strategically significant
The Board considered the acquisition of CCBCE to be a good
strategic fit for the Group as it supports the vision of being the
leading 24/7 beverage partner and the Growth Story 2025 strategy.
In particular, the Board took into account that the transaction would
give the Group access to the second largest non-alcoholic ready-
to-drink market in Africa by volume and would expand the Group’s
exposure to high-growth, emerging markets. It was also felt that
there was significant opportunity to leverage the Group’s proven
route-to-market capabilities and 70 years of experience operating
inemerging markets to increase penetration of The Coca‑Cola
Company’s brand portfolio in the country. Overtime the Group is
also confident that it will mange to create further value by moving
CCBCE’s margins towards the Group average.
Timeline and key board activities
The Board first considered the acquisition in 2019. Following these
initial discussions it authorised management to analyse and consider
this opportunity further with particular emphasis on negotiating
thetransaction with CCBCE’s majority shareholder and The
Coca-Cola Company.
Following discussions with CCBCE and its major shareholders,
andhaving undertaken a due diligence process, a headline proposal
was put to the Board for approval in March 2021 for consideration.
The Board approved that proposal and authorised management
tonegotiate the details of the transaction and final structure with
themajor shareholders of CCBCE.
The transaction was signed in August 2021 and was completed
inJanuary 2022.
Robust governance: managing conflicts of interest
One of the Group’s major shareholders, The Coca-Cola Company,
had a significant stake in CCBCE which was acquired as part of
theacquisition. As such, enhanced governance and oversight
arrangements were put in place in relation to the acquisition and
theGroup’s conflicts of interest policies were followed. The Group’s
approach to conflicts of interest is discussed in the conflicts
ofinterests section of this report on page 103. In particular, the
members of the Board nominated by The Coca‑Cola Company
didnot take part in the decision‑making process in relation to
theacquisition and recused themselves from the relevant Board
meetings that discussed the progress of the acquisition and
approved the transaction terms.
Given The Coca‑Cola Company’s holding in both CCBCE and
theGroup, the particular arrangements between The Coca‑Cola
Company and the Group were considered to be a smaller related
party transaction for the purposes of the UK Financial Conduct
Authority’s Listing Rules. As required by the Listing Rules, the Board
was required to seek the advice of its sponsor that the proposed
terms of the transaction were fair and reasonable as far as the
shareholders of the Group are concerned. The Board sought
andcarefully considered the fair and reasonable opinion received
from its sponsor in connection with the acquisition before
endorsingthesame.
Key issues considered by the Board
The Board received regular updates and reports from both
management and its legal advisers, accountants and financial
advisers during the due diligence process in relation to the acquisition.
The Board was keen to ensure that management had established
arobust due diligence process that was designed toidentify and
assess potential risks and issues that could affect thevaluation
orunderlying assumption of the acquisition, and considered
potential mitigation actions and vice versa to those risks and issues.
TheBoard questioned and challenged management onthese issues.
Regulatory conditions
The acquisition was subject to certain regulatory and other conditions.
Throughout the acquisition process, the Board has received updates
from management on the status of the regulatory approvals required
and the satisfaction of the various transaction conditions.
Stakeholders and stakeholder engagement
CCBCE is expected to continue doing business with its current
suppliers, in line with the Group’s supplier guiding principles.
TheGroup also has established potential opportunities for local
Egypt suppliers to service the wider Group. By leveraging the Group’s
knowledge and capabilities, as well as their experience in emerging
markets, CCBCE can unlock further growth, reach category leadership
positions and create value for all employees, customers and partners
of the Coca-Cola System in Egypt.
Applied governance
Board oversight of
territory expansion to Egypt
96 
Several Board members,
including myself, are connected
to our Company’s founders.
This gives our Board a unique
long-term perspective and
sense of ownership.”
Our 70th year:
The Board’s role in ensuring
success over the next 70 years
As we reflect on our journey from our origins
in Lagos, Nigeria, in 1951, we believe that
itis the Board’s role to safeguard the
Company’s future for the next 70 years
andfurther. Coca-Cola HBC has a legacy
oftransparency and agility, and an
ownership structure that has long-term
accountability at its heart, allowing us to
make investments for the longterm.
The Board’s priorities reflect its
understanding of what is needed to
ensureresilience while pursuing growth
andexpansion.
Our portfolio of well-loved, highly visible
brands comes with obligations and
responsibilities to earn and maintain
thetrust of our stakeholders, including
thecommunities where we operate.
Tomaximise the Company’s impact
andtackle complex problems, the Board
isfocused onincreasing partnerships and
collaboration. Our Company only succeeds
when our customers, partners and
communities are successful.
Purposeful organisations perform better
and have advantages attracting the
increasingly scarce talent and skills needed
as more aspects of our industry are digitised.
Culture will continue to play a crucial role
inour ability to seize opportunities, ensure
customer centricity and maintain the
agilityneeded to adapt swiftly. The Board
understands that culture comes from the
top, and must be actively demonstrated
andcascaded to be fully embedded.
As guardians of enduring success in all its
many forms, the Board seeks to ensure
ithas the right skills at Board level to
ensure the right questions are asked and
our long-term strategy remains relevant.
Wealso view diversity, equality and inclusion
as pre-requisites to achieve a fairer society
and the broad range of perspectives
needed to drive meaningful innovation.
Anastassis G. David,
Chairman of the Board
Future‑focused
governance
97INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Applied governance
Oversight of the
Company’s culture

The Board is responsible for monitoring and assessing our culture.
The Chairman ensures that the Board is operating appropriately
andsets the Board’s culture which in turn forms the culture of the
Company. The Chief Executive Officer supported by members of
the Executive Leadership Team is responsible for ensuring culture
isembedded throughout the business and its operations and in all
our dealings with our stakeholders.
The Board measures the culture of the Group using internal and
external metrics which also enable it to identify further actions to
ensure culture remains appropriate. The Board also monitors the
Group’s performance against its peer group within the same sector.
The Board considers the following:
Health and safety – an area of paramount importance to our
people, customers, partners, and consumers of our products,
especially given the continuing impact of the COVID-19
pandemic. We continue to adapt business operations to ensure
that our people, customers and partners can perform their roles
safely and effectively. We closely monitored the developing
situation and challenges to ensure we provided the appropriate
requirements and support.
Employee retention – our employees are our greatest asset
anditis important that we do everything we can to retain them.
Weconduct an annual employee engagement survey of the
workforce, although during 2021 a total of three all-employee
surveys were conducted to provide feedback to senior
management to identify whether further actions were required.
The feedback was reviewed by the Executive Leadership Team
with the findings reported to the Board.
Customer retention – assessments of customer satisfaction and
ongoing conversations with regulators and non-governmental
organisations. As we increased the number of all-employee
surveys during the pandemic to ensure that we had adequate
insight into employee needs, we also introduced a new customer
feedback approach from Customer Gauge across all our markets
to receive customer feedback on an ongoing basis. This software-
as-a-service tool gives us deeper, more frequent insight than our
annual customer survey, leading to more actionable insights which
can be addressed quickly. Many of our customers were severely
impacted by lockdowns and restrictions on their ability to operate.
We continue to work with our customers, consumers, suppliers,
local community representatives and other business partners
across the value chain every day. Their input, cooperation and
trust factors into Board decision‑making and the success of the
business. Examples of governance in action are on pages 95 to 96.
Culture in action
Doing the right thing
Throughout the global pandemic, our
culture of adaptability has been the driving
factor in our success. Ensuring the safety
of our people, as well as customers,
partners and communities, continued
tobea top priority in 2021. The COVID-19
pandemic demonstrated the value of our
customer partnerships, while underlining
the need to continue to further develop
ourcritical capabilities. Our teams have
emerged from two years of a global
pandemic even stronger.
Throughout, our actions have been guided
by our values. Below are some examples
ofculture in action during 2021:
Resilience, adaptability and agility
We protected the health and wellbeing
ofour people as the COVID-19 pandemic
continued, while further investing to
support the new ways of working.
We stood by our out-of-home
customers as restrictions disrupted
theiroperations and helped them reopen
as restrictions ease. We introduced our
HoReCa (hotel, restaurant and café)
fortomorrow framework to support
channel acceleration, focusing on being
afull-service partner to our customers.
We introduced the new Sales Academy
across all our markets, to drive our
salesforce’s capability to deliver improved
customer service, performance and
execution. This has been developed as a
transformative digital learning approach
to help build our teams’ capabilities
onthe job.
In 2021 we made step changes to
empower our salespeople to drive
customer-centric behaviours and ‘close
the loop’ to resolve issues immediately.
We increased the coverage of our
business-to-business Customer Portal
platform, which has transformed into
anengagement-driven digital platform
for businesses. We quadrupled digital
transactions in 2021.
We increasingly worked to digitise
ourroute to market in the
e-commercechannel, strengthening
ourpartnershipswith e-retailers
andfooddelivery platforms
Sustainability
We accelerated our #YouthEmpowered
programme using both in-person and
online modules. The programme reached
more than 210,000 people in 2021
To improve our supply of rPET we have
introduced innovative technology
on-site at our Krakow plant in Poland,
and will introduce this into more markets
in 2022-23
Corporate governance report continued
98 
Engagement with key stakeholder groups strengthens our
relationships and is an ongoing part of the operational management
of the Group. This includes employee surveys, assessing customer
satisfaction and ongoing conversations with regulators and
non-governmental organisations. The continuing challenges of
theongoing COVID‑19 pandemic resulted in a change to the form
ofengagement with some of our stakeholder groups. The Board
receives regular updates from senior management on insights and
feedback from stakeholders, which allows the Board to understand
and consider the perspectives of key stakeholders in decision-making.
This is a standing agenda item for Board meetings.
Our workforce is core to our strategy and is one of our most
important stakeholder groups. The Company’s success largely
depends on the passion of our people and our ability to attract,
retainand develop the best talent. The Board therefore understands
the importance of engaging with its workforce. The safety of our
workforce continued to be a focus throughout 2021, ensuring
appropriate measures were in place so that they could continue
intheir roles and that we were supporting a healthy working
environment. Our workforce continued extraordinary efforts to
support and aid our customers and consumers during uncertain
times caused by the pandemic.
The Board closely monitors and reviews the results of the Company’s
Employee Engagement, Values and Ambassadorship surveys.
In addition, the Board reviews talent development initiatives designed
to support long-term success. For further details please see below
and the Growth Pillar 4 section of the report on pages 39 to 44.
Charlotte Boyle, our designated non‑Executive Director for
workforce engagement, attended a number of virtual meetings with
our European Works Council (EWC). Despite not being able to meet
physically in 2021 until the end of October, meetings continued
withthe EWC virtually before that time, including virtual meetings
inMarch and June 2021. Senior leadership present key information
on business and other changes at these meetings and hear feedback
directly from employee representatives. All meetings are attended
by selected members of the senior leadership team, depending on
subjects covered, including our CEO at our meeting in end October.
Applied governance
Workforce
engagement
Workforce
engagement
mechanism
Charlotte Boyle, our designated non-
Executive Director for workforce
engagement, attended the meetings
during the year with our European Works
Council. During the course of these
meetings Charlotte heard from elected
employee representatives from our
businesses in EU countries. These
meetings allow employee representatives
to understand business updates from
senior leaders – including the CEO – about
significant matters affecting our people,
and to ask questions and give feedback.
Charlotte was able to listen to employee
representatives about topics raised by
employees and their experience of the
Company’s approach to the workforce,
particularly during the last couple of years,
and was able to bring these insights to the
Board’s discussions.
During 2021, the insights gained from
these engagement activities continued to
be ofgreat importance, contributing to the
Board’s decisions in relation to ensuring
the appropriate support and resources for
our people, not only for their own safety
but to aid them in their roles in helping our
customers and consumers.
Charlotte also frequently interacted with
our Group Employee Relations Director,
who is also responsible to monitor
diversity, equity and inclusion, to better
understand the steps that the Company
istaking to become more diverse and
inclusive (see page 41 for activities in this
area). To embed these attributes within
theCompany’s culture, multiple initiatives
have been launched to increase awareness
and understanding and improve policies
and practices to create a more equitable
and inclusive workplace for all. The Board
takes the lead by recognising good
practices and driving accountability.
Charlotte reported back to the Board on
herobservations and matters raised by
employees, ensuring Board deliberations
and decision making are fully informed.
99INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Corporate governance report continued
Description How the Board is kept informed Read more
Our people To understand what our people needed
to work in continually changing
circumstances, the Company conducted
in total three all-employee surveys
in2021. There is a designated
non-Executive Director for engagement
withour people but given the continued
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic,
thepractice of presenting survey results
tothe full Board continued. The CEO
alsoheld engagement sessions with
employees during the year, including
several calls with Q&A sessions.
10, 39-43
Our communities Plant visits, community meetings,
partnerships on common issues,
sponsorship activities, lectures at
universities, training opportunities and
support to young people currently not
ineducation, training or employment.
10, 46
Our consumers
Consumer hotlines, local websites,
planttours, research, surveys, insights,
focus groups.
12, 24-29
Our customers Regular visits, dedicated account teams,
joint business planning, joint value-
creation initiatives, customer care
centres, customer satisfaction surveys.
10, 32-37
Our suppliers Engagement with our suppliers,
consultants and counterparts in
relatedindustries.
10, 32-37
NGOs Dialogue, policy work, partnerships
oncommon issues, membership of
business and industry associations.
13, 44-51
Our shareholders Annual General Meetings, investor
roadshows and results briefings,
webcasts, ongoing dialogue with analysts
and investors.
12, 100
Governments Trade Associations, recycling and
recovery initiatives, EU Platform for
Action on Diet, Physical Activity and
Health, foreign investment advisory
councils, chambers of commerce.
12, 44-51
The Coca‑Cola
Company
Day-to-day interaction as business
partners, joint projects, joint business
planning, functional groups on
strategicissues, ‘top‑to‑top’ senior
managementmeetings.
8, 13
Considering stakeholders in principal
decisions
Putting our people and customers first
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic continued to create many issues
for the Group and in particular for its people and its customers.
Since the start of the COVID‑19 pandemic the Board’s top priority
has been the safety and wellbeing of our people, customers,
partners and communities. The Board has remained focussed on
keeping our colleagues safe and healthy, ensuring that processes
and procedures are adapted as appropriate and that the right
equipment is in place. This was, and remains, key to our ability to
continue to serve our customers and to operate the business for all
of the Group’s stakeholders.
Implementing certain new protocols resulted in a reduction in the
number of employees working on the ground with customers which
in turn had an effect on business development opportunities and
opportunities to strengthen the Group’s relationships with its
customers. However, the Board and management looked at other
ways for salespeople to engage and communicate effectively with
customers. Through this engagement with our customers, it was
apparent that having products in the right location was logistically
problematic. Therefore, in some markets, our teams helped our
customers with their supply chain issues. In order to reduce the
pressure on some supermarket customers’ supply chains we delivered
direct to stores rather than to the customers’ central warehouses.
In many of our markets, some customers remained closed for
significant periods in 2021. Once lockdown measures were eased,
the priority was for our teams to connect with these customers
tooffer support and assistance to enable reopening of their
businesses. Our business developers engaged with customers to
understand their key priorities and requirements as they prepared
toreopen after a period of perhaps three to four months’ closure.
We offered and, in many cases, provided extended credit; helped
with product placement and marketing; and staggered ordering to
ensure no over‑supply and to ease cash flow. By understanding our
customers’ needs and taking a collaborative approach, we could plan
and adjust accordingly. Together, we adapted our strategy to aid
customers’ business recovery and viability rather than focusing
solely on our own financial targets.
Engaging with
our stakeholders
Listening to our stakeholders, and making
ameaningful response, is crucial for
continuedsuccess
100 
Stakeholder considerations in the context

Stakeholder interests and matters were carefully considered by the
Board in the context of the proposed acquisition of the Coca‑Cola
Bottling Company of Egypt S.A.E. (CCBCE), a leading producer
ofnon‑alcoholic ready‑to‑drink beverages in Egypt. Investors and
shareholders were particularly considered as part of this strategically
important decision, especially the long-term benefits to the Group
from increasing its exposure to high-growth geographies and the
opportunities to create value through progressively moving the
margins on CCBCE’s products towards the Group’s average margin.
The Group expects that CCBCE will continue doing business with its
current suppliers, in line with the Group’s Supplier Guiding Principles.
The Group also sees potential opportunities for local Egypt suppliers
to service the wider CCHBC Group and vice versa. Finally the Group
expects certain procurement efficiencies at CCBCE level by
leveraging CCHBC’s scale and optimisation of the production process
and logistics in line with the Group’s experience in other markets.
Similarly, stakeholder interests were also considered by the Board
inthe context of the acquisition of a minority shareholding in Caffè
Vergnano, a premium Italian coffee company, which was announced
in June 2021. The acquisition allowed the Group to further build its
presence in the coffee category, one the Board views as important
to achieve the Company’s 24/7 vision and address an even wider
range of consumer tastes and segments. The opportunities and
benefits for the Group’s customers was a key consideration.
TheBoard considered that the Caffè Vergnano transaction would
increase the Group’s relevance with its customers within the most
attractive segments of the coffee category, while providing Caffè
Vergnano with significant expansion potential through the Group’s
leading route-to-market network and commercial capabilities.
Future stakeholder engagement
The Board regularly reviews the stakeholder engagement activities
undertaken both by it and the Group as whole and is satisfied that
the activities outlined above and on pages 10 to 13 remain effective
for the mutual benefit of the Company and its stakeholders.
Shareholder engagement
The Chairman, the Senior Independent Director and the Chair of
theAudit and Risk Committee will be available at the Annual General
Meeting of the Company to answer questions from shareholders.
The Board encourages shareholders to attend as it provides an
opportunity to engage with the Board. However, the 2021 Annual
General Meeting was not held in the usual format as no shareholders
were permitted to attend due to pandemic-related restrictions in
place under Swiss law. The Chief Executive Officer chaired the
meeting with a number of other Directors, including the Chairman,
as well as members of the Executive Leadership Team and the
statutory auditors participating remotely.
At the 2021 Annual General Meeting, more than 20% of votes were
cast against two resolutions being the advisory votes on the UK
Remuneration Report (resolution 7) and on the Swiss Remuneration
Report (resolution 9). In accordance with Provision 4 of the 2018
UKCorporate Governance Code, in December 2021 we published
anupdate on the key actions that have been taken by the Board
ofDirectors and Remuneration Committee in response to this.
Inaddition to the comprehensive shareholder consultation
subsequently undertaken, the Chair of the Remuneration
Committee has further engaged with shareholders to understand
their feedback regarding the votes. From this engagement, it is
understood that the significant factor regarding the votes was the
Committee’s decision to adjust the performance metrics relating
toPSP vesting in respect of performance up to 31 December 2020.
More information on the actions taken in response to this vote is
included in the Remuneration Report on page 118.
Pursuant to Swiss law and the Articles of Association, shareholders
annually elect an independent proxy and we have adopted an
electronic proxy voting system for our Annual General Meetings.
The Company has a dedicated investor relations function which
reports to the Chief Financial Officer. Through the investor relations
team, the Company and Board maintain a dialogue with institutional
investors and financial analysts on operational financial performance
and strategic direction items. We engaged with the investment
community and our shareholders throughout the year, as outlined
inthe diagram below. The feedback from shareholders has been
regularly considered by the Board and, where necessary, appropriate
action to further engage with shareholders was taken.
February
Management Roadshow Europe & UK
March
UBS Global Consumer and Retail Virtual Conference
Credit Suisse 2021 Consumer Retail Conference
May
EU & US Management virtual roadshow
IR virtual roadshow
Investec virtual seminar: Beverages on the rebound – CCH’s
IR Director to participate in a panel discussion
June
Goldman Sachs Global Consumer ESG Conference
Exane BNP Paribas European CEO Conference
Annual General Meeting in Zug
Deutsche Bank Access Global Consumer conference
Exane BNP Paribas 22nd European CEO Conference
Goldman Sachs Global Consumer ESG Conference
Evercore ISI Consumer & Retail Summit
UBS Sustainable Finance Virtual Conference 2021:
TheTrajectory of Transition
September
Barclays Global Consumer Staples Conference
November
EU & US Management Virtual Roadshow
December
Citi’s Global Consumer Conference
Key investor relations activities in 2021
101INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Corporate governance report continued
Board, committee and Director

At least annually, on the basis of an assessment conducted by
theNomination Committee, the Board reviews its own performance
as well as the performance of each of the Board committees.
Thisreview seeks to determine whether the Board and its committees
function effectively and efficiently. During the year, the Chairman
meets with the Directors to receive feedback on the functioning
ofthe Board and its committees, the boardroom dynamics, and
theGroup’s strategy.
Particular focus is given to areas where a Director believes the
performance of the Board and its committees could be improved.
Areport is prepared for the Board on its effectiveness and that
ofitscommittees.
For the past six years, the evaluation of the Board’s effectiveness
has been facilitated by Lintstock, and details of the 2021 Lintstock
report are set out on page 103. Lintstock has no other connection
tothe Company or individual directors. A summary of the Board
evaluation findings for 2020, the actions taken in response to
improve Board effectiveness in 2021, the Board evaluation findings
for 2021, andthe resulting priorities for 2022 is as follows:
2020 Board evaluation findings 2021 actions
Oversight of talent
Understanding
oftechnological
developments
Considering implications
of COVID-19
Endorsing the geographic
expansion of the Group to Egypt
Risk management response to the
pandemic
Access to the global talent pool,
and implementing a programme
offormal / informal exposure to
potential successors
2021 Board evaluation findings 2022 priorities
Strengthening the
technology expertise
onthe Board
Undertaking site visits and
meeting in person
Understanding of broader
stakeholder views
Reviewing the acquisitions
Oversight of people and talent
Strategic discussions
The independent Directors meet separately at every regular Board
meeting to discuss a variety of issues, including the effectiveness
ofthe Board. An evaluation of each Director, other than the Chairman,
is conducted by the Chairman and the Senior Independent Director.
The Senior Independent Director leads the evaluation of the
Chairman in conjunction with the non-Executive Directors, taking
into account the views of the Chief Executive Officer, and, as a matter
of practice, meets with the other independent non-Executive
Directors when each Board meeting is held to discuss issues together,
without the Chief Executive Officer or other non-Executive Directors
present. The Chairman also holds meetings with the non-Executive
Directors without the Chief Executive Officer present.
Information and training
The practices and procedures adopted by our Board ensure that
theDirectors are supplied on a timely basis with comprehensive
information on the business development and financial position
ofthe Company, the form and content of which is expected to
enable the Directors to discharge their duties and carry out their
responsibilities. All Directors have access to our General Counsel,
aswell as independent professional advice at the expense of the
Company. All Directors have full access to the Chief Executive
Officer and senior management, as well as the external auditor
andinternal audit team.
The Board has in place an induction programme for new Directors.
Generally, it involves meeting with the Chairman, members of the
Executive Leadership Team and other senior executives, as well
asreceiving orientation training in relation to the Group and its
corporate governance practices. The induction programme also
includes meetings with representatives of our sales force,
customers and major shareholders, and visits to our production
plants. Bruno Pietracci and Henrique Braun participated in the
induction programme during 2021 as part of their onboarding
process, although much of this was conducted virtually.
All Directors are given the opportunity to attend training to ensure
that they are kept up to date on relevant legal, accounting and
corporate governance developments. The Directors individually
attend seminars, forums, conferences and working groups on
relevant topics. The Nomination Committee reviews our Director
training activities regularly. Finally, as part of the continuing
development of the Directors, the Company Secretary ensures
thatour Board is kept up to date with key corporate governance
developments. The Board appoints the Company Secretary,
whoacts as secretary to the Board.
Board appointments and succession planning
Our Board has in place plans to ensure the progressive renewal
ofthe Board and appropriate succession planning for senior
management. These cover the short, medium and long-term and
these are regularly reviewed. Appointments and succession plans
are based on merit and objective criteria to ensure the Company
ispromoting diversity (including gender), social and ethnic
backgrounds, cognitive and personal strengths.
Pursuant to our Articles of Association, the Board consists of
aminimum of seven and a maximum of 15 members, and the
Directors are elected annually for a term of one year by the
Company’s shareholders, which is also in accordance with the UK
Corporate Governance Code. In case of resignation or death of any
member of the Board, the Board may elect a permanent guest,
whom the Board will propose for election by the shareholders at the
next Annual General Meeting. In accordance with the Organisational
Regulations, the Board proposes for election at the shareholders’
meeting new Directors who have been recommended by the
Nomination Committee after consultation with the Chairman.
102 
In 2021, we once again engaged the advisory firm Lintstock
tofacilitate an evaluation of the performance of the Board.
Lintstock specialises in Board performance reviews and has
noother connection with Coca-Cola HBC.
The first stage of the review involved Lintstock engaging with the
Company Secretary to set the context for the evaluation, and to
tailor survey content to the specific circumstances of Coca-Cola
HBC. The surveys were designed to follow up on and further
explore key themes identified in last year’s evaluation, so that
year-on-year progress can be tracked.
The 2021 surveys addressed core aspects of the Board’s
performance, and had a particular focus on the following areas:
The Board’s oversight of progress with regard to the
Company’s growth pillars, and the priorities for successfully
delivering Growth Story 2025
The Board’s understanding of, and engagement with,
keystakeholder groups, including shareholders, customers,
regulators, and suppliers
The effectiveness with which the Board monitors employee
sentiment and the culture throughout the business
The dynamics on the Board, and the extent to which the
Boardprovides effective support and constructive challenge
tomanagement
The effectiveness of the Board’s virtual meetings, and the
focus in meetings on key strategic areas such as sustainability
and technology
The Board’s oversight of risk management, including the
Company’s response to the challenges associated with
thepandemic
The Board’s exposure to potential successors for key
positionsfrom within the business, and the effectiveness
ofthe Company’s talent management processes
The Board’s composition in the context of the Company’s
strategic ambitions, including the skills represented and the
diversity among members
The performance of the committees of the Board was also
evaluated, as was the performance of the Chairman.
Theanonymity of all responses was guaranteed throughout
theprocess to promote open and honest feedback.
Lintstock subsequently analysed the results and delivered
reports on the performance of the Board, the committees
andthe Chairman, which were considered at a subsequent
Board meeting.
The results of the review were positive overall, and the


presented by the pandemic. While the Board’s virtual meetings
were seen to have been successful, resuming in‑person
meetings was identified as a top priority for the coming year.
Other priority areas for 2022 were identified as continuing the
Board’s focus on: strategic matters, particularly growth; the
integration of recent acquisitions; people issues, including
succession planning and talent; strengthening technology
expertise on the Board; and risk management, including any
lessons that can be learned from the pandemic.
Lintstock report
In making such recommendations, the Nomination Committee
andthe Board must consider objective criteria including the overall
balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the
Board member, as well as diversity considerations including gender
but also social and ethnic backgrounds. Consideration is also given
to the overall length of service of the Board as a whole when
refreshing its membership. See the Nomination Committee report
on page 114 for further information on the role and work of the
Nomination Committee, including the Board Diversity Policy.
Through this process, the Board is satisfied that the Board and its
committees have the appropriate balance of experience and skills,
diversity, independence and knowledge of the Company to enable
them to discharge their duties and responsibilities effectively,
including sufficient time commitment.
Conflicts of interest
In accordance with the Organisational Regulations, Directors are
required to arrange their personal and business affairs so as to avoid
a conflict of interest with the Group.
Each Director must disclose to the Chairman the nature and extent
of any conflict of interest arising generally or in relation to any
matterto be discussed at a Board meeting, as soon as the Director
becomes aware of its existence. In the event that the Chairman
becomes aware of a Director’s conflict of interest, the Chairman is
required to contact that Director promptly and discuss with him or
her the nature and extent of such a conflict of interest. Subject to
exceptional circumstances in which the best interests of the
Company dictate otherwise, the Director affected by a conflict of
interest is not permitted to participate in discussions and decision-
making involving the interest at stake.
As The Coca-Cola Company was a major shareholder of the
Coca‑Cola Bottling Company of Egypt S.A.E. (CCBCE), members
ofthe Board appointed by The Coca‑Cola Company did not take part
inthe decision‑making process in relation to the Group’s acquisition
ofCCBCE. For a detailed description of the enhanced governance
procedures in place for the transaction see page 86.
103INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Corporate governance report continued
1. The Executive Leadership Team
is chaired by Zoran Bogdanovic,
Chief Executive Officer, and his
biography is set out on page 88.
Other members of the Executive
LeadershipTeam:
2. Naya Kalogeraki

Senior management tenure: Appointed
July 2016 (5 years), appointed Chief
Operating Officer September 2020
Previous Group roles: Chief Customer
andCommercial Officer from 2016 to 2020.
From 1998, when Naya joined the Company,
she built her career assuming roles of
increased scale and scope, including
Marketing Director, Trade Marketing Director,
Sales Director and Country Commercial
Director, Greece. She has been heavily
involved in Group strategic projects and task
forces addressing mission-critical business
imperatives. In September 2013, Naya was
appointed to the role of General Manager,
Greece and Cyprus.
Previous relevant experience: Naya joined
the Company in 1998 from
The Coca-Cola Company where she held
anumber of marketing positions up to
Marketing Manager.
Nationality: Greek
3. Ben Almanzar

Senior management tenure: Appointed
April 2021 (less than 1 year)
Previous Group roles: None
Previous relevant experience: Ben has a
proven track record and broad experience
gained from senior financial positions in
theglobal fast‑moving consumer goods
industry. This includes 10 years with Mars
Incorporated, where he was Regional CFO,
Europe & Southern Africa and most recently
Vice President for Financial Planning,
Analytics and Financial Strategy. Prior to
joining Mars, Ben spent 10 years with Nestlé
in a variety of finance roles in Europe,
including CFO of Nestlé Czech‑Slovak,
andCFO for Nestlé Waters in the UK.
Nationality: Dominican Republic and British
4. Ivo Bjelis

Senior management tenure: Appointed
January 2022 (less than 1 year)
Previous Group roles: Ivo joined the Group
in 1996 as Plant Manager in Croatia, while in
2002 he took over the position of Country
Supply Chain Manager. Since 2006 Ivo built
his career assuming roles of increased scale
and scope across the board, including
Strategic Initiative Leader for Customer
Centric Supply Chain, Group Supply Chain
Processes and Capabilities Director,
Regional Supply Chain Director, Group
Supply Chain Services Director and Group
Supply Chain Operations Director, leading
the development and the transformation
ofthe Supply Chain strategy over the years.
Nationality: Croatian
The Executive
Leadership
Team
5. Sanda Parezanovic

Senior management tenure: Appointed
June 2015 (6 years)
Previous Group roles: Sanda’s previous
roles in the Group include: Public Affairs
&Communications Manager, Serbia and
Montenegro from 2003 to 2006; Country
Human Resources and Public Affairs
&Communications Manager, Serbia and
Montenegro from 2006 to 2010; and Region
Human Resources Director, Bosnia
&Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus,
Greece, Northern Ireland, the Republic
ofIreland, North Macedonia, Moldova,
Montenegro, Nigeria, Romania, Serbia
andSlovenia from 2010 to 2015.
Previous relevant experience: Sanda
started in 1989 as Market Researcher and
later Strategic Planner working for various
local research and marketing agencies in
SFR Yugoslavia. She joined Saatchi & Saatchi
Balkans in 1994, holding various senior
management positions in several Balkan
countries, including Managing Director
oftwo start‑up agencies, first in North
Macedonia and later in Serbia. In 1999 she
relocated to London, where she worked for
Saatchi & Saatchi and Marketing Drive on
anumber of pan‑European and business
development projects before she joined our
Group in 2003.
Nationality: Serbian
1
4
2
5
3
6
104 
From left to right
Row one
Zoran Bogdanovic, Naya Kalogeraki,
Ben Almanzar, Marcel Martin,
MinasAgelidis, Nikos Kalaitzidakis,
Barbara Tönz
Row two
Ivo Bjelis, Sandra Parezanovic,
JanGustavsson, Vitaliy Novikov,
Mourad Ajarti, Spyros Mello
6. Jan Gustavsson

and Chief Corporate Development Officer
Senior management tenure: Appointed
August 2001 (20 years)
Previous Group roles: Jan served as
Deputy General Counsel for Coca-Cola
Beverages plc from 1999 to 2001.
Previous relevant experience: Jan started
his career in 1993 with the law firm White
&Case in Stockholm, Sweden. In 1995, he
joined The Coca-Cola Company as Assistant
Division Counsel in the Nordic and Northern
Eurasia Division. From 1997 to 1999, Jan
was Senior Associate in White & Case’s New
York office, practising securities law and M&A.
Nationality: Swedish
7. Marcel Martin

Sustainability Officer
Senior management tenure: Appointed
Chief Supply Chain Officer January 2015,
appointed Chief Corporate Affairs &
Sustainability Officer January 2022 (less
than 1 year)
Previous Group roles: Marcel joined the
Group in 1993, holding positions with
increasing responsibility in the supply chain
and commercial functions. Since 1995, he
has held general management assignments
in several of our markets, including as
General Manager for Eastern Romania,
Regional Manager Russia, Country General
Manager Ukraine and General Manager
Nigeria. He became General Manager of
ourIrish operations in 2010, Supply Chain
Director in 2015 and is now our Chief
Corporate Affairs and Sustainability Officer.
Nationality: Romanian
8. Minas Agelidis

Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Island
of Ireland, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland,
Slovakia, Switzerland
Senior management tenure: Appointed
April 2019 (2 years)
Previous Group roles: Minas joined the
Group in 1999, holding positions with
increasing responsibility in the commercial
function in Greece (National Account
Manager, Athens Region Sales Manager,
National Wholesale Manager, Country Sales
Director). Since 2008, Minas has held general
management assignments in a number of
our markets, including those of Country
General Manager Cyprus, Country General
Manager Bulgaria and Country General
Manager Hungary.
Previous relevant experience: Prior to
joining the Group, Minas spent seven years
at Unilever Greece in managerial positions in
sales and marketing including those of Brand
Manager, Trade Marketing Manager and
National Account Manager.
Nationality: Greek
9. Nikos Kalaitzidakis

Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus,
Greece, Moldova, Montenegro, Republic
of North Macedonia, Romania, Serbia,
Slovenia, Ukraine
Senior management tenure: Appointed
May 2018 (3 years)
Previous Group roles: Nikos joined the
Group in 2006 as Regional Manager for
Northwest Russia and then moved to General
Manager roles in Croatia (2008), Bulgaria
(2010), Hungary (2013) and Poland (2014).
Previous relevant experience: Prior to
joining the Group, Nikos spent five years in
technology and telecommunications and
seven years with Phillip Morris International
in various roles and geographies across
Europe and Central Asia.
Nationality: Greek
7 8 9 10
11 12 13
105INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
10
3
Men
Women
Corporate governance report continued
10. Barbara Tönz

Officer
Senior management tenure: Appointed
May 2021 (less than 1 year)
Previous Group roles: Barbara joined
theGroup in 1998, building her career first
inSwitzerland as Trade Marketing Director,
Sales Director and Commercial Director,
andthen in Austria from 2012 as Commercial
Director and Interim General Manager.
Previous relevant experience: In 2016
Barbara enriched her experience within
theCola‑Cola System as Country Director
Sweden for The Coca-Cola Company, with
responsibility expanded to Norway and
Iceland in 2019 before she assumed the role
of Commercial Execution Director Europe.
Prior to joining the Group in 1998, she held
positions in brand and customer
development at Unilever.
Nationality: Swiss
11. Vitaliy Novikov

Development Director
Senior management tenure: Appointed
September 2020 (1 year)
Previous Group roles: Vitaliy joined the
Group in 2011 as General Manager of the
Baltics business unit. Since then, he has held
General Manager roles in Poland and Italy.
Previous relevant experience: Prior to
joining the Group, Vitaliy spent four years at
Johnson & Johnson as Managing Director of
the Ukrainian operation and prior to this he
spent seven years at Henkel in managerial
positions of growing responsibility in Austria
and Ukraine.
Nationality: Ukrainian
12. Mourad Ajarti

Senior management tenure: Appointed
October 2019 (2 years)
Previous Group roles: None.
Previous relevant experience: Mourad
holds an MSc in Computer Systems
Networking & Tele-communications from
L’École Mohammadia d’Ingénieurs. He has
20 years’ experience with two fast-moving
consumer goods industry leaders, Procter
&Gamble and L’Oréal. Mourad started
withProcter & Gamble leading SAP
implementation in Morocco, Saudi Arabia
and Europe, and later was CIO for different
lines of business. From 2014 to 2019, Mourad
was CIO for the Asia and Pacific region for
L’Oréal, leading consumer and customer
journey transformation and enabling the use
of big data and advanced analytics.
Nationality: British and Moroccan
13. Spyros Mello

Director
Senior management tenure: Appointed
November 2021 (less than 1 year)
Previous Group roles: Spyros served
asDeputy General Counsel and Chief
Compliance Officer from 2010 to 2021.
Hewas Deputy General Counsel from 2007
to 2009 and Senior Corporate Counsel from
2005 to 2007.
Previous relevant experience: Spyros
wasan associate with the law firm of Sullivan
& Cromwell LLP practising securities law
andM&A first in New York from 1999 to
2001 and then in London from 2001 to 2004.
Nationality: Greek
Executive Leadership Team

Executive Leadership Team tenure
0-1 years 4
1-2 years 1
2-3 years 2
3-4 years 1
5-6 years 1
6-7 years 2
8-9 years 1
20-21 years 1
106 
Key responsibilities of the Executive Leadership Team
Key activities and decisions in 2021
Long‑term direction setting
Evaluating and evolving our 24/7
portfolio strategy together with our
brand partners.
Redesigning the Company’s
organisational and reporting structure
to better support organisational big
bets (Project Dolphin).
Working on the launch and sequential
roll-out of Costa Coffee in the
Group’smarkets.
Reviewing and updating our revenue
growth management strategies and
implementing these in our local
commercialisation plans.
Rebooting our route-to-market
approach in selected markets.
Assessing our sustainability priorities
and initiatives on the way to deliver
2025commitments.
Setting long-term capability building
priorities and programmes.
Approving and reviewing deployment
ofmajor automation and
digitalisationinitiatives.
Business planning
Aligning key priorities and investment
strategy with TCCC.
Reviewing progress of the aligned
priorities, investments and spending.
Reviewing and approving annual
business plans for 2022 for all
operations and central functions.
Approving Group and country talent,
capabilities development and
succession plans.
Risk, safety and business resilience
Evaluating the Group’s business
resilience strategies.
Evaluating the Group’s Risk Register
ofmajor business risks as well as
associated risk response plans.
Reviewing the Group’s health & safety
policies and material incidents.
Reviewing the corporate audit plan
for2022.
Business case reviews and approvals
Assessing strategic revenue-
generating initiatives and product /
packaging innovation business cases.
Reviewing and approving progress
ofselected key initiatives – Data,
Insights &Analytics (DIA), Digital
Commerce, Digital & Technology,
Sustainability, Diversity & Inclusion (D&I)
and Culture.
Overseeing the strategic evolution
ofSupply Chain, Human Resources,
Commercial, Finance and BSS
departments.
Optimisation and expansion of our
logistics and manufacturing
infrastructure.
Capital expenditure proposals review
and approval.
Priority projects
Costa Coffee
Customer Satisfaction
Sustainability initiatives
S4HANA
Engagement
Diversity & Inclusion
Cybersecurity
Business Resilience
Venturing
2021
The key responsibilities and elements of the Executive
Leadership Team role are:
the day-to-day executive management of the Group and its
businesses, including all matters not reserved for the Board
orother bodies;
the development of Group strategies and implementation
ofthe strategies approved by the Board;
providing adequate head-office support for each of the
Group’s countries;
setting of annual targets and approval of annual business plans
which form the basis of the Group’s performance
management, including a comprehensive programme of
strategies and targets agreed between the Country General
Managers and the Regional Directors;
working closely with the Country General Managers, as set
outin the Group’s operating framework, in order to capture
benefits of scale, ensuring appropriate governance and
compliance, and managing performance of the Group; and
leading the Group’s talent and capability development
programmes.
107INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Letter from the Chair of the
Auditand Risk Committee
Dear Stakeholder
The Audit and Risk Committee focused its work
during2021 on enhancing and strengthening the
Group’s existing financial controls, risk management
and compliance systems, which the Board recognises
asessential components of effective corporate
governance. During 2021, the Audit and Risk Committee
worked closely with the internal audit and finance teams
in overseeing the implementation of the Group’s
internal control framework.
COVID‑19 pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic continued to impact many countries
inwhich the Group operates, with measures implemented by
governments to contain the spread of the virus, including closure
ofnon‑essential services, travel bans, quarantines and social
distancing; disrupting business activities and resulting in a significant
economic slowdown. We received regularly a report from our senior
management which explained the actions being implemented to
ensure the Group remained fully operational.
We have monitored and discussed our risk management processes,
including our risk profile and mitigation but also principal risks and risk
appetite. The COVID-19 pandemic materially changed our risk
profile, especially in light of the changing workplace. We reviewed an
elevated number of reported incidents during 2021, including those
related to the ongoing impact of the pandemic. We received updates
about the Group’s impairment assessment processes regarding
goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles, taking into consideration
the continuing implications of the COVID-19 pandemic.
The on-going COVID-19 pandemic meant that in 2021 the majority
of internal audits were delivered remotely.The Committee follows
the FRC’s Guidance on Risk Management and Internal Control and
the Board is satisfied that the adequate control systems were in
place throughout the year and up to the date of this report.
Other areas of focus during 2021 are included in the sections about
the work and activities of the Audit and Risk Committee and the
areas of key significance in the preparation of the Financial
Statements in this report.
The Audit and Risk Committee report describes in more detail the
work of the Audit and Risk Committee during 2021. In performing its
work, the Committee balances independent oversight with support
and guidance to management. I am confident to report that the
Committee supported by senior management and the external
auditor consistently carried out its duties to a high standard during
the reporting year.

Committee Chair
Monitoring liquidity
and emerging risks
Highlights this year
Risk management response to the on-going pandemic
andbusiness resilience.
Transition to SAP S4/Hana and monitoring of Cyber
Security Program
Priorities for 2022
monitoring the developments in accounting and regulatory
matters, including potential changes to IFRS accounting
standards and respective disclosures;
ongoing monitoring of risks as well as impairment testing
ofgoodwill and intangible assets;
ongoing monitoring of internal financial controls, anti-fraud
systems and Code of Business Conduct compliance; and
ongoing monitoring of the Group’s enterprise risk
management and quality assurance, and information
system security processes
overview of the Egypt integration process and related
controls and risk management.
Corporate governance report continued
108 
Role and responsibilities
The Audit and Risk Committee monitors the effectiveness of our
financial reporting, internal control and risk management systems,
and processes. The role of the Audit and Risk Committee is set out
in the charter for the committees of the Board of Directors in Annex
C to the Company’s Organisational Regulations. This is available
athttps://www.coca‑colahellenic.com/en/about‑us/corporate‑
governance.The key responsibilities and elements of the Audit and
Risk Committee’s role are:
providing advice to the Board on whether the Annual Report
including the consolidated Financial Statements, taken as a
whole,is a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the
Company’s position and prospects and provides the information
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and
performance, including whether there is consistency throughout
the report including the financial reporting, whether the report will
form a good basis of information for the shareholders, and that
important messages are highlighted appropriately throughout
thereport;
monitoring the quality, fairness and integrity of the consolidated
Financial Statements of the Group, and reviewing significant
financial reporting issues and judgements contained in them;
reviewing the Group’s internal financial control and anti-fraud
systems as well as the Group’s broader enterprise risk management
and legal and ethical compliance programmes (including
computerised information system controls and security) with the
input of the external auditor and the internal audit department;
reviewing and evaluating the Group’s major areas of financial risk
and the steps taken to monitor and control such risk, as well as
guidelines and policies governing risk assessment; and
monitoring and reviewing the external auditor’s independence,
quality, adequacy and effectiveness, taking into consideration the
requirements of all applicable laws in Switzerland and the UK, the
listing requirements of the London Stock Exchange and Athens
Stock Exchange, and applicable professional standards.
Members Membership status
William W. (Bill) Douglas III (Chair) Member since 2016
Chair since 2016
Olusola (Sola) David-Borha Member since 2015
Alexandra Papalexopoulou Member since 2020
The Audit and Risk Committee comprises three independent
non‑Executive Directors: Bill Douglas (Chair), Olusola (Sola)
David‑Borha and Alexandra Papalexopoulou, who were each
re-elected for a one-year term by the shareholders at the Annual
General Meeting in June 2021.
The Board remains satisfied that Bill Douglas, Sola David‑Borha and
Alexandra Papalexopoulou possess recent and relevant financial and
sector experience in compliance with the UK Corporate Governance
Code. Bill Douglas was formerly Executive Vice President and
ChiefFinancial Officer of Coca‑Cola Enterprises, Sola David‑Borha
hasheld a number of senior financial positions and Alexandra
Papalexopoulou has served as a treasurer. The Board is also satisfied
that the members of the Committee as a whole have competence in
the sector in which the Company operates in compliance with the UK
Corporate Governance Code and UK listing regime requirements.
Further details on their experience are set out in their respective
biographies on pages 88 to 90.
The Group Chief Financial Officer, as well as the General Counsel,
external auditor, the Head of Corporate Audit, and the Group
Financial Controller, normally attend all meetings of the Audit and
Risk Committee. Other officers and employees are invited to attend
meetings when appropriate. The Head of Corporate Audit, and,
separately, the external auditor, meet regularly with the Audit and
Risk Committee without the presence of management to discuss
the adequacy of internal controls over financial reporting and any
other matters deemed relevant to the Audit and Risk Committee.
The Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee attended our AGM
inJune 2021 and regularly interacts with representatives of
ourshareholders.
109INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on trading and revenue and
regular updates on developments, potential risks and mitigating
actions, including updates on the Group’s response to the
COVID‑19 pandemic in the Group’s territories;
an assessment of the skills of the internal auditors and the
sufficiency of the internal audit budget, confirming of the Internal
Auditor’s quality, experience and expertise for the business.
TheAudit & Risk Committee is satisfied that internal audit has
theappropriate resources for the business;
updates on risk management and business resilience, including
the Group’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic,the activation
and development of Business Continuity strategies and the
streamlining of the Group’s risk management processes. Review
of a description of the top 10 risks per region and the Group’s
updated Strategic Risk Summary;
reports on the Group’s impairment assessment processes
inconnection with goodwill and other indefinite‑lived intangible
assets for the interim financial report;
regular updates from the external auditor on accounting and
regulatory developments. Also, an update on Swiss regulatory
developments,
tax issues including:
an update on increasing substance, coherence and
transparency requirements and the compliance measures that
the Group was taking, including an overview of the Group’s tax
governance and risk management framework, an upgrade of
itstax capabilities, a Group‑wide approach to tax controversy
and the continued simplification of the Group’s legal structure;
reviewing the OECD new tax framework in the digital era
report on the introduction, and potential impact, of digital
services taxes by several countries in the Group’s territories;
and
reviewing a bench-marking study by PwC ranking the Group
high compared to industry peers on its efforts to establish
taxtransparency;
approval of chart of authority and delegation for
operationalactivities;
external audit plan and pre-approval of audit fees for 2022
consideration of the external auditor’s independence, quality,
adequacy and effectiveness of its audit of the financial
statements; and
assessed the Company’s external reporting to ensure it is fair,
balanced and understandable as a result of the Board’s obligation
under the Corporate Governance Code. The Committee was
responsible for the review of the 2021 Integrated Annual Report
including the Consolidated Financial Statements and associated
reports and information. The Committee received assurances
from management and details on the processes underlying the
preparation of published financial information. Following
evaluation of all available information, including consideration
ofthe uncertainties around the COVID‑19 pandemic, the
Committee concluded and advised the Board that the 2021
Integrated Annual Report including the Consolidated Financial
Statements is fair, balanced and understandable.
Finally, the Board receives and reviews a report from the Audit and
Risk Committee on its activities and discussions at the Board
meeting following each Audit and Risk Committee meeting.
Work and activities
The Audit and Risk Committee met eight times, all by video
conference call, during 2021 and discharged the responsibilities
defined under Annex C of the Organisational Regulations. The work
of the Audit and Risk Committee during the accounting year included
evaluation of and review of the respective matters, as well as
assessment of management’s mitigating actions and response
plans, in the areas below:
the Integrated Annual Report including the consolidated Financial
Statements and the full-year results announcement for the year
ended 31 December 2020 prior to their submission to the Board
for approval, and compliance with Group policies;
the interim consolidated Financial Statements and interim results
announcement for the six-month period ended 2 July 2021, prior
to their submission to the Board for approval;
the trading updates for the three-month period ended 2 April
2021 and the nine‑month period ended 1 October 2021;
areas of significance in the preparation of the consolidated
Financial Statements;
the internal control environment, principal risks and risk
management systems (including the nature and extent of the
principal risks resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic), and the
Group’s statement on the effectiveness of its internal controls
prior to endorsement by the Board, concluding that management
has carried out a robust risk assessment process;
the Viability Statement scenarios and underlying assumptions and
recommendations to the Board that the Viability Statement be
approved, including discussion of management’s conclusions
withrespect to Going Concern and the Viability Statement;
the external auditor’s report on the Group’s IFRS earnings
releasefor the financial year ended 31 December 2020; including
assessment of the auditor’s enhanced audit report and key audit
matters and conclusion that there was nothing that warranted
theattention of the Board; and review of external auditor’s report
on the Group’s interim report for the six-month period ended
2July2021;
report on tax audits undertaken during 2021 in a number
ofterritories;
quarterly reports on internal audit matters across the Group’s
business regions, concluding that no material failings
wereidentified;
consideration and discussion of the guidance to FRC’s Practice
Aid on audit quality;
direct procurement matters and initiatives for 2021, including
contingency plans for COVID-19 as well as commodity exposure
for 2021;
regular reports on health and safety, GDPR compliance, transition
to SAP S4/Hana, cybersecurity, business continuity, security,
quality assurance, environmental protection, asset protection,
treasury and financial risks, anti-bribery and fraud control,
insurance (including placing strategy), enterprise risk management
processes and internal control framework (including any
adjustments to the 2021 schedule and updates to the controls
asa result of the COVID‑19 pandemic and the new environment);
project for the optimisation of the Internal Control Framework
Risk Matrix and updates on progress and timing;
reports on litigation and regulatory investigations;
matters arising under the Group’s Code of Business Conduct
andthe actions taken to address any identified issues;
an internal quality assessment of the internal audit function,
inaccordance with the Institute of Internal Auditors Attribute
Standards 1311;
Corporate governance report continued
110 
Areas of key significance in the preparation

The Audit and Risk Committee considered a number of areas of key
significance in the preparation of the Financial Statements in 2021,
including the following:
appropriateness of critical accounting judgements and estimates
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues
and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities in the consolidated Financial Statements, including
income taxes (detailed in Notes 5, 10, 13, 15, 21 and 29 to the
consolidated Financial Statements), identified by management;
review of the trading environment and resilience of the Group’s
business in light of the COVID-19 pandemic and strategic actions
implemented to mitigate risks;
review of impairment testing performed by management and
reviewed by the external auditor under IAS 36 as well as the related
sensitivity analysis with confirmation that management had
undertaken a robust impairment testing process, relying on both
internal information, and other publicly available metrics to
perform their assessment; review key assumptions for specific
countries, challenging management drivers of relevant deviations
and performance to date, as welll as countries WACC rates
development vs prior year
review of the contingencies, legal proceedings, competition law
and regulatory procedures, including cases involving the national
competition authorities of Greece and litigation matters in Nigeria
and Greece, and the impact of these on the consolidated Financial
Statements and accompanying notes;
review of management’s report that considered the potential
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on revenues and carrying
amounts of assets;
assessment of management’s judgement on relevant areas for
additional disclosures, to address IAS 34 requirement for
explanation of significant events, in light of the ongoing COVID-19
pandemic;
review of accounting standard IAS 34 that required an explanation
of significant events implying that additional disclosure should be
made to reflect the financial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic
and mitigating measures;
discussion of the following accounting pronouncements,
takingeffect on 1 January 2021: IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7 and IFRS
16(Interest Rate Benchmark Reform‑Phase 2), and IFRS 16
(Covid‑19 related rent concessions);
review of guidance provided from the UK Financial Conduct
Authority and Financial Reporting Council related to areas of focus
for the 2021/2022 financial reporting, climate change, and viability
and going concerns and corporate governance matters;
review of interim judgements performed by management and
inalignment with the external auditor, regarding the impairment
ofindefinite‑lived intangibles in light of the on‑going
Covid‑19pandemic;
consideration of quality and safety incidents in Nigeria andBulgaria;
assessed management’s work in conducting a robust assessment
of the risks that impact the Viability and Going Concern Statements,
including review of scenarios and underlying assumptions;
recommended to the Board to approve the Viability Statement; and
deemed appropriate that the Group continues to apply the going
concern basis for the preparation of the financial statements.
External auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers AG, Birchstrasse 160, CH 8050 Zurich,
Switzerland (‘PwC AG’) has been elected by the shareholders as
thestatutory auditor for the Group’s statutory consolidated and
standalone Financial Statements. The signing partner for the
statutory Financial Statements on behalf of PwC AG is Sandra
Boehm Uglow, who has held this role for the first time with regards
tothe year ended 31 December 2021.
The Board, at the recommendation of the Audit and Risk
Committee, has retained PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A., 268
Kifissias Avenue – 15232 Halandri, Greece (‘PwC S.A.’), an affiliate
ofPwC AG, to act as the Group’s independent registered public
accounting firm for the purposes of reporting under the UK rules
forthe year ended 31 December 2021. The signing partner for the
Financial Statements on behalf of PwC S.A. is Fotis Smyrnis, who has
held this role for the first time with regards to the year ended 31
December 2021.
The appointment of PwC has been approved by the shareholders
until the next Annual General Meeting by way of advisory vote. ‘PwC’
refers to PwC AG or PwC S.A., as applicable, in this Annual Report.
During the accounting period, the members of the Audit and Risk
Committee met on a regular basis with the newly appointed PwC
signing partners, both with and without management being present.
This provided the Audit and Risk Committee with an opportunity
foropen dialogue, to question and be satisfied as to the quality of
theaudit work performed by PwC and challenge PwC’s professional
skepticism. During the meetings, the newly appointed PwC signing
partners demonstrated their understanding of the group’s business
risks and the consequential impact on the financial statement risks,
especially around areas of key significance in the preparation
oftheFinancial Statements including but not limited to the annual
impairment testing, contingencies and legal proceedings including
taxes. The Audit and Risk Committee took an active role in
reviewingthe scope of the audit, the independence, objectivity and
effectiveness of PwC, and the negotiations relating to audit fees.
The Audit and Risk Committee also met with the management team,
which led the discussions with PwC, including the Head of Corporate
Audit, to review the performance of PwC without PwC being present.
Following this review process, the Audit and Risk Committee has
recommended to the Board that a proposal to reappoint PwC
beputto a shareholders’ vote at the next Annual General Meeting.
PwC has acted as the Group’s sole external auditor since 2003.
TheCompany ran a competitive tender for the external auditor
services in 2015 which was overseen by the Audit and Risk
Committee. Following the evaluation of the proposals, the Audit
andRisk Committee concluded in 2015 that the best interests of
theGroup and its shareholders would be served by retaining PwC
asexternal auditor and made such recommendation to the Board.
PwCwas reappointed by the Board as the Group’s external auditor
witheffect from 11 December 2015. Currently, the Audit and Risk
Committee anticipates that the audit contract will be put out to
tender again in 2025. There are no contractual or other obligations
restricting the Group’s choice of external auditor.
Non‑audit services provided by the external auditor
The Audit and Risk Committee considers the independence, in both
fact and appearance, of the external auditor as critical and has long
had an auditor independence policy providing definitions of the
services that the external auditor may and may not provide. In line
with the relevant FRC Guidance, the policy requires the Audit and
Risk Committee’s pre-approval of all audit and permissible non-audit
services provided by the external auditor, and only for matters that
are clearly trivial to the Company. Such services include audit, work
directly related to audit, and certain tax and other services as further
explained below. In practice, the Audit and Risk Committee applies
the policy restrictively, and approval for work other than audit and
audit-related services is rarely granted.
111INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Internal control
The Board has ultimate responsibility for ensuring that the Company
has adequate systems of financial reporting control. Systems
offinancial reporting control can provide only reasonable and not
absolute assurance against material misstatements or loss.
Incertain of the countries in which we operate, our businesses are
exposed to a heightened risk of loss due to fraud and criminal
activity. We review our systems of financial control regularly in order
to minimise such losses.
Internal audit
Our internal audit function reports directly to the Audit and Risk
Committee, which reviews and approves the internal audit plan for
each year. The internal audit function consists of approximately
40full‑time professional audit staff mainly based in Athens, Sofia,
Moscow and Lagos, covering a range of disciplines and business
expertise. One of the responsibilities of the internal audit function
isto provide risk‑based and objective assurance to the Board as to
whether the Group’s framework of risk management, including
internal control framework, is operating effectively. For this purpose,
the Head of Corporate Audit makes quarterly presentations to the
Audit and Risk Committee and meets regularly with the Audit and
Risk Committee without the presence of our management.
In addition, the internal audit function reviews the internal
financial,operational and compliance control systems across all
thejurisdictions in which we operate and reports its findings to
management and the Audit and Risk Committee on a regular basis.
The internal audit function focuses its work on the areas of greatest
risk to us, as determined by a risk-based approach to audit planning.
As part of our commitment to maintaining and strengthening best
practice in corporate governance matters, we also consistently
seekto enhance our internal control environment and risk
managementcapability.
The internal audit function carries out work across the Group,
providing independent assurance, advice and insight to help the
organisation accomplish its objectives by bringing a systematic,
disciplined approach to evaluating and improving the effectiveness
of risk management, control and governance processes. In
December 2021, the Audit and Risk Committee agreed the FY22
audit plan to be undertaken by the internal audit team. The audit plan
coverage is based on risk, strategic priorities and consideration of
the strength of the control environment. The internal audit function
prepares audit reports and recommendations following each audit,
and appropriate measures are then taken to ensure that all
recommendations are implemented. Significant issues, if any,
areraised at once. There were no such issues in 2021.
The Board has adopted a chart of authority, defining financial and
other authorisation limits and setting procedures for approving
capital and investment expenditure. The Board also approves
detailed annual budgets. It subsequently reviews quarterly
performance against targets set forth in these plans and budgets.
Akey focus of the financial management strategy is the protection
of our earnings stream and management of our cash flow.
We have conducted an annual review of the effectiveness of our risk
management system and internal control systems in accordance
with the UK Corporate Governance Code. Part of this review involves
regular review of our financial, operational and compliance controls,
following which we report back to the Board on our work and findings
as described above. This allowed us to provide positive assurance
tothe Board to assist it in making the statements that our risk
management and internal control systems are effective, as required
by the UK Corporate Governance Code. Further information is set
out on pages 54-61.
Under the policy, pre-approval may be provided for work associated
with: statutory or other financial audit work under IFRS or according
to local statutory requirements; attestation services not required by
statute or regulation; accounting and financial reporting consultation
and research work necessary to comply with generally accepted
accounting and auditing standards; internal control reviews and
assistance with internal control reporting requirements; review of
information systems security and controls; tax compliance and related
tax services, excluding any tax services prohibited by regulatory
orother oversight authorities; expatriates’ and other individual tax
services; and assistance and consultation on questions raised
byregulatory agencies.
For each proposed service, the external auditor is required to
providedetailed back‑up documentation at the time of approval
topermit the Audit and Risk Committee to make a determination
whether theprovision of such services would impair the external
auditor’s independence.
PwC has complied with the policy for the financial year ended
on31December 2021. The policy was updated on 1 January 2021
torefer to the FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard 2019, however no
significant changes were performed.
Audit fees and all other fees
Audit fees
The total fees for audit services paid to PwC and affiliates were
approximately €4.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2021,
compared to approximately €4.5 million for the year ended 31
December 2020. The total fees for 2021 include fees associated
with the annual audit and review of the Group’s half-year reports,
prepared in accordance with IFRS and local statutory audits.
Audit‑related fees
Fees for audit-related services paid to PwC and affiliates for the
yearended 31 December 2021 were €0.7million, compared to
€0.6million for the year ended 31 December 2020.
Tax‑related fees
No fees were paid to PwC and affiliates for tax services for the year
ended 31 December 2021 or for the year ended 31 December 2020.
All other fees
No fees were paid to PwC or affiliates for non‑audit services for theyear
ended 31 December 2021 or for the year ended 31December2020.
Risk management
During 2021, the Company continued to revise and strengthen
itsapproach to risk management as described in detail on pages
58-71. The primary aim of this framework is to minimise our
exposure and ensure that the nature and significance of all risks
weare facing are properly identified, reviewed, managed and,
wherenecessary, escalated. Risk assessments are conducted and
discussed at monthly Senior Leadership Team meetings in all
ourbusiness units. These assessments are reviewed by regional
management teams and the Chief Risk Officer twice a year.
Inaddition, corporate functions conduct broader risk assessments
across the business with the Chief Risk Officer biannually.
TheCompany’s Group Risk and Compliance Committee reviews the
emerging as well as the identified risks biannually and the emerging
and material risks as well as mitigating actions is presented by the
Chief Risk Officer to Executive Leadership Team and the Audit and
Risk Committee. This process is both top-down and bottom-up and
is designed to ensure that risks arising from business activities are
appropriately managed. The Audit and Risk Committee confirms
that the risk management and internal control systems have been
inplace for the year under review and up to the approval of the
annual report and accounts. Finally, we have in place third- party
insurance to cover residual insurable risk exposure such as property
damage, business interruption and liability protection, including
Directors’ and officers’ insurance for our Directors and officers,
aswell as for the officers and directors of certain subsidiaries.
Corporate governance report continued
112 
The key features of the Group’s internal control systems that ensure
the accuracy and reliability of financial reporting include: clearly
defined lines of accountability and delegation of authority; policies
and procedures that cover financial planning and reporting;
preparation of monthly management accounts; and review of the
disclosures within the Annual Report from function heads to ensure
that the disclosures made appropriately reflect the developments
within the Group in the year and meet the requirement of being fair,
balanced and understandable.
The Audit and Risk Committee reviews the results of the internal
audit reports during each meeting, focusing on the key observations
of any reports where processes and controls require improvement.
The Audit and Risk Committee was also provided with updates on
the remediation status of management actions of internal audit
findings and on the internal audit quality assurance and improvement
programme at each meeting.
A particular focus during 2021 was the robustness of the internal
control systems and processes around risk management, in light of
the on-going COVID-19 pandemic. The Audit and Risk Committee
was kept informed of any changes or adaptations to ensure full
functionality as the Company continued to operate under the
circumstances and uncertainties of the COVID-19 pandemic.
The Group Chief Financial Officer and the Regional Finance
Directors, Country General Managers and Country Chief Financial
Officers have access to the implementation status of the
recommendations at all times.
Where internal or external circumstances give rise to an increased
level of risk, the audit plan is modified accordingly. Nevertheless, no
significant cases occurred this year. Any changes to the agreed audit
plan are presented to and agreed by the Audit and Risk Committee.
Detailed updates on specific areas were provided at the request
ofthe Audit and Risk Committee, such as, for example, the progress
onaudit issues relating to a Health and Safety audit and to an
Information Technology including Cyber Security audit .
Whistleblowing measures
Business ethics and anti‑corruption
We seek to grow our business by serving customers and consumers,
and conduct all business activities with integrity and respect.
TheBoard is responsible for ensuring appropriate procedures
andprocesses are in place to enable our workforce to raise any
issuesofconcern and is satisfied that the processes in place are
appropriate.The Board maintains zero‑tolerance regarding
breachesof our Code of Business Conduct and anti‑bribery policies,
aswellasany attempts to retaliate against our people who report
potentialviolations.
We have mandatory training for all our people, including our ELT, so
that everyone understands our Code of Business Conduct, and we
hold additional targeted anti-bribery training for employees working
in areas we assess as high risk. In April 2021, a new consolidated
e‑learning program on our Code of Business Conduct and Anti‑
Bribery Policy was introduced. The course is available on‑line to all
employees and includes a knowledge test, acknowledgement and
re-commitment to compliance with the Code and its related policies.
As in the past, this training will be a regular requirement for all
employees. At the end of the training wave over 26.300 employees,
which was 97,7% of total employees, had completed the course.
Since then, we continue to train every newly hired employee. In 2021
our communication plan on compliance included several initiatives
tocontinue raising awareness on business ethics among our people,
like our annual Ethics and Compliance Week that was rolled out
across our Business Units. We have also an established anti‑bribery
due diligence process for third parties who have contact with public
authorities on behalf of our Company. For further information please
see the Anti‑Bribery Policy and Code of Business Conduct on our
website: https://www.coca‑colahellenic.com/en/about‑us/
corporate-governance/policies. We have established grievance
mechanisms, including an independently operated whistleblower
‘Speak Up Hotline’, available in all Coca‑Cola HBC countries in local
languages to ensure any concerns can be raised. In 2021, we
investigated 344 allegations (2020: 322) of which 210 (2020: 139)
were received through the ‘Speak Up Hotline’. All allegations
involving potential Code of Business Conduct violations were
investigated in accordance with the Group Code of Business
Conduct Handling Guidelines. Of those investigated, 105 (2020: 105)
matters were substantiated as code violations of which 15 (2020: 26)
involved an employee in a managerial position or involved a loss
greater than €10,000. For details concerning the handling
ofallegations received in 2021, see our website.
You can find more on allegations investigated and violations
uncovered in our GRI index: https://www.coca‑colahellenic.com/
content/dam/cch/us/documents/oar/Coca‑Cola‑HBC‑2021‑
GRIContent-Index.pdf.downloadasset.pdf. Through the ‘Speak Up
Hotline’ we receive, retain, investigate and act on employee
complaints or concerns regarding accounting, internal control or
ethical matters. Thisincludes any matters regarding the
circumvention or attempted circumvention of internal controls,
including matters that would constitute a violation of our Code of
Business Conduct or matters involving fraudulent behaviour by
officers or employees of the Group. All such allegations, complaints
or concerns may be communicated in a variety of ways, in local
languages and on an anonymous basis, to our Head of Corporate
Audit. Communications received by the Head of Corporate Audit, or
directly through the ‘Speak Up Hotline’, are kept confidential and,
where requested, anonymous. The Head of Corporate Audit liaises
regularly with the General Counsel and communicates all significant
allegations to the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee.
All matters received via the ‘Speak Up Hotline’ or any other
reportingmechanism are thoroughly investigated. The Audit and
Risk Committee receives summary reports of escalated incidents
and instances of whistleblowing together with the status of
investigations and, where appropriate, management actions to
remedy issues identified. The Committee reports to the Board
onsuch matters, which reviews and considers those reports
asappropriate.
Disclosure Committee
A Disclosure Committee has been established, and disclosure
controls and procedures have been adopted to ensure the accuracy
and completeness of our public disclosures. The Disclosure
Committee is composed of the Group Chief Financial Officer, the
General Counsel, the Director of Investor Relations and the Group
Financial Controller.
Performance reporting
Reports on our annual performance and prospects are presented
inthe Annual Report following recommendation by the Audit and
Risk Committee. In line with UK practice, we have adopted half-year
andfull‑year reports, and Q1 and Q3 trading updates. Internally,
ourfinancial results and key performance indicators are reviewed by
theExecutive Leadership Team on a monthly basis. This information
includes comparisons against business plans, forecasts and
prior‑year performance. The Board of Directors receives updates on
performance at each Board meeting, as well as a monthly report on
our business and financial performance.
113INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Committee at work
Succession
planning
Board
composition
Recruitment
Shortlisting
Ensuring business
continuity and growth
Role and responsibilities
The function of the Nomination Committee is to establish and
maintain a process for appointing new Board members, to manage,
in consultation with the Chairman, the succession of the Chief
Executive Officer and to support the Board in fulfilling its duty
toconduct a Board self‑assessment. The formal role of the
Nomination Committee is set out in the charter for the committees
of the Board of Directors in Annex C of the Company’s
Organisational Regulations. This is available online at https://www.
coca-colahellenic.com/en/about-us/corporate-governance.
Key elements of the Nomination Committee’s role are:
reviewing the size and composition of the Board;
identifying candidates and nominating new members to the Board;
planning and managing, in consultation with the Chairman, a Board
membership succession plan;
Highlights this year
The successful onboarding of non-Executive Directors,
Henrique Braun and Bruno Pietracci.
Priorities for 2022
continuous work on succession plans for Board and senior
management positions;
close monitoring of the Group’s talent and development
frameworks in order to ensure the continued strength
ofthe current talent pipeline;
externally facilitated Board and committee assessments; and
follow up actions on outcome of 2021 evaluation assessment.
ensuring, together with the Chairman, the operation of a
satisfactory induction programme for new members of the Board
and a satisfactory ongoing training and education programme for
existing members of the Board and its committees as necessary
to deliver on our strategy;
setting the criteria for, and overseeing, the annual assessment
ofthe performance and effectiveness of each member of the
Board and each Board committee;
conducting an annual assessment of the performance and
effectiveness of the Board, and reporting conclusions and
recommendations based on the assessment to the Board; and
overseeing the employee and management talent development
and succession plans of the Group.
Members Membership status
Reto Francioni (Chair) Member since 2016
Chairsince 2016
Charlotte J. Boyle Member since 2017
Anna Diamantopoulou Member since 2020
Letter from the Chair of the
Nomination Committee
Corporate governance report continued
Dear Stakeholder
The work of the Nomination Committee has continued
to focus on the composition of the Board and the
important task of Board and senior management
succession planning.
In 2021, the Committee continued to review the balance of skills,
experience and diversity of the Board and focused on the talent
development, employee engagement and gender diversity initiatives
necessary to ensure that the Group has the people and skills to
deliver on its strategy. To this end the Committee oversaw the
appointment process for Henrique Braun and Bruno Pietracci as
non‑Executive Directors in light of the retirement of José Octavio
Reyes and Alfredo Rivera. The Committee also considers the overall
length of service of the Board as a whole as part of its succession
planning and keeps under review the need to refresh Board
membership. In addition, the Committee oversaw an externally
facilitated self-assessment process.
A summary of the Group’s Nomination Policy for the recruitment of
Board members is available online at: https://www.coca‑colahellenic.
com/content/dam/cch/us/documents/about-us/corporate-
governance/summary-of-nomination-policy-for-recruitment-of-
board‑members.pdf.downloadasset.pdf. The Board Diversity Policy
is described on page 115.
Reto Francioni
Committee Chair
114 
The members of the Nomination Committee are Reto Francioni,
Charlotte Boyle and Anna Diamantopoulou. All members of the
Nomination Committee are independent non-Executive Directors.
At the Annual General Meeting in June 2021, Reto Francioni,
Charlotte Boyle and Anna Diamantopoulou were re‑elected for
aone‑year term by the shareholders.
Work and activities
The Nomination Committee met four times during 2021 and
discharged the responsibilities defined under Annex C of the
Company’s Organisational Regulations. The Chief Executive Officer
and the Group Human Resources Director regularly attend meetings
of the Nomination Committee. In addition, the Chairman is actively
involved in the work of the Nomination Committee concerning
succession planning and the selection of key people. In 2021, the
General Counsel also met with the Nomination Committee on
several occasions. During 2021, the work of the Nomination
Committee included consideration of:
succession planning and development of plans for the recruitment
of new Board members and senior management, including two
non-Executive Directors (given that they were appointed at the
request of The Coca-Cola Company, an external consultancy
wasnot engaged in connection with these appointments, but is
generally used for non-Executive Director appointments) and
certain members of the Group’s Executive Leadership Team;
composition of the Board, including the appropriate balance
ofskills, knowledge, experience and diversity;
review of the talent management framework;
the performance evaluation and annual assessments of the
committees and the Board;
follow up actions arising from Board and committee evaluations;
review of the Director induction process and training
programmes; and
review of the Group’s Inclusion and Diversity Policy.
Performance evaluation of the Board
The Nomination Committee led the annual assessment of the
performance of the Board and its committees during the year with
the support of Lintstock, an external advisory firm. The key areas
included in the assessment were Board structure and diversity,
timeliness and quality of information, Board discussions, and
effective contributions of each Director, the performance of the
Board, committees, succession planning, risk appetite and risk
management, and remuneration and performance. The scores were
high overall, and the results of the evaluation were presented at the
December 2021 Board meeting. Further details on the internal Board
evaluation are set out on page 103.
As with all employees, the Group offers training opportunities to the
Board and senior management in order to improve their skills, and
encourages all Board members and senior management to gain
relevant experience and knowledge to fulfil their position’s duties.
Diversity
The Group continues to have a firm commitment to policies
promoting diversity, equal opportunity and talent development
atevery level throughout the organisation, including at Board
andmanagement level, and is constantly seeking to attract and
recruithighly qualified candidates for all positions in its business.
TheGroup’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy applies to all people who
work for us. Further details on the Group’s Diversity and Inclusion
Policy are set out on page 41 in the Strategic Report.
The Group believes that diversity at the Board level acts as a key
driver of Board effectiveness, helps to ensure that the Group can
achieve its overall business goals especially in light of our geographical
footprint, and is critical in promoting a diverse and inclusive culture
across the whole Group. The Board has adopted aformal Board
Diversity Policy, which guides the Nomination Committee and the
Board in relation to their approach to diversity inrespect of succession
planning and the selection process for the appointment of new
Board members. The Nomination Committee is responsible for
implementing this policy and for monitoring progress towards the
achievement of its objectives.
The requirements and objectives of the Board Diversity Policy,
include that the Nomination Committee is required to take into
account all aspects of diversity, including age, ethnicity, gender,
educational and professional background and social background
when considering succession planning and new Board appointments;
seek a wide pool of candidates, with a broad range of previous
experience, skills and knowledge; and give preference to executive
search firms that are accredited under the Enhanced Code of
Conduct for Executive Search Firms. Board appointments are
evaluated on merit against objective criteria with due regard for
diversity to ensure that candidates contribute to the balance of skills,
experience, knowledge and diversity of the Board. The Board also
considers the overall length of service of the Board as a whole when
considering refreshment of the membership.
The Board understands the benefits of diversity of gender, ethnicity,
knowledge and experience, and this is reflected in the Board
Diversity Policy. The objectives of the Board Diversity Policy include
ensuring female representation on the Board and as such both the
Board and Nomination Committee are mindful of the target set for
FTSE 100 companies by the Hampton‑Alexander Review (minimum
of 33% of women on the Board and 33% of women on the executive
committee and direct reports by the end of 2020). They are also
mindful of the target set out in the Parker Review to increase ethnic
diversity (at least ‘one person of colour’ on the Board by 2021).
TheBoard currently has 30% female representation and also meets
the target set by the Parker Review having had a person of colour
onthe Board since 2015. The Board is committed to improving the
Board gender balance and the Nomination Committee has, and will
continue to, consider this in the context of its continuous work on
succession plans for the Board, as well as senior management.
TheExecutive Leadership Team has 23% female representation
while 30% of our senior leaders are women. Figures showing Board
and senior management gender diversity areshown on pages 90
and105. The Board is committed to appointing the best people with
the right skill set, regardless of gender, ethnicity, religion or disability,
and as such does not think it isappropriate to set specific targets
forBoard appointments.
The Board recognises the importance of diversity in its business.
Itisthe Board’s responsibility to oversee senior management
succession planning for a diverse pipeline of managers and talent
identified from the management talent development programme.
This links to our strategy to develop our people and ensure we
attract and retain a diverse talent pool, and is one of the five
pillarsofour growth strategy. Further information on pages 38‑43.
TheNomination Committee, in conjunction with the Executive
Leadership Team, will continue to monitor the proportion of women
at all levels of the Group and ensure that all appointments are made
with a view to having a high level of diversity within the workplace
andin leadership positions.
Appointment Induction
Balance of skills
assessment
Interview
115INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Dear Stakeholder
The Social Responsibility Committee continued its
focus on the overall integration of sustainability in the
business strategy and the Group’s progress towards
itsMission 2025 sustainability targets. To support the
achievement of our very ambitious NetZeroby40
emissions reduction goal, we oversaw implementation
of a new structure and new ways of working in the
Group’s Sustainability department. The key changes
are: (1) a much extended and upgraded Head of
Sustainability role in the Group team; (2) creating a
cross-functional Sustainable Packaging team that will
focus on developing an end-to-end approach; (3) a
newgovernance model and supporting activities; (4)
prioritisation of sustainability as the core theme
forcommunication.
The Committee monitored sustainability-related regulatory
developments, including the EU Green Deal and other regulations
promoting a circular economy, single-use plastics and packaging
waste, deposit return systems and evolving nutrition
labellingrequirements.
During 2021, the Company retained top scores in MSCI ESG ratings,
CDP Climate and Water, ISS ESG, Video Eiris and FTSE4Good.
TheCommittee is particularly proud that the Company was again
rated as Europe’s most sustainable beverage business in the S&P
Corporate Sustainability Assessment (DJSI).
Overseeing the journey
to net zero
Activity highlights 2021
close governance of licence to operate pillar as part of our
Growth Story 2025 including progress of public Mission
2025 commitments;
endorsement and a detailed review of the actions,
initiatives, and communication plans supporting
NetZeroby40, the Company’s commitment to reach net
zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2040, combined with
science‑based carbon reduction targets by 2030;
review of sustainable packaging agenda, progress,
andaction plan;
deep-dive analysis of Company results in various
environmental, social and governance (ESG) benchmarks
and ratings;
review of the new Sustainability department structure;
adoption of new food loss policy and biodiversity statement;
update of the packaging waste policy;
ongoing updates on plastic packaging levies and product tax
developments; and
active involvement in annual Stakeholder Forum on ‘Winning
ESG Partnerships – When One Plus One Exceeds Two’,
including preparations and measurement/feedback.
Letter from the Chair of the
SocialResponsibility Committee
Priorities for 2022
Progress of public Mission 2025 commitments with a focus
on NetZeroby40 and packaging initiatives;
partnerships for innovation in the area of ESG;
implementation of 2022 roadmap related to 2030 science-
based carbon reduction targets to reduce carbon emissions
across the value chain;
plans for added sugar reduction across beverage categories
aligned with the UNESDA commitment to sugar reduction;
stakeholder outreach activities;
reviewing and streamlining of Company disclosure and
reporting standards based on GRI, IIRC, TCFD and SASB
frameworks, and the EU Taxonomy; and
ongoing activities related to ESG benchmarking activities,
plastic packaging levies and product tax developments.
Corporate governance report continued
116 
Role and responsibilities
The Social Responsibility Committee is responsible for the
development and supervision of procedures and systems to ensure
the pursuit of the Company’s social and environmental goals, as set
out in the charter for the committees of the Board of Directors in
Annex C to the Company’s Organisational Regulations. This is
available at https://www.coca‑colahellenic.com/en/about‑us/
corporate‑governance:
Key areas of responsibility are:
establishing the principles governing the Group’s policies on social
responsibility, and the environment to guide management’s
decisions and actions;
overseeing the development and supervision of procedures and
systems to ensure the achievement of the Group’s social
responsibility and environmental goals;
establishing and operating a council responsible for developing
and implementing policies and strategies to achieve the
Company’s social responsibility and environmental goals (in all
ESG pillars, such as climate change, water stewardship, packaging
and waste, sustainable sourcing, health and nutrition, and our
people and community), and ensuring Group-wide capabilities
toexecute such policies and strategies;
ensuring the necessary and appropriate transparency and
openness in the Group’s business conduct in pursuit of its social
responsibility and environmental goals;
ensuring and overseeing the Group’s interactions with
stakeholders in relation to its social responsibility and
environmental policies, goals, and achievements, including the
level of compliance with internationally accepted standards; and
reviewing Group policies on environmental issues, human rights,
and other topics as they relate to social responsibility.
Members Membership status
Anastasios I. Leventis (Chair) Member since 2016
Chairsince 2016
Anna Diamantopoulou Member since June 2020
Bruno Pietracci Member since June 2021
Work and activities
The Social Responsibility Committee met four times during 2021.
Along with Committee members, those meetings were attended
byother members of the Board, i.e., Charlotte J. Boyle and Ryan
Rudolph, the CEO, the Chief Corporate Affairs & Sustainability
Officer, and additional senior leaders subject to the discussion topics.
The Chairman of the Board also attended some of the meetings.
During 2021, the Social Responsibility Committee reviewed and
provided guidance and insights to advance the Group’s sustainability
approach in the following areas:
progress and the action plans made against the 17 publicly
communicated 2025 sustainability commitments;
new Group Sustainability structure and introduction of Sustainable
Packaging cross-functional team to manage agenda and track
progress of accelerating a shift towards more sustainable packaging
(rPET, packageless, refillables, and other) and packaging recovery;
detailed plans and initiatives for delivery of science-based carbon
reduction targets and NetZeroby40 commitment;
innovative opportunities related to CO
2
capture from the air
(CO
2
removal) and digital applications for incentivising consumers
for bottling recycling;
low-sugar and zero-sugar products and reformulations as part
ofthe Group’s commitment to reduce calories and added sugar;
volunteering activities across our BUs;
diversity, equity, and inclusion topics;
health and safety protocols to ensure the safety of all
ouremployees;
support to our communities throughout the COVID‑19 pandemic;
#YouthEmpowered digital programmes and curriculum;
established partnerships in the area of packaging, blockchain,
packaging recycling and carbon;
materiality process and review of outcomes of the annual
materiality survey;
opportunities for EU funds related to different environmental
initiatives, mostly for renewable energy, carbon reduction
andpackaging optimisations;
stakeholder engagement plan and outcomes of the Annual
Stakeholder Forum; and
use of relevant reporting frameworks including the Global
Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards, Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the Sustainability
Accounting Standards Board (SASB).
Going forward in 2022, the Committee will ensure that sustainability
is fully integrated into the business strategy and that the company
continues to create value for all of its stakeholders. Areas of specific
attention will include focus on increasing diversity, inclusion and
equity; sustainable sourcing; the relevance of biodiversity and
deforestation for the business.
Anastasios I. Leventis
Committee Chair
117INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report
Maintaining our performance
focus during a challenging year
Dear Shareholder
Our Company and employees continued to rise to
thechallenges of the COVID-19 pandemic during 2021,
navigating reopenings and recovery while continuing
toadapt to new ways of working. While we maintained
business continuity, the health and safety of our
workforce has always been our first priority.
TheRemuneration Committee’s decisions during the
year were considered in the context of the remuneration
of all our employees and reflect the importance of
incentivising and rewarding our most critical employees:
those on the front lines serving our customers.
As the Chair of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to
present our Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended
31December 2021. Our primary listing is on the London Stock
Exchange, and our Company is domiciled in Switzerland. We therefore
ensure, as described in this report, that we comply with UK regulations,
except where these conflict with Swiss law. The format of this year’s
Remuneration Report is consistent with the format of last year’s as
there were no significant changes in relevant regulations. As always,
Iwelcome your feedback and suggestions regarding anything we can
do to improve the report further.
The Group’s remuneration philosophy and policies are designed to
attract, motivate and retain the talented people we need to meet
theCompany’s strategic objectives, and to give them due recognition.
To this end, the Remuneration Committee has worked to ensure
that the remuneration policy of the Group remains fair, transparent,
and competitive in comparison with our peers, and that remuneration
helps drive our growth strategy and sustainable performance.
Remuneration in context
We achieved strong performance in 2021. Inavolatile market
environment, where in many of our countries wehad customers
whoremained closed for several months, the business has achieved
an acceleration of revenues and profitability as well as a faster pace
of market share gains, with all key metrics above pre-pandemic
levels. We have continued to invest in long-term opportunities
including the acquisition of Coca‑Cola Bottling Company of Egypt
and the stake inCaffè Vergnano which expands our coffee strategy;
and we have announced targets and funds toachieve net zero
carbon emissions by 2040. Our key financial highlights include:
FX-neutral revenue growth +20.6% like-for-like . Reported
revenues +16.9%;
Volume growth of 14.0% like‑for‑like, or 13% on a reported basis;
FX-neutral revenue per case up to 5.8% driven by pricing and
revenue growth management strategies;
Comparable EBIT grew by 23.6% with margins +60bps to 11.6%.
Reported EBIT grew by 21.0%;
Operating costs as a percent of revenue improved by 2.2pp,
driven by operating leverage, cost savings higher than plan; and
Strong earnings growth, record high free cash flow and increased
dividend pay-out target range to 40-50%.
Stakeholder experience
Our shareholders
The Committee acknowledges that, at our 2021 Annual General
Meeting all resolutions were successfully passed with therequisite
majority, however, there were significant minority votes against
Resolutions 7and 9, the advisory votes to approve the UK
Remuneration Report and the Swiss Remuneration Report.
Eachwere passed with the support of approximately 72% of the
votescast.
Highlights this year
We developed a more comprehensive shareholder
engagement programme, conducting a consultation
between the Chair of the Remuneration Committee and
anextensive number of shareholders for the first time.
This followed the AGM and was directly in response
tofeedback received from shareholders as part of our
consultations last year.
The key decisions we made this year in relation to
incentiveoutcomes and the implementation of our
Remuneration Policy were informed by this shareholder
consultation process.
Letter from the Chair of the
Remuneration Committee
Free cash flow (€m)
601.3
(2020: 497)
Comparable EPS (€)
1.584
(2020: 1.185)
Comparable EBIT
(€m)
831
(2020: 672)
ROIC
14.8%
(2020: 11.1%)
NSR (Net sales revenue)
7,168
(2020: 6,132)
Included in MIP Included in PSP
118 
We adjusted our Wellbeing framework to take into account the new
ways of working and needs of our employees.
Furthermore, we ensured that there were no redundancies made
asa result of the impact of the COVID‑19 pandemic. Full details of
how we cultivated the potential of our people in 2021 can be found
on page 41-42.
Applying the remuneration policy for Directors in 2021
In 2021, Zoran Bogdanovic’s salary was increased to €815,000
representing an increase of 3.2%, effective 1 May 2021. Following
the freeze in 2020, the Committee believed that as the Company
emerged from the COVID-19 pandemic, an increase for the CEO
inline with other employees was appropriate. The average increase
for our other head office employees was 3.1%.
We signalled in last year’s Annual Report that the adjustments
madeto employees and CEO incentive outcomes would continue
totry to reflect appropriately the changed environment with the aim
to incentivise and retain our broader workforce. The decisions in
relation to PSP outcomes followed asimilar reasoning to the decisions
in 2020, albeit our business had stronger performance in 2021
compared to last year.
As mentioned in last year’s report, the approach under the MIP
changed in 2021, shifting to a multiplicative rather than additive
calculation to give more emphasis on business performance over
personal performance. The business performance KPIs were
simplified to focus on three key metrics: revenue (40% weighting),
comparable EBIT (40% weighting) and free cash flow (20% weighting).
The formulaic MIP outcome for the CEO was 100% of the maximum
opportunity. The Committee applied downward discretion to adjust
for the benefit of the sale of the Cyprus plant and toreflect the
smallamount of government aid due to COVID‑19 received in a few
countries outside the UK but for which there are no mechanisms
available for repayment. The final MIP outcome was 91% of the
maximum opportunity. Theeffect of this adjustment was to reduce
the outcome for the CEO by 12.6% of salary. Details of the targets,
performance against them and the plan outcomes are set out
onpage 134.
As described in more detail on page 135, the Committee took
thedecision to adjust targets for the 2019 PSP award. The original
targets for thisaward were set prior to the onset of the pandemic
and were no longer appropriate in light of that impact. At the time
ofrevising the targets, the plan would have delivered zero vesting.
The Committee took into consideration the financial, operational
and strategic performance of the business over the three year period,
as well as the shareholder experience including the dividend payouts.
TheCommittee carefully considered the adjusted targets to
ensurethat they are equally stretched and still represented good
performance at threshold and exceptional performance
atmaximumlevels.
Performance against the revised targets over the period 2019 to
2021 resulted in a formulaic vesting level of 90% of the maximum
PSP award granted in 2019, which excludes the benefit from the sale
of the Cyprus plant. The Committee decided to apply downwards
discretion to this figure, resulting in a final vesting level of 75%
ofthemaximum. Details of the targets and outcomes are explained
onpage 135.
Following the AGM, we extended our engagement with shareholders
and their proxy advisers on remuneration issues. We reached out to
the top 20 shareholders as well as all those who had contacted the
Boardto express their views, particularly with regard to the targetsfor
the 2018 Performance Share Plan awards. Whilst the Remuneration
Committee had sought to ensure that these incentive arrangements
continued to align with their original intent given the impact of
COVID‑19, weacknowledge that not all shareholders were supportive
of such adjustments. Through the engagement process, shareholders
did express a range of views on other actions the Committee might
consider to provide retention and incentivisation to the workforce
reflecting the different operating environment presented
byCOVID‑19.
The Remuneration Committee believes that the decisions it took
were necessary to retain and incentivise the broader management
team, in addition to the executive leadership and CEO. These individuals
were directly responsible for navigating the Company through the
turbulence caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and ensuring the
resilience and recovery of the business.
In terms of the shareholder experience, our investors have benefited
from recent and historical strong financial performance. We have
returned €4.1 billion to shareholders over the last two decades with
aprogressive dividend policy complemented by extraordinary returns
through special dividends. In 2021, we paid a dividend of €0.64, a
3.2% increase despite the decline in EPS. This represented a payout
ratio of 54%, ahead of our medium term target of 35-45%, and
wasproposed to ensure we rewarded shareholders and maintained
our commitment to a progressive dividend. While the COVID-19
pandemic is a continuing source of uncertainty globally, based
onourbusiness’s resilience and future opportunities, the Board has
proposed adividend of €0.71, a10.9% increase compared with last
year. We have committed tocontinue to make progressive dividend
payments in the future.
Our employees and their remuneration
As a continuation to the improvements made in 2020 to enable our
workforce to operate effectively, in 2021 we maintained our ongoing
dialogue with our employees to listen and understand their needs.
I continue to attend the majority of the Works Council meetings
andplenary during the year which covers approximately half of
ourpopulation . I speak with the employee representatives to
discusstheir thoughts on the Company’s relationship with them.
Thediscussions and outcomes are shared in the Remuneration
Committee meetings as input for taking wider decisions related
toremuneration for the workforce and executives.
In reviewing our wider workforce remuneration practices, we
prioritised the treatment of our front‑line employees: we continue
tofocus on protecting them and ensuring that their remuneration is
treated fairly. Annual increases were awarded to the wider population
in 2021 as were incentives, and they are planned again for 2022.
We conducted two additional surveys to complement our annual
engagement survey to ensure we remained abreast of the views
ofour employees at a time of significant change and uncertainty.
119INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Looking ahead
The Remuneration Committee will continue to keep policies
underreview so as to ensure that plans and programmes relating
toremuneration support the Company’s strategy and objectives
andare closely linked to shareholders’ interests. The Committee
ismindful of the evolution in corporate governance requirements
andwill continue to review the application of these as it relates
toaspects of remuneration.
The Remuneration Committee believes that the amended
Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the AGM in June
2021 remains appropriate and carefully balances alignment with
theCompany’s business strategy and our response to evolving
corporate governance requirements.
As in 2021, for the purposes of the 2022 MIP business performance
willbe measured based on performance against three KPIs: revenue
(40% weighting), comparable EBIT (40% weighting) and free cash
flow (20% weighting).
The Committee intends that 2022 PSP awards will be made subject
to the same performance metrics as 2021 awards: ROIC (42.5%),
EPS (42.5%) and reduction of CO
2
emissions (15%). However,
theCommittee has determined to temporarily postpone target
setting in light of the heightened uncertainty as a result of the
Russia-Ukraine war. The Group has significant operations in both
countries. We intend to set targets as soon as possible, within six
months from the standard date of grant and will fully disclose targets
via RNS atthat time.
We will proceed with providing the individual grants for the 2022 PSP
in March as per usual process. Taking into account the share price
volatility at the time of grant, the Remuneration Committee will
retain the right to appropriately apply discretion to the share award
outcome at the time of vesting, for example to safeguard against
any inappropriate windfall gains.
In addition, the Committee has welcomed the discussions with
shareholders and plans to build on our extensive consultation
during2021, continuing the productive dialogue with our
shareholders thisyear.
The role of the Remuneration Committee
The main responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee are to
establish the remuneration strategy for the Group and to approve
compensation packages for Directors and senior management.
Further, the Committee reviews wider workforce remuneration
policies at Coca‑Cola HBC and the alignment of incentives and
rewards with strategy and culture, taking these into account when
setting the remuneration policy. The Remuneration Committee
operates under the Charter for the Committees of the Board of the
Company set forth in Annex C to the Organisational Regulations
ofthe Company, available on the Group’s website at: https://www.
coca-colahellenic.com/en/ about-us/corporate-governance
Members Membership status
Charlotte J. Boyle (Chair)
Member since 2017
Chair since June 2020
Reto Francioni Appointed June 2016
Anna Diamantopoulou Appointed June 2020
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the
Remuneration Committee consists of three independent non-
Executive Directors: Charlotte J. Boyle (Chair), Reto Francioni
andAnna Diamantopoulou, who were each last elected by the
shareholders for a one-year term on 22 June 2021.
The Remuneration Committee met four times in 2021; in March,
June, September and December. Please refer to the Corporate
Governance Report on page 92 for details of the Remuneration
Committee meetings.
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Q&A
Chair of the
Remuneration
Committee
What was the reason behind the
significant minority vote against
the remuneration report last year
and what has the Committee done
to address any issues?
The Committee understands from our
extensive consultation with shareholders
that the primary reasons for the votes
against the Annual Report on
Remuneration (with 72% in favour) was
theCommittee’s decision to adjust the
performance metrics relating to PSP
vesting in respect of performance up to
31December 2020.
In reaction to the vote, the Committee
decided for the first time to conduct
anextensive shareholder consultation,
reaching out to many shareholders and
engaging with all shareholders who
expressed concerns. As the Chair of the
Committee, I met with 12 shareholders to
discuss matters related to remuneration.
We reached out to the top 20 shareholders
as well as all those who contacted the
Board to express concerns, particularly
regarding targets for 2018 Performance
Share Plan awards. Whilst the Remuneration
Committee had sought to ensure that
these incentive arrangements continued
toalign with their original intent given
theimpact of the COVID-19 pandemic,
weacknowledge that shareholders have
arange of views as to the appropriateness
ofsuch adjustments.
The Remuneration Committee believes
that the adjustments made were necessary
to retain and incentivise the broader
management team, in addition to the
executive leadership and CEO. These
individuals were directly responsible
fornavigating the Company through the
turbulence caused by COVID-19 and
ensuring the resilience and recovery
ofthebusiness.
120 
How was the impact of the
COVID‑19 pandemic factored into
the target‑setting process for 2021?
In respect of the long-term Performance
Share Plan (PSP), which covers a three-
yearperformance period, the Committee
determined that given the uncertainty
around the COVID-19 pandemic, it was
prudent to delay the final calibration of
targets for the awards for 2021 until
therewas greater certainty in the
macroeconomic environment.
In line with guidance from the Investment
Association, PSP awards were granted for
2021 in the usual timeframe in March 2021.
PSP targets for 2021 were subsequently
confirmed and publicly announced in the
autumn of 2021.
Did the Company take government
aid during the year and what were
the views of shareholders on this?
The Company received a small amount
ofgovernment aid (amounting to €4.7m in
total) – mostly in Italy and Switzerland, and
I note that there was no government aid
received in the UK. There were different
views from our shareholders regarding the
consideration ofgovernment aid.
UK shareholders were firmly of the view
thatno incentives should pay out where
support had been taken and not paid back.
The Company notes that the mechanisms
which are in place for repaying support
intheUK are not necessarily in place
inallgeographies.
In general, our US shareholders placed
more focus on the treatment of employees
during the period and were pleased that the
Company did not make any COVID-19
related redundancies during 2021.
MIP payouts in relation to 2021 as for 2020
were adjusted to exclude the benefits of
the aid taken.
Did the Committee make any
adjustments to incentive outcomes
for 2021?
As described above, the Company
receiveda small amount of government
aidand the mechanisms are not place for
repaying thisin all geographies. As for
2020, the outcome of the 2021 MIP was
reduced for the CEO and the Executive
Leadership Team totake into account
thissupport received and to remove the
benefit from the sale of the Cyprus plant.
The impact was to reduce the implied
formulaic outcome from 100% to 91%
ofthe maximum.
The performance period for the 2019
PSPcontained two years (2020 and 2021)
where the impact of the COVID-19
pandemic was felt. 2019 was a year with
solid business performance.
Fx neutral revenue grew +4.4%. EBIT
margin grew 330 basis points to 10.8%.
OpEx improved by 80 bps. ROIC expanded
by 50 bps to 14.2%. FCF increased by
20%year on year. EPS increased by 10%
resulting in 1.436. In order to ensure
thePSP continued to be effective in its
corepurpose – to motivate and retain
employees (including executives) over
along period – the Committee determined
to adjust the targets to maintain relevancy.
In doing so, the Committee put inplace
safeguards to ensure the revised targets
led to outcomes which were fair forall
employees and considered the broader
stakeholder environment.
The Committee considered analyst
forecasts and adjusted the targets to
deliver suitable stretch when considering
these external reference points.
The Committee noted that, at the time
when COVID-19 first impacted, it was
anticipated that it would not be until 2022
that we caught up with the 2020 business
plan. In fact, this was achieved in 2021, in
spite of the fact that we have continued to
oparate in a ‘non-normal’ environment and
some of our channels notably HORECA has
been impacted by lockdowns.
The Committee applied the same treatment
to the 2019 PSP for all employees, with
nopreference given to any population.
Alternative approaches to the PSP were
also considered such as using discretion
toadjusting vesting or making a larger
award in 2022. Feedback to these
alternative approaches was mixed from
ourshareholders and there was not one
approach that proved universally acceptable.
The formulaic outcome against the adjusted
targets was vesting of 90% excluding the
benefit from the sale of the Cyprus plant.
Furthermore, the Committee also decided
it was appropriate to apply downward
discretion and the awards will vest at 75%
of the original grant.
Is the Committee satisfied with

executive incentives?
The Company has used ESG metrics for
either short-term or long-term incentives
for a number of years, reflecting our
approach to responsible, long-term
management and the importance of
ensuring our licence to operate. The CEO’s
individual performance is measured in key
strategic areas and taken into account
forMIP. These strategic areas include
theCompany’s performance in ESG
benchmarks. The Company received
thehighest scores in 8 of the 10 most
recognized ESG benchmarks, DJSI, CDP,
MSCI, ecoact, FTSE4GOOD, MSCI and
Vigeo Eiris. The PSP contains metrics linked
to a reduction in CO
2
emissions. The CO
2
emissions target in the PSP implicitly
captures reduction in plastics, which was
akey driver of its selection as a metric.
These selected metrics directly align with
and incentivise delivery of the Company’s
ESG objectives, particularly our ambitious
goal to achieve net zero emissions across
our entire value chain by 2040.
The achievement of ESG metrics has an
impact on the overall MIP opportunity and
account for 15% of the PSP opportunity.
The Committee is satisfied that this
issufficient focus in order to achieve
ourambitious sustainability targets,
withoutdiluting focus on financial
andgrowth objectives.
Charlotte J. Boyle
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
121INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Remuneration throughout the organisation – a snapshot
Reward strategy and objective
The objective of the Group’s remuneration philosophy is to
attract,retain and motivate employees who are curious, agile and
committed to high performance. Our reward strategy seeks to
promote a growth mindset and reinforce desirable behaviours,
ensuring that employees are fairly rewarded and that their individual
contributions are linked to the success of the Company.
Variable pay is an important element of our reward philosophy.
Asignificant proportion of total remuneration for top managers
(including the Chief Executive Officer and the members of the
Executive Leadership Team) is tied to the achievement of our
business objectives. These objectives are defined by key business
metrics that are consistent with our growth strategy and will deliver
long-term shareholder value. The variable pay element increases
ordecreases based on the achieved business performance.
Throughequity‑related long‑term compensation, we seek to
ensurethat the financial interests of the Chief Executive Officer,
themembers of theExecutive Leadership Team and senior
managers are aligned with those of shareholders.
All of our remuneration plans, both fixed and variable, are designed
tobe cost‑effective, taking into account market practice, business
performance, and individual performance and experience where
relevant. We pay close attention to our shareholders’ views
inreviewing our remuneration policy and programmes.
In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the following
factors, which align well with our objectives, were also considered:
clarity and simplicity: we believe that our policy provides
transparency for Executives and shareholders about what
performance we are looking for across our portfolio;
risk: we note the reputational and other risks that can result from
excessive rewards and believe that our robust target-setting and
long history of applying discretion to performance outcome
addresses this;
predictability and proportionality: we believe that the link between
individual awards, the delivery of strategy and the long-term
performance of the Company is clearly explained in this report
andthat our approach ensures proportionate pay outcomes that
do not reward poor performance; and
alignment to culture: we want our Executives to make decisions
that support the long-term performance and health of the business.
Attracting
Finding the people we want and need
Retaining
Continuing to attract the best talent
Motivating
Achieving business, financial and non-financial targets
Recognising
Adopting behaviours that produce exceptional performance
How we implement our reward strategy
The chart below illustrates how we put our reward strategy into practice, with the different remuneration arrangements that apply
todifferent employee groups.
Chief Executive

Leadership Team
Chief Executive Officer,
Executive Leadership
Team and selected
senior management
Selected middle and
senior management
All management All employees
Shareholding guidelines
Support the alignment
with shareholder
interests ensuring
sustainable
performance: Chief
Executive Officer –
required to hold shares
in the Company equal in
value to 300% of annual
base salary within
afive‑year period and
apost‑employment
shareholding
requirement applying
from this year.
Executive Leadership
Team – required to hold
shares in the Company
equal in value to 100% of
annual base salary within
a five-year period.
Performance Share Plan
Performance share
awards vest over three
years. PSP awards are
cascaded down to select
senior managers,
promoting a focus on
long-term performance
and aligning them to
shareholders’ interests.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
Cash long-term
incentive awards vest
over three years. LTIP
awards are cascaded
down to select middle
and senior management
to reinforce long-term
performance and ensure
retention of our talents.
Management Incentive
Plan
Management
employees may be
eligible to receive an
award under the annual
bonus scheme that
promotes a high-
performance culture.
Performance conditions
are bespoke to the role
and business unit.
Employee Share Purchase


The Employee Share
Purchase Plan
encourages share
ownership and aligns
theinterests of our
employees with those
ofshareholders.
Fixed pay and benefits
(base salary, retirement
and other benefits –
dependent on country
practice)
Base salaries may reflect
the market value of
eachrole as well as the
individual’s performance
and potential.
Retirement and other
benefits are subject to
local market practice.
Note: Participants in the Performance Share Plan are not eligible to participate in the Long‑Term Incentive Plan.
122 
Remuneration arrangements for the Chief Executive Officer – at a glance
The table below summarises the remuneration arrangements in place for our Chief Executive Officer. See page 133 for total compensation figures.
Pay element Detail
Base salary
The base salary of the Chief Executive Officer is €815,000.
The base salary of the Chief Executive Officer will be increased by 3.1% to €840,000 with effect
from 1 May 2022.
Retirement benefits
The Chief Executive Officer participates in a defined benefit pension plan under Swiss law.
Employer contributions are 15% of annual base salary.
Other benefits
Other benefits include (but are not limited to) medical insurance, housing allowance, company
car/allowance, cost of living adjustment, trip allowance, partner allowance, exchange rate
protection, tax equalisation and tax filing support and advice. Benefit levels vary each year
depending on need.
ESPP

The Chief Executive Officer may participate in the Company’s Employee Share Purchase Plan.
As a scheme participant, the Chief Executive Officer has the opportunity to invest a portion of
his base salary and/or MIP payments in shares. The Company matches employee contributions
on a one-to-one basis up to 3% of base salary and/or MIP payout.
Awards are subject to potential application of malus and clawback provisions.
MIP

The MIP consists of a maximum annual bonus opportunity of up to 140% of base salary.
Payout is based on business performance targets and individual performance. The Business
Performance element will result in an outcome between 0% and 200% of the target MIP and
the Individual Performance element will result in an outcome of up to 100%, with the overall
payout as a percentage of salary being based on the multiplication of these two figures.
For 2022, Business Performance will be measured based on performance against three
KPIs:revenue (40% weighting), comparable EBIT (40% weighting) and free cash flow
(20%weighting).
50% of any MIP payout will be deferred into shares for a further three-year period. Payments
are subject to potential application of malus and clawback provisions.
PSP

The PSP is an annual share award which vests after three years. For the award in 2022,
vestingwill be based on performance conditions measured over a three‑year period against:
(i) comparable earnings per share (EPS) (42.5% weighting);
(ii) return on invested capital (ROIC) (42.5% weighting);
(iii) reduction of CO
2
emissions (15% weighting).
An additional two-year holding period will apply following vesting.
Awards are subject to potential application of malus and clawback provisions.
Base salary
Retirement
benefits
Other
benefits
ESPP MIP PSP
Total
compensation
Fixed pay
Variable pay subject
toperformance
123INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Remuneration policy
Introduction
The following section (pages 124 to 126) sets out our Directors’ remuneration policy as approved by shareholders at the Annual General
Meeting in June 2021. No changes are being proposed to the policy this year and the 2021 policy will continue to apply.
As a Swiss-incorporated company, we are not required to put forward our remuneration policy for a shareholder vote, but we intend to
dosovoluntarily at least every three years (or when there are changes). We continue to endeavour to make sure that our disclosure complies
with UK regulations, except where these conflict with Swiss law.
Policy table – Chief Executive Officer
The Company currently has a single Executive Director, being the Chief Executive Officer. Therefore, for simplicity, this section refers only
tothe Chief Executive Officer. This remuneration policy would, however, apply for any new Executive Director role, in the event that one was
created during the term of this remuneration policy. In that case, references in this section to the Chief Executive Officer should be read as
being to each Executive Director.
Fixed
Base salary Retirement benefits
Purpose and link to strategy
To provide a fixed level of compensation appropriate to the
requirements of the role of Chief Executive Officer and to
support the attraction and retention of the talent able to deliver
the Group’s strategy.
Operation
Salary is reviewed annually, with salary changes normally effective
on 1 May each year.
The following parameters are considered when reviewing the
base salary level:
the Chief Executive Officer’s performance, skills and
responsibilities;
economic conditions and performance trends;
experience of the Chief Executive Officer;
pay increases for other employees; and
external comparisons based on factors such as: the industry of
the business, revenue, market capitalisation, headcount,
geographical footprint, stock exchange listing (FTSE) and
other European companies.
Malus and clawback provisions do not apply to base salary.
Maximum opportunity
Whilst there is no maximum salary level, any increases awarded
to the Chief Executive Officer will normally be broadly aligned
with the broader employee population.
The salary increase made to the Chief Executive Officer may
exceed the average salary increase under certain circumstances
at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion. These
circumstances may include: business and individual performance;
material changes to the business; internal promotions; accrual of
experience; changes to the role; or other material factors.
Performance metrics
Individual and business performance are key factors when
determining any base salary changes.
The annual base salary for the Chief Executive Officer is set out
on page 123.
Purpose and link to strategy
To provide competitive, cost-effective post-retirement benefits.
Operation
The Chief Executive Officer participates in a defined benefit
pension plan. However, we have adjusted the pension scheme
tobe co‑contributory, in line with the pension scheme for the
wider Swiss workforce, for new Executive Directors’
appointments from 2020 onwards.
Normal retirement age for the Chief Executive Officer’s plan is 65
years. In case of early retirement, which is possible from the age
of 58, the Chief Executive Officer is entitled to receive the
amount accrued under the plan as a lump sum.
Malus and clawback provisions do not apply to retirement
benefits.
Maximum opportunity
The contributions to the pension plan are calculated as a
percentage of annual base salary (excluding any incentive
payments or other allowance/benefits provided) based on age
brackets as defined by Fedral Swiss legislation.
This percentage is currently 15% of base salary and increases to
18% for age above 55.
Performance metrics
None.
124 
Other benefits 
Purpose and link to strategy
To provide benefits to the Chief Executive Officer which are
consistent with market practice.
Operation
Benefit provisions are reviewed by the Remuneration Committee
which has the discretion to recommend the introduction of
additional benefits where appropriate.
Typical provisions for the Chief Executive Officer include benefits
related to relocation such as housing allowance, company car/
allowance, cost of living adjustment, trip allowance, partner
allowance, exchange rate protection, tax equalisation and tax
filing support and advice. For all benefits, the Company will bear
any income tax and social security contributions arising from
such payments.
Malus and clawback provisions do not apply to benefits.
Maximum opportunity
There is no defined maximum as the cost to the Company
ofproviding such benefits will vary from year to year.
Performance metrics
None.
Purpose and link to strategy
The ESPP is an Employee Share Purchase Plan, encouraging
broader share ownership, and is intended to align the interests
ofemployees and the Chief Executive Officer with those
oftheshareholders.
Operation
This is a voluntary share purchase scheme across many of the
Group’s countries. The Chief Executive Officer as a scheme
participant has the opportunity to invest from 1% to 15% of his
base salary and/or MIP payout to purchase the Company’s
shares by contributing to the plan on a monthly basis.
The Company matches the Chief Executive Officer’s
contributions on a one-to-one basis up to 3% of the employee’s
base salary and/or MIP payout. Matching contributions are used
to purchase shares one year after the purchase of shares by
employees. Matching shares are immediately vested.
Dividends received in respect of shares held under the ESPP are
used to purchase additional shares and are immediately vested.
The Chief Executive Officer is eligible to participate in the ESPP
operated by the Company on the same basis as other employees.
Malus and clawback provisions apply. Further details may be
found in the Additional notes to the Executive Director’s
remuneration policy table section on page 128.
Maximum opportunity
Maximum investment is 15% of gross base salary and MIP
payout. The Company matches contributions up to 3% of gross
base salary and MIP payout. Matching contributions are used to
purchase shares one year after the matching. Matching shares
are immediately vested.
Performance metrics
The value is directly linked to the share price performance.
It is therefore not affected by other performance criteria.
Variable pay
 
Purpose and link to strategy
To support profitable growth and reward annually for
contribution to business performance. The plan aims to promote
a high-performance culture with stretching business and
individual targets linked to our key strategies.
Operation
Annual cash bonus awarded under the MIP is subject to business
and individual performance metrics and is non-pensionable.
The Chief Executive Officer’s individual objectives are regularly
reviewed to ensure relevance to business strategy and are set
and approved annually by the Chair of the Remuneration
Committee and Chairman of the Board of Directors.
Stretching targets for business performance are set annually,
based on the business plan of the Group as approved by the Board
of Directors. The Remuneration Committee will determine the
business performance metrics and weightings on an annual basis.
Performance against these targets and bonus outcomes
isassessed by the Remuneration Committee, which may
recommend an adjustment to the payout level where it considers
the overall performance of the Company or the individual’s
contribution warrants a higher or lower outcome.
Malus and clawback provisions apply. Further details may be
found in the Additional notes to the Executive Director’s
remuneration policy table section on page 128.
Purpose and link to strategy
To align the Chief Executive Officer’s interests with the interests
of shareholders, and increase the ability of the Group to attract
and reward individuals with exceptional skills.
Operation
The Chief Executive Officer is granted conditional awards of
shares which vest after three years, subject to the achievement
of performance metrics and continued service. Grants take place
annually, normally every March.
Performance metrics and the associated targets are reviewed
and determined around the beginning of each performance
period to ensure that they support the long-term strategy
andobjectives of the Group and are aligned with
shareholders’interests.
Dividends may be paid on vested shares where the performance
metrics are achieved at the end of the three-year period.
Malus and clawback provisions apply. Further details may
befound in the Additional notes to the Executive Director’s
remuneration policy table section on page 128.
125INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Variable pay continued
 
Maximum opportunity
Awards (normally) have a face value up to 330% of base salary.
In exceptional circumstances only, the Remuneration Committee
has the discretion to grant awards up to 450% of base salary.
Performance metrics
Vesting of awards is subject to the three-year Group performance
metrics. For each award, the Remuneration Committee will
determine the applicable metrics, weightings and target calibration
making up the performance condition.
Following the end of the three-year period, the Remuneration
Committee will determine the extent to which performance
metrics have been met and, in turn, the level of vesting.
Participants may receive vested awards in the form of shares
oracash equivalent.
For each performance metric, achieving threshold performance
results in vesting of 25% of the award and maximum performance
results in vesting of 100% of the award. There will be a straight-line
vesting between these performance levels.
Performance share awards will lapse if the Remuneration
Committee determines that the performance metrics have not
been met. The Remuneration Committee will have discretion to
reduce or negate PSP award vesting, in case of significant adverse
environmental, social or governance impacts regarding the
Company’s activities.
Holding period
Any vested award (net of shares sold to cover tax liability) is subject
to a further two‑year holding period following the end ofthe
three-year performance period. During this two-year period, these
beneficially owned shares are subject to a no-sale commitment.
Any shares subject to the holding period count towards the
shareholding requirement.
Adjustments
In the event of an equity restructuring, the Remuneration
Committee may make an equitable adjustment to the terms of
the performance share award by adjusting the number and kind of
shares which have been granted or may be granted and/or making
provision for payment of cash in respect of any outstanding
performance share award.
Where exceptional circumstances exist such that the original
targets no longer meet the intent at the time of grant, the
Committee will have the discretion to adjust targets in a manner
that is considered to be no less stretching than the original
performance condition. Where any such adjustment is made, the
details will be fully disclosed in the following Remuneration Report.
Change of control
In the event of change of control, unvested performance share
awards held by participants vest immediately on a pro-rated basis
if the Remuneration Committee determines that the performance
metrics have been satisfied or would have been likely to be satisfied
at the end of the performance period, unless the Remuneration
Committee determines that substitute performance share
awards may be used in place of the previous awards. For vested
shares subject to the additional holding period, the holding period
will lapseand the participants are no longer subject to the
no‑salecommitment.
Maximum opportunity
The Chief Executive Officer’s maximum MIP opportunity is set
at 140% of annual base salary. The Business Performance
element will result in an outcome between 0% and 200% of the
target MIP and the Individual Performance element will result in an
outcome of up to 100%, with the overall payout as a percentage
of salary being based on the multiplication of these two figures.
Threshold, target and maximum achievement for the Business
Performance element will result in an outcome as follows:
Threshold: 0% of base salary
Target: 70% of base salary
Maximum: 140% of base salary
The maximum opportunity level will therefore only pay out
forboth a stretch level of business performance and full
achievement of the individual performance element.
Performance metrics
The MIP awards are based on business metrics linked to our
business strategy. These may include, but are not limited to,
measures of revenue, profit, profit margins and operating
efficiencies. The weighting of individual performance metrics shall
be determined by the Remuneration Committee around the
beginning of the MIP performance period.
Details related to the key performance indicators can be found
inthe Annual Report on Remuneration onpage 134.
Deferral of MIP
50% of any MIP award is to be deferred into shares which
willbemade available after a three‑year deferral period which
commences on the first day on the fiscal year in which the
deferred share award is made.
Deferred shares may be subject to malus and clawback (for a
period of two years following this incentive award) to the extent
deemed appropriate by the Remuneration Committee, in line
withbest practice.
126 
Maximum
Maximum
performance +50%
share price growth
Target
Minimum
14%
12%
21%
45%
16%
13%
23%
48%
1,814
2%
2%
3%
7%
20%
16%
15% 38%
3,881
47%
19%
5,679
7,024
Base salary Cash and non-cash benefits Pension MIP PSP PSP – share price appreciation
38%
Minimum performance Fixed remuneration only, i.e. base salary, pension and other benefits
(including ESPP participation).
No payout under the MIP or PSP.
Target performance Fixed remuneration.
MIP payout of 70% of base salary.
PSP vesting at 181.5% of base salary.
Maximum performance Fixed remuneration.
MIP payout of 140% of base salary.
PSP vesting at 330% of base salary.
Maximum performance + 50% share price growth Fixed remuneration.
MIP payout of 140% of base salary.
PSP vesting at 330% of base salary.
50% assumed share price growth over three-year PSP performance period.
Other than in the ‘Maximum performance + 50% share price growth’ scenario, no share price growth or dividend assumptions have been
included in the charts above.
Component Minimum (€ 000s) Target (€ 000s) Maximum (€ 000s)
Maximum performance
+50% share price growth
(€000’s)
Fixed Base salary
1
€815 €815 €815 €815
Pension €122 €122 €122 €122
Cash and non-cash benefits
2
€877 €894 €911 €911
Variable MIP €571 €1,141 €1,141
PSP €1,479 €2,690 €2,690
PSP – 50% share price
appreciation €1,345
Total €1,814 €3,881 €5,679 €7,024
1. Represents the annual base salary as at the last review in May 2021.
2. ESPP employer contributions may vary depending on the MIP payout provided that the Chief Executive Officer decides to contribute a portion of the MIP towards the ESPP.
Thefigures provided have been calculated on the basis of the applicable MIP payout and the Chief Executive Officer deciding to contribute 3% to the ESPP.
Additional notes to the Executive Director’s remuneration policy table
Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration policy illustration
The graph below provides estimates of the potential reward opportunity for the Chief Executive Officer and the split between the
differentelements of remuneration under three different performance scenarios: ‘Minimum’, ‘Target’ and ‘Maximum’. In line with the
reporting regulations, a scenario assuming 50% share price growth over the three-year PSP performance period is also shown below.
Theassumptions used for these charts are set out in the table below (€ 000s).
127INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report continued

The ESOP was replaced by the PSP in 2015 and the last grant under the ESOP took place in December 2014. Although the Remuneration
Committee does not intend to award under the ESOP going forward, there are still outstanding stock option awards which may be exercised
in future years. Awards vest in one-third increments each year for three years and can be exercised for up to 10 years from the date
oftheaward.
Malus and clawback provision for variable pay plans
The MIP, PSP, ESOP and ESPP plans include malus provisions which give the Remuneration Committee and/or the Board discretion to judge
that an award should lapse wholly or partly in event of material misstatement of financial results and/or misconduct, significant reputational
risk and corporate failure.
The Remuneration Committee and/or Board also has the discretion to determine that clawback should be applied to awards under the MIP,
PSP, ESOP and ESPP plans for the Chief Executive Officer and members of the Executive Leadership Team. Clawback can potentially be
applied topayments or vested awards for up to a two‑year period following payment or vesting.
Shareholding guidelines
In order to strengthen the link with shareholders’ interests, the Chief Executive Officer is required to hold shares in the Company equal
invalue to 300% of annual base salary. Members of the Executive Leadership Team are required to hold 100% of annual base salary.
TheChief Executive Officer has five years from appointment to accumulate shares equal to 300% of annual base salary (with shares acquired
from PSPawards and shares resulting from the deferral of the 50% of the MIP counting towards fulfilment of the shareholding requirement).
TheCommittee continues to review the potential need for stronger shareholding requirements in the long term and this is subject to further
review inthe future.
The Policy contains a post-employment shareholding requirement whereby the Chief Executive Officer would, if leaving the Company,
berequired to hold shares equivalent to 200% of base salary (or actual shareholding at termination date if lower than this) for a period
oftwoyears after leaving employment.
Remuneration arrangements across the Group
The remuneration approach for the Chief Executive Officer, the members of the Executive Leadership Team and senior management
issimilar. The Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration has a significantly higher proportion of variable pay in comparison with the rest
ofour employees. The Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration will increase or decrease in line with business performance, aligning it with
shareholders’ interests.
The structure of the remuneration package for the wider employee population takes into account local market practice and is intended
toattract and retain the right talent, be competitive and remunerate employees for promoting a growth mindset while contributing to the
Group’s performance. As part of the Performance for Growth framework introduced in 2019, we revised and updated the remuneration
framework with features such as each business unit having more flexibility on target positioning, managers having the flexibility to retain key
talent, and guidance provided for increased awards for high-potential and/or exceptional performance.
Policy table – non‑Executive Directors
Base fees
Purpose and link to strategy
To provide a fixed level of compensation appropriate to the requirements of the role of non-Executive Director and to attract and retain
high-quality non-Executive Directors with the right talent, values and skills necessary to provide oversight and support to management
togrow the business, support the Company’s strategic framework and maximise shareholder value.
Operation
Non‑Executive Directors’ fees are set at a level that will not call into question the objectivity of the Board. When considering market levels,
comparable companies typically include those in the FTSE index with similar positioning as the Company, other Swiss companies with similar
market capitalisation and/or revenues, and other relevant European listed companies.
Maximum opportunity
Fee levels for non‑Executive Directors include an annual fixed fee plus additional fees for membership of Board committees when applicable,
as summarised below for the period from the AGM June 22, 2021 to AGM June 2022. The proposed fees which will be voted on at the next
AGM can be found on page 136:
Base non‑Executive Director’s fee: €73,500
Senior Independent Director’s fee: €15,800
Audit and Risk Committee Chair fee: €28,900
Audit and Risk Committee member fee: €14,500
Remuneration, Nomination and Social Responsibility Chair fees: €11,600
Remuneration, Nomination and Social Responsibility member fees: €5,800
Fee levels are subject to periodic review and approval by the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.
Other benefits
Non-Executive Directors do not receive any benefits in cash or in kind. They are not entitled to severance payments in the event
oftermination of their appointment. They are entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable expenses incurred in the interests of the Group.
Variable remuneration
Non-Executive Directors do not receive any form of variable compensation.
128 
Legacy arrangements
For the avoidance of doubt, it is noted that the Company will honour any commitments entered into that have previously been disclosed
toshareholders.
Policy on recruitment/appointment
Executive Directors
Annual base salary arrangements for the appointment of an Executive Director will be set considering market relevance, skills, experience,
internal comparisons and cost. The Remuneration Committee may recommend an appropriate initial annual base salary below relevant
market levels. In such situations, the Remuneration Committee may make a recommendation to realign the level of base salary in the
following years. As highlighted above, annual base salary ‘gaps’ may result in higher rates of salary increase in the short term, subject
toanindividual’s performance. The discretion is retained to offer an annual base salary necessary to meet the individual circumstances
oftherecruited Executive Director and to enable the hiring of an individual with the necessary skills and expertise.
The maximum level of variable pay that may be offered will follow the rules of the MIP and is capped at 140% of the relevant individual’s annual
base salary. The maximum level of equity-related pay that may be offered will follow the PSP rules and is capped at 450% of the relevant
individual’s annual base salary. The typical award is not expected to surpass 330% of base salary. Different performance measures may be
set initially for the annual bonus taking into consideration the point in the financial year that a new Executive Director joins. The above limits
do not include the value of any buyout arrangements.
Benefits will be provided in line with the Group’s policy for other employees. If an Executive Director is required torelocate, benefits may be
provided as per the Group’s international transfer policy which may include transfer allowance, tax equalisation, tax advice and support,
housing, cost of living, schooling, travel and relocation costs.
The Remuneration Committee may consider recommending the buying out of incentive awards that an individual would forfeit by accepting
the appointment up to an equivalent value in shares or in cash. In the case of a share award, the Remuneration Committee may approve
agrant of shares under the PSP. When deciding on a potential incentive award buyout and in particular the level and value thereof, the
Remuneration Committee will be informed of the time and performance pro-rated level of any forfeited award.
It is expected that Executive Directors appointed during the remuneration policy period will be appointed on similar notice provisions
totheChief Executive Officer, allowing for termination of office by either party on six months’ notice.
Non‑Executive Directors
It is expected that non-Executive Directors appointed during the remuneration policy period will receive the same basic fee and, as
appropriate, committee fee or fees as existing non-Executive Directors and will be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable expenses
incurred in the interests of the Group.
It is expected that non-Executive Directors appointed during the remuneration policy period will be appointed on a one-year term
ofappointment, in the same manner as existing non‑Executive Directors.
The Company does not compensate new non-Executive Directors for any forfeited share awards in previous employment.
Termination payments
The Swiss Ordinance against Excessive Compensation in Listed Companies limits the authority of the Remuneration Committee
andtheBoard to determine compensation. Limitations include the prohibition of certain types of severance compensation.
Our governance framework ensures that the Group uses the right channels to support reward decisions. In the case of early termination,
thenon‑Executive Directors would be entitled to their fees accrued as of the date of termination, but are not entitled to any additional
compensation. The Chief Executive Officer’s employment contract does not contain any provisions for payments on termination.
Notice periods are set for up to six months and non-compete clauses are 12 months. The notice period anticipates that up to six months’
paid garden leave may be provided. Similarly, up to 12 months of base salary may be paid out in relation to the non-compete period.
In case of future terminations, payments will be made in accordance with the termination policy on page 130.
129INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Pay element
Good leaver
(retirement at 55 or later/at
least 10 years’ continued service)
Good leaver
(injury, disability)
Bad leaver
(resignation, dismissal) Death in service
Base salary and
other benefits /
non-Executive
Directors’ fees
Payment in lieu of notice is not permissible. The Company could ask the Chief Executive Officer
to be on paid garden leave for up to six months.
ESPP Unvested cash allocations held in the ESPP
will vest upon termination.
Unvested cash allocations
under the ESPP are
forfeited.
Available ESPP shares will
be transferred to heirs.
MIP A pro-rated payout as
ofthe date of retirement
will be applied.
Deferred shares will
continue to vest as normal.
A pro-rated payout as
ofthedate of leaving will
beapplied.
Deferred shares will
continue to vest as normal.
In the event of resignation
ordismissal, as per Swiss
law, the Chief Executive
Officer is entitled to a
pro‑rated MIPpayout.
Any outstanding deferred
shares will lapse.
A pro-rated payout will be
applied and will be paid
immediately to heirs,
basedon the latest rolling
estimate.
Deferred shares will
continue to vest as normal.
PSP/ESOP All unvested options and
performance share awards
continue to vest as normal
subject to time pro-rating
and are subject to the
additional holding period.
For vested shares that are
subject to the additional
holding period, they will
continue to be subject to
the no-sale commitment
until the end of the relevant
two-year period.
Under Swiss law, share
awards are considered
annual compensation
andas such when time
pro-rating is required, the
year of grant (12 months)
and not the vesting period
(36 months) for time
pro-rating calculations
isconsidered.
All unvested options and
performance share awards
immediately vest to the
extent that the
Remuneration Committee
determines that the
performance conditions
have been met, or are likely
to be met at the end of the
three-year performance
period and are subject to the
additional holding period.
Any options that vest are
exercisable within 12
months from the date
oftermination.
For vested shares that are
subject to the additional
holding period, they will
continue to be subject to
the no-sale commitment
until the end of the relevant
two-year period.
All unvested options and
performance share awards
immediately lapse without
any compensation.
In the event of resignation,
all vested options must be
exercised within six months
from the date of
termination.
Upon dismissal, all vested
options must be exercised
within 30 days from the date
of termination.
For vested shares that are
subject to the additional
holding period, they will
continue to be subject to
the no-sale commitment
until the end of the relevant
two-year period.
All unvested options and
performance share awards
immediately vest subject
totime and performance
pro-rating.
Any options that vest are
exercisable within 12
months from the date
oftermination.
For vested shares that are
subject to the additional
holding period, the no-sale
commitment will cease
immediately.
Under Swiss law, share
awards are considered
annual compensation
andas such when time
pro-rating is required, the
year of grant (12 months)
and not the vesting period
(36 months) for time
pro-rating calculations
isconsidered.
Corporate events
In the event of an equity restructuring, the Remuneration Committee may make an equitable adjustment to the terms of the performance
share award by adjusting the number and kind of shares that have been granted or may be granted and/or making provision for payment
ofcash in respect of any outstanding performance share award.
In the event of a change of control, unvested performance share awards held by participants vest immediately on a pro-rated basis if the
Remuneration Committee determines that the performance conditions have been satisfied or would have been likely to be satisfied at the
end of the performance period, unless the Remuneration Committee determines that substitute performance share awards may be used
inplace of the previous awards.
130 
Service contracts
Zoran Bogdanovic, the Chief Executive Officer, has a service contract with the Company with a six‑month notice period. As noted in the
Termination payments section on page 129, the Chief Executive Officer’s employment contract does not include any termination benefits,
other than as mandated by Swiss law. The Swiss Code of Obligations requires employers to pay severance when an employment relationship
ends with an employee of at least 50 years of age after 20 years or more of service.
The Chief Executive Officer is also entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable expenses incurred in the interests of the Company.
In accordance with the Swiss Ordinance against Excessive Compensation in Listed Companies, there are no sign-on policies/provisions
forthe appointment of the Chief Executive Officer.
The table below provides details of the current service contracts and terms of appointment for the Chief Executive Officer and other Directors.
Name Title
Date originally appointed to the
Board of the Company
Date appointed to the
Board of the Company
Unexpired term of service
contract or appointment as
non-Executive Director
Anastassis G. David Chairman and
non‑ExecutiveDirector
27 July 2006 22 June 2021 One year
Zoran Bogdanovic Chief Executive Officer 11 June 2018 22 June 2021 Indefinite, terminable
onsix months’ notice
Charlotte J. Boyle Non-Executive Director 20 June 2017 22 June 2021 One year
Henrique Braun Non-Executive Director 22 June 2021 22 June 2021 One year
Olusola (Sola) David‑Borha Non-Executive Director 24 June 2015 22 June 2021 One year
Anna Diamantopoulou Non-Executive Director 16 June 2020 22 June 2021 One year
William W. (Bill) Douglas III Non-Executive Director 21 June 2016 22 June 2021 One year
Reto Francioni Senior Independent
non-Executive Director
21 June 2016 22 June 2021 One year
Anastasios I. Leventis Non-Executive Director 25 June 2014 22 June 2021 One year
Christo Leventis Non-Executive Director 25 June 2014 22 June 2021 One year
Alexandra Papalexopoulou Non-Executive Director 24 June 2015 22 June 2021 One year
Bruno Pietracci Non-Executive Director 22 June 2021 22 June 2021 One year
Ryan Rudolph Non-Executive Director 21 June 2016 22 June 2021 One year
The Chief Executive Officer’s service contract and the terms and conditions of appointment of the non-Executive Directors are available
forinspection by the public at the registered office of the Group.
Consideration of employee views
The Remuneration Committee does not currently consult specifically with employees on policy for the remuneration of the Chief Executive
Officer. Pay movement for the wider employment group is considered when making pay decisions for the Chief Executive Officer. The Chair
of the Remuneration Committee is also the designated non-Executive Director for workforce engagement. As such, she attends meetings
of our European Works Council and meets with elected employee representatives from our businesses in EU countries. She then reports
back to the Board on her observations and matters raised by employees, ensuring Board and Remuneration Committee deliberations and
decision-making are fully informed.
Consideration of shareholder views
Shareholder views and the achievement of the Group’s overall business strategies have been taken into account in formulating the
remuneration policy. Following shareholder feedback before and after the Annual General Meeting, the Remuneration Committee and the
Board consult with shareholders and meet with institutional investors to gather feedback on the Company’s remuneration strategy and
corporate governance. The Company would be happy to engage with shareholders in the future to discuss the outcomes of the
remuneration policy.
In reviewing and determining remuneration, the Remuneration Committee takes into account the following:
the business strategies and needs of the Company;
the views of shareholders on Group policies and programmes of remuneration;
the alignment of remuneration policy with the principles of clarity, simplicity, risk, predictability, proportionality and alignment with culture;
market comparisons and the positioning of the Group’s remuneration relative to other comparable companies;
input from employees regarding our remuneration programmes;
the need for similar, performance-related principles for the determination of executive remuneration and the remuneration of other
employees; and
the need for objectivity. Board members, the Chief Executive Officer and Executive Leadership Team members play no part in determining
their own remuneration. The Chair of the Remuneration Committee and the Chief Executive Officer are not present when the
Remuneration Committee and the Board discuss matters that pertain to their remuneration.
This ensures that the same performance-setting principles are applied for Executive remuneration and for other employees in the organisation.
131INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Annual Report on Remuneration
Introduction
This section of the report provides detail on how we have implemented our remuneration policy in 2021 which, in accordance with the UK
remuneration reporting regulations, will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote at our 2022 Annual General Meeting.
Activities of the Remuneration Committee during 2021
During 2021, the key Remuneration Committee activities were to:
undertake extensive shareholder consultation to understand different views on our remuneration approach and explain the
Committee’sdecisions;
review and sign off the 2020 Directors’ Remuneration Report;
review the 2021 base salary for the Chief Executive Officer;
review and approve the 2021 base salaries for the Executive Leadership Team members and general managers;
review and approve the 2020 MIP payout for the Chief Executive Officer;
review and approve payout levels for the 2020 MIP in relation to Executive Leadership Team members and general managers;
review and approve the performance achievement of the 2018 PSP award, number of shares vesting and dividend equivalents;
set and approve 2021 PSP targets;
review award levels for 2021 PSP awards;
determine the adjustments to the operation of the MIP and PSP to ensure that they continued to align with their original intent taking
theimpact of the COVID‑19 pandemic into account;
review short and long‑term incentives arrangements for the wider workforce; and
review the assets of the Company’s Irish defined benefit pension plans.
Advisers to the Remuneration Committee
The Chief People and Culture Officer, the Head of Rewards and the General Counsel regularly attend meetings of the Remuneration Committee.
While the Remuneration Committee does not have external advisers, in 2021 it authorised management to work with external consultancy
firm Willis Towers Watson, which provided independent advice on ad hoc remuneration issues during the year. These services are considered
to have been independent, objective and relevant to the market. Other than employee engagement benchmarking services, Willis Towers
Watson does not provide any other services to the Company or to any individual director. The total cost in connection with this work was
€31,622, invoiced on a time spent basis. Willis Towers Watson is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and provides advice
inline with its Code of Business Conduct. Considering this, and the level and nature of the service received, the Committee remains satisfied
that the advice is objective and independent.
132 
Non‑Executive Directors’ remuneration for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020
Financial
year Base fee
1
(€)
Audit and Risk
Committee
(€)
Remuneration
Committee
(€)
Nomination
Committee
(€)
Social
Responsibility
Committee
(€)
Senior
Independent
Director
(€)
Social security
contributions
2
(€)
Total
(€)
Anastassis G. David FY2021 73,500 73,500
FY2020 73,500 73,500
Charlotte J. Boyle FY2021 73,500 11,600 5,800 90,900
FY2020 73,500 5,800 5,800 88,000
Henrique Braun
3
FY2021 36,750 2,988 39,738
FY2020
Olusola (Sola) David-Borha FY2021 73,500 14,500 7,156 95,156
FY2020 73,500 14,500 7,134 95,134
Anna Diamantopoulou
4
FY2021 73,500 5,800 5,800 5,800 7,392 98,292
FY2020 36,750 2,900 2,900 2,900 3,685 49,135
William W. (Bill) Douglas lll FY2021 73,500 28,900 102,400
FY2020 73,500 28,900 102,400
Reto Francioni FY2021 73,500 5,800 11,600 15,800 6,399 113,099
FY2020 73,500 5,800 11,600 15,800 7,700 114,400
Anastasios I. Leventis FY2021 73,500 11,600 85,100
FY2020 73,500 11,600 85,100
Christo Leventis FY2021 73,500 73,500
FY2020 73,500 73,500
Alexandra Papalexopoulou FY2021 73,500 14,500 88,000
FY2020 73,500 7,250 5,800 2,900 2,900 3,263 95,613
Bruno Pietracci
5
FY2021 36,750 2,900 3,224 42,874
FY2020
José Octavio Reyes
6
FY2021 36,750 2,900 2,249 41,899
FY2020 73,500 5,800 4,456 83,756
Alfredo Rivera
7
FY2021 36,750 36,750
FY2020 73,500 73,500
Ryan Rudolph FY2021 73,500 5,977 79,477
FY2020 73,500 5,958 79,458
1. Non-Executive Director fees for 2021 were in line with the fees that were revised in 2018.
2. Social security employer contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
3. Henrique Braun was appointed to the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021. The Group applied a half‑year period base fee.
4. Anna Diamantopoulou was appointed to the Board of Directors on 16 June 2020. The Group applied a half‑year period base fee.
5. Bruno Pietracci was appointed to the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021. The Group applied a half‑year period base fee.
6. José Octavio Reyes retired from the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021. The Group applied a half‑year period base fee.
7. Alfredo Rivera retired from the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021. The Group applied a half‑year period base fee.
Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the Group’s incentive plans, nor do they receive any retirement or other taxable
benefits. Fee levels in the table above were last reviewed in 2018 and no change was made for 2021.
Single figure table
Single total figure of remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020.
Base pay
1
€ 000s
Cash and non-cash
benefits
2
€ 000s
Annual bonus
3
€ 000s
Employee Share
Purchase Plan
4
€ 000s
Long-term incentives
5
€ 000s
Retirement
benefits
6
€ 000s
Total single figure
€ 000s
2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
Zoran Bogdanovic 807 790 853 651 1,038 407 30 32 2,061 1,325 133 135 4,921 3,340
1. ‘Base pay’ includes the monthly instalments linked to the base salary for 2021 and 2020.
2. ‘Cash and non-cash benefits’ includes the value of all benefits paid during 2021. These are outlined in the ‘Cash and non-cash benefits’ section on page 134 and include any
gross-ups for the tax benefit.
3. Annual bonus for 2021 includes the MIP payout, receivable early in 2022 for the 2021 performance year, including the amount deferred in shares.
4. ‘Employee Share Purchase Plan’ reflects the value of Company matching share contributions under the ESPP.
5. ‘Long-term incentives’ for 2021 reflects the 2019 awards made under the Performance Share Plan and the dividend equivalent shares paid on PSP shares that will vest in early 2022.
The number of shares due to vest to the Chief Executive Officer for the 2019 award is 65,435. The Chief Executive Officer will also get 4,324 shares representing the dividend
equivalents for the awarded shares for 2019, 2020 and 2021. The value reflects the number of shares multiplied by the average market price over the last three months of the
financial year. The figure will be restated in next year’s report based on the share price at vesting (as has been done for the 2018 award in the 2020 figure above). €81,574 of the
€2,060,637 total vested value of the 2019 award was due to increase in share price since date of grant.
6. ‘Retirement benefits’ includes the pension plan under Swiss law. Employer contributions are 15% of annual base salary. The disclosed figure also includes risk and administration
costs of €11,042.
133INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Fixed pay for 2021
Base salary
In 2021, Zoran Bogdanovic’s salary was increased to €815,000 representing an increase of 3.2% effective 1 May 2021. Following the freeze
in2020, the Committee believed that as the Company emerged from the COVID‑19 pandemic, an increase for the CEO in line with other
employees was appropriate. The average increase for our other head office employees was 3.1%.
Retirement benefits
Zoran Bogdanovic receives an annual retirement benefit of 15% of base salary, aligning to the retirement benefit provided under Swiss law
and based on the age brackets defined by federal Swiss legislation. During the year, €133,042 of retirement benefit was received inclusive
of€11,042 for risk and administration costs.
Cash and non‑cash benefits
Zoran Bogdanovic received additional benefits during 2021. These included cost of living and foreign exchange rate adjustment (€281,406),
private medical insurance (€17,841), partner allowance (€1,000), home trip allowance (€3,094), tax support (€16,239), company car (€26,439),
housing allowance (€105,952), Company matching contribution related to the ESPP (€30,303 – reflecting the maximum match of 3% under
the plan), tax equalisation (€292,134), and the value of social security contributions (€108,400).
Variable pay for 2021
MIP performance outcomes – 2021
2021 was the first year in which the Company operated a multiplicative annual bonus under which the payout is calculated by multiplying
theoutcome from the Business Performance element by the outcome for the Individual Performance element.
The Business Performance element for the 2021 MIP was based on the following metrics:
Net Sales Revenue, with an opportunity of 56% of salary for maximum performance (28% of salary for target performance).
Comparable EBIT, with an opportunity of 56% of salary for maximum performance (28% of salary for target performance).
Free cash flow, with an opportunity level of 28% of salary for maximum performance (14% of salary for target performance).
The outcome of the Business Performance element is multiplied by the outcome for the Individual Performance element.
The financial metrics, the associated targets and level of achievement are set out below.
The CEO’s individual performance was determined based on to receiving the highest scores in 8 out of the 10 most recognized ESG
benchmarks, ranking 8 in Refinitiv’s Diversity and Inclusion Index, Employee Sustainable Engagement maintained at the same level,
completion of strategic M&A projects such asthe acquisition of Coca‑Cola Bottling Company of Egypt, the stake in Caffè Vergnano,
andthefinancial results which surpassed the consensus and 2020 financial results.
A few of our business units received government in the first half of the year in 2021 amounting to 4.7m EUR. There was no mechanism
inplace to return those funds. In addition, the results were positively impacted by the sale of the Cyprus plant. Therefore, the Committee,
took the decision to apply discretion to reduce the formulaic outcome of the MIP for the CEO and the Executive LeadershipTeam.
Assuchthe formulaic business results would have been 200% resulting in 140% of the salary.
Metric
Performance level (payout % of Target opportunity)
Achievement
Payout
(% of
base
salary)Threshold (0%) Target (100%) Maximum (200%)
 6,279.0 6,825.0 7,166.3 7,168.4 56%
 708.3 769.9 831.5 831.0 56%
 381.8 415.0 456.5 601.3 28%
Total (Business Performance multiplied by Individual performance) 140%
Application of downward discretion by the Remuneration Committee (12.6%) Final outcome 127.4% of the base salary
The Remuneration Committee considered theabove formulaic outcome to ensure that it was both fair and appropriate given the wider
stakeholder experience described above. TheCommittee adjusted the outcome downwards in relation to the small amount of government
support received and to offset the benefit from the sale of Cyprus plant to result in 127.4% of the salary of the Chief Executive Officer.
Theannual bonus award in respect of the 2021 financial year for the Chief Executive Officer was therefore €1,038,310.
In accordance with the terms of the MIP, 50% of the award will be paid out in March 2022 and the remaining 50% will be deferred into shares
for aperiod of three years. MIP payouts are not driven by share price appreciation.
134 

The PSP is the Company’s primary long-term incentive vehicle. In March 2021, the Chief Executive Officer was granted a performance share
award over 97,206 shares under the PSP, representing 330% of base salary at date of grant.
The award is subject to a three-year performance period, aligned to the Company’s financial year, with performance measured to the end
offinancial year 2023, and vesting anticipated in March 2024. These vested shares will then be subject to a further two‑year holding period,
and the Chief Executive Officer agrees to a no-sale commitment during this time.
The following table sets out the details of the performance share award made to the Chief Executive Officer under the PSP for 2021.
Type of award made Performance share award over 97,206 shares, receivable for nil cost
Share price at date of grant €27.66 (£23.80)
Date of grant 18 March 2021
Performance period 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2023
Face value of the award
(The maximum number of shares that would vest if all performance
measures and targets are met, multiplied by the share price
atthedate of grant)
€2,688,718
Face value of the award as a % of annual base salary 330%
Percentage that would be distributed if threshold performance
wasachieved in both PSP key performance indicators
25% of maximum award
Percentage that would be distributed if threshold performance
wasachieved only in one PSP key performance indicator
12.5% of maximum award
Similar to the award made in March 2020, the 2021 award was subject to comparable earnings per share (EPS) and return on invested capital
(ROIC) targets as outlined below, and for the 2021 award a sustainability metric was introduced as set out below.
The reduction in greenhouse gas emissions metric was selected to directly align with and incentivise delivery of the Company’s ESG
objectives, particularly our ambitious goal to achieve net zero emissions across our entire value chain by 2040. The CO
2
emissions target
inthe PSP implicitly captures reduction in plastics, which was a key driver of its selection as a metric.
Threshold Maximum
Measure Description Weighting Target
Vesting
(% of max) Target
Vesting (%
of max)
Comparable EPS Calculated by dividing the comparable net profit attributable
to the owners of the parent by the weighted average number
ofoutstanding shares during the period.
42.5% 1.63p 25% 1.89p 100%
Return on invested
capital (ROIC)
ROIC is the percentage return that a company makes on
its invested capital. More specifically, we define ROIC as the
percentage of comparable net profit excluding net finance costs
divided by the capital employed. Capital employed is calculated
as the average of net debt and shareholders’ equity attributable
to the owners of the parent through the year.
42.5% 13.0% 25% 14.9% 100%
Reduction in CO
2
emissions
This target supports the Company’s ambitious goal to achieve
net zero emissions across its entire value chain by 2040. Aligned
with science and 1.5 degree Celsius scenarios and approved by
the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) and calculated as
thousand tonnes of CO
2
emissions equivalent.
15% 3.973 25% 3.758 100%
The vesting schedule for PSP performance conditions is a straight line between the threshold and maximum performance levels.

Due to the COVID-19 impact on the business, the Committee has considered that the stretch built into the target ranges for the
2019-2021 PSP awards prior to the onset of the pandemic were inappropriate in light of that impact. We wished to recognise our
widermanagement team’s efforts in achieving exceptional business outcomes and ensure their continued drive and commitment.
TheCommittee therefore determined to adjust the targets to maintain relevance. In doing so, the Committee put in place safeguards
toensure the revised targets led to outcomes which were fair for all employees.
The Committee considered analyst forecasts and adjusted the targets to be stretching when considering these external reference points.
The Committee applied the same treatment to the 2019 PSP for all employees, with no preference given to any population.
Alternative approaches to the PSP were considered, such as using discretion to adjust vesting or making a greater award in 2022.
Ultimately, the Committee was of the view that a formulaic adjustment to targets best maintained the purpose of the PSP and did not
leadto overall increases in future target pay.The revised targets are equally stretching and still represent good performance at threshold
levels and exceptional performance at maximum levels, which would deliver superior returns to shareholders.
135INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Threshold Maximum
Measure Weighting Target
Vesting
(% of max) Three-year target
Vesting
(% of max)
Original targets
of2019 award
Comparable EPS 50% 1.62 25% 1.80 100%
ROIC 50% 13.8% 25% 15.8% 100%
Measure Weighting
Threshold Maximum Actual
Total
(% of max)
Target Vesting Target Vesting Achievement Vesting
90%
Revised targets
of2019 award
Comparable EPS 50% 1.39 25% 1.59 100% 1.54 81%
ROIC 50% 12.5% 25% 14.3% 100% 14.362 100%
Application of downward discretion by the Remuneration Committee (15%) Final outcome 75% of max
In proposing these adjustments, the following is noted:
Prior to the impact of the pandemic, targets were calibrated such that awards were expected to vest at around 50% of maximum for
strong performance. The same stretch applied to revised targets, namely that these awards were expected to vest at around 50%
ofmaximum for strong performance.
We took into account analysts’ consensus forecasts and ensured that targets were stretched beyond that (as we did in 2020) to reduce
outcomes as if government aid monies had not been received.
The changes in the table above would apply to all PSP participants throughout the organisation, which represents approximately 50
individuals (including the Executive Leadership Team and CEO) allowing them to be appropriately rewarded and share in the success
ofanyfuture good performance.
The Committee took into careful consideration the varied shareholder feedback we received during consultation and continues to be
mindful of it in relation to subsisting awards. While some of our shareholders expressed concern over adjusting long-term incentive
targets, others indicated they would not be averse to a change in the targets for the 2019 and 2020 awards – understanding our rationale
for the need forchange, provided that we explain clearly our thinking and apply equally rigorous and stretching targets as the ones we
originally applied atthe time of award. We have aimed to follow this as a a primary principle.
The formulaic outcome against the adjusted targets was vesting of 90% of the maximum with the exclusion of the benefit of the sale
oftheCyprus plant. Furthermore, the Committee took a step back and considered all factors in the round, including both the shareholder
experience and employee experience, and determined that it was appropriate to apply downward discretion and reduce the outcome to 75%
of maximum for all 50 participants, including the CEO and Executive Leadership Team.
If no adjustment had been made to the performance conditions, the payout under the 2019 PSP award would have been 23%.
2020 PSP awards
Many of the same considerations outlined above in relation to the 2019 PSP awards apply in the same way to 2020 PSP awards.
TheCommittee continues to keep under review the appropriateness of the targets for the 2020 PSP awards and whether adjustments
should be made in light of the prevailing environment at the time. It is also mindful of ensuring any incentive outcomes are always fair
andappropriate in the round. Anyapproach will ultimately intend to represent good performance at threshold levels and exceptional
performance at maximum levels, which would deliver superior returns to shareholders.
Dilution limit
Usage of shares under all share plans and executive share plans adheres to the dilution limits set by the Investment Association Principles
ofRemuneration (10% for all share plans and 5% for all executive share plans, in any 10‑year period).
Implementation of policy in 2022
For 2022, we will continue to apply the remuneration policy approved by shareholders in 2021, as outlined on pages 124 to 126.
Base salary and fees
The Chief Executive Officer’s base salary was reviewed in March 2022. The base salary will be increased by 3.1% to €840,000 effective
1May2022. Although 2022 salary increase levels for employees have not been confirmed at the date of this report, it is anticipated that
theChief Executive Officer’s increase will be in line with the increases provided for the wider workforce.
Chairman and Board fees were reviewed for the first time since 2018 and the following increases shall apply, effective following the AGM:
Non-Executive Directors’ fees
Current fees
(unchanged
since 2018)
With effect
from the date
of AGM
Chairman fee €73,500 €150,000
Basic fee €73,500 €82,000
Senior Independent Director €15,800 €18,000
Audit and Risk Committee Chair €28,900 €32,000
Audit and Risk Committee member €14,500 €16,000
Remuneration/Nomination/Social Responsibility Committee Chair €11,600 €13,000
Remuneration/Nomination/Social Responsibility Committee member €5,800 €6,500
The increase for the Chairman better reflects the time commitment required for the role and the Committee notes that the new fees remain
below market levels.
136 

As of 2021, the MIP operates on a multiplicative basis – i.e. the outcome will be determined by Business Performance multiplied byIndividual
Performance, which means that unless the business performance targets are achieved no bonus will be payable.
Business Performance is measured based on performance against three KPIs: revenue (40% weighting), comparable EBIT (40% weighting)
and free cash flow (20% weighting). Targets are considered to be commercially sensitive but will be disclosed on a retrospective basis in next
year’s remuneration report. For target performance against this element the outcome will be 70%, rising to 140% for maximum performance.
For the CEO, Individual Performance will be assessed based on the achievement of defined strategic objectives. Based on the Remuneration
Committee’s assessment of performance against these strategic objectives, the outcome for the Individual Performance element may
beup to 100%.
The maximum opportunity level (which would reflect both a stretch level of business performance and full achievement of the individual
strategic objectives) for the CEO will be 140% of base salary, which is unchanged from 2021.

The levels of PSP awards for 2022 are anticipated to be in line with those awarded in 2021 – i.e. 330% of base salary for the Chief Executive
Officer. It is intended that, as in past years, the three-year performance conditions applicable to the award will continue to be based on ROIC
and EPS as well as the reduction of CO
2
emissions metric which was first introduced in 2021.
The weightings will be ROIC: 42.5%, EPS: 42.5%, reduction of CO
2
emissions 15% – i.e. unchanged from 2021.
The Committee has determined to temporarily postpone target setting in light of the current heightened uncertainty as a result of the
Russia-Ukraine war. The Group has significant operations in both countries. We intend to set targets as soon as possible, within six months
from the standard date of grant and will fully disclose targets via RNS at that time as well as in next year’s annual report. We will proceed
withproviding the annual award for the the plan participants, including the CEO, in March 2022. Taking into account the share price volatility
at the time of grant, the Remuneration Committee will retain the right to appropriately apply discretion to the share award outcome at the
time of vesting, for example to safeguard against any inappropriate windfall gains.
The performance period for 2022 awards will be the three years to the end of December 2024 and vesting will occur in March 2025.
Thesevested shares will then be subject to a further two‑year holding period, and the Chief Executive Officer agrees to a no‑sale
commitment during this time.
Annual percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees
The following table sets out the change in remuneration for each Director for the last two years compared with the average percentage
change for other employees.
Salary/fees Taxable benefits Annual bonus
Director 2020 to 2021 2019 to 2020 2020 to 2021 2019 to 2020 2020 to 2021 2019 to 2020
Anastassis G. David (3.06%)
Charlotte J. Boyle (3.06%)
Henrique Braun (3.06%)
Olusola (Sola) David‑Borha (3.06%)
Anna Diamantopoulou (3.06%)
William W. (Bill) Douglas lll (3.06%)
Reto Francioni (3.06%)
Anastasios I. Leventis (3.06%)
Christo Leventis (3.06%)
Alexandra Papalexopoulou (3.06%)
Bruno Pietracci (3.06%)
Jose Octavio Reyes (3.06%)
Alfredo Rivera (3.06%)
Ryan Rudolph (3.06%)
CEO pay ratio
Coca‑Cola HBC is domiciled in Switzerland. We are therefore not required to report a CEO pay ratio under UK regulations; however, we are
voluntarily disclosing ratios below. Similar to the section ‘Annual percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees’ above,
wehave chosen to make a comparison with employees in Switzerland as this is the market in which our CEO is based. The international
nature of our business means that we operate in countries with a significant range in terms of market practice for levels of remuneration and
cost of living. Switzerland, for example, has a substantially higher cost of living and employment remuneration compared to other countries.
For this reason, comparisons with our Swiss workforce are likely to be more informative about the pay distribution of our workforce.
The table below compares the 2021 single figure of remuneration for the CEO with that of the employees who are paid at the 25th percentile
(lower quartile), 50th percentile (median) and 75th percentile (upper quartile) of the Company’s workforce based in Switzerland, ranked based
on total remuneration.
Year Method
25
th
percentile
pay ratio (P1)
Median
pay ratio (P2)
75
th
percentile
pay ratio (P3)
2021 Option A 65:1 52:1 42:1
2020 Option A 39:1 33:1 26:1
2019 Option A 33:1 29:1 23:1
137INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Option A is based on a sample of full-time Swiss employees. Their pay and benefits is calculated, and every Swiss employee is ranked to
determine P25, P50 and P75. Several Swiss employees around each percentile were identified to ensure that they accurately represent the
relevant percentile ranking.
The methodology used to identify the lower quartile, median and upper quartile employees was to rank all employees of the Swiss workforce
on total remuneration (for employees who were in employment for the full calendar year). Two employees around each percentile were
identified to ensure they accurately represent the relevant percentile ranking. The total remuneration for each of these employees was then
calculated consistent with the methodology applied for deriving the CEO’s single figure remuneration.
The table below sets out the total pay and benefits for the lower quartile, median and upper quartile:
25
th
percentile
in €
Median
in €
75
th
percentile
in €
Annual base salary 64,112 76,352 94,833
Total remuneration 76,035 95,581 118,432
Total remuneration of Swiss employees includes base salary, annual bonuses, other cash compensation (e.g. overtime), other cash and
non-cash benefits (e.g. company car, tax support, relocation etc.), pension employer contributions and employer social security
contributions during 2021.
We are satisfied that the pay ratios reported this year are consistent with our wider pay, reward and progression policies for employees.
As described on page 122, we have an overall remuneration philosophy that operates throughout the Group, ensuring that employees are
fairly rewarded and that their individual contributions are linked to the success of the Company.
Variable pay is an important element of our reward philosophy and a significant proportion of total remuneration for top managers (including
the CEO) is tied to the achievement of our business objectives. As employees advance through the Company there will be the opportunity
toreceive higher rewards commensurate with increased accountability and market practice. The increase in the CEO pay ratio in 2021
isdriven by business performance exceeding 2021 business plans impacting 2021MIP and 2019 PSP award. The 2018 PSP award that vested
in early2021 and was included inthe 2020 CEO pay ratio was capped at 50% and the 2020 MIP was applicable for half year. The CEO’s total
remuneration has a significantly higher proportion of variable pay in comparison with the rest of our employees. The CEO’s remuneration will
therefore increase or decrease in line with business performance, aligning it with shareholders’ interests.
Chief Executive Officer pay and performance comparison
The graph below shows the Total Shareholder Return (TSR) of the Company compared with the FTSE 100 index over a 10-year period to
31December 2021. The Remuneration Committee believes that the FTSE 100 Index is the most appropriate index to use for historic
performance due to the size of the Company and our listing location.
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021
Dimitris
Lois
Dimitris
Lois
Dimitris
Lois
Dimitris
Lois
Dimitris
Lois
Dimitris
Lois
Zoran
Bogdanovic
Zoran
Bogdanovic
Zoran
Bogdanovic
Zoran
Bogdanovic
Zoran
Bogdanovic
Total remuneration
–single figure
(€000s) 1,524 1,928 1,918 3,012 2,923 15,378 410 3,710 2,499 3,340 4,921
MIP (%ofmaximum) 68% 49% 45% 75% 55% 53% 5% 48% 56% 40% 91%
PSP (%ofmaximum) 90% 100% 75% 50% 75%
Dimitris Lois sadly passed away on 2 October 2017. The 2017 total remuneration values above reflect the period 1 January 2017 to
2October 2017. The total remuneration value for Zoran Bogdanovic reflects the period from his appointment as Chief Executive Officer
tothe end of the financial year, 7 December 2017 to 31 December 2017.
As the Company listed on the London Stock Exchange in April 2013, the amounts included in respect of the period before that date
relatetothe remuneration the previous Chief Executive Officer received in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of Coca-Cola Hellenic
BottlingCompany S.A.
50
100
150
200
250
300
Dec 12Dec 11 Dec 13 Dec 14 Dec 15 Dec 16 Dec 17 Dec 18 Dec 19 Dec 20 Dec 21
FTSE 100Coca-Cola HBC
Total Shareholder Return versus FTSE 100
138 COCA-COLA HBC
Compared with the prior year, the total staff costs have increased by 6%, while dividends distributed to shareholders have increased by 3%.
Shareholder voting outcomes
The table below sets out the result of the vote on the remuneration-related resolutions at the Annual General Meeting held in June 2021.
Resolution Votes for Votes against Abstentions Total votes cast
Voting rights
represented
Advisory vote on the UK Remuneration Report 188,898,393 73,049,577 48,575 261,996,545 71.78%
72.10% 27.88% 0.02%
Advisory vote on the Swiss Remuneration Report 189,272,983 72,675,321 48,241 261,996,545 71.78%
72.24% 27.74% 0.02%
Advisory vote on the remuneration policy 250,109,133 17,250,378 76,869 268,330,113 73.70%
93.54% 6.43% 0.03%
Approval of the maximum aggregate amount
ofremuneration for the Board until the next
AnnualGeneralMeeting
267,895,965 347,298 86,850 268,243,263 73.68%
99.87% 0.13% n.a
Approval of the maximum aggregate amount
ofremuneration for the Executive Leadership Team
forthenextfinancial year
265,205,431 1,660,130 1,464,552 266,865,561 73.30%
98.98% 0.62% n.a.
In reaction to the 72% in favor vote, the Committee decided for the first time to conduct an extensive shareholder consultation, reaching
outto many shareholders and engaging with all shareholders who expressed concerns. We value our ongoing dialogue with shareholders
andwelcome any views on this report.
Payments to past Directors and payments for loss of office
There were no payments made to past Directors of the Group or loss of office payments made during the year.
Payments to appointed Directors
There were no payments made to appointed Directors during the year.
Outside appointments for the Chief Executive Officer
Zoran Bogdanovic does not hold any appointments outside the Company.
Total Directors’ and Executive Leadership Team members’ remuneration
The table below outlines the aggregated total remuneration figures for Directors and Executive Leadership Team members in the year.
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Total remuneration paid to or accrued for Directors, the Executive Leadership Team and the
ChiefExecutiveOfficer 23.6 21.6
Salaries and other short-term benefits 16.3 15.9
Amount accrued for performance share awards 6.4 4.9
Pension and post-employment benefits for Directors, the Executive Leadership Team and the
ChiefExecutiveOfficer 0.9 0.8
Credits and loans granted to governing bodies
In 2021, no credits or loans were granted to active or former members of the Company’s Board, members of the Executive Leadership Team
orany related persons.
1,051.2 235.8
955.8 227.9
2021
2020
Total staff costs Distribution to shareholders (total shares)

The graphic below presents the year-on-year change in total expenditure for all employees across the Group and distributions made to
shareholders in the form of dividends, share buy-backs and/or capital returns.
139INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Share ownership
The table below summarises the total shareholding as at 31 December 2021, including any outstanding shares awarded through our incentive
plans, for the Chief Executive Officer and other Directors. There have been no changes in the interests of any Directors in shares in the period
to 16 March 2022.
With performance measures Without performance measures
PSP ESOP ESPP
Name
Share
interests
Performance
shares
granted in
2021
Unvested and
subject to
performance
conditions Vested
Number
ofstock
options
outstanding
Fully
vested
Vesting
at the
end of
2021
Number of
outstanding
shares held
as at 31
December
2021
Beneficially
owned
Current
shareholding
as % of base
salary
1
Shareholding
guideline
met
1
Zoran Bogdanovic
2
Yes 97,206 327,430 48,829 162,477 162,477 47,641 193,729 722% Yes
Anastassis G. David
3
Charlotte J. Boyle Yes 1,017
Henrique Braun
Olusola (Sola) David‑Borha
Anna Diamantopoulou
William W. (Bill) Douglas III Yes 10,000
Reto Francioni Yes 7,000
Anastasios I. Leventis
4
Christo Leventis
5
Alexandra Papalexopoulou
Bruno Pietracci
José Octavio Reyes
Alfredo Rivera
Ryan Rudolph
1. The shareholding requirement was introduced from the date of the 2015 PSP award, 10 December 2015 and has been updated to 300% in 2020.
2. Zoran Bogdanovic holds 19,113 stock options with an exercise price of £15.50 dating from the Stock Option 2010 Grant. This grant was originally due to expire on 9 December 2020.
However, due to a restriction on trading in company shares, these options were not able to be exercised. The Remuneration Committee therefore agreed a temporary extension
inthe expiration date of these options of 30 days after the end of the restricted period, in line with the provisions of the relevant plan rules. He exercised 43,538 options which were
due to expire 2021.
3. Anastassis G. David is a beneficiary of:
(a) a private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest with respect
to 85,355,019 shares held by Kar‑Tess Holding and
(b) a further private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest
withrespect to 832,268 shares held by Ari Holdings Limited.
4. Anastasios I. Leventis is a beneficiary of:
(a) a private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest with respect
to 85,355,019 shares held by Kar‑Tess Holding and
(b) a further private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest
withrespect to 286,880 shares held by its trustee, Selene Treuhand AG and
(c) a further private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Avgie Leventis, that has an indirect interest with respect
to2,138,277 shares held by Carlcan Holding Limited.
5. Christo Leventis is a beneficiary of:
(a) a private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest with respect
to 85,355,019 shares held by Kar‑Tess Holding and
(b) a further private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest
withrespect to 482,228 shares held by its trustee, Selene Treuhand AG and
(c) a further private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Avgie Leventis, that has an indirect interest with respect
to2,138,277 shares held by Carlcan Holding Limited.
Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report
The Directors’ Remuneration Report set out on pages 118 to 140 was approved by the Board of Directors on 16 March 2022 and signed
onits behalf by Charlotte J. Boyle, Chair of the Remuneration Committee.
Charlotte J. Boyle
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
16 March 2022
140 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report,
including the consolidated Financial Statements, and the Corporate
Governance Report including the Remuneration Report and the
Strategic Report, in accordance with applicable law and regulations.
The Directors, whose names and functions are set out on pages
88‑90, confirm to the best of their knowledge that:
(a) The Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and
understandable, and provides the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance,
business model and strategy.
(b) The consolidated Financial Statements, which have been
prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards, as issued by the IASB, give a true and fair view of the
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company
and the undertakings included in the consolidation of the Group
taken as a whole.
(c) The Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and
performance of the business and the position of the Company and
the undertakings included in the consolidated Coca‑Cola HBC Group
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and
uncertainties that they face.
The activities of the Group, together with the factors likely to
affectitsfuture development, performance, financial position, cash
flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the
Strategic Report (pages 10 to 72). In addition, Notes 24 ‘Financial
riskmanagement and financial instruments’, 25 ‘Net debt’, and 26
‘Equity’ include: the Company’s objectives, policies and processes
for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives;
details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its
exposures tocredit risk and liquidity risk. The Group has considerable
financial resources, together with long-term contracts with a
number of customers and suppliers across different countries.
TheDirectors have also assessed the principal risks and the other
matters discussed in connection with the Viability Statement
onpage 72. The Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the
goingconcern basis of accounting in preparing the annual Financial
Statements and have not identified any material uncertainties
totheGroup’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least
12months from the date of approval of these financial statements.
By order of the Board
Anastassis G. David
Chairman of the Board
March 2022
Disclosure of information required under Listing Rule 9.8.4R
For the purposes of Listing Rule 9.8.4CR, the information required to be disclosed by premium listed companies in the United Kingdom
isasfollows:
Listing Rule Information to be included Reference in report
9.8.4(1) Interest capitalised by the Group and an indication of the amount and treatment of any associated tax relief Not applicable
9.8.4(2) Details of any unaudited financial information required by LR 9.2.18 Not applicable
9.8.4(4) Details of any long-term incentive scheme described in LR 9.4.3 Not applicable
9.8.4(5) Details of any arrangement under which a Director has waived any emoluments Not applicable
9.8.4(6) Details of any arrangement under which a Director has agreed to waive future emoluments Not applicable
9.8.4(7) Details of any allotments of shares by the Company for cash not previously authorised by shareholders Not applicable
9.8.4(8) Details of any allotments of shares for cash by a major subsidiary of the Company Not applicable
9.8.4(9) Details of the participation by the Company in any placing made by its parent company Not applicable
9.8.4(10) Details of any contracts of significance involving a Director Not applicable
9.8.4(11) Details of any contract for the provision of services to the Company by a controlling shareholder Not applicable
9.8.4(12) Details of any arrangement under which a shareholder has waived or agreed to waive any dividends Not applicable
9.8.4(13) Details of any arrangement under which a shareholder has agreed to waive future dividends Not applicable
9.8.4(14) Agreements with a controlling shareholder Not applicable
141INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Majority of the information required by the
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB)
framework is included in the 2021 IAR and 2021 GRI
Content Index. Part of the information refers to our
public website https://www.coca-colahellenic.com/

Topic Accounting metric Category Unit of measure Code Response
Fleet fuel
management
Fleet fuel consumed
Quantitative
Gigajoules (GJ)
FB‑NB‑110a.1
1,078,121
Percentage renewable Percentage (%) 0%
Energy
management
Operational energy consumed
Quantitative
Gigajoules (GJ)
FB‑NB‑130a.1
7,093,841
Percentage grid electricity Percentage (%) 42%
Percentage renewable Percentage (%) 23%
Water
management
Total water withdrawn
Quantitative
Thousand cubic
metres(m³)
FB‑NB‑140a.1
26,373
Total water consumed Thousand cubic
metres(m³)
16,157
and percentage of each in
regions with High or Extremely
High Baseline Water Stress
Percentage (%) 39%
Description of water
management risks and
discussion of strategies
andpractices to mitigate
those risks
Discussion
andanalysis
n/a
FB‑NB‑140a.2
2021 IAR, Water stewardship, and Risk
sections (pages 50; 58, 61‑63)
2021 GRI Content Index (GRI 303:
Waterand Effluents).
CCHBC website_Sustainability section_
Water stewardship

nutrition
Revenue from: zero‑
andlow‑calorie
Quantitative
EUR
FB‑NB‑260a.1
€1,194.3 million only from Sparkling soft
drinks (SSD) portfolio,
22.7% of total SSD revenue.
no added sugar beverages EUR Not reported; we report towards our
UNESDA commitment for added sugar
reduction in the EU and the UK by 10% by
2025 vs. 2019: in 2021 we reduced the added
sugar in our beverages by 3% vs 2019.
artificially sweetened
beverages
EUR
CCHBC website_Sustainability section_
Nutrition
Not reported.
Product

marketing
Percentage of advertising
impressions (1) made on
children and (2) made on
children promoting products
that meet dietary guidelines
Quantitative
Percentage (%)
FB‑NB‑270a.1
Not reported. As a member of both the
Coca-Cola System and UNESDA, we abide
by the respective responsible marketing
guidelines. In addition, we have a responsible
marketing policy for premium spirits, while
our strategic approach towards marketing
to children is covered by our health and
wellness policy.
https://www.coca‑colahellenic.com/en/
about-us/corporate-governance/policies/
health-wellness-policy
Revenue from products
labelled as (1) containing
genetically modified
organisms (GMOs) and (2)
non-GMO
Quantitative
Reporting currency
FB‑NB‑270a.2
(1) None – we don’t produce/sell
GMOproducts.
(2) non‑GMO: €7,168.4 million
(100% of the portfolio).
CCHBC website_GMO Policy
Number of incidents of
non-compliance with industry
or regulatory labelling and/or
marketing codes
Quantitative
Number
FB‑NB‑270a.3
Zero incidents of non-compliance in 2021.
Refer to the 2021 GRI Content Index
(417-2 and 417-3).
2021 SASB Index
2021 SASB
Index
142 
Table 2. Activity metrics
Activity metric Category Unit of measure Code Response
Volume of products sold
Quantitative
Millions of hectolitres (Mhl)
FB‑NB‑000.A
143.58
Number of production facilities
Quantitative
Number
FB‑NB‑000.B
54 production facilities produce
non-alcoholic beverages
Total fleet road miles travelled
Quantitative
Kilometres
FB‑NB‑000.C
335,886,412
(continued)
Topic Accounting metric Category Unit of measure Code Response
Product

marketing
continued
Total amount of monetary
losses as a result of legal
proceedings associated with
marketing and/or labelling
practices
Quantitative
Reporting currency
FB‑NB‑270a.4
Zero incidents of non-compliance in 2021.
Refer to the 2021 GRI Content Index
(417-2 and 417-3).
Packaging
lifecycle
management
Total weight of packaging Metric tonnes (t) 739,321
(2) percentage made
fromrecycled and/or
renewable materials
Quantitative
Percentage (%)
FB‑NB‑410a.1
10.0 % rPET (placed on the market);
35.0% recycled glass; 50.0 % recycled
aluminium
(3) percentage that is
recyclable, reusable,
and/or compostable
Percentage (%) 99.9%
Discussion of strategies to
reduce the environmental
impact of packaging
throughout its lifecycle
Discussion
andanalysis
n/a
FB‑NB‑410a.2
CCHBC website_Sustainability section_
World without waste
Environmental

impacts

supply chain
Suppliers’ social and
environmental responsibility
audit: non‑conformance rate
and associated corrective
action rate for (a) major and (b)
minor non-conformances
Quantitative
Rate
FB‑NB‑430a.1
2021 GRI Content Index (205-2,
308-1,308-2, 407-1, 408-1, 409-1, 414-1
CCHBC website_Sustainable sourcing
andOur suppliers sections
CCHBC website_Sustainability section_
Sourcing
CCHBC website_Supplier Guiding
Principles
Ingredient
sourcing
Percentage of beverage
ingredients sourced from
regions with High or Extremely
High Baseline Water Stress
Quantitative
Percentage (%) by cost
FB‑NB‑440a.1
3.9% of supplier’s locations are in high
water risk as per our assessment by using
WWF Water Risk Filter.
List of priority beverage
ingredients and description
ofsourcing risks due to
environmental and social
considerations
Discussion
and analysis
n/a
FB‑NB‑440a.2
CCHBC website_Sustainability section_
Sourcing
2021 GRI Content Index (102-9, 205-2,
308-1, 308-2, 407-1, 408-1, 409-1,
414-1)
CCHBC website_Sustainable sourcing
andOur suppliers sections
Coca‑Cola HBC AG 2021 IAR has been prepared in accordance with
the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards, Core level. It has been
independently assured by denkstatt. Independent assurance
statement is on pages 242-244 of the 2021 IAR.
Currently, we do not track all metrics included in the Non-Alcoholic
Beverages Standards and will work towards including more data
inthe future.
143INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
144 
Financial
statements
Contents
146 Independent auditor’s report
Consolidated financial statements
154 Consolidated income statement
154 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
155 Consolidated balance sheet
156 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
158 Consolidated cash flow statement
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Basis of reporting
159 1. Description of business
159 2. Basis of preparation and consolidation
160 3. Foreign currency and translation
161 4. Accounting pronouncements
161 5. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Results for the year
162 6. Segmental analysis
164 7. Net sales revenue
165 8. Operating expenses
166 9. Finance costs, net
166 10. Taxation
169 11. Earnings per share
169 12. Components of other comprehensive income
Operating assets and liabilities
169 13. Intangible assets
172 14. Property, plant and equipment
174 15. Interests in other entities
178 16. Leases
180 17. Inventories
180 18. Trade, other receivables and assets
182 19. Assets classified as held for sale
182 20. Trade and other payables
183 21. Provisions and employee benefits
187 22. Offsetting financial assets and liabilities
189 23. Business combinations
Risk management and capital structure
189 24. Financial risk management
andfinancialinstruments
200 25. Net debt
204 26. Equity
Other financial information
205 27. Related party transactions
207 28. Share-based payments
209 29. Contingencies
209 30. Commitments
209 31. Post balance sheet events
145INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Independent auditor’s report to Coca‑Cola HBC AG
Report on the audit of the consolidated financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:
Coca‑Cola HBC AG’s (‘Coca‑Cola HBC’ or the ‘Group’) consolidated financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) give a true and fair
view of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2021 and of its profit and cash flows for the year then ended; and
the financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted
by the European Union (‘EU‘).
We have audited the financial statements, included within the 2021 Integrated Annual Report (the ‘Annual Report’), which comprise: the
consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2021; the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive
income, the consolidated cash flow statement, and the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the notes
to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.
Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit & Risk Committee.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (‘ISAs’). Our responsibilities under ISAs are further described
in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements,
which include the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (‘IESBA Code’) and the
FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities inaccordance with
these requirements.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non‑audit services prohibited by the IESBA Code, the FRC’s Ethical Standard
andother applicable laws and regulations were not provided to the Group.
Other than those disclosed in Note 8 of the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the Group in the period from
1January 2021 to 31 December 2021.
Our audit approach
Overview
Audit scope We performed full scope audit procedures on the financial information of 15 subsidiary undertakings
andone joint venture in 14 countries spread across all of the Group’s reportable segments.
We also conducted procedures around specific account balances and transactions and analytical review
procedures for other subsidiary undertakings and Group functions.
Taken together, the undertakings which were in scope for the purpose of our audit accounted for 85%
ofconsolidated net sales revenue, 84% of consolidated profit before tax and 87% of consolidated total
assets of the Group.
Key audit matters Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment assessment.
Uncertain tax positions.
Materiality Overall materiality: €36.7 million (2020: €29.6 million) based on 5% of profit before tax.
Performance materiality: €27.5 million (2020: €22.2 million)
The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditor’s professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial
statements of the current year and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud)
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit;
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon,
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide
aseparate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
146 
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Goodwill and indefinite‑lived intangible assets

Refer to Note 13 Intangible assets.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as at 31 December
2021 amount to €1,759.3 million and €269.6 million, respectively.
The above amounts have been allocated to individual cash-generating
units (‘CGUs’), which in accordance with International Accounting
Standard (‘IAS’) 36 require the performance of an impairment
assessment at least annually or whenever there is an indication of
impairment. The impairment assessment involves the determination
of the recoverable amount of the CGU, being the higher of the
value-in-use and the fair value less costs to dispose of.
This area was a key matter for our audit due to the size of goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets balances and because the
determination of whether elements of goodwill and of indefinite-lived
intangible assets are impaired involves complex and subjective
estimates made by management about the future results of the
CGUs. These estimates include assumptions surrounding revenue
growth rates, costs, foreign exchange rates and discount rates.
Furthermore, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, macroeconomic
volatility, competitor activity and regulatory/fiscal developments
could adversely affect each CGU and potentially the carrying amount
of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Management has identified the Italy CGU to be sensitive to possible
changes in the assumptions used, which could result in the calculated
recoverable amount being lower in future periods than the carrying
value of the CGU. Additional sensitivity disclosure has been included
in the financial statements in respect of this CGU.
No impairment charge was recorded in 2021.
We evaluated the appropriateness of management’s identification of
the Group’s CGUs, related control activities and the process by which
management prepared the CGUs’ value-in-use calculations.
We tested the mathematical accuracy of the CGUs’ value-in-use
calculations and compared the cash flow projections included therein
to the financial budgets, approved by the directors, covering a
one-year period, and management’s projections for the subsequent
four years. In addition, we evaluated the reliability of the cash flow
projections by comparing key elements of the prior year projections
with actual results.
We challenged management’s cash flow projections in relation to the
assumptions applied to the value-in-use calculations focusing on
future performance in light of the gradual recovery from COVID-19
global pandemic with respect to short-term and long-term revenue
growth rates and the level of costs.
With the support of our valuation specialists, we assessed the
appropriateness of certain assumptions including discount, annual
revenue growth, perpetuity revenue growth and foreign exchange
rates. We also evaluated management’s assessment of the potential
effect of climate change to the cost of water.
We performed our independent sensitivity analyses on the key
driversof the value‑in‑use calculations for the CGUs with significant
balances of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.
As a result of our work, we found that the determination by
management that no impairment was required for goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets was supported by assumptions
within reasonable ranges.
We assessed the appropriateness and completeness of the related
disclosures in Note 13, as regards to goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets and considered them to be reasonable.
Uncertain tax positions
Refer to Note 10 Taxation and Note 29 Contingencies.
The Group operates in numerous tax jurisdictions and is subject to
periodic tax inspections, in the normal course of business, by local
taxauthorities on a range of tax matters in relation to corporate tax,
transfer pricing and indirect taxes. As at 31 December 2021, the
Group has current tax liabilities of € 80.1 million, which include
€52.6million of provisions for tax uncertainties.
The impact of changes in local tax regulations and ongoing
inspections by local tax authorities, could materially impact the
amounts recorded in the financial statements.
Where the amount of tax payable is uncertain, the Group establishes
provisions based on management’s estimates with respect to
thelikelihood of material tax exposures and the probable amount
oftheliability.
We consider this area as a key audit matter given the level of
judgement and uncertainty involved in estimating tax provisions
andthe complexities of dealing with tax rules and regulations
innumerous jurisdictions.
In order to understand and evaluate management’s judgements,
weconsidered the status of current tax authority inspections
andenquiries, the outcome of previous tax authority inspections,
judgemental positions taken in tax returns and current year estimates
as well as recent developments in the tax jurisdictions in which the
Group operates.
We challenged management’s key assumptions, particularly in cases
where there had been significant developments with tax authorities.
Our component audit teams, through the use of tax specialists with
local knowledge and relevant expertise, assessed the tax positions
taken by the subsidiary undertakings in scope, in the context of
applying local tax laws and evaluating the local tax assessments.
Additionally, with our group engagement team tax specialists
wefurther evaluated management’s estimation of tax exposures
andcontingencies in order to assess the adequacy of the Group’s
taxprovisions.
We held virtual meetings with the local management to discuss
theindividual tax position of the in‑scope subsidiary undertakings
andwith the Group engagement tax team for the Group’s overall
taxexposure.
From the evidence obtained we consider the provisions in relation to
uncertain tax positions as at 31 December 2021 to be reasonable.
We also evaluated the related disclosures provided in the financial
statements in Note 10 and Note 29 and concluded that these
areappropriate.
147INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Independent auditor’s report continued
The COVID-19 global pandemic, which was a key audit matter last year, continued to be an area of focus in light of uncertainty over
theeffective containment of the pandemic and any potential impact to the Group. The audit procedures performed did not identify any
significant impact on the control environment, as a result of the COVID-19 global pandemic and remote working, the recoverability of trade
receivables and management’s assessment of the going concern basis of accounting. Having considered the gradual recovery from the
COVID-19 global pandemic and the audit effort required in 2021 and to the date of this audit report, the impact of the COVID-19 global
pandemic is no longer included as a key audit matter.
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed sufficient work to be able to provide an opinion on the financial statements
asa whole, taking into account the operating structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the
Group operates.
The Group operates through its trading subsidiary undertakings in 27 European countries and in Nigeria, as set out in Notes 1 and 6 of the
financial statements. The processing of the accounting records for these subsidiary undertakings is largely centralised in a shared services
centre in Bulgaria, except for the subsidiary undertakings in Russia, Ukraine, Belarus, Armenia and North Macedonia, which process their
accounting records locally. The Group also operates centralised treasury functions in the Netherlands and in Greece and a centralised
procurement function for key raw materials in the Netherlands.
Based on the significance to the financial statements and in light of the key audit matters as noted above, we identified 15 subsidiary
undertakings and one joint venture in 14 countries spread across all of the Group’s reportable segments (including the significant trading
subsidiary undertakings in Russia, Italy, Nigeria, Poland, Romania and Switzerland) which, based on our scoping analysis, required a full scope
audit of their financial information. In addition, audit procedures were performed with respect to the centralised treasury functions by the
group engagement team and with respect to the centralised procurement function by the component audit team in the Netherlands.
Thegroup engagement team also performed analytical review and other procedures on balances and transactions of subsidiary
undertakings not covered by the procedures described above.
At the planning phase of the audit process, we held a one-day virtual audit planning workshop focusing on planning and risk assessment
activities, fraud assessment, COVID-19 global pandemic considerations, auditor independence, accounting and auditing developments,
including climate change, and centralised testing procedures. This audit planning workshop was attended by all audit teams, including those
responsible for the Group’s subsidiary undertakings that are subject only to a statutory audit. The group engagement team was also
responsible for planning, designing and overseeing the audit procedures performed at the shared services centres in Bulgaria and Greece.
Inaddition, we performed work centrally on IT general controls, cybersecurity risks and the upgrade of the Group’s ERP system and shared
audit comfort with the component teams while the group engagement team performed audit procedures with respect to the Group
consolidation, financial statement disclosures and a number of other areas that require significant judgement and estimates, including
goodwill and intangible assets and the Group’s overall going concern assessment.
We issued Group audit instructions to the component audit teams setting out the work to be performed and we had an active dialogue
throughout the year. Due to the travel and other restrictions put in place in response to the ongoing COVID-19 global pandemic, the group
engagement team held frequent virtual meetings to oversee the work performed. In addition to holding formal periodic meetings, the group
engagement team had ongoing informal interactions with the component audit teams to be continuously updated and to monitor their
progress and results of their procedures. Furthermore, the group engagement team remotely reviewed component auditor working papers
and undertook other forms of interaction as considered necessary, depending on the significance of the component and the extent of
accounting and audit issues arising. Moreover, the group engagement team participated in the virtual meetings and discussions between
thecomponent audit teams and the management of the trading subsidiary undertakings in Russia, Italy, Nigeria, Poland, Romania, Greece,
and Switzerland, and the management of the joint venture in Russia, to discuss business performance and outlook, matters relating to the
ongoing COVID-19 global pandemic, regulation and taxation, and any specific accounting and auditing matters identified, including fraud
andinternal controls.
Based on the above, the undertakings which were in scope for the purpose of our audit accounted for 85% of consolidated net sales revenue,
84% of consolidated profit before tax and 87% of consolidated total assets of the Group. This, together with the additional procedures
performed at Group level, gave us appropriate audit evidence for our opinion on the financial statements.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on
the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate,
on the financial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole, as follows:
Overall group materiality €36.7 million (2020: €29.6 million).
How we determined it 5% of profit before tax.
Rationale for benchmark
applied
We chose profit before tax as the benchmark because, in our view, it is one of the principal measures
considered by users and is a generally accepted benchmark. We chose 5% which is within the range
ofacceptable quantitative materiality thresholds in generally accepted auditing practice.
148 
For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range
ofmateriality allocated across components was from €2.7 million to €15.0 million.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the
natureand extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes.
Ourperformance materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to €27.5 million.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and
aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
We agreed with the Audit & Risk Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above €1.5 million
(2020:€1.0 million) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
Verification that the cash flow projections used in the goodwill impairment, going concern and viability assessments were consistent;
Review of management’s assessment supporting the Group’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting, ensuring
appropriate stress test scenarios were considered;
Assessment of the reasonableness of management’s assumptions used in the cash flow projections.
Testing of the mathematical integrity of the cash flow forecasts and reconciled these to the Board approved budget and management’s
projections for the subsequent periods;
Evaluation of the Group’s liquidity for the period under assessment by considering the Group’s available cash resources, committed
undrawn credit facilities and other debt instruments in place as well as the maturity profile of the Group’s debt. We confirmed the
outstanding amounts of the financing facilities and verified their nature, terms and conditions;
Consideration whether climate change is expected to have any significant impact during the period of the going concern assessment; and
Evaluation of the appropriateness of the related disclosures provided in the financial statements in Note 2 and Note 31.
Based on the work performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when
the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation
ofthe financial statements is appropriate.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to continue
as a going concern.
In relation to the Group’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw
attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt
the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements, our auditor’s report
thereonand the Swiss statutory reporting, which we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report. The directors are responsible for the
other information which includes reporting based on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) recommendations.
Ouropinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except
to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures
to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information.
If,based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to
report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.
149INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Independent auditor’s report continued
Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the corporate
governance statement relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.
Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement as other information, are described in the Reporting
onother information section of this report.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance
statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material
to add or draw attention to in relation to:
The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;
The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks and
anexplanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;
The directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis
ofaccounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties relating to the Group’s ability to continue to do so
over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;
The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period
isappropriate; and
The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet
its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary
qualifications or assumptions.
Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the Group was substantially less in scope than an audit and only
consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that the statement is in alignment
with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the financial
statements and our knowledge and understanding of the Group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit.
In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate
governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the
information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy;
The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; and
The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit & Risk Committee.
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement relating to the Group’s compliance with the
Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in the Annual Report, the directors are responsible for the preparation
of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors
are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing
as applicable matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate
the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but
is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities,
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable
of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.
150 
Based on our understanding of the Group and the industry in which it operates, we considered the extent to which non‑compliance with
applicable laws and regulations might have a material effect on the financial statements, including, but not limited to, the corporate regulations
arising from its listings on the London Stock Exchange and Athens Exchange, tax laws and regulations applicable to Coca‑Cola HBC and
itssubsidiaries and regulations relating to unethical and prohibited business practices. We evaluated management’s incentives and
opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and where management
made subjective judgements in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events
that are inherently uncertain. The group engagement team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could
include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the group engagement team
and/or component auditors included among others:
Discussions with management, internal audit, internal legal counsel, management’s experts and external legal advisors, where relevant,
including consideration of known or suspected instances of non‑compliance with laws and regulation and fraud;
Evaluation and testing of the operating effectiveness of management’s controls designed to prevent and detect irregularities;
Assessment of matters reported on the Group’s whistleblowing helpline and the results of management’s investigation of such matters;
Reading the minutes of Board meetings to identify any inconsistencies with other information provided by management;
Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to
impairment of goodwill and indefinite‑lived intangible assets and uncertain tax positions (see related key audit matters above);
Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any entries posted with unusual account combinations, journal entries posted by senior
management and consolidation entries.
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance
with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate
concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques.
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek
totarget particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw
aconclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit.
We also:
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform
auditprocedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve
collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made
by management.
Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to
the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based
on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease
to continue as a going concern.
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial
statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.
Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group
toexpress an opinion on the financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit.
Weremain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. Those charged with
governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding
independence and communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence,
and where applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the
audit of the financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s
report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that
amatter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to
outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
151INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Independent auditor’s report continued
Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for Coca‑Cola HBC AG for the purpose of the Disclosure Guidance
andTransparency Rules sourcebook and the Listing Rules of the FCA and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept
orassume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come, save
where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.
Other required reporting
Appointment
We have been the Group’s auditors since 2003 and following a tender process that the Group conducted in 2015, at the recommendation
ofthe Audit & Risk Committee, we were reappointed by the directors on 11 December 2015 to audit the financial statements for the year
ended 31 December 2016 and subsequent financial periods.
Assurance Report on the European Single Electronic Format pursuant to the Athens Exchange listing requirements
We have examined the digital files of Coca‑Cola HBC, which were compiled in accordance with the European Single Electronic Format
(ESEF)defined by the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815, as amended by Regulation (EU) 2020/1989 (hereinafter “ESEF
Regulation”), and which include the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2021, in XHTML format
549300EFP3TNG7JGVE49‑2021‑12‑31‑en.xhtml, as well as the provided XBRL file 549300EFP3TNG7JGVE49‑2021‑12‑31‑en.zip with
the appropriate marking up, on the aforementioned consolidated financial statements.
Regulatory framework
The digital files of the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) are compiled in accordance with ESEF Regulation and 2020 / C 379/01
Interpretative Communication of the European Commission of 10 November 2020, as provided by the Greek Law 3556/2007 and the
relevant announcements of the Hellenic Capital Market Commission and the Athens Exchange (hereinafter “ESEF Regulatory Framework”).
In summary, this Framework includes the following requirements:
All annual financial reports should be prepared in XHTML format.
For consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, the financial information stated
inthe consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the
consolidated cash flow statement and the consolidated statements of changes in equity should be marked‑up with XBRL ‘tags’, according
to the ESEF Taxonomy, as in force. The technical specifications for ESEF, including the relevant classification, are set out in the ESEF
Regulatory Technical Standards.
The requirements set out in the current ESEF Regulatory Framework are suitable criteria for formulating a reasonable assurance conclusion.
Responsibilities of the management and those charged with governance
Management is responsible for the preparation and submission of the consolidated financial statements of the Group, for the year ended
31December 2021 in accordance with the requirements set by the ESEF Regulatory Framework, as well as for those internal controls that
management identifies as necessary, to enable the compilation of digital files free of material error due to either fraud or error.
Auditor’s responsibilities
Our responsibility is to plan and carry out this assurance work, in accordance with no. 214/4 / 11.02.2022 Decision of the Board of Directors
of the Hellenic Accounting and Auditing Standards Oversight Board (HAASOB) and the “Guidelines in relation to the work and the assurance
report of the Certified Public Accountants on the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) of issuers with securities listed on a regulated
market in Greece” as issued by the Board of Certified Auditors on 14/02/2022 (hereinafter “ESEF Guidelines”), providing reasonable
assurance that the consolidated financial statements of the Group prepared by management in accordance with ESEF comply in all material
respects with the applicable ESEF Regulatory Framework.
Our work was carried out in accordance with the Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants of the International Ethics Standard Board for
Accountants (IESBA Code).
The assurance work we conducted is limited to the procedures provided by the ESEF Guidelines and was carried out in accordance with
International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000, “Assurance Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial
Information’’. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but it is not a guarantee that this work will always detect a material
misstatement regarding non-compliance with the requirements of the ESEF Regulation.
152 
Notes:
a. The maintenance and integrity of the Coca‑Cola HBC AG website is the responsibility of the directors; the work carried out by the auditors does not involve consideration of these
matters and, accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility for any changes that may have occurred to the financial statements since they were initially presented on the website.
b. Legislation in the UK and Switzerland governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Fotis Smyrnis
the Certified Auditor, Reg. No. 52861
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A.
Certified Auditors, Reg. No. 113
Athens, Greece
23 March 2022
Conclusion
Based on the procedures performed and the evidence obtained, we conclude that the consolidated financial statements of the Group for
theyear ended 31 December 2021, in XHTML file format 549300EFP3TNG7JGVE49‑2021‑12‑31‑en.xhtml, as well as the provided XBRL
file549300EFP3TNG7JGVE49‑2021‑12‑31‑en.zip with the appropriate marking up, on the aforementioned consolidated financial
statements have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the requirements of the ESEF Regulatory Framework.
Other matter
PwC Switzerland has reported separately on the Group and Company financial statements of Coca‑Cola HBC AG for the year ended
31December 2021 for Swiss statutory purposes. The reports are available in pages 212 and 216.
153INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 December
Note
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Net sales revenue 6, 7 7,168.4 6,131.8
Cost of goods sold (4,570.2) (3,810.3)
Gross profit 2,598.2 2,321.5
Operating expenses 8 (1,833.3) (1,682.2)
Share of results of integral equity method investments 15 34.4 21.4
Operating profit 6 799.3 660.7
Finance income 5.3 3.8
Finance costs (72.9) (73.9)
Finance costs, net 9 (67.6) (70.1)
Share of results of non-integral equity method investments 15 3.2 3.3
Profit before tax 734.9 593.9
Tax 10 (187.4) (178.9)
Profit after tax 547.5 415.0
Attributable to:
Owners of the parent 547.2 414.9
Non-controlling interests 0.3 0.1
547.5 415.0
Basic earnings per share (€) 11 1.50 1.14
Diluted earnings per share (€) 11 1.49 1.14
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December
Note
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Profit after tax 547.5 415.0
Other comprehensive income:
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to income statement:
Cost of hedging 24 (2.7) (2.2)
Net gain on cash flow hedges 24 69.5 22.7
Foreign currency translation gains/(losses) 12 73.6 (254.9)
Share of other comprehensive income/(loss) of equity method investments 12, 15 14.6 (25.4)
Income tax relating to items that may be subsequently reclassified to income statement 12 (9.5) (2.4)
145.5 (262.2)
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to income statement:
Valuation loss on equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive income (0.2)
Actuarial gains / (losses) 16.1 (12.5)
Income tax relating to items that will not be subsequently reclassified to income statement 12 (6.1) 2.0
10.0 (10.7)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax (refer to Note 12) 155.5 (272.9)
Total comprehensive income for the year 703.0 142.1
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent 702.7 142.0
Non-controlling interests 0.3 0.1
703.0 142.1
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
154 
Consolidated balance sheet
As at 31 December
Note
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Assets
Intangible assets 13 2,043.3 1,986.1
Property, plant and equipment 14 2,830.9 2,616.6
Equity method investments 15 365.8 313.7
Other financial assets 24 16.6 14.0
Deferred tax assets 10 31.0 35.1
Other non-current assets 18 69.8 80.5
Total non-current assets 5,357.4 5,046.0
Inventories 17 519.8 417.6
Trade, other receivables and assets 18 948.6 773.9
Other financial assets 24, 25 878.9 106.6
Current tax assets 26.7 13.2
Cash and cash equivalents 25 782.8 1,215.8
3,156.8 2,527.1
Assets classified as held for sale 19 0.1
Total current assets 3,156.9 2,527.1
Total assets 8,514.3 7,573.1
Liabilities
Borrowings 25 381.7 315.2
Other financial liabilities 24 11.6 10.0
Trade and other payables 20 1,885.8 1,542.8
Provisions and employee benefits 21 157.2 99.6
Current tax liabilities 80.1 58.6
Total current liabilities 2,516.4 2,026.2
Borrowings 25 2,555.7 2,610.3
Other financial liabilities 24 3.0 1.3
Deferred tax liabilities 10 197.7 182.5
Provisions and employee benefits 21 118.8 113.3
Other non-current liabilities 5.6 6.2
Total non-current liabilities 2,880.8 2,913.6
Total liabilities 5,397.2 4,939.8
Equity
Share capital 26 2,022.3 2,014.4
Share premium 26 3,097.3 3,321.4
Group reorganisation reserve 26 (6,472.1) (6,472.1)
Treasury shares 26 (146.6) (155.5)
Exchange equalisation reserve 26 (1,154.0) (1,242.1)
Other reserves 26 310.2 266.7
Retained earnings 5,457.4 4,897.9
Equity attributable to owners of the parent 3,114.5 2,630.7
Non-controlling interests 2.6 2.6
Total equity 3,117.1 2,633.3
Total equity and liabilities 8,514.3 7,573.1
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
155INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Attributable to owners of the parent
Non-
controlling
interests
€ million
Total
equity
€ million
Share capital
€ million
Share
premium
€ million
Group
reorganisation
reserve
€ million
Treasury
shares
€ million
Exchange
equalisation
reserve
€ million
Other
reserves
€ million
Retained
earnings
€ million
Total
€ million
Balance as at 1 January 2020 2,010.8 3,545.3 (6,472.1) (169.8) (964.7) 256.3 4,491.7 2,697.5 2.7 2,700.2
Shares issued to employees
exercising stock options 3.6 4.0 7.6 7.6
Share‑based compensation:
Performance shares 9.5 9.5 9.5
Appropriation of reserves 14.3 (13.9) (0.4)
Dividends (227.9) 2.2 (225.7) (0.2) (225.9)
Transfer of cash flow hedge
reserve, including cost of hedging
to inventories, net of tax
1
(0.2) (0.2) (0.2)
2,014.4 3,321.4 (6,472.1) (155.5) (964.7) 251.7 4,493.5 2,488.7 2.5 2,491.2
Profit for the year, net of tax 414.9 414.9 0.1 415.0
Other comprehensive loss for
theyear, net of tax (277.4) 15.0 (10.5) (272.9) (272.9)
Total comprehensive income
forthe year, net of tax
2
(277.4) 15.0 404.4 142.0 0.1 142.1
Balance as at 31 December 2020 2,014.4 3,321.4 (6,472.1) (155.5) (1,242.1) 266.7 4,897.9 2,630.7 2.6 2,633.3
1. The amount included in other reserves of €0.2 million gain for 2020 represents the cash flow hedge reserve, including cost of hedging, transferred to inventory of €0.1 million loss,
and the deferred tax income thereof amounting to €0.3 million.
2. The amount included in the exchange equalisation reserve of €277.4 million loss for 2020 represents the exchange loss attributed to the owners of the parent, including €22.5 million
loss relating to the share of other comprehensive income of equity method investments.
The amount of other comprehensive income net of tax included in other reserves of €15.0 million gain for 2020 consists of loss on valuation of equity investments at fair value
through other comprehensive income of €0.2 million, cash flow hedges gain of €20.5 million, share of other comprehensive income of equity method investments of €2.9 million loss
and the deferred tax expense thereof amounting to €2.4 million.
The amount of €404.4 million gain attributable to owners of the parent comprises profit for the year of €414.9 million plus actuarial losses of €12.5 million, minus deferred tax income
of €2.0 million.
The amount of €0.1 million gain included in non-controlling interests for 2020 represents the share of non-controlling interests in profit for the year.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Consolidated financial statements continued
156 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity continued
Attributable to owners of the parent
Non-
controlling
interests
€ million
Total
equity
€ million
Share capital
€ million
Share
premium
€ million
Group
reorganisation
reserve
€ million
Treasury
shares
€ million
Exchange
equalisation
reserve
€ million
Other
reserves
€ million
Retained
earnings
€ million
Total
€ million
Balance as at 1 January 2021 2,014.4 3,321.4 (6,472.1) (155.5) (1,242.1) 266.7 4,897.9 2,630.7 2.6 2,633.3
Shares issued to employees
exercising stock options 7.9 11.7 19.6 19.6
Share‑based compensation:
Performance shares 15.1 15.1 15.1
Movement in shares held for
equity compensation plan (0.1) (0.1) (0.1)
Appropriation of reserves 8.9 (9.0) 0.1
Dividends (235.8) 2.2 (233.6) (0.3) (233.9)
Transfer of cash flow hedge
reserve, including cost of hedging
to inventories, net of tax
3
(19.9) (19.9) (19.9)
2,022.3 3,097.3 (6,472.1) (146.6) (1,242.1) 252.8 4,900.2 2,411.8 2.3 2,414.1
Profit for the year, net of tax 547.2 547.2 0.3 547.5
Other comprehensive income for
the year, net of tax 88.1 57.4 10.0 155.5 155.5
Total comprehensive income for
the year, net of tax
4
88.1 57.4 557.2 702.7 0.3 703.0
Balance as at 31 December 2021 2,022.3 3,097.3 (6,472.1) (146.6) (1,154.0) 310.2 5,457.4 3,114.5 2.6 3,117.1
3. The amount included in other reserves of €19.9 million gain for 2021 represents the cash flow hedge reserve, including cost of hedging, transferred to inventory of €24.0 million gain,
andthedeferred tax expense thereof amounting to €4.1 million.
4. The amount included in the exchange equalisation reserve of €88.1 million gain for 2021 represents the exchange gain attributed to the owners of the parent, primarily related
totheSwiss Franc and the Russian Rouble, including €14.5 million gain relating to the share of other comprehensive income of equity method investments.
The amount of other comprehensive income net of tax included in other reserves of €57.4 million gain for 2021 consists of cash flow hedges gain of €66.8 million, share of other
comprehensive income of equity method investments of €0.1 million gain and the deferred tax expense thereof amounting to €9.5 million.
The amount of €557.2 million gain attributable to owners of the parent comprises profit for the year of €547.2 million, actuarial gains of €16.1 million and deferred tax expense
of€6.1million.
The amount of €0.3 million gain included in non-controlling interests for 2021 represents the share of non-controlling interests in profit for the year.
For further details, refer to Note 24 ‘Financial risk management and financial instruments’, Note 26 ‘Equity’ and Note 28 ‘Share-based payments’.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
157INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 December
Note
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Operating activities
Profit after tax 547.5 415.0
Finance costs, net 9 67.6 70.1
Share of results of non-integral equity method investments 15 (3.2) (3.3)
Tax charged to the income statement 10 187.4 178.9
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 14 330.3 372.5
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 14 6.0 15.6
Employee performance shares 14.9 9.5
Amortisation of intangible assets 13 1.0 0.9
1,151.5 1,059.2
Share of results of integral equity method investments 15 (34.4) (21.4)
Gain on disposals of non-current assets 8 (28.4) (1.4)
(Increase)/decrease in inventories (114.5) 9.4
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables (109.0) 178.5
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 419.3 (79.6)
Tax paid (142.3) (183.2)
Net cash inflow from operating activities 1,142.2 961.5
Investing activities
Payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment (506.5) (419.2)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment 35.8 13.4
Payments for business combinations 23 (5.6)
Payment for acquisition of joint operation (0.9)
Net payment for acquisition of integral equity method investment 15 (0.5)
Net receipts from integral equity method investments 27 47.8 27.1
Payments for acquisition of non-integral equity method investments 15 (87.0) (2.4)
Net receipts from non-integral equity method investments 27 1.9 1.3
Joint arrangement reclassification 15 (13.1)
Net (payments for)/proceeds from investments in financial assets at amortised cost (102.8) 264.4
Net (payments for)/proceeds from investments in financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss (640.6) 370.4
Loans to related parties (0.9) (2.5)
Interest (paid)/received (0.3) 0.2
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities (1,259.1) 239.1
Financing activities
Proceeds from shares issued to employees exercising stock options 26 19.6 7.6
Proceeds from borrowings 129.3 211.8
Repayments of borrowings (133.8) (655.8)
Principal repayments of lease obligations (63.1) (58.7)
Dividends paid to owners of the parent 26 (233.6) (225.7)
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests (0.2) (0.2)
Proceeds from/(payments for) settlement of derivatives regarding financing activities 4.9 (1.1)
Interest paid (45.5) (64.7)
Net cash outflow from financing activities (322.4) (786.8)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (439.3) 413.8
Movement in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 1,215.8 823.0
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (2020: Net increase in cash and cash
equivalents, excl. joint arrangement reclassification) (439.3) 426.9
Joint arrangement reclassification 15 (13.1)
Effect of changes in exchange rates 6.3 (21.0)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 25 782.8 1,215.8
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Consolidated financial statements continued
158 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
1. Description of business
Coca‑Cola HBC AG and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’ or ‘Coca‑Cola HBC’ or ‘the Company’) are principally engaged in the production,
salesanddistribution of primarily non‑alcoholic ready‑to‑drink beverages, under franchise from The Coca‑Cola Companysales and distribution of primarily non‑alcoholic ready‑to‑drink beverages, under franchise from The Coca‑Cola Company. The Company
distributes its products in Nigeria and 27 countries in Europe. Information on the Company’s operations by segment is included in Note 6.
On 11 October 2012, Coca‑Cola HBC, a Swiss stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft/Société Anonyme) incorporated by Kar‑Tess Holding
(arelated party of the Group, refer to Note 27), announced a voluntary share exchange offer to acquire all outstanding ordinary registered
shares and all American depositary shares of Coca‑Cola Hellenic Bottling Company S.A. As a result of the successful completion of this offer,
on 25 April 2013 Coca‑Cola HBC acquired 96.85% of the issued Coca‑Cola Hellenic Bottling Company S.A. shares, including shares
represented by American depositary shares, and became the new parent company of the Group. On 17 June 2013, Coca‑Cola HBC completed
its statutory buy‑out of the remaining shares of Coca‑Cola Hellenic Bottling Company S.A. that it did not acquire upon completion of its
voluntary share exchange offer. Consequently, Coca‑Cola HBC acquired 100% of Coca‑Cola Hellenic Bottling Company S.A. which was
eventually delisted from the Athens Exchange, from the London Stock Exchange where it had a secondary listing and from theNew York
Stock Exchange where American depositary shares were listed.
The shares of Coca‑Cola HBC started trading in the premium segment of the London Stock Exchange (Ticker symbol: CCH) and on the
Athens Exchange (Ticker symbol: EEE) and regular way trading in Coca‑Cola HBC American depositary shares commenced on the New York
Stock Exchange (Ticker symbol: CCH) on 29 April 2013. On 24 July 2014, the Group proceeded to the delisting of its American depositary
shares from the New York Stock Exchange and terminated its reporting obligations under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Thederegistration of Coca‑Cola HBC shares under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the termination of its reporting obligations
became effective on 3 November 2014.
2. Basis of preparation and consolidation
Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2021 have been prepared in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the European Union (‘EU‘) and in compliance with Swiss law. The consolidated financial
statements of the Group for theyear ended 31 December 2020 were prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and in compliance with Swiss law. IFRS as adopted by the EU differ in certain respects from IFRS
asissued by the IASB. These differences have no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the periods presented.
These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 22 March 2022 and are expected to be
verified at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 21 June 2022.
Going concern
In 2021, the Group experienced a gradual recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic as evidenced by the reopening of its markets and return
topre‑pandemic levels of performance. However, COVID‑19 continues to be a source of uncertainty for the near term and could potentially
lead to further economic disruption.
As part of the consideration of whether to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements, management
has reviewed a range of scenarios and forecasts as part of its continuous focus on risk management, including the potential financial impact
of a slower COVID-19 pandemic recovery, along with the Group’s proposed responses. The relevant assumptions have been modelled on
theestimated potential impact of severe but plausible downside scenarios, linked to the Group‘s principal risks. The Group’s strong balance
sheet and liquidity position, its leading market shares and largely variable cost base, together with its unique portfolio of brands and resilient
and talented people will, management believe, allow the Group to fully overcome the challenges posed by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.
In addition, management considered the potential effect of climate change-related risks to the cost of water and concluded that there
isnoimpact over the period of assessment.
Having considered the outcome of these assessments, based on a quantitative viability exercise, it is deemed appropriate that the Group
continues to adopt the going concern basis for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements under the historical cost convention,
as modified by the revaluation of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, investments in equity instruments classified at fair value
through other comprehensive income and derivative financial instruments.
Change in accounting estimate
In the current financial year, the Group has applied a change in the estimate of useful lives applicable to certain categories of production
equipment, included within the plant and equipment asset category (Note 14). As a result, effective 1 January 2021, the expected useful life
of the specific categories of production equipment was extended by five years. The change was driven by the reassessment of the expected
period of usage and has resulted in an approximately €33 million decrease in the depreciation expense in the current year. This is primarily
reflected in the ‘Cost of goods sold’ line of the consolidated income statement.
159INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
2. Basis of preparation and consolidation continued
Basis of consolidation
Subsidiary undertakings are those companies over which the Group, directly or indirectly, has control. The Group controls an entity when the
Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through
power over the entity. Subsidiary undertakings are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and cease to be
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group.
Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions – that is, as transactions
with the owners in their capacity as owners. The difference between fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired
ofthe carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity.
Inter-company transactions and balances between Group companies are eliminated. The subsidiaries’ accounting policies are consistent
with policies adopted by the Group.
When the Group ceases to have control, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value at the date when such control
islost,with the change in carrying amount recognised in the income statement. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes
ofsubsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously
recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets
or liabilities. This means that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income, if any, are reclassified to the incomestatement.
3. Foreign currency and translation
The individual financial statements of each Group entity are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the
entity operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of each
entity are expressed in Euro, which is the presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements.
The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into Euro at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. The results
of foreign subsidiaries are translated into Euro using the average monthly exchange rate (being a reasonable approximation of the rates
prevailing on the transaction dates). The exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in other comprehensive income.
On disposal of a foreign entity, accumulated exchange differences are recognised as a component of the gain or loss on disposal.
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the date of transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies are remeasured at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All gains and losses arising on remeasurement are
included in the income statement, except for exchange differences arising on assets and liabilities classified as cash flow hedges, whichare
deferred in equity until the occurrence of the hedged transaction, at which time they are recognised in the income statement. Sharecapital
denominated in a currency other than the functional currency is initially stated at the spot rate on the date of issue but is not retranslated.
The principal exchange rates used for translation purposes in respect of one Euro are:
Average
2021
Average
2020
Closing
2021
Closing
2020
US Dollar 1.18 1.14 1.13 1.22
UK Sterling 0.86 0.89 0.84 0.91
Polish Zloty 4.56 4.44 4.60 4.54
Nigerian Naira 484.31 435.06 481.32 480.68
Hungarian Forint 358.49 350.65 370.08 364.83
Swiss Franc 1.08 1.07 1.04 1.08
Russian Rouble 87.23 82.23 83.87 90.55
Romanian Leu 4.92 4.84 4.95 4.88
Ukrainian Hryvnia 32.30 30.66 30.78 34.64
Czech Koruna 25.64 26.45 24.95 26.21
Serbian Dinar 117.57 117.58 117.56 117.57
160 
4. Accounting pronouncements

The Group has adopted the following amendments which were endorsed by the EU that are relevant to its operations and effective for
accounting periods beginning 1 January 2021:
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7 and IFRS 16; and
COVID-19 – Related Rent Concessions – Amendments to IFRS 16.
The adoption of these amendments did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

At the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements, the following amendments relevant to the Group’s operations were
issued but not yet effective and not early‑adopted:
Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use – Amendments to IAS 16;
Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract – Amendments to IAS 37;
Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3;
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018‑2020;
COVID‑19‑Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021 – Amendments to IFRS 16;
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non‑current – Amendments to IAS 1 (not endorsed by the EU);
Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 (not endorsed by the EU);
Definition of Accounting Estimates – Amendments to IAS 8 (not endorsed by the EU); and
Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12 (not endorsed by the EU).
The above amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
5. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
In conformity with IFRS, the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for Coca‑Cola HBC requires management to make
estimates and judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates and judgements are
basedon management’s knowledge of current events and actions that may be undertaken in the future, actual results may ultimately differ
fromestimates.
Estimates
The key items concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, that have a significant risk
ofcausing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below:
Income taxes (refer to Note 10);
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite‑lived intangible assets (refer to Note 13); and
Employee benefits – defined benefit pension plans (refer to Note 21).
Judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, apart from those involving
estimations as described above, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements:
Joint arrangements (refer to Note 15).
161INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
6. Segmental analysis
The Group has essentially one business, being the production, sale and distribution of ready-to-drink, primarily non-alcoholic, beverages.
The Group operates in 28 countries, which are aggregated into reportable segments as follows:
The Group’s operations in each of the three reportable segments have been aggregated on the basis of their similar economic characteristics,
assessed by reference to their net sales revenue per unit case as well as disposable income per capita, exposure to political and economic
volatility, regulatory environments, customers and distribution infrastructures. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are
thesame as those adopted by the Group. The Group’s chief operating decision‑maker is its Executive Leadership Team, which evaluates
performance and allocates resources based on volume, net sales revenue and operating profit.

The Group sales volume in million unit cases
1
for the years ended 31 December was as follows:
2021 2020
Established 589.9 536.9
Developing 415.5 412.1
Emerging 1,407.3 1,186.6
Total volume 2,412.7 2,135.6
1. One unit case corresponds to approximately 5.678 litres or 24 servings, being a typically used measure of volume. For biscuits volume, one unit case corresponds to 1 kilogram.
Volume data is derived from unaudited operational data.
Net sales revenue per reportable segment for the years ended 31 December is presented in the graphs below:
Established markets Austria, Cyprus, Greece, Italy, Northern Ireland,
the Republic of Ireland and Switzerland.
Developing markets Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary,
Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Slovakia and Slovenia.
Emerging markets Armenia, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina,
Bulgaria, Moldova, Montenegro, Nigeria, North
Macedonia, Romania, the Russian Federation,
Serbia (including the Republic of Kosovo)
andUkraine.
Sales or transfers between the Group’s segments are not material, nor are there any customers who represent more than 10% of net sales
revenue for the Group.
€2,174.6m
€1,170.9m
€2,786.3m
Established
Developing
Emerging
€2,479.0m
€1,365.6m
€3,323.8m
Established
Developing
Emerging
2021
€7,168.4 million
2020
€6,131.8 million
162 
In addition to non-alcoholic, ready-to-drink beverages (‘NARTD’), the Group sells and distributes premium spirits. An analysis of volume
andnet sales revenue per product type for the years ended 31 December is presented below:
Volume in million unit cases
1
: 2021 2020
NARTD
2
2,409.3 2,133.2
Premium spirits 3.4 2.4
Total volume 2,412.7 2,135.6
Net sales revenue in € million:
NARTD 6,944.5 5,974.4
Premium spirits 223.9 157.4
Total net sales revenue 7,168.4 6,131.8
1. One unit case corresponds to approximately 5.678 litres or 24 servings, being a typically used measure of volume. For premium spirits volume, one unit case also corresponds
to5.678 litres. For biscuits volume, one unit case corresponds to 1 kilogram. Volume data is derived from unaudited operational data.
2. NARTD: non‑alcoholic, ready‑to‑drink beverages.
Net sales revenue from external customers attributed to Switzerland (the Group’s country of domicile), Russia, Italy and Nigeria was as follows
for the years ended 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Switzerland 354.3 368.0
Russia 953.3 773.3
Italy 901.6 751.5
Nigeria 702.0 509.0
All countries other than Switzerland, Russia, Italy and Nigeria 4,257.2 3,730.0
Total net sales revenue from external customers 7,168.4 6,131.8

Year ended 31 December Note
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Operating profit:
Established 285.6 203.3
Developing 104.7 97.0
Emerging 409.0 360.4
Total operating profit 799.3 660.7
Finance costs:
Established (17.7) (21.5)
Developing (7.9) (5.7)
Emerging (15.0) (13.2)
Corporate³ (120.1) (138.0)
Inter-segment finance cost 87.8 104.5
Total finance costs 9 (72.9) (73.9)
Finance income:
Established 1.2 1.1
Developing 0.5 0.7
Emerging 9.7 10.1
Corporate³ 81.7 96.4
Inter-segment finance income (87.8) (104.5)
Total finance income 9 5.3 3.8
Income tax expense:
Established (57.6) (41.8)
Developing (10.6) (28.7)
Emerging (91.1) (89.0)
Corporate
3
(28.1) (19.4)
Total income tax expense 10 (187.4) (178.9)
Reconciling items:
Share of results of non-integral equity method investments 15 3.2 3.3
Profit after tax 547.5 415.0
3. Corporate refers to holding, finance and other non-operating subsidiaries of the Group.
163INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
6. Segmental analysis continued
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and amortisation of intangible assets included in the measure of operating
profit are as follows:
Year ended 31 December Note
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment:
Established (92.1) (109.6)
Developing (54.1) (66.4)
Emerging (190.1) (212.1)
Total depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment 14 (336.3) (388.1)
Amortisation of intangible assets:
Developing (0.3) (0.2)
Emerging (0.7) (0.7)
Total amortisation of intangible assets 13 (1.0) (0.9)

The balance of non-current assets
4
attributed to Switzerland (the Group’s country of domicile), Russia, Italy and Nigeria was as follows for the
years ended 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Switzerland 557.5 540.0
Russia
5
330.2 307.4
Italy 1,082.3 1,108.8
Nigeria 642.1 553.3
All countries other than Switzerland, Russia, Italy and Nigeria 2,654.6 2,465.0
Total non-current assets⁴ 5,266.7 4,974.5
4. Excluding other financial assets, deferred tax assets, pension plan assets and trade and loans receivable.
5. Excluding the investment in Multon, the Group’s Russian juice business (refer to Note 15).
Expenditure on property, plant and equipment per reportable segment was as follows for the years ended 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Established 104.7 108.2
Developing 89.5 69.3
Emerging
6
319.4 241.7
Total expenditure on property, plant and equipment 513.6 419.2
6. Expenditure on property, plant and equipment for 2021 includes €7.1 million (2020: €nil) relating to repayment of borrowings undertaken to finance the purchase of production
equipment by the Group’s subsidiary in Nigeria, classified as ‘Repayment of borrowings’ in the consolidated cash flow statement.
7. Net sales revenue
Accounting policy
The Group essentially produces, sells and distributes ready-to-drink, primarily non-alcoholic, beverages. Under IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from
contracts with customers’ the Group recognises revenue when control of the products is transferred, being when the products are
delivered to the customer.
Net sales revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and is stated net of sales discounts and
consideration paid to customers. These mainly take the form of promotional incentives and are amortised over the terms of the related
contracts as a deduction in revenue.
The Group provides volume rebates to customers once the quantity of goods purchased during the period exceeds a threshold specified
in the contract. To estimate the variable consideration for the expected future rebates, the Group uses the most likely amount method
and the amount is recognised in sales revenue only to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of
cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.
A contract liability is recognised if a payment is received or a payment is due (whichever is earlier) from a customer before the Group
transfers the related goods. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when the Group performs under the contract (i.e. transfers
control of the related goods to the customer).
Net sales revenue includes excise and other duties where the Group acts as a principal but excludes amounts collected by third parties
such as value-added taxes as these are not included in the transaction price. The Group assesses these taxes and duties on a jurisdiction-
by-jurisdiction basis to decide on the appropriate accounting treatment.
Coca‑Cola HBC receives contributions from The Coca‑Cola Company in order to promote sales of its brands. Contributions for price
support, marketing and promotional campaigns in respect of specific customers are recognised as an offset to promotional incentives
provided to those customers to which the contributions contractually relate. These contributions are accrued and matched to the
expenditure to which they relate (refer to Note 27).
Revenue recognised in 2021 that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year amounted to €10.4 million
(2020:€6.9 million). Refer to Note 20 for contract liabilities as at 31 December 2021 and 2020.
Refer to Note 6 for an analysis of net sales revenue per reportable segment.
164 
8. Operating expenses
Operating expenses for the year ended 31 December comprised:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Selling expenses 879.1 799.7
Delivery expenses 533.0 484.3
Administrative expenses 385.7 388.4
Restructuring expenses 21.2 9.8
Acquisition and integration costs (refer to Note 23) 14.3
Operating expenses 1,833.3 1,682.2
In 2021, operating expenses included net gain on disposals of non‑current assets of €28.4 million (2020: €1.4 million net gain).

Accounting policy
Restructuring expenses are recorded in a separate line item within operating expenses and comprise costs arising from significant
changes in the way the Group conducts its business such as significant supply chain infrastructure changes, outsourcing of activities and
centralisation of processes. Restructuring provisions are recognised only when the Group has a present constructive obligation, which
iswhen a detailed formal plan identifies the business or part of the business concerned, the location, function and number of employees
affected, a detailed estimate of the associated costs, as well as an appropriate timeline and the employees affected have been notified
ofthe plan’s main features.
As part of the effort to optimise its cost base and sustain competitiveness in the marketplace, the Company undertakes restructuring
initiatives. The restructuring concerns mainly employees’ termination benefits. Restructuring expenses per reportable segment for the years
ended 31 December are presented below:
€5.5m
€4.0m
€0.3m
Established
Developing
Emerging
€14.7m
€3.4m
€3.1m
Established
Developing
Emerging
2021
€21.2 million
2020
€9.8 million

Employee costs for the years ended 31 December comprised:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Wages and salaries 724.7 681.8
Social security costs 138.3 137.9
Pension and other employee benefits 132.3 116.8
Termination benefits 19.9 19.3
Total employee costs 1,015.2 955.8
The average number of full‑time equivalent employees in 2021 was 26,787 (2020: 27,722).
Employee costs for 2021 included in operating expenses and cost of goods sold amounted to €766.7 million and €248.5 million respectively
(2020: €720.5 million and €235.3 million respectively).

The total remuneration paid or accrued for Directors and the senior management team for the years ended 31 December comprised:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Salaries and other short-term benefits 16.3 15.9
Performance share awards 6.4 4.9
Pension and post-employment benefits 0.9 0.8
Total remuneration 23.6 21.6
165INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
8. Operating expenses continued

Audit and other fees charged in the income statement concerning the auditor of the consolidated financial statements,
PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A. and affiliates, were as follows, for the years ended 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Audit fees 4.8 4.5
Audit-related fees 0.7 0.6
Total audit and audit-related fees 5.5 5.1
9. Finance costs, net
Accounting policy
Interest income and interest expense are recognised using the effective interest rate method, and are recorded in the income statement
within ‘Finance income’ and ‘Finance cost’ respectively. Interest expense includes finance charges with respect to leases. Interest expense
also includes amortisation of the loss on the forward starting swaps and the net impact from swaptions recorded in other comprehensive
income (refer to Note 24).
Finance costs, net, for the years ended 31 December comprised:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Interest income 5.3 3.8
Interest expense (67.1) (71.8)
Other finance costs (1.7) (1.8)
Net foreign exchange remeasurement losses (4.1) (0.3)
Finance costs (72.9) (73.9)
Finance costs, net (67.6) (70.1)
Other finance costs include commitment fees on loan facilities (for the part not yet drawn down) and other similar fees.
For the interest expense incurred with respect to leases, refer to Note 16.
10. Taxation
Accounting policy
Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income
orinequity. In this case, the tax is recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.
The current income tax expense is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in
the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns
with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate,
onthe basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
Deferred tax is provided using the liability method for all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and
their carrying values for financial reporting purposes. However, the deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial
recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other
thana business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Tax rates enacted
orsubstantively enacted at the balance sheet date are those that are expected to apply when the deferred tax asset is realised or
deferred tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary
differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward to the extent that realisation of the related
tax benefit through the reduction of future taxes is probable.
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, except where
thetiming of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled by the Group, and it is probable that the temporary difference will
notreverse in the foreseeable future. This includes taxation in respect of the retained earnings of overseas subsidiaries only to the extent
that, at the balance sheet date, dividends have been accrued as receivable or a binding agreement to distribute past earnings in future
periods has been entered into by the subsidiary.
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to offset current tax assets against current
income tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable
entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.
Critical accounting estimates
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax
determination cannot be assessed with certainty in the ordinary course of business. The Group recognises a provision for potential cases
that might arise in the foreseeable future, based on assessment of the probabilities as to whether additional taxes will be due. Where the
final tax outcome on these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax
provision in the period in which such determination is made. The income tax provision amounted to €52.6 million as at 31 December 2021
(2020: €37.2 million) and is included in the line ‘Current tax liabilities’ of the consolidated balance sheet.
166 
The income tax charge for the years ended 31 December was as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Current tax expense 183.5 111.5
Deferred tax expense 3.9 67.4
Income tax expense 187.4 178.9
The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted average tax rate applicable
to profits of the consolidated entities as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Profit before tax 734.9 593.9
Tax calculated at domestic tax rates applicable to profits in the respective countries 155.7 119.8
Additional local taxes in foreign jurisdictions 13.0 10.3
Tax holidays in foreign jurisdictions (5.8) (6.1)
Expenses non-deductible for tax purposes 17.5 14.5
Income not subject to tax (2.5) (6.9)
Changes in tax laws and rates 3.1 (0.4)
Movement of accumulated tax losses 3.2 3.3
Movement of deferred tax asset not recognised (0.6) (0.2)
Nigeria tax audit settlement 16.5
Other 3.8 28.1
Income tax expense 187.4 178.9
Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes include marketing and advertising expenses, service fees, bad debt provisions, entertainment
expenses, certain employee benefits and other items that, partially or in full, are not deductible for tax purposes in certain of our jurisdictions.
In August 2020, Nigerian Bottling Company Ltd (’NBC’), the Group’s subsidiary in Nigeria, settled the additional tax assessed by the Nigerian
tax authorities (‘FIRS’) following the completion of their income tax audit for the years 2005-2019 and their transfer pricing (’TP’) audit for the
years 2011-2019. The net impact to the income tax expense, following the utilisation of provisions for uncertain tax positions, was €16.5 million,
out of which €7.2 million was attributable to the results of the TP audit. As a result of the TP audit, the FIRS adjusted NBC’s profitability,
increasing its taxable base accordingly. This increase of NBC’s taxable base resulted in the elimination of accumulated capital allowances
andto the extent these were not sufficient to offset the full impact of the tax adjustment in a certain year, a tax payment was required to be
made. Following the settlement, the total tax assessed by the FIRS amounted to €62.7 million, of which €7.6 million was settled in cash and
the remaining €55.1 million was settled through the elimination of the deferred tax asset relating to the available capital allowances in NBC.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities presented in the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December can be further analysed as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
To be recovered after 12 months 32.9 34.4
To be recovered within 12 months 71.5 67.8
Gross deferred tax assets 104.4 102.2
Offset of deferred tax (73.4) (67.1)
Net deferred tax assets 31.0 35.1
Deferred tax liabilities:
To be recovered after 12 months (255.0) (237.6)
To be recovered within 12 months (16.1) (12.0)
Gross deferred tax liabilities (271.1) (249.6)
Offset of deferred tax 73.4 67.1
Net deferred tax liabilities (197.7) (182.5)
A reconciliation of net deferred tax is presented below:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
As at 1 January (147.4) (95.0)
Taken to the income statement (3.9) (67.4)
Joint arrangement reclassification 3.7
Taken to other comprehensive income (15.6) (0.4)
Taken directly to equity 4.1 (0.3)
Foreign currency translation (3.9) 12.0
As at 31 December (166.7) (147.4)
167INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
10. Taxation continued
The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same
tax jurisdiction where applicable, are as follows:
Deferred tax assets
Provisions
€ million
Pensions and
benefit plans
€ million
Tax losses
carry-forward
€ million
Book in
excess of tax
depreciation
€ million
Leasing
€ million
Other
deferred
tax assets
€ million
Total
€ million
As at 1 January 2020 41.2 17.7 1.4 14.9 29.0 28.6 132.8
Joint arrangement reclassification (refertoNote 15) (0.1) (0.2) (0.3)
Taken to the income statement (8.6) (1.0) 0.5 (64.7) (1.5) (2.6) (77.9)
Taken to other comprehensive income 1.3 (0.7) 0.6
Taken directly to equity (0.3) (0.3)
Transfers between assets/liabilities (1.6) 56.7 (0.3) 54.8
Foreign currency translation (4.1) (0.1) (1.2) (1.0) (1.1) (7.5)
As at 31 December 2020 28.4 16.1 1.9 5.7 26.5 23.6 102.2
Taken to the income statement 4.4 (5.5) (0.1) (0.6) (2.8) 7.4 2.8
Taken to other comprehensive income 0.6 (0.5) 0.1
Transfers between assets/liabilities (1.7) (1.7)
Foreign currency translation 0.7 0.1 0.1 0.1 1.0
As at 31 December 2021 33.5 11.3 1.8 3.4 23.8 30.6 104.4
Deferred tax liabilities
Tax in excess
of book
depreciation
€ million
Derivative
instruments
€ million
Other
deferred tax
liabilities
€ million
Total
€ million
As at 1 January 2020 (206.3) (1.6) (19.9) (227.8)
Joint arrangement reclassification (refer to Note 15) 3.3 0.7 4.0
Taken to the income statement 7.7 0.3 2.5 10.5
Taken to other comprehensive income (1.4) 0.4 (1.0)
Transfers between assets/liabilities (56.7) 0.6 1.3 (54.8)
Foreign currency translation 19.2 0.3 19.5
As at 31 December 2020 (232.8) (1.4) (15.4) (249.6)
Taken to the income statement (14.5) 2.1 5.7 (6.7)
Taken to other comprehensive income (9.0) (6.7) (15.7)
Taken directly to equity 4.1 4.1
Transfers between assets/liabilities 1.7 1.7
Foreign currency translation (3.8) (1.1) (4.9)
As at 31 December 2021 (249.4) (4.2) (17.5) (271.1)
Deferred tax assets recognised for tax losses carry-forward in accordance with the relevant local rules applying in the Group’s jurisdictions
can be analysed as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Attributable to tax losses that expire within five years 0.5 0.5
Attributable to tax losses that expire after five years 0.1
Attributable to tax losses that can be carried forward indefinitely 1.3 1.3
Recognised deferred tax assets attributable to tax losses 1.8 1.9
The Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets attributable to tax losses that are available to carry forward against future taxable income
of€28.1 million (2020: €26.9 million). These are analysed as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Attributable to tax losses that expire within five years 19.5 15.3
Attributable to tax losses that expire after five years 8.6 11.6
Unrecognised deferred tax assets attributable to tax losses 28.1 26.9
The aggregate amount of distributable reserves arising from the realised earnings of the Group’s operations was €3,111.0 million in 2021
(2020:€2,651.3 million). No deferred tax liabilities have been recognised on such reserves given that their distribution is controlled by the
Group or,in the event of plans to remit overseas earnings of subsidiaries, such distribution would not give rise to a tax liability.
168 
11. Earnings per share
Accounting policy
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the owners of the parent by the weighted average number
ofordinary shares outstanding during the year. The weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year is the
number of ordinary shares outstanding at the beginning of the year, adjusted by the number of ordinary shares bought back or issued
during the year multiplied by a time-weighting factor. Diluted earnings per share incorporates stock options for which the average share
price for the year is in excess of the exercise price of the stock option and which create a dilutive effect.
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to the owners of the parent entity is based on the following data:
2021 2020
Net profit attributable to the owners of the parent (€million) 547.2 414.9
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share (million) 365.0 364.0
Effect of dilutive stock options (million) 1.3 1.3
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share (million) 366.3 365.3
Basic earnings per share (€) 1.50 1.14
Diluted earnings per share (€) 1.49 1.14
12. Components of other comprehensive income
The components of other comprehensive income for the years ended 31 December comprise:
2021 2020
Before tax
€ million
Income tax
€ million
Net of tax
€ million
Before tax
€ million
Income tax
€ million
Net of tax
€ million
Cost of hedging (refer to Note 24) (2.7) (2.7) (2.2) (2.2)
Cash flow hedges (refer to Note 24) 69.5 (9.5) 60.0 22.7 (2.4) 20.3
Foreign currency translation gains/(losses) 73.6 73.6 (254.9) (254.9)
Valuation loss on equity
investmentsatfairvalue through
othercomprehensiveincome (0.2) (0.2)
Actuarial gains/(losses) 16.1 (6.1) 10.0 (12.5) 2.0 (10.5)
Share of other comprehensive income/
(loss) of equity method investments 14.6 14.6 (25.4) (25.4)
Other comprehensive loss 171.1 (15.6) 155.5 (272.5) (0.4) (272.9)
The foreign currency translation gain for 2021 primarily relates to the Russian Rouble and the Swiss Franc, while the loss from the foreign
currency translation for 2020 primarily related to the Russian Rouble and the Nigerian Naira.
13. Intangible assets
Accounting policy
Intangible assets consist of goodwill, franchise agreements, trademarks and water rights. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible
assets are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses, while intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over their useful
economic lives. The useful lives, both finite and indefinite, assigned to intangible assets are evaluated on an annual basis.

Intangible assets not subject to amortisation consist of goodwill, franchise agreements and trademarks.
Goodwill is the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the share of net assets acquired. Goodwill and fair value
adjustments arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries are treated as the assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries. These balances are
denominated in the functional currency of the subsidiary and are translated to Euro on a basis consistent with the other assets and
liabilities of the subsidiary.
The useful life of franchise agreements is usually based on the term of the respective franchise agreements. The Coca-Cola Company
does not grant perpetual franchise rights outside the United States. However, given the Group’s strategic relationship with The Coca‑
Cola Company and consistent with past experience, the Group believes that franchise agreements will continue to be renewed at each
expiration date with no significant costs. The Group has concluded that the franchise agreements are perpetual in nature and they have
therefore been assigned indefinite useful lives.
The Group’s trademarks are assigned an indefinite useful life when they have an established sales history in the applicable region,
itistheintention of the Group to receive a benefit from them indefinitely and there is no indication that this will not be the case.
Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment.
169INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
13. Intangible assets continued
Accounting policy continued
continued
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the
business combination in which the goodwill arose. Other indefinite-lived intangible assets are also allocated to the Group’s cash-generating
units expected to benefit from those intangibles. The cash-generating units (‘unit’) to which goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible
assets have been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired.
If the recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of the value-in-use and fair value less costs to sell) of the cash-generating unit is less than the
carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and
then pro rata to the other assets of the unit on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. Impairment losses recognised
against goodwill are not reversed in subsequent periods.
Intangible assets with finite lives
Intangible assets with finite lives mainly consist of water rights and certain brands, are amortised over their useful economic lives and are
carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Critical accounting estimates
Determining whether goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets are impaired requires an estimation of the value-in-use of the
cash-generating units to which they have been allocated in order to determine the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units.
Thevalue‑in‑use calculation requires the Group to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash‑generating unit,
discounted at an appropriate rate. Estimating the future cash flows involves a significant degree of uncertainty.
The movements in intangible assets by classes of assets during the year are as follows:
Goodwill
€ million
Franchise
agreements
€ million
Trademarks
€ million
Other intangible
assets
€ million
Total
€ million
Cost
As at 1 January 2020 1,956.1 146.4 187.1 27.6 2,317.2
Disposals (38.4) (42.3) (12.7) (93.4)
Foreign currency translation (31.1) (1.6) (7.5) (0.1) (40.3)
As at 31 December 2020 1,886.6 144.8 137.3 14.8 2,183.5
Amortisation
As at 1 January 2020 182.4 9.3 20.1 211.8
Charge for the year 0.5 0.4 0.9
Disposals (2.6) (12.7) (15.3)
As at 31 December 2020 182.4 7.2 7.8 197.4
Net book value as at 1 January 2020 1,773.7 146.4 177.8 7.5 2,105.4
Net book value as at 31 December 2020 1,704.2 144.8 130.1 7.0 1,986.1
Cost
As at 1 January 2021 1,886.6 144.8 137.3 14.8 2,183.5
Additions (refer to Note 15) 16.4 16.4
Arising from business combinations (refer to Note 23) 1.0 3.1 4.1
Foreign currency translation 37.7 37.7
As at 31 December 2021 1,941.7 144.8 137.3 17.9 2,241.7
Amortisation
As at 1 January 2021 182.4 7.2 7.8 197.4
Charge for the year 0.4 0.6 1.0
As at 31 December 2021 182.4 7.6 8.4 198.4
Net book value as at 1 January 2021 1,704.2 144.8 130.1 7.0 1,986.1
Net book value as at 31 December 2021 1,759.3 144.8 129.7 9.5 2,043.3
Disposals of goodwill and trademarks in 2020 relate to the impact from the reorganisation of Multon (refer to Note 15), while the amount
of€12.7 million relates to the write‑off of fully amortised finite‑lived other intangible assets.
Additions of goodwill in 2021 are attributable to the demerger of the Group’s mineral water and adult sparkling beverages integral joint venture
in Italy as well as the formation of a joint operation in Romania, amounting to €15.6 million and €0.8 million respectively (refer to Note 15).
170 
Intangible assets not subject to amortisation amounted to €2,028.9 million (2020: €1,973.8 million), and are presented in the charts below:
€1,704.2m
€144.8m
€124.8m
Goodwill
Franchise agreements
Trademarks
€1,759.3m
€144.8m
€124.8m
Goodwill
Franchise agreements
Trademarks
2021
€2,028.9 million
2020
€1,973.8 million
The carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortisation amounted to €14.4 million (2020: €12.3 million) and comprised water rights
of€6.4 million, trademarks of €4.9 million and other intangible assets of €3.1 million (2020: €7.0 million water rights, €5.3 million trademarks
and €nil other intangible assets).
Impairment tests for goodwill and other indefinite‑lived intangible assets
The recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit was determined through a value-in-use calculation. That calculation uses cash flow
projections based on financial budgets approved by the Board of Directors covering a one‑year period and cash projections for four additional
years. Cash flows for years two to five were projected by management based on operation and market-specific high-level assumptions including
growth rates, discount rates and forecast selling prices and direct costs. Management determined gross margins based on past performance,
expectations for the development of the market and expectations about raw material costs. Management has also considered the key
impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic when determining the relevant assumptions and has found them to be limited considering the
business’s strong performance throughout the development of the pandemic across the Group’s territories and the reopening of global
economies along with vaccination programmes’ progress. Management also considered the potential adverse impact arising from
climatechange on the cost of water, under different climate scenarios. The growth rates used in perpetuity reflect the forecasts in line
withmanagement beliefs. These forecasts exceeded, in certain cases, those expected for the industry in general, due to the strength of
ourbrand portfolio. Management estimates discount rates using rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money
and risks specific to the countries of operation. The Group applies post-tax discount rates to post-tax cash flows, as the valuation calculated
using this method closely approximates to applying pre-tax discount rates to pre-tax cash flows.
No impairment of goodwill and other indefinite-lived assets was identified from the impairment tests of 2021 and 2020.
The following table sets forth the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for those cash-generating units whose
carrying value is greater than 10% of the total, as at 31 December 2021.
Goodwill
€ million
Franchise
agreements
€ million
Trademarks
€ million
Total
€ million
Italy 640.9 126.9 767.8
Switzerland 443.9 443.9
The Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland 253.4 253.4
Koncern Bambi a.d. Požarevac 115.0 118.3 233.3
All other cash-generating units 306.1 17.9 6.5 330.5
Total 1,759.3 144.8 124.8 2,028.9
171INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
13. Intangible assets continued
The carrying value percentage of intangible assets not subject to amortisation as at 31 December 2021 for the above cash-generating units
is presented in the below graph. Also, for the above cash-generating units, cash flows beyond the five-year period (the period in perpetuity)
have been extrapolated using the following estimated growth and discount rates:
38%
22%
12%
12%
16%
Italy
Switzerland
The Republic of Ireland
and Northern Ireland
Koncern Bambi a.d. Požarevac
Other
Intangible assets not subject to
(%)
Sensitivity analysis
In the cash‑generating unit of Italy, which held €767.8 million of goodwill and franchise agreements as at 31December 2021, possible
changes in key assumptions of the 2021 impairment test would remove the remaining headroom. As at 31 December 2021, the recoverable
amount of the Italian cash‑generating units calculated based on value‑in‑use exceeded the carrying value by €427.8 million; changes per
assumption that would eliminate remaining headroom are summarised in the table below:
Average gross
profit margin
Growth rate in
perpetuity Discount rate
Italy 300bps 250bps 200bps
As at 31 December 2021, the recoverable amount of the Nigerian cash-generating unit calculated based on value-in-use significantly
exceeded its carrying value. As a result, the key assumptions of the Nigerian cash-generating unit’s impairment test that were disclosed
asat31 December 2020, are not sensitive to possible changes to a degree that would remove the remaining headroom.
The Group will continue to closely monitor these cash-generating units in order to ensure that timely actions and initiatives are undertaken
to minimise potential adverse impact on their expected performance, particularly in relation to potential currency volatility in Nigeria.
14. Property, plant and equipment
Accounting policy
All property, plant and equipment is initially recorded at cost and subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and
impairment losses. Subsequent expenditure is added to the carrying value of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits,
in excess of the original assessed standard of performance of the existing asset, will flow to the operation and the costs can be measured
reliably. All other subsequent expenditure is expensed in the period in which it is incurred.
Assets under construction are recorded as part of property, plant and equipment and depreciation on these assets commences when
theassets are made available for use.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight‑line basis to allocate the depreciable amount over the estimated useful life of the assets as follows:
Freehold buildings and improvements 40 years
Leasehold buildings and improvements Over the lease term, up to 40 years
Production equipment 4 to 20 years
Vehicles 5 to 8 years
Computer hardware and software 3 to 10 years
Marketing equipment 3 to 10 years
Fixtures and fittings 8 years
Returnable containers 3 to 12 years
Growth rate in perpetuity (%) Discount rate (%)
2021 2020 2021 2020
Italy 1.5 0.9 6.5 7.1
Switzerland 0.9 0.9 5.7 6.3
The Republic of Ireland
andNorthern Ireland 4.0 4.0 5.6 6.3
Koncern Bambi a.d. Požarevac 4.5 4.5 6.6 7.7
172 
Accounting policy continued
Freehold land is not depreciated as it is considered to have an indefinite life.
Deposits received for returnable containers by customers are accounted for as deposit liabilities (refer to Note 20).
Residual values and useful lives of assets are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each balance sheet date.
Property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds
itsrecoverable amount, which is the higher of the asset’s fair value less cost to sell and its value‑in‑use. For the purposes of assessing
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest level of separately identifiable cash flows.
For the accounting policy regarding right-of-use assets refer to Note 16 ‘Leases’.
The movements of property, plant and equipment by class of asset are as follows:
Land and
buildings
€ million
Plant and
equipment
€ million
Returnable
containers
€ million
Assets under
construction
€ million
Total
€ million
Cost
As at 1 January 2020 1,490.4 3,807.9 425.1 123.5 5,846.9
Additions 4.7 111.7 36.9 351.7 505.0
Disposals
1
(18.8) (202.6) (17.3) (3.5) (242.2)
Reclassified from assets held for sale (refer to Note 19) 3.9 3.9
Reclassified to assets held for sale (refer to Note 19) (3.1) (0.7) (3.8)
Reclassifications 54.1 202.6 (256.7)
Foreign currency translation (114.6) (325.8) (24.0) (15.2) (479.6)
As at 31 December 2020 1,412.7 3,597.0 420.7 199.8 5,630.2
Depreciation and impairment
As at 1 January 2020 496.9 2,564.0 247.0 1.0 3,308.9
Charge for the year 42.0 247.7 27.6 317.3
Impairment 3.9 10.7 0.8 0.2 15.6
Disposals
1
(7.4) (180.4) (10.4) (198.2)
Reclassified from assets held for sale (refer to Note 19) 3.8 3.8
Reclassified to assets held for sale (refer to Note 19) (2.0) (0.7) (2.7)
Foreign currency translation (34.8) (204.3) (9.9) (249.0)
As at 31 December 2020 498.6 2,440.8 255.1 1.2 3,195.7
Net book value as at 31 December 2020
excluding right-of-use assets 914.1 1,156.2 165.6 198.6 2,434.5
Net book value of right-of-use assets
as at 31 December 2020 71.9 110.2 182.1
Net book value as at 31 December 2020 986.0 1,266.4 165.6 198.6 2,616.6
Cost
As at 1 January 2021 1,412.7 3,597.0 420.7 199.8 5,630.2
Additions
2
7.6 137.0 40.9 297.1 482.6
Arising from business combinations (refer to Note 23) 1.3 1.3
Disposals (9.2) (166.8) (12.3) (0.1) (188.4)
Reclassified to assets held for sale (refer to Note 19) (1.8) (1.8)
Reclassifications 90.8 247.7 (338.5)
Foreign currency translation 28.1 76.2 1.6 0.8 106.7
As at 31 December 2021 1,530.0 3,890.6 450.9 159.1 6,030.6
Depreciation and impairment
As at 1 January 2021 498.6 2,440.8 255.1 1.2 3,195.7
Charge for the year 42.9 206.5 27.6 277.0
Impairment 1.0 4.0 0.5 0.5 6.0
Disposals (2.1) (165.4) (9.7) (177.2)
Reclassified to assets held for sale (refer to Note 19) (1.7) (1.7)
Foreign currency translation 11.8 50.1 0.6 62.5
As at 31 December 2021 552.2 2,534.3 274.1 1.7 3,362.3
Net book value as at 31 December 2021
excluding right-of-use assets 977.8 1,356.3 176.8 157.4 2,668.3
Net book value of right-of-use assets
as at 31 December 2021 63.2 99.4 162.6
Net book value as at 31 December 2021 1,041.0 1,455.7 176.8 157.4 2,830.9
1. Disposals line for 2020 includes €29.8 million on a net book value basis regarding the impact of the reorganisation of Multon (refer to Note 15).
2. Additions line for 2021 includes €13.8 million on a net book value basis regarding the impact of the demerger of the Group’s mineral water and adult sparking beverages integral joint
venture in Italy (refer to Note 15).
173INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
14. Property, plant and equipment continued
Assets under construction at 31 December 2021 include advances for equipment purchases of €41.8 million (2020: 32.6 million).
Thedepreciation charge for the year, including that for right‑of‑use assets (refer to Note 16), recognised in operating expenses and cost
ofgoods sold amounted to €181.4 million (2020: €194.0 million) and €148.9 million (2020: €178.5 million) respectively.
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
In 2020, the Group recorded impairment losses of €6.0 million, €2.5 million and €9.9 million and reversals of impairment of €0.3 million,
€0.1million and €2.4 million relating to property, plant and equipment in the Established, Developing and Emerging segments respectively.
The impaired assets, being mainly buildings and production equipment, were written down based mainly on value-in-use calculations.
In 2021, the Group recorded impairment losses of €3.7 million, €0.9 million and €3.8 million and reversals of impairment of €0.2 million,
€0.3million and €1.9 million relating to property, plant and equipment in the Established, Developing and Emerging segments respectively.
The impaired assets, being mainly buildings and production equipment, were written down based mainly on value-in-use calculations.
15. Interests in other entities
List of principal subsidiaries
The following are the principal subsidiaries of the Group as at 31 December:
Country of registration
% of voting rights % ownership
2021 2020 2021 2020
AS Coca‑Cola HBC Eesti Estonia 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
CCB Management ServicesGmbH Austria 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
CCHBC Armenia CJSC Armenia 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
CCHBC Bulgaria AD Bulgaria 99.4% 99.4% 99.4% 99.4%
CCHBC Insurance (Guernsey) Limited
1
Guernsey 100.0% 100.0%
CCHBC IT Services Limited Bulgaria 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
CCHBC Reinsurance Designated Activity Company Republic of Ireland 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
CCH CirculaRPET S.r.l.
2
Italy 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC AustriaGmbH Austria 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola Beverages Belorussiya Belarus 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola Beverages UkraineLtd Ukraine 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca-Cola Imbuteliere Chisinau SRL Moldova 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC B‑H d.o.o. Sarajevo Bosnia and Herzegovina 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Česko a Slovensko, s.r.o. Czech Republic 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Česká a Slovensko, s.r.o. – organizačná zložka Slovakia 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Cyprus Ltd Cyprus 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC FinanceB.V. The Netherlands 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Greece S.A.I.C. Greece 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Holdings B.V. The Netherlands 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Hrvatska d.o.o. Croatia 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Hungary Ltd Hungary 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Ireland Limited Republic of Ireland 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC ItaliaS.r.l. Italy 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Kosovo L.L.C. Kosovo 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Northern Ireland Limited Northern Ireland 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Polska sp. z o.o. Poland 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC RomaniaLtd Romania 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Services MEPE Greece 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Slovenija d.o.o. Slovenia 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Sourcing B.V. The Netherlands 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola HBC Switzerland Ltd Switzerland 99.9% 99.9% 99.9% 99.9%
Coca‑Cola HBC‑Srbija d.o.o. Serbia 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola Hellenic Bottling Company‑Crna Gora d.o.o., Podgorica Montenegro 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola Hellenic Business Service Organisation Bulgaria 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Coca‑Cola Hellenic ProcurementGmbH Austria 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
CC Beverages Holdings II B.V. The Netherlands 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Koncern Bambi a.d. Požarevac Serbia 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
LLC Coca‑Cola HBC Eurasia Russia 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Nigerian Bottling CompanyLtd Nigeria 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
SIA Coca‑Cola HBC Latvia Latvia 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
UAB Coca‑Cola HBC Lietuva Lithuania 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
1. CCHBC Insurance (Guernsey) Limited was placed under liquidation as at 31 December 2020 and dissolved on 19 February 2021.
2. CCH CirculaRPET S.r.l. was established on 3 May 2021.
174 
Associates and joint arrangements
Accounting policies
Equity method investments comprise investments in associates and joint arrangements and are classified into integral and non-integral
on the basis of whether they are considered part of the Group’s core operations and strategy.
Investments in associates
Investments in associated undertakings are accounted for by the equity method of accounting. Associated undertakings are all entities
over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% to 50% of the
voting rights.
The equity method of accounting involves recognising the Group’s share of the associates’ post-acquisition profit or loss and movements
in other comprehensive income for the period in the income statement and other comprehensive income respectively. Unrealised gains
and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and the associate are eliminated to the extent of the interest in the associate.
The Group’s interest in each associate is carried in the balance sheet at an amount that reflects its share of the net assets of the associate
and includes goodwill on acquisition. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate,
theGroup does not recognise further losses, unless the Group has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
Investments in joint arrangements
Joint arrangements are arrangements in which the Group has contractually agreed sharing of control, which exists only when decisions
about the relevant activities require unanimous consent. Joint arrangements are classified as joint ventures or joint operations depending
upon the rights and obligations arising from the joint arrangement.
The Group classifies a joint arrangement as a joint venture when the Group has rights to the net assets of the arrangement. The Group
accounts for its interests in joint ventures using the equity method of accounting as described in the section above.
The Group classifies a joint arrangement as a joint operation when the Group has the rights to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities,
of the arrangement and accounts for each of its assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, including its share of those held or incurred
jointly, in relation to the joint operation.
If facts and circumstances change, the Group reassesses whether it still has joint control and whether the type of joint arrangement
inwhich it is involved has changed.
Critical accounting judgements
The Group participates in several joint arrangements. Judgement is required in order to determine their classification as a joint venture
where the Group has rights to the net assets of the arrangement, or a joint operation where the Group has rights to the assets and
obligations for the liabilities of the arrangement. In making this judgement, consideration is given to the legal form of the arrangement,
andthe contractual terms and conditions, as well as other facts and circumstances (including the economic rationale of the arrangement
and the impact of the legal framework).

Changes in the carrying amounts of equity method investments are as follows:
Associates
€ million
Joint ventures
€ million
Total
€ million
As at 1 January 2020 29.2 119.3 148.5
Additions 2.4 194.3 196.7
Decrease (1.7) (1.7)
Share of results of equity method investments 3.3 21.4 24.7
Share of other comprehensive income of equity method investments (4.0) (21.4) (25.4)
Share of total comprehensive income (0.7) (0.7)
Dividends (1.3) (27.8) (29.1)
As at 31 December 2020 29.6 284.1 313.7
Additions 88.0 88.0
Decrease (34.6) (34.6)
Share of results of equity method investments 3.2 34.4 37.6
Share of other comprehensive income of equity method investments 14.6 14.6
Share of total comprehensive income 3.2 49.0 52.2
Return of capital (6.1) (6.1)
Dividends (1.9) (45.5) (47.4)
As at 31 December 2021 118.9 246.9 365.8
175INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
15. Interests in other entities continued
The carrying amount of equity method investments as at 31 December 2021 comprises integral and non-integral equity method
investments as follows:
Associates
€ million
Joint ventures
€ million
Total
€ million
Integral equity method investments 242.7 242.7
Non-integral equity method investments 118.9 4.2 123.1
Total equity method investments 118.9 246.9 365.8
Associates
Additions in 2020 regarding associates relate to acquisitions of non-integral associates in our Established segment for a total consideration
of €2.4 million, including acquisition costs of €0.2 million.
Frigoglass Industries (Nigeria) Limited, a non‑integral associate in which the Group holds an effective interest of 23.9% (2020: 23.9%) through
its subsidiary Nigerian Bottling Company Ltd, is guarantor under the amended banking facilities and notes issued by the Frigoglass Group,
aspart of the debt restructuring of the latter. The Group has no direct exposure arising from this guarantee arrangement, but the Group’s
investment in this associate, which stood at €25.2 million as at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: €23.9 million), would be atpotential
risk if there was a default under the terms of the amended banking facilities or the notes and the Frigoglass Group (including the guarantor)
was unable to meet its obligations thereunder.
On 7 October 2021, the Group acquired a 30% equity shareholding in Casa Del Caffè Vergnano S.p.A. (‘Caffè Vergnano’), a premium Italian
coffee company. The Group also entered into an exclusive distribution agreement for Caffè Vergnano’s products in all its territories outside
of Italy. The corresponding investment was classified as an associate in accordance with the requirements of IAS 28 ‘Investments in
Associates and Joint Ventures’ since the terms of the transaction give the Group significant influence over the investee. The investment
isaccounted for using the equity method and was further classified as a non‑integral equity method investment in the consolidated financial
statements of the Group, considering that the distribution agreement was separate to the shareholding. The total consideration paid
amounted to €87.0 million, including acquisition costs of €0.1 million, and was presented in the line ‘Payments for acquisition of non-integral
equity method investments’ within the consolidated cash flow statement, while acquisition costs of €1.0 million were incurred but not yet
paid as at 31 December 2021. Consideration and acquisition costs were presented in the line ‘Additions‘ of the table above detailing 2021
changes inthecarrying amounts of equity method investments.
Joint ventures
In January 2021, a demerger of Acque Minerali S.r.l., our mineral water and adult sparkling beverages integral joint venture with The Coca-
Cola Company in Italy, was completed. As part of the demerger, certain operating activities were transferred to the Group, resulting in the
recognition of €15.6 million of goodwill and €14.0 million of property, plant and equipment, including right-of-use assets, as part of the
Group’s Italian cash-generating unit (refer to Note 13 and Note 14 respectively) and the decrease in equity method investments, by €34.6
million, presented in the line ‘Decrease’ within the table above detailing 2021 changes in the carrying amounts of equity method investments.
There was no significant impact on the Group’s net assets or income statement from this transaction. Also, there was no cash flow impact
for the Group as a result of the transaction.
Investments in joint ventures
The Group has a 50% interest in the Multon Z.A.O. group of companies (‘Multon’), which is engaged in the production and distribution of juices
inRussia and is jointly controlled by the Group and The Coca‑Cola Company. The joint arrangement was initially classified as a joint operation,
as it provided to the Group and The Coca-Cola Company rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities of the joint arrangement.
On6May 2020, following the completion of Multon’s reorganisation, the joint arrangement was reclassified from a joint operation to
anintegral joint venture, as the new structure gives the Group and The Coca‑Cola Company rights to the joint arrangement’s net assets.
Asaresult, the Group derecognised its share of the joint arrangement’s assets and liabilities with a corresponding increase in equity method
investments of €194.1 million, presented in the line ‘Additions’ of the table above detailing changes in the carrying amount of equity method
investments for 2020. No gain or loss was recognised in the 2020 consolidated income statement as a result of the above reorganisation.
More specifically, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment (excluding right-of-use assets) and right-of-use assets decreased
by€78.1 million, €29.8 million and €1.1 million respectively in 2020 as a result of the above reorganisation (refer to Note 13 and Note 14
respectively). In addition, the decrease of cash and cash equivalents resulting from the reorganisation of Multon, amounting to €13.1 million,
was reported in the line ‘Joint arrangement reclassification’ within investing activities in the 2020 consolidated cash flow statement.
Apart from Multon, the Group has a significant joint venture with Heineken, through its 50% interest in AD Pivara Skopje which is engaged
inthe bottling and distribution of soft drinks and beer in North Macedonia. The joint venture was previously conducted through a number
oflegal entities, being the BrewTech B.V. group of companies. BrewTech B. V. was incorporated in the Netherlands and the Group owned
50% of its share capital, up to its liquidation on 31 December 2021. As a result of the liquidation, BrewTech B.V.’s interest in AD Pivara Skopje
was transferred by way of liquidation proceeds to its direct shareholders, being the Group and Heineken. The structure of the joint venture
provides the Group with rights to its net assets.
176 
Summarised financial information of the Group’s significant joint ventures are as follows (the information below reflects the amount
presented in the IFRS financial statements of the joint venture, and not the Group’s share in those amounts):
Multon Z.A.O. group of companies
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Summarised balance sheet:
Non-current loans to related parties 5.1 56.5
Other non-current assets 137.9 123.9
Non-current assets 143.0 180.4
Cash and cash equivalents 9.0 3.4
Current loans to related parties 54.1 20.8
Other current assets 131.5 111.6
Total current assets 194.6 135.8
Other current liabilities (including trade payables) (76.0) (52.8)
Total current liabilities (76.0) (52.8)
Non-current other liabilities (7.4) (7.0)
Net assets 254.2 256.4
Summarised statement of comprehensive income:
Revenue 417.0 367.3
Depreciation (5.4) (7.4)
Interest income 7.7 11.8
Interest expense (1.5) (4.6)
Profit before tax 65.0 62.0
Income tax expense (12.6) (12.8)
Profit after tax 52.4 49.2
Other comprehensive income 29.0 (105.0)
Total comprehensive income 81.4 (55.8)
Dividends received and capital returns (refer to Note 27) 34.8 25.8
Reconciliation of net assets to carrying amount:
Closing net assets 254.2 256.4
Interest in joint venture at 50% 127.1 128.2
Goodwill 37.6 34.7
Carrying value 164.7 162.9
Following the reorganisation, the Group’s share of results and share of other comprehensive income of the Multon joint venture for 2020
amounted to €16.4 million income and €21.6 million loss respectively.
AD Pivara Skopje
1
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Summarised balance sheet:
Non-current assets 56.7 53.9
Cash and cash equivalents 0.2 2.5
Current loans to related parties 10.0
Other current assets 13.6 9.5
Total current assets 13.8 22.0
Total current liabilities (20.7) (15.7)
Non-current other liabilities (0.7) (0.8)
Net assets 49.1 59.4
Summarised statement of comprehensive income:
Revenue 79.3 66.0
Depreciation (5.3) (5.7)
Profit before tax 17.2 15.0
Income tax expense (2.0) (1.8)
Profit after tax 15.2 13.2
Total comprehensive income 15.2 13.2
Dividends received (refer to Note 27) 13.0 1.3
Reconciliation of net assets to carrying amount:
Closing net assets 49.1 59.4
Interest in joint venture at 50% 24.6 29.7
Goodwill 16.9 16.9
Non-controlling interest (1.6) (1.6)
Carrying value 39.9 45.0
1. Figures for 2020 relate to the BrewTech B.V. group of companies, which refers to the previous structure of the joint venture as described above.
177INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
15. Interests in other entities continued
Summarised financial information for the Group’s investment in other joint ventures is as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Carrying amount 42.3 76.2
Share of profit 0.6 (1.6)
Share of other comprehensive income 0.1 0.2
Share of total comprehensive income 0.7 (1.4)

Other joint operations of the Group with The Coca-Cola Company comprise mainly a 50% interest in each of the water businesses listed
below, which are engaged intheproduction and distribution of water in the respective countries.
Country Joint operation Country Joint operation
Austria Römerquelle Poland Multivita
Italy Fonti del Vulture Switzerland Valser
Romania Dorna Serbia Vlasinka
Baltics Neptuno Vandenys
In addition, in April 2021 the Group acquired a 50% interest in Stockday S.R.L., an online business-to-business platform and distributor
inRomania, which was up until that point wholly owned by HEINEKEN Romania S.A. The transaction resulted in the two shareholders jointly
controlling Stockday S.R.L. The joint arrangement was classified as a joint operation in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 11 ‘Joint
arrangements‘, as it provides to the shareholders rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities of the joint arrangement. As a result
ofthe above transaction, goodwill of €0.8 million was recognised within the Group’s Emerging segment (refer to Note 13).
16. Leases
Accounting policy
Leases for which the Group is in a lessee position are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability at the date
atwhich the lease asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a net‑present‑
value basis and are recognised as part of ‘Property, plant and equipment’, ‘Current borrowings’ and ‘Non-current borrowings’ in the
consolidated balance sheet respectively.
Lease contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components. The Group allocates the consideration in the contract to the
leaseand non‑lease components respectively. Consideration relevant to the non‑lease component is recognised as an expense
intheconsolidated income statement over the period of the lease.
Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:
a) fixed payments (including in‑substance fixed payments) over the lease term, less any lease incentives receivable;
b) variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;
c) amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
d) the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain it will exercise that option; and
e) payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option.
When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the
right-of-use asset.
Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition
that triggers the payment occurs.
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease (if that rate can be determined), or the incremental borrowing
rate of the lease, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar
value in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. In determining the incremental borrowing rate to be
used, the Group applies judgement to establish the suitable reference rate and credit spread.
Each lease payment is allocated between the liability (principal) and finance cost. The interest expense is charged to the consolidated
income statement as part of ‘Finance cost’ over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining
balance of the liability for each period.
Right‑of‑use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
a) the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
b) any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;
c) any initial direct costs; and
d) any restoration costs.
The right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the assets’ useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group
is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.
178 
Accounting policy continued
The Group utilises a number of practical expedients permitted by the standard, namely:
1) applying the recognition exemption to short-term leases (i.e. leases with a term of 12 months or less) that do not contain a purchase
option; and
2) applying the recognition exemption to leases of underlying assets with a low value, which mainly comprise IT equipment.
Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the
consolidated income statement.
In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an
extension option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the
lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). The assessment is revised if a significant event or a significant
change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment and which is within the control of the lessee.
Lease payments are presented as follows in the consolidated cash flow statement:
short-term lease payments, payments for leases of low-value assets and variable lease payments that are not included in the
measurement of the lease liabilities are presented within cash flows from operating activities;
payments for the interest element of recognised lease liabilities are included in ’Interest paid’ within cash flows from financing activities;
and
payments for the principal element of recognised lease liabilities are presented within cash flows from financing activities.
Leasing activities
The leases which are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet are principally in respect of vehicles and buildings. Lease terms are negotiated
on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions.
Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility
interms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. Extension options considered reasonably certain to be exercised relate both
to buildings and motor vehicles and do not exceed six and three years respectively. Most termination options have not been considered
reasonably certain to be exercised.
The Group’s carrying amount of lease liability is presented below as at 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Current lease liability 50.9 54.8
Non-current lease liability 109.4 129.4
Total lease liability (refer to Note 25) 160.3 184.2
For the carrying amount of right-of-use assets per class of underlying asset, refer to Note 14.
The Group’s additions to right‑of‑use assets for the years ended 31 December are as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Land and buildings 10.4 17.4
Plant and equipment 31.6 36.2
Total additions 42.0 53.6
The consolidated income statement includes the following amounts relating to depreciation of right‑of‑use assets:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Land and buildings 19.5 19.4
Plant and equipment 33.8 35.8
Total depreciation charge 53.3 55.2
The following expenses have been included in cost of goods sold and operating expenses:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Expense relating to short-term leases 15.1 15.5
Expense relating to leases of low-value assets 1.4 1.3
Expense relating to variable lease payments 7.4 5.1
Interest expense on leases in 2021 was €9.9 million (2020: €11.4 million) and is recorded within ‘Finance costs’ (refer to Note 9).
The total cash outflow for leases in 2021 was €91.0 million (2020: €87.6 million).
Expenses relating to short-term leases in 2021 and 2020 comprise consideration for leases with a term of 12 months or less used to cover
seasonal business needs.
179INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
17. Inventories
Accounting policy
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Cost for raw materials and consumables is determined on a weighted average basis. Cost for work in progress and finished goods
comprises the cost of direct materials and labour plus attributable overhead costs. Cost of inventories includes all costs incurred to bring
the product to its present location and condition.
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs necessary to complete
andsell the inventory.
Inventories consisted of the following as at 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Finished goods 244.0 182.9
Raw materials and work in progress 208.0 175.7
Consumables 67.8 59.0
Total inventories 519.8 417.6
The amount of inventories recognised as an expense during 2021 was €3,420.4 million (2020: €2,839.6 million). During 2021, provision for
obsolete inventories recognised as an expense amounted to €16.2 million (2020: €23.9 million), whereas provision reversed in the year
amounted to €0.6 million (2020: €0.6 million).
18. Trade, other receivables and assets
Accounting policies
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are
initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The normal credit
terms are between 7-90 days upon delivery.
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach for trade and other receivables and follows an Expected Credit Losses (‘ECLs’) approach
for measuring the allowance of its trade receivables. The expected loss rate is assessed on the basis of historical credit losses of 24months
before the year end and adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information. ECLs are based on the difference between the
contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive. The carrying amount
of the receivable is reduced by the loss allowance, which is recognised as part of operating expenses. If a trade receivable ultimately
becomes uncollectible, it is written off initially against any loss allowance made in respect of that receivable with any excess recognised
aspart of operating expenses. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off or loss allowance no longer required are credited
against operating expenses.
As of July 2020, the Group has entered into a contract that provides insurance coverage against defaulted trade receivables.
This contract meets the definition of a financial guarantee contract, which is in substance part of the contract terms (that is, integral
tothe trade receivables) and is not recognised separately. Therefore, the expected cash flows from the credit insurance are included
inthe measurement of ECLs of trade receivables.
Loans are initially recognised at the fair value net of transaction costs incurred. After initial recognition, all interest-bearing loans are
subsequently measured at amortised cost. Amortised cost is calculated using the effective interest rate method whereby any discount,
premium or transaction costs associated with a loan are amortised to the income statement over the lending period.
Trade, other receivables and assets consisted of the following as at 31 December:
Current assets Non-current assets
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Trade receivables 705.5 558.7 0.1 0.9
Receivables from related parties (refer to Note 27) 60.4 47.8
Loans receivable 0.5 1.8 1.0 0.5
Receivables from sale of property, plant and equipment 0.5 0.9
Loans and advances to employees 6.0 7.4
Other receivables 89.3 71.8
Total trade and other receivables 862.2 688.4 1.1 1.4
Prepayments 69.4 61.4 10.4 21.2
Pension plan assets (refer to Note 21) 42.0 21.0
Non-current income tax receivable 16.3 36.9
VAT and other taxes receivable 17.0 24.1
Total other assets 86.4 85.5 68.7 79.1
Total trade, other receivables and assets 948.6 773.9 69.8 80.5
An amount of €43.9 million (2020: €31.3 million) included in ‘Other receivables’ relates to receivables from brand partners in the sale
anddistribution of premium spirits and energy drinks.
Non-current trade receivables relate to renegotiated receivables, which are expected to be settled within the new contractual due date.
Refer to Note 22 for offsetting impact on trade receivables.
180 
Trade receivables
Trade receivables classified as current assets consisted of the following as at 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Trade receivables 781.6 646.5
Less: Loss allowance (76.1) (87.8)
Total trade receivables 705.5 558.7
The ageing analysis of trade receivables classified as current assets is as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Gross
carrying
amount
Loss
allowance
Trade
receivables
Gross
carrying
amount
Loss
allowance
Trade
receivables
Within due date 636.7 (2.9) 633.8 500.3 (2.4) 497.9
Past due – up to three months 54.2 (1.2) 53.0 35.4 (2.1) 33.3
Past due – three to six months 6.9 (1.0) 5.9 7.5 (1.4) 6.1
Past due – six to nine months 3.3 (1.0) 2.3 2.7 (0.8) 1.9
Past due – more than nine months 80.5 (70.0) 10.5 100.6 (81.1) 19.5
Total trade receivables 781.6 (76.1) 705.5 646.5 (87.8) 558.7
The movement in the loss allowance during the year is as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
As at 1 January (87.8) (93.2)
Amounts written off during the year 14.7 5.5
Amounts recovered during the year 3.7 5.5
Increase in allowance recognised in income statement (6.1) (7.9)
Foreign currency translation (0.6) 2.3
As at 31 December (76.1) (87.8)
Receivables from related parties
The related party receivables, net of the loss allowance, are as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Within due date 57.3 44.5
Past due 3.3 3.6
Less: Loss allowance (0.2) (0.3)
Total related party receivables 60.4 47.8
The ageing analysis of these receivables is as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Within due date 57.2 44.5
Past due – up to three months 2.6 2.3
Past due – three to six months 0.4 0.3
Past due – six to nine months 0.1
Past due – more than nine months 0.2 0.6
Total 60.4 47.8
Net impairment
Net impairment loss on trade and other receivables recognised in the income statement is analysed as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Trade receivables 3.7 2.8
Receivables from related parties 0.1
Other receivables and assets 1.4 1.2
Net impairment loss 5.1 4.1
181INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
19. Assets classified as held for sale
Accounting policy
Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if it is considered highly probable that their carrying amount will be
principally recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale
is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. In order for a sale to be considered
highly probable, management must be committed to a plan to sell the asset, an active programme to locate a buyer and complete the
plan must have been initiated, and the sale must be expected to be completed within one year from the date of classification.
In the event that the criteria for continued classification as held for sale are no longer met, the assets are reclassified to property, plant
and equipment and the depreciation charge is adjusted for the depreciation that would have been recognised had the assets not been
classified as held for sale.
Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of the individual assets’ previous carrying
amount and their fair value less costs to sell.
As at 31 December 2021, the Group’s assets classified as held for sale amounted to €0.1 million (2020: €nil), comprising the net book value of
plant and equipment in our Emerging segment that has been written down to fair value less costs to sell (refer to Note 14). The fair value of
assets classified as held for sale was determined through the use of a sales comparison approach and is a non-recurring fair value
measurement within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
20. Trade and other payables
Accounting policy
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
Trade and other payables consisted of the following as at 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Trade payables 678.3 583.2
Accrued liabilities 565.6 427.1
Payables to related parties (refer to Note 27) 326.1 285.2
Deposit liabilities 92.6 78.6
Other tax and social security liabilities 126.0 84.9
Salaries and employee-related payables 56.9 45.8
Contract liabilities (refer to Note 7) 11.8 10.5
Other payables 28.5 27.5
Total trade and other payables 1,885.8 1,542.8
The Group facilitates a supply chain financing programme under which the supplier can elect on an invoice-by-invoice basis to receive
adiscounted early payment from the partner bank or continue to be paid in line with the agreed payment terms; in either case the value
anddue date of the liability payable by the Group remain unchanged and, as such, the liability remains classified as trade and other payables.
At 31 December 2021, invoices included in the programme amounted to €139.9 million (2020: €90.9 million).
Accrued liabilities regarding volume, marketing and promotional incentives as well as listing fees and other incentives provided to customers
as at 31 December 2021 amounted to €239.9 million (2020: €200.7 million).
182 
21. Provisions and employee benefits
Provisions and employee benefits consisted of the following as at 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Current:
Employee benefits 115.2 66.2
Restructuring provisions 23.6 26.0
Other provisions 18.4 7.4
Total current provisions and employee benefits 157.2 99.6
Non‑current:
Employee benefits 115.5 110.8
Restructuring provisions 1.2
Other provisions 2.1 2.5
Total non-current provisions and employee benefits 118.8 113.3
Total provisions and employee benefits 276.0 212.9

Accounting policy
Provisions are recognised when: the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event; it is probable that
anoutflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and a reliable estimate can be made
oftheamount of the obligation.
Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised
asaseparate asset only when such reimbursement is virtually certain.
If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.
Termination benefits are payable whenever an employee’s employment is terminated before the normal retirement date or whenever
anemployee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier
ofthe following dates: a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and b) when the Group recognises costs
fora restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 ‘Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets’ and involves the payment
oftermination benefits (refer to Note 8). In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are
measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer.
The movements in restructuring and other provisions comprise:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Restructuring
provision Other provisions
Restructuring
provision Other provisions
As at 1 January 26.0 9.9 14.6 12.0
Arising during the year 21.7 13.5 21.5 4.9
Utilised during the year (21.5) (2.8) (9.2) (4.9)
Unused amount reversed (1.4) (0.1) (0.6) (1.9)
Foreign currency translation (0.3) (0.2)
As at 31 December 24.8 20.5 26.0 9.9
Other provisions primarily comprise provisions in relation to employee litigation and legal provisions.
183INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
21. Provisions and employee benefits continued

Accounting policies
The Group operates a number of defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans in its territories.
The defined benefit plans are made up of both funded and unfunded pension plans and employee leaving indemnities. The assets of funded
plans are generally held in separate trustee-administered funds and are financed by payments from employees and/or the relevant
Groupcompanies.
The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the
balance sheet date less the fair value of the plan assets.
For defined benefit pension plans, pension costs are assessed using the projected unit credit method. Actuarial gains and losses arising
from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in other comprehensive income
inthe period in which they arise. Such actuarial gains and losses are not reclassified to the income statement in subsequent periods.
Thedefined benefit obligations are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high‑quality
corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms approximating to the terms
of the related obligation. In countries where there is no deep market in such bonds, the market rates on government bonds are used.
Pastservice cost is recognised immediately in the income statement. A number of the Group’s operations have other long‑service benefits
in the form of jubilee plans. These plans are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows with immediate recognition
of actuarial gains and losses in the income statement.
The Group’s contributions to the defined contribution pension plans are charged to the income statement in the period to which the
contributions relate.
Critical accounting estimates
The Group provides defined benefit pension plans as an employee benefit in certain territories. Determining the value of these plans requires
several actuarial assumptions and estimates about discount rates, future salary increases and future pension increases. Due to the
long-term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty.
Employee benefits consisted of the following as at 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Defined benefit plans:
Employee leaving indemnities 78.9 72.2
Pension plans 6.2 7.7
Long-service benefits (jubilee plans) and other benefits 12.1 12.0
Total defined benefit plans 97.2 91.9
Other employee benefits:
Annual leave 9.7 4.4
Other employee benefits 123.8 80.7
Total other employee benefits 133.5 85.1
Total employee benefits obligations 230.7 177.0
Other employee benefits primarily comprise employee bonuses which are linked to business and individual performance metrics.
Employees of Coca‑Cola HBC’s subsidiaries in Austria, Bulgaria, Croatia, Greece, Italy, Montenegro, Nigeria, Poland, Romania, Serbia
andSlovenia are entitled to employee leaving indemnities, generally based on each employee’s length of service, employment category
andremuneration. These are unfunded plans where the Company meets the payment obligation as it falls due.
Coca‑Cola HBC’s subsidiaries in Austria, Northern Ireland, the Republic of Ireland and Switzerland sponsor defined benefit pension plans.
Ofthe three plans in the Republic of Ireland, two have plan assets, as do the two plans in Northern Ireland, and one plan out of the three in
Switzerland. TheAustrian plans do not have plan assets and the Company meets the payment obligation as it falls due. The defined benefit
plans inAustria, Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland are closed to new members.
Coca‑Cola HBC provides long‑service benefits in the form of jubilee plans to its employees in Austria, Croatia, Nigeria, Poland, Serbia,
Slovenia and Switzerland.
Defined benefit obligation by segment is as follows for the years ended 31 December:
The average duration of the defined benefit obligations is 18 years and the total employer contributions expected to be paid in 2022
are€10.4 million.
€73.6m
€2.1m
€2.3m
€21.5m
Established Developing Emerging
Total €97.2m
€72.7m €16.9m
Total €91.9m
2021
2020
184 
The reconciliation of plan assets and plan liabilities for the years ended 31 December is as follows:
Plan assets
€ million
Plan liabilities
€ million
Net (deficit) /
surplus
€ million
As at 1 January 2020 458.2 (532.9) (74.7)
Current service cost (9.9) (9.9)
Past service cost 9.1 9.1
Administrative expenses (0.2) (0.2)
Curtailment/settlement (3.2) 2.5 (0.7)
Interest income/(expense) 3.6 (5.6) (2.0)
Actuarial losses (0.4) (0.4)
Total income/(expense) recognised in income statement 0.2 (4.3) (4.1)
Loss from change in demographic assumptions (6.1) (6.1)
Loss from change in financial assumptions (35.0) (35.0)
Experience adjustments 13.5 13.5
Return on plan assets excluding interest income 26.9 26.9
Total remeasurements recognised in other comprehensive income 26.9 (27.6) (0.7)
Benefits paid (24.8) 24.7 (0.1)
Employer’s contributions 20.7 20.7
Participant’s contributions 4.9 (4.9)
Net increase in defined benefit obligation from other movements (0.3) (0.3)
Foreign currency translation (4.8) 7.2 2.4
As at 31 December 2020 481.3 (538.1) (56.8)
Current service cost (10.8) (10.8)
Past service cost (1.6) (1.6)
Administrative expenses (0.3) (0.3)
Curtailment/settlement (16.4) 14.2 (2.2)
Interest income/(expense) 2.3 (4.0) (1.7)
Actuarial gains 0.6 0.6
Total expense recognised in income statement (14.4) (1.6) (16.0)
Gain from change in demographic assumptions 1.4 1.4
Gain from change in financial assumptions 16.0 16.0
Experience adjustments (2.4) (2.4)
Return on plan assets excluding interest income 34.6 34.6
Total remeasurements recognised in other comprehensive income 34.6 15.0 49.6
Benefits paid (23.1) 23.1
Employer’s contributions 16.4 16.4
Participant’s contributions 4.6 (4.6)
Net increase in defined benefit obligation from other movements (0.7) (0.7)
Foreign currency translation 20.0 (19.4) 0.6
As at 31 December 2021 519.4 (526.3) (6.9)
The effect of the asset ceiling on plan assets and net deficit for the years ended 31 December is as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Fair value of plan assets at 1 January excluding asset ceiling 519.4 481.3
Opening unrecognised asset due to the asset ceiling (14.1) (2.3)
Change in asset ceiling recognised in other comprehensive income (33.5) (11.8)
Exchange rate gain (0.7)
Fair value of plan assets at 31 December including asset ceiling 471.1 467.2
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Present value of funded obligations 434.1 452.6
Fair value of plan assets (519.4) (481.3)
Defined benefit obligations of funded plans (85.3) (28.7)
Present value of unfunded obligations 92.2 85.5
Unrecognised asset due to asset ceiling 48.3 14.1
Defined benefit obligations 55.2 70.9
Plus: Amounts recognised within non‑current assets (refer to Note 18) 42.0 21.0
Total defined benefit obligations 97.2 91.9
185INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
21. Provisions and employee benefits continued
Funding levels are monitored, in conjunction with the agreed contribution rate. The funding level of the funded plans as at 31 December 2021
was 109% (2020: 103%).
Five of the plans have funded status surplus totalling €42.0 million as at 31 December 2021 (2020: five plans, totalling €21.0 million) that
isrecognised as an asset on the basis that the Group has an unconditional right to future economic benefits either via a refund or a reduction
infuture contributions.
Defined benefit plan expense is included in employee costs and presented in cost of goods sold and operating expenses.
The assumptions (weighted average for the Group) used in computing the defined benefit obligation comprised the following for the years
ended 31 December:
2021
%
2020
%
Discount rate 1.2 0.7
Rate of compensation increase 2.5 2.2
Rate of pension increase 1.0 0.8
Life expectancy for pensioners at the age of 65 in years:
Male 22 22
Female 24 24
Asset liability matching: Plan assets allocated to growth assets are monitored regularly to ensure they remain appropriate and in line with the
Group’s long-term strategy to manage the plans. As the plans mature, the level of investment risk will be reduced by investing more in assets
such as bonds that better match the liabilities.
Pension plan assets are invested in different asset classes in order to maintain a balance between risk and return. Investments are well
diversified to limit the financial effect of the failure of any individual investment. Through its defined benefit plans the Group is exposed
toanumber of risks, as outlined below:
Asset volatility: The liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; if assets underperform
thisyield, a deficit will be created. The Northern Ireland, Republic of Ireland and Swiss plans hold a significant proportion of growth assets
(equities) which are expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long term while being subject to volatility and risk in the short term.
Changes in bond yields: A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase the plan liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an
increase in the value of the plans’ bond holdings. Conversely an increase in corporate bond yields will decrease the plan liabilities, although
this will be partially offset by a decrease in the value of the plans’ bond holdings.
Inflation: The Northern Ireland, Republic of Ireland and Swiss plans’ benefit obligations are linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead
tohigher liabilities (although, in most cases, caps on the level of inflationary increases are in place to protect against extreme inflation).
Themajority of the assets are either unaffected by or only loosely correlated with inflation, meaning that an increase in inflation will also
increase the deficit.
Life expectancy: The majority of the pension plans’ obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life
expectancy will result in an increase in the liabilities.
The sensitivity analysis presented below is based on a change in an individual assumption while all other assumptions remain constant.
Impact on defined benefit obligation as at
31 December 2021
Change in
assumptions
Increase in
assumption
Decrease in
assumption
Discount rate 50bps 8.2% 9.4%
Rate of compensation increase 50bps
1.8% 1.5%
Rate of pension increase 50bps
5.2% 4.9%
Life expectancy 1 year
2.8% 2.8%
186 
Plan assets are invested as follows:
3%
25%
27%
4%
16%
11%
1%
13%
Equity securities – Eurozone
Equity securities – Non-Eurozone
Government bonds – Eurozone
Corporate bonds – Eurozone
Corporate bonds – Non-Eurozone
Real estate
Cash
Other
3%
22%
30%
10%
10%
11%
1%
13%
Equity securities – Eurozone
Equity securities – Non-Eurozone
Government bonds – Eurozone
Corporate bonds – Eurozone
Corporate bonds – Non-Eurozone
Real estate
Cash
Other
Assets category 2021 (%) Assets category 2020 (%)
The assets of funded plans are generally held in separately administered trusts, either as specific assets or as a proportion of a general fund,
or are insurance contracts. Plan assets held in trust are governed by local regulations and practice in each country. The category ‘Other’ mainly
includes investments in funds holding a portfolio of assets. Plan assets relate predominantly to quoted financial instruments.
Equity securities were not invested in ordinary shares of the Company as at 31 December 2021 or 31 December 2020.
Defined contribution plans
The expense recognised in the income statement in 2021 for the defined contribution plans is €19.4 million (2020: €18.8 million).
Thisisincluded in employee costs and recorded in cost of goods sold and operating expenses.
22. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
Accounting policy
The Group offsets financial assets and financial liabilities to the net amount reported in the balance sheet when it currently has a legally
enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and it intends to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability
simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course
ofbusiness and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or the counterparty.
The Group enters into derivative transactions under International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting agreements or
other similar agreements. In general, under such agreements the counterparties can elect to settle as one single net amount the aggregated
amounts owed by each counterparty on a single day with respect to all outstanding transactions of the same currency and the same type
ofderivative. In the event of default or early termination, all outstanding transactions under the agreement are terminated and subject to any
set-off. These agreements do not meet all of the IAS 32 criteria for offsetting in the balance sheet as the Group does not have any current
legally enforceable right to offset amounts since the right can only be applied if elected by both counterparties.
The financial assets and financial liabilities presented below are subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting or similar agreements.
Thecolumn ‘Net amount’ shows the impact on the Group’s balance sheet assuming all set‑off rights are exercised.
Financial liabilities offset against trade receivables mainly relate to accrued customer rebates.
187INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
22. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities continued

As at 31 December 2021
Related amounts
not set off in the
balance sheet
Gross amounts of
recognised
financial assets
€ million
Gross amounts of
recognised financial
liabilities set off in
the balance sheet
€ million
Net amounts of
financial assets
presented in the
balance sheet
€ million
Financial
instruments
€ million
Net amount
€ million
Derivative financial assets 48.2 48.2 (8.1) 40.1
Cash and cash equivalents 782.8 782.8 782.8
Other financial assets (excluding loans to related parties
and derivatives) 834.9 834.9 834.9
Trade receivables 764.0 (58.5) 705.5 705.5
Total 2,429.9 (58.5) 2,371.4 (8.1) 2,363.3
As at 31 December 2020
Related amounts
not set off in the
balance sheet
Gross amounts of
recognised
financial assets
€ million
Gross amounts of
recognised financial
liabilities set off in
the balance sheet
€ million
Net amounts of
financial assets
presented in the
balance sheet
€ million
Financial
instruments
€ million
Net amount
€ million
Derivative financial assets 16.2 16.2 (0.7) 15.5
Cash and cash equivalents 1,215.8 1,215.8 1,215.8
Other financial assets (excluding loans to related parties
and derivatives) 92.9 92.9 92.9
Trade receivables 611.0 (52.3) 558.7 558.7
Total 1,935.9 (52.3) 1,883.6 (0.7) 1,882.9

As at 31 December 2021
Related amounts
not set off in the
balance sheet
Gross amounts of
recognised
financial liabilities
€ million
Gross amounts of
recognised financial
assets set off in
the balance sheet
€ million
Net amounts of
financial liabilities
presented in the
balance sheet
€ million
Financial
instruments
€ million
Net amount
€ million
Derivative financial liabilities 14.6 14.6 (8.1) 6.5
Trade payables 736.8 (58.5) 678.3 678.3
Total 751.4 (58.5) 692.9 (8.1) 684.8
As at 31 December 2020
Related amounts
not set off in the
balance sheet
Gross amounts of
recognised
financial liabilities
€ million
Gross amounts of
recognised financial
assets set off in
the balance sheet
€ million
Net amounts of
financial liabilities
presented in the
balance sheet
€ million
Financial
instruments
€ million
Net amount
€ million
Derivative financial liabilities 11.3 11.3 (0.7) 10.6
Trade payables 635.5 (52.3) 583.2 583.2
Total 646.8 (52.3) 594.5 (0.7) 593.8
188 
23. Business combinations
Accounting policy
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred is the fair value of any
asset transferred, shares issued and liabilities assumed. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting
from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed are measured
initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the consideration transferred and the fair value of non-controlling interest
over the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition costs comprise costs incurred to effect a business
combination, such as finder’s, advisory, legal, accounting, valuation and other professional or consulting fees. Integration costs comprise
direct incremental costs necessary for the acquiree to operate within the Group. Allacquisition and integration‑related costs are
expensed as incurred.
For each business combination, the Group elects to measure the non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the
proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.
Refer also to Note 2 for accounting policy regarding basis of consolidation.
On 31 October 2021, the Group acquired a self‑serve coffee vending business in Poland (the ‘Costa Express Business’). The acquisition
wasof a group of assets that constituted a business, which have been integrated into the Group’s operations in Poland. Consideration paid
for the acquisition amounted to €5.6 million and is included in the line ‘Payments for business combinations’ of the consolidated cash
flowstatement. As a result of the above acquisition, other intangible assets of €3.1 million, goodwill of €1.0 million and property, plant and
equipment of €1.3million were recorded in the Group’s Developing segment (refer to Note 13 and Note 14 respectively). Acquisition‑related
costs of €0.4 million were included in the 2021 operating expenses, as a result of the above acquisition (refer to Note 8).
In addition, acquisition and integration costs of €13.9 million incurred in 2021 regarding the acquisition of Coca‑Cola Bottling Company
ofEgypt S.A.E. (refer to Note 8 and Note 31) were included in operating expenses.
24. Financial risk management and financial instruments
Accounting policies
Financial assets
On initial recognition, financial assets are recorded at fair value plus, in the case of financial assets not at fair value through profit or loss
(FVTPL), any directly attributable transaction costs. Transaction costs of financial assets at FVTPL are expensed.
Financial assets are classified into three categories:
a) Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
The classification of debt instruments at amortised cost depends on two criteria: a) the Group’s business model for managing assets and
b) whether the instruments’ contractual cash flows represent solely payments for principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding
(the ‘SPPI criterion‘). If both criteria are met, the financial assets of the Group are subsequently measured at amortised cost whereby any
interest income is recognised using the effective interest method. This category includes trade receivables, treasury bills and time
deposits. The accounting policy for trade receivables is described in Note 18.
b) Financial assets through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)
The Group also has investments in financial assets at FVOCI. These include equity investments that are not of a trading nature and which
are subsequently recorded at fair value. The Group intends to hold these equity instruments for the foreseeable future and has irrevocably
elected to classify them as FVOCI upon initial recognition. Subsequently, there is no recycling of gains or losses to profit or loss
onderecognition.
c) Financial assets through profit or loss (FVTPL)
The Group also has investments in financial assets at FVTPL which are subsequently measured at fair value and where changes in fair value
are recognised in the income statement. Financial assets at FVTPL mainly comprise money market funds.
For those financial assets that are not subsequently held at fair value, the Group assesses whether there is evidence of impairment at each
balance sheet date.
Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments, including currency, commodity and interest rate derivatives, to manage currency,
commodity price and interest rate risk associated with the Group’s underlying business activities. The Group does not enter into
derivative financial instruments for trading activity purposes.
All derivative financial instruments are initially recognised on the balance sheet at fair value and are subsequently remeasured at their fair
value. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognised at each reporting date either in the income statement
orin equity, depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting as a cash flow hedge.
Embedded derivatives in financial host contracts are recorded at fair value through profit or loss together with the host contracts.
All derivative financial instruments that are not part of an effective hedging relationship (undesignated hedges) are classified as assets
orliabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
189INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
24. Financial risk management and financial instruments continued
Accounting policies continued
Derivative financial instruments continued
At the inception of a hedge transaction, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item,
aswell as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. This process includes linking the derivative
financial instrument designated as a hedging instrument to the specific asset, liability, firm commitment or forecast transaction.
TheGroup has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risks of the hedging instruments are
identical to the hedged risks component. The economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument is assessed
on an ongoing basis. Ineffectiveness may arise if the timing or the notional value of the forecast transaction changes or if the credit risk
changes, impacting the fair value movements of the hedging instruments.
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments (both the intrinsic value and the aligned time value) that are designated and
effective as hedges of future cash flows are recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion is recognised
immediately in the income statement. Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the income statement as the related hedged asset
acquired or liability assumed affects the income statement.
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge
accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in equity until the forecast
transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred
to the income statement.
Derivatives embedded in non‑financial host contracts are accounted for as separate derivatives and recorded at fair value if:
their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contracts;
the host contracts are not designated as at fair value through profit or loss; and
a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative meets the definition of a derivative.
These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss. Reassessment only
occursifthere is either a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that would otherwise be required,
orareclassification of a financial asset out of the fair value through profit or loss.
Regular purchases and sales of investments are recognised on the trade date, which is the day the Group commits to purchase or sell.
The investments are recognised initially at fair value plus transaction costs, except in the case of FVTPL. For investments traded in active
markets, fair value is determined by reference to stock exchange quoted bid prices. For other investments, fair value is estimated by
reference to the current market value of similar instruments or by reference to the discounted cash flows of the underlying net assets.
Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign currency risk, commodity price risk and interest rate
risk), credit risk, liquidity risk and capital risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the volatility of financial markets
and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s cash flows. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain
risk exposures. Risk management is carried out by Group Treasury in a controlled manner, consistent with the Board of Directors’ approved
policies. Group Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co‑operation with the Group’s subsidiaries. The Board
ofDirectors has approved the Treasury Policy which provides the control framework for all treasury and treasury‑related transactions.
Market risk

The Group is exposed to the effect of foreign currency risk on future transactions, recognised monetary assets and liabilities that are
denominated in currencies other than the local entity’s functional currency, as well as net investments in foreign operations. Foreign currency
forward, option and futures contracts are used to hedge a portion of the Group’s foreign currency risk. The majority of the foreign currency
forward, option and futures contracts have maturities of less than one year after the balance sheet date.
Management has set up a policy that requires Group companies to manage their foreign exchange risk against their functional currency.
Tomanage their foreign exchange risk arising from future transactions and recognised monetary assets and liabilities, entities in the Group
use foreign currency forward, option and future contracts transacted by Group Treasury. Group Treasury’s risk management policy is to
hedge, on an average coverage ratio basis, between 25% and 80% of anticipated cash flows for the next 12 months by using a layer strategy,
and 100% of balance sheet remeasurement risk in each major foreign currency for which hedging is applicable. Each subsidiary designates
contracts with Group Treasury as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges, as appropriate. External foreign exchange contracts are designated
at Group level as hedges of foreign exchange risk on specific monetary assets, monetary liabilities or future transactions on a gross basis.
The impact of COVID-19 has been considered, in relation to the Group’s cash flow hedges, in determining that the hedged forecast cash
flows remain highly probable for the next 12 months.
The following tables present details of the Group’s sensitivity to reasonably possible increases and decreases in the Euro and US Dollar
against the relevant foreign currencies. In determining reasonable possible changes, the historical volatility over a 12-month period of the
respective foreign currencies in relation to the Euro and the US Dollar has been considered. The sensitivity analysis determines the potential
gains and losses in the income statement or equity arising from the Group’s foreign exchange positions as a result of the corresponding
percentage increases and decreases in the Group’s main foreign currencies relative to the Euro and the US Dollar. The sensitivity analysis
includes outstanding foreign-currency-denominated monetary items, external loans, and loans between operations within the Group where
the denomination of the loan is in a currency other than the functional currency of the local entity.
190 
2021 exchange risk sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in the Euro against relevant other currencies
Euro strengthens against
local currency
Euro weakens against
local currency
% historical
volatility over a
12-month period
Loss/(gain)
in income
statement
€ million
(Gain)/loss
in equity
€ million
(Gain)/loss
in income
statement
€ million
Loss/(gain)
in equity
€ million
Nigerian Naira 16.03% 6.2 (8.5)
Russian Rouble 9.90% (0.7) (0.2) 0.9 0.3
UK Sterling 5.23% 0.9 (1.0)
Ukrainian Hryvnia 6.80% 0.3 (0.2)
Other (0.2) (1.5) (0.2) 1.7
Total 6.5 (1.7) (9.0) 2.0
2021 exchange risk sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in the US Dollar against relevant other currencies
US Dollar strengthens against
local currency
US Dollar weakens against
local currency
% historical
volatility over a
12-month period
(Gain)/loss
in income
statement
€ million
(Gain)/loss
in equity
€ million
Loss/(gain)
in income
statement
€ million
Loss/(gain)
in equity
€ million
Euro 5.72% (1.8) 2.0
Nigerian Naira 5.89% 0.6 (0.5)
Russian Rouble 9.86% 0.1 (3.2) (0.1) 3.9
Other (0.4) 0.4
Total (1.5) (3.2) 1.8 3.9
2020 exchange risk sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in the Euro against relevant other currencies
Euro strengthens against
local currency
Euro weakens against
local currency
% historical
volatility over a
12-month period
Loss/(gain)
in income
statement
€ million
(Gain)/loss
in equity
€ million
(Gain)/loss
in income
statement
€ million
Loss/(gain)
in equity
€ million
Nigerian Naira 12.39% 0.6 (0.8)
Russian Rouble 21.02% 1.0 (0.7) (1.4) 1.1
UK Sterling 8.91% (0.2) 0.7 0.4 (0.9)
Ukrainian Hryvnia 10.48% 0.6 (0.7)
Other (1.2) (3.2) 1.4 3.6
Total 0.8 (3.2) (1.1) 3.8
2020 exchange risk sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in the US Dollar against relevant other currencies
US Dollar strengthens against
local currency
US Dollar weakens against
local currency
% historical
volatility over a
12-month period
Loss/(gain)
in income
statement
€ million
(Gain)/loss
in equity
€ million
(Gain)/loss
in income
statement
€ million
Loss/(gain)
in equity
€ million
Euro 7.57% 2.0 (2.3)
Nigerian Naira 13.23% 5.0 (6.6)
Russian Rouble 19.48% (3.9) (0.1) 5.7
Other (0.2) 0.3
Total 6.8 (3.9) (8.7) 5.7

The Group is affected by the volatility of certain commodity prices (being mainly sugar, aluminium, aluminium premium, plastic and gas oil)
inrelation to certain raw materials necessary for the production of the Group’s products.
Due to the significantly increased volatility of commodity prices, the Group’s Board of Directors has developed and enacted a risk
management strategy regarding commodity price risk and its mitigation. Although the Group continues to contract prices with suppliers in
advance, to reduce its exposure to the effect of short-term changes in the price of sugar, aluminium, aluminium premium, gas oil and plastic,
the Group hedges the market price of sugar, aluminium, aluminium premium, plastic and gas oil using commodity swap contracts based on
arolling forecast for a period up to 36 months. Group Treasury’s risk management policy is to hedge a minimum of 25% and a maximum
of80% of commodity exposure for the next 12 months, with the exception of certain types of plastic for which lower compliance ratios apply.
The following table presents details of the Group’s income statement and equity sensitivity to increases and decreases in sugar, aluminium,
aluminium premium, plastic and gas oil prices. The table does not show the sensitivity to the Group’s total underlying commodity exposure
orthe impact of changes in volumes that may arise from an increase or decrease in the respective commodity prices. The sensitivity analysis
determines the potential effect on profit or loss and equity arising from the Group’s commodity swap contract positions as a result of the
reasonably possible increases or decreases of the respective commodity prices.
191INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
24. Financial risk management and financial instruments continued
2021 commodity price risk sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in the price of relevant commodities
Commodity price increases with
all other variables held constant
Commodity price decreases with
all other variables held constant
% historical
volatility over a
12-month period per
contract maturity
(Gain)/loss
in income
statement
€ million
(Gain)/loss
in equity
€ million
Loss/(gain)
in income
statement
€ million
Loss/(gain)
in equity
€ million
Sugar 20.8% (0.4) (22.6) 0.4 22.6
Aluminium 24.1% (0.8) (19.8) 0.8 19.8
Aluminium premium 46.1% (0.2) (3.0) 0.2 3.0
Gas oil 31.3% (5.6) 5.6
Plastic 27.0% (25.7) 25.7
Total (27.1) (51.0) 27.1 51.0
2020 commodity price risk sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in the price of relevant commodities
Commodity price increases with
all other variables held constant
Commodity price decreases with
all other variables held constant
% historical
volatility over a
12-month period per
contract maturity
(Gain)/loss
in income
statement
€ million
(Gain)/loss
in equity
€ million
Loss/(gain)
in income
statement
€ million
Loss/(gain)
in equity
€ million
Sugar 20.1% (0.2) (13.1) 0.2 13.1
Aluminium 16.6% (0.4) (6.7) 0.4 6.7
Aluminium premium 43.4% (0.7) 0.7
Gas oil 59.8% (5.6) 5.6
Plastic 26.3% (8.9) 8.9
Total (9.5) (26.1) 9.5 26.1

The sensitivity analysis in the following table has been determined based on exposure to interest rates of both derivative and non-derivative
instruments existing at the balance sheet date and assuming constant foreign exchange rates. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is
prepared assuming the amount of liability outstanding at the balance sheet date was outstanding for the whole year. A 50 basis point increase
ordecrease for 2021 (2020: 50 basis point) represents management’s assessment of a reasonably possible change in interest rates.
Interest rate risk sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in interest rates
Loss/(gain) in income statement
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Increase in basis points 0.2 0.4
Decrease in basis points (0.2) (0.4)
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its obligations under
thecontract or arrangement. The Group has limited concentration of credit risk across trade and financial counterparties. Credit policies
arein place and the exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis.
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in the event that counterparties fail to meet their obligations at 31 December 2021 in relation
to each class of recognised financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated on the balance sheet.
Under the credit policies, before accepting any new credit customers the Group investigates the potential customer’s credit quality,
usingeither external agencies, in some cases bank references and/or historic experience, and defines credit limits for each customer.
Customers that fail to meet the Group’s benchmark credit quality may transact with the Group only on a prepayment or cash basis.
Customers are reviewed on an ongoing basis and credit limits are adjusted accordingly. There is no significant concentration of credit risk
with regard to loans, trade and other receivables as the Group has a large number of customers who are geographically dispersed.
The Group has policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any single financial institution. The Group only undertakes investment
andderivative transactions with banks and financial institutions that have a minimum credit rating of ‘BBB‑’ from Standard & Poor’s and ‘Baa3’
from Moody’s, unless the investment is in a country where the sovereign credit rating is below BBB‑/Baa3. The Group also uses credit default
swaps of a counterparty in order to measure in a timelier way the creditworthiness of a counterparty and set up its counterparties in tiers in
order to assign maximum exposure and tenor per tier. If the credit default swaps of a certain counterparty exceed 400 basis points the Group
will stop trading derivatives with that counterparty and will try to cancel any deposits on a best-effort basis. In addition, the Group regularly
makes use of time deposits, treasury bills and money market funds to invest excess cash balances and to diversify its counterparty risk.
Asat31 December 2021, an amount of €423.9 million (2020: €795.5 million) is invested in time deposits, €6.2 million in treasury bills (2020: €nil)
and €638.8 million (2020: €nil) in money market funds.
192 
Liquidity risk
The Group actively manages liquidity risk to ensure there are sufficient funds available for any short-term and long-term commitments.
Bankoverdrafts and bank facilities, both committed and uncommitted, are used to manage this risk.
The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and committed banking facilities, access to the debt and equity
capital markets, and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows. In Note 25, the undrawn facilities that the Group has at its
disposal to manage liquidity risk are discussed under the headings ‘Commercial paper programme’ and ‘Committed credit facilities’.
This has been an area of focus during the COVID‑19 pandemic; however, the Group maintains a healthy liquidity position and is able to meet
its obligations as they fall due. As at 31 December 2021, the Group has net debt of €1.3 billion (refer to Note 25). There are no bond
maturities until November 2024. In addition, the Group has an undrawn revolving credit facility of €800 million available, as well as €0.8 billion
available of the €1.0 billion commercial paper facility.
The following tables detail the remaining contractual maturities for financial liabilities. The tables include both interest and principal undiscounted
cash flows, assuming that interest rates remain constant from 31 December 2021.
Up to
oneyear
€ million
One to
two years
€ million
Two to
five years
€ million
Over
five years
€ million
Total
€ million
Borrowings 365.2 48.4 707.3 1,875.2 2,996.1
Derivative liabilities 11.6 3.0 14.6
Trade and other payables (excluding other tax & social
security and contract liabilities) 1,748.0 0.4 1.1 4.1 1,753.6
Leases 58.9 43.2 62.9 29.6 194.6
As at 31 December 2021 2,183.7 95.0 771.3 1,908.9 4,958.9
Up to
oneyear
€ million
One to
two years
€ million
Two to
five years
€ million
Over
five years
€ million
Total
€ million
Borrowings 283.3 98.2 714.4 1,889.8 2,985.7
Derivative liabilities 10.0 1.3 11.3
Trade and other payables (excluding other tax & social
security and contract liabilities) 1,447.4 0.3 1.0 4.9 1,453.6
Leases 63.4 50.7 71.0 35.5 220.6
As at 31 December 2020 1,804.1 150.5 786.4 1,930.2 4,671.2
Capital risk
The Group monitors its financial capacity and credit ratings by reference to a number of key financial ratios, including net debt to comparable
adjusted EBITDA which provides a framework within which the Group‘s capital base is managed. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided
by comparable adjusted EBITDA.
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by adding back to operating profit the depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment, the
amortisation and impairment of intangible assets, the employee performance share costs and other non-cash items, if any. Comparable
adjusted EBITDA refers to adjusted EBITDA excluding restructuring expenses, acquisition and integration costs and the unrealised gains
or losses resulting from the mark-to-market valuation of derivatives and embedded derivatives related to commodity hedging.
Refer to Note 25 for the definition of net debt.
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain an optimal
capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may increase or decrease debt, issue or buy back shares, adjust the amount
ofdividends paid to shareholders, or return capital to shareholders.
The Group’s goal is to maintain a conservative financial profile. This is evidenced by the credit ratings maintained with Standard & Poor’s
andMoody’s, which were reaffirmed in 2021.
Rating agency Publication date Long-term debt Outlook Short-term debt
Standard and Poor’s April 2021 BBB+ Stable A2
Moody’s May 2021 Baa1 Stable P2
The Group’s medium‑ to long‑term target is to maintain the net debt to comparable adjusted EBITDA ratio within a 1.5 to 2.0 range.
193INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
24. Financial risk management and financial instruments continued
The ratios as at 31 December were as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Net debt (refer to Note 25) 1,319.7 1,616.8
Operating profit 799.3 660.7
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment, including right-of-use assets 336.3 388.1
Amortisation of intangible assets 1.0 0.9
Employee performance shares 14.9 9.5
Adjusted EBITDA 1,151.5 1,059.2
Other restructuring expenses (primarily redundancy costs) 21.0 10.0
Unrealised (gain)/loss on commodity derivatives (3.8) 1.6
Acquisition and integration costs 14.3
Total comparable adjusted EBITDA 1,183.0 1,070.8
Net debt/comparable adjusted EBITDA ratio 1.12 1.51
The reconciliation of other restructuring expenses to total restructuring expenses for the years ended 31 December was as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Total restructuring expenses included in operating expenses (refer to Note 8) 21.2 9.8
Total restructuring expenses included in share of results of integral equity method investments 0.2
Less: Impairment of property, plant and equipment (0.2)
Other restructuring expenses (primarily redundancy costs) 21.0 10.0
Hedging activity
The carrying amounts of the derivative financial instruments are included in the lines ‘Other financial assets’ and ‘Other financial liabilities’
ofthe consolidated balance sheet.

The impact of the hedging instruments on the consolidated balance sheet was:
As at 31 December 2021
Notional amount
€ million
Carrying amount
€ million
Period of
maturity date
Contracts with positive fair values 182.6 40.4
Non‑current 26.8 9.0
Commodity swap contracts 26.8 9.0 Jan 23-Nov 23
Current 155.8 31.4
Foreign currency forward contracts 48.3 1.3 Jan 22-Aug 22
Commodity swap contracts 107.5 30.1 Jan 22-Dec 22
Contracts with negative fair values 59.3 (1.2)
Non‑current 2.5 (0.1)
Commodity swap contracts 2.5 (0.1) Jan 23-Nov 23
Current 56.8 (1.1)
Foreign currency forward contracts 37.9 (0.6) Jan 22-Dec 22
Commodity swap contracts 18.9 (0.5) Jan 22-Nov 22
194 
As at 31 December 2020
Notional amount
€ million
Carrying amount
€ million
Period of
maturity date
Contracts with positive fair values 145.9 9.4
Non‑current 27.7 2.3
Commodity swap contracts 27.7 2.3 Jan 22-Nov 22
Current 118.2 7.1
Foreign currency forward contracts 62.1 1.1 Jan 21-Oct 21
Commodity swap contracts 56.1 6.0 Jan 21-Dec 21
Contracts with negative fair values 74.2 (3.3)
Non‑current 0.5
Commodity swap contracts 0.5 Jan 22-Nov 22
Current 73.7 (3.3)
Foreign currency forward contracts 44.0 (1.0) Jan 21-Jun 21
Commodity swap contracts 29.7 (2.3) Jan 21-Dec 21
The impact on the hedging reserve as a result of applying cash flow hedge accounting was:
Spot component of
foreign currency
forward contracts
€ million
Intrinsic value of
foreign currency
option contracts
€ million
Cost of hedging
reserve of currency
derivatives
€ million
Commodity swap
contracts
€ million
Interest rate
swap contracts
€ million
Total
€ million
Opening balance 1 January 2020 (3.6) 0.7 (0.6) 0.2 (40.2) (43.5)
Net gain of cash flow hedges 19.0 0.1 (4.1) 7.7 22.7
Change in fair value of hedging
instruments recognised in OCI 19.0 0.1 (4.1) 15.0
Reclassified to profit or loss 7.7 7.7
Cost of hedging recognised in OCI (2.2) (2.2)
Reclassified to inventory cost (13.0) (0.5) 3.2 10.4 0.1
Appropriation of reserves (4.0) (0.3) 0.3 (4.0)
Closing balance 31 December 2020 (1.6) 0.7 6.5 (32.5) (26.9)
Net gain of cash flow hedges 1.0 60.8 7.7 69.5
Change in fair value of hedging
instruments recognised in OCI 1.0 60.8 61.8
Reclassified to profit or loss 7.7 7.7
Cost of hedging recognised in OCI (2.7) (2.7)
Reclassified to inventory cost (0.8) 2.4 (25.6) (24.0)
Closing balance 31 December 2021 (1.4) 0.4 41.7 (24.8) 15.9
An amount of €4.0 million was reclassified from ‘Hedging reserve’ to ‘Other reserves’ during 2020, as a result of a change in the classification
of Multon (refer to Note 15).
The effect of the cash flow hedges in the consolidated income statement was:
2021
Loss/(gain)
€ million
2020
Loss/(gain)
€ million
Net amount reclassified from other comprehensive income to cost of goods sold
Net amount reclassified from other comprehensive income to finance costs 7.7 7.7
Total 7.7 7.7
There was no significant ineffectiveness on the cash flow hedges during the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020.
195INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
24. Financial risk management and financial instruments continued

The fair values of derivative financial instruments as at 31 December which economically hedge the Group’s risks and for which hedge
accounting has not been applied were:
As at 31 December 2021
Notional amount
€ million
Carrying amount
€ million
Period of
maturity date
Contracts with positive fair values 203.2 7.8
Current 203.2 7.8
Embedded derivatives 4.9 0.1 Jan 22-Aug 22
Foreign currency forward contracts 165.3 1.1 Jan 22-Nov 22
Commodity swap contracts 33.0 6.6 Jan 22-Dec 22
Contracts with negative fair values 431.3 (13.4)
Non‑current 33.4 (2.9)
Foreign currency future contracts 13.9 (0.6) Jan 23
Commodity swap contracts 19.5 (2.3) Jan 23-Nov 23
Current 397.9 (10.5)
Foreign currency future contracts 94.7 (3.3) Apr 22-Oct 22
Foreign currency forward contracts 246.5 (2.6) Jan 22-Nov 22
Commodity swap contracts 56.7 (4.6) Jan 22-Nov 22
As at 31 December 2020
Notional amount
€ million
Carrying amount
€ million
Period of
maturity date
Contracts with positive fair values 191.7 6.8
Non‑current 16.1 0.4
Embedded derivatives 16.1 0.4 Jan21-Jun21
Current 175.6 6.4
Foreign currency forward contracts 62.9 1.3 Jan21-Sep21
Foreign currency future contracts 110.0 4.9 Jan21-Mar21
Commodity swap contracts 2.7 0.2 Jan21-Dec21
Contracts with negative fair values 241.2 (8.0)
Non‑current 9.2 (1.3)
Commodity swap contracts 9.2 (1.3) Jan22-Nov22
Current 232.0 (6.7)
Foreign currency forward contracts 198.6 (2.2) Jan21-Sep21
Commodity swap contracts 33.4 (4.5) Jan21-Dec21
The effect of the undesignated hedges in the consolidated income statement was:
2021
Gain
€ million
2020
Loss/(gain)
€ million
Net amount recognised in cost of goods sold (14.1) 15.1
Net amount recognised in operating expenses (4.4) (1.2)
Total (18.5) 13.9
196 
Financial instruments’ categories
Categories of financial instruments as at 31 December were as follows (in € million):
2021
Analysis of total assets
Assets
Debt financial
assets at
amortised cost
Assets at
FVTPL
Derivatives
designated as
hedging
instruments
Equity financial
assets at FVOCI
Total current and
non-current Current Non-current
Investments including loans
torelatedparties 204.9 638.8 3.6 847.3 839.7 7.6
Derivative financial instruments 7.8 40.4 48.2 39.2 9.0
Trade and other receivables 863.3 863.3 862.2 1.1
Cash and cash equivalents 782.8 782.8 782.8
Total 1,851.0 646.6 40.4 3.6 2,541.6 2,523.9 17.7
Analysis of total liabilities
Liabilities
Liabilities held at
amortised cost
Liabilities at
FVTPL
Derivatives
designated as
hedging
instruments
Total current and
non-current Current Non-current
Trade and other payables (excluding other tax &
social security and contract liabilities) 1,753.6 1,753.6 1,748.0 5.6
Borrowings 2,937.4 2,937.4 381.7 2,555.7
Derivative financial instruments 13.4 1.2 14.6 11.6 3.0
Total 4,691.0 13.4 1.2 4,705.6 2,141.3 2,564.3
2020
Analysis of total assets
Assets
Debt financial
assets at
amortised cost
Assets at
FVTPL
Derivatives
designated as
hedging
instruments
Equity financial
assets at FVOCI
Total current and
non-current Current Non-current
Investments including loans
torelatedparties 100.8 3.6 104.4 93.1 11.3
Derivative financial instruments 6.8 9.4 16.2 13.5 2.7
Trade and other receivables 689.8 689.8 688.4 1.4
Cash and cash equivalents 1,215.8 1,215.8 1,215.8
Total 2,006.4 6.8 9.4 3.6 2,026.2 2,010.8 15.4
Analysis of total liabilities
Liabilities
Liabilities held at
amortised cost
Liabilities at
FVTPL
Derivatives
designated as
hedging
instruments
Total current and
non-current Current Non-current
Trade and other payables (excluding other tax &
social security and contract liabilities) 1,453.6 1,453.6 1,447.4 6.2
Borrowings 2,925.5 2,925.5 315.2 2,610.3
Derivative financial instruments 8.0 3.3 11.3 10.0 1.3
Total 4,379.1 8.0 3.3 4,390.4 1,772.6 2,617.8
197INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
24. Financial risk management and financial instruments continued
Interest rate swap contracts
The Group entered into forward starting swap contracts of €500.0 million in 2014 to hedge the interest rate risk related to its Euro-denominated
forecast issuance of fixed rate debt in March 2016. In August 2015, the Group entered into additional forward starting swap contracts
of€100.0 million. In March 2016 the forward starting swap contracts were settled and at the same time a new note was issued. The accumulated
loss of €55.4 million recorded in other comprehensive income is being amortised to the income statement over the term of the new note
(refer to Note 25).
The Group entered into swaption contracts of €350.0 million in 2018 and €1,050.0 million in 2019 to hedge the interest rate risk related to
itsEuro‑denominated forecast issuance of fixed rate debt in 2019, and formally designated these contracts as cash flow hedges. In May and
November 2019, the swaption contracts were settled and, at the same time, new notes were issued. The accumulated loss of €9.6 million
recorded in other comprehensive income is being amortised to the income statement over the relevant period.
Embedded derivatives
During 2015, the Group recognised embedded derivatives whose risks and economic characteristics were not considered to be closely
related to the commodity contract in which they were embedded. The fair value of the embedded derivatives as at 31 December 2021
amounted to a financial asset of €0.1 million (2020: €0.4 million).
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
For financial instruments such as cash, deposits, debtors and creditors, investments, loans payable to related parties, short-term borrowings
(excluding the current portion of bonds and notes payable) and other financial liabilities (other than bonds and notes payable), carrying values
are a reasonable approximation of the fair values. According to the fair value hierarchy, the financial instruments measured at fair value are
classified as follows:
Level 1
The fair value of FVOCI listed equity securities as well as FVTPL securities is based on quoted market prices at the reported date. The fair value
of bonds is based on quoted market prices at the reported date.
Level 2
The fair value of foreign currency forward, option and futures contracts, commodity swap contracts, bonds and notes payable, interest rate
swap contracts, forward starting swap contracts and embedded foreign currency derivatives is determined by using valuation techniques.
These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data. The fair value of the foreign currency forward, option and futures
contracts, commodity swap contracts, embedded foreign currency derivatives and cross-currency swap contracts is calculated by reference
to quoted forward exchange, deposit rates and forward rate curves of the underlying commodity at the reported date for contracts with
similar maturity dates. The fair value of interest rate option contracts is calculated by reference to the Black‑Scholes valuation model and
implied volatilities. The fair value of interest rate swap contracts is determined as the difference in the present value of the future interest
cash inflows and outflows based on observable yield curves.
Level 3
The fair value of FVOCI unlisted equity securities as well as certain undesignated derivatives and foreign currency futures contracts is
determined through the use of estimated discounted cash flows or other valuation techniques. These valuation techniques estimate the fair
value of undesignated derivatives using settlement and forward prices received from counterparty banks and subscription-based publications,
and the fair value of foreign currency futures contracts by using adjusted quoted prices.
Any transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to have occurred at the date of the event or change in circumstances
that caused the transfer.
198 
The following table sets out the fair value hierarchy levels into which fair value measurements are categorised for assets and liabilities
measured at fair value as at 31 December 2021:
Level1
€ million
Level2
€ million
Level3
€ million
Total
€ million
Financial assets at FVTPL
Foreign currency forward contracts 1.1 1.1
Embedded derivatives 0.1 0.1
Commodity swap contracts 0.6 6.0 6.6
Money market funds 638.8 638.8
Derivative financial assets used for hedging
Cash flow hedges
Foreign currency forward contracts 1.3 1.3
Commodity swap contracts 39.1 39.1
Assets at FVOCI
Equity securities 0.7 2.9 3.6
Total financial assets 639.5 42.2 8.9 690.6
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
Foreign currency forward contracts (2.6) (2.6)
Foreign currency futures contracts (3.9) (3.9)
Commodity swap contracts (6.9) (6.9)
Derivative financial liabilities used for hedging
Cash flow hedges
Foreign currency forward contracts (0.6) (0.6)
Commodity swap contracts (0.6) (0.6)
Total financial liabilities (3.8) (10.8) (14.6)
There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 in the year.
The following table provides the fair value hierarchy levels into which fair value measurements are categorised for assets and liabilities
measured at fair value as at 31 December 2020:
Level1
€ million
Level2
€ million
Level3
€ million
Total
€ million
Financial assets at FVTPL
Foreign currency forward contracts 1.3 1.3
Foreign currency futures contracts 4.9 4.9
Embedded derivatives 0.4 0.4
Commodity swap contracts 0.2 0.2
Derivative financial assets used for hedging
Cash flow hedges
Foreign currency forward contracts 1.1 1.1
Commodity swap contracts 8.3 8.3
Assets at FVOCI
Equity securities 0.8 2.8 3.6
Total financial assets 0.8 11.3 7.7 19.8
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
Foreign currency forward contracts (2.2) (2.2)
Commodity swap contracts (5.8) (5.8)
Derivative financial liabilities used for hedging
Cash flow hedges
Foreign currency forward contracts (1.0) (1.0)
Commodity swap contracts (2.3) (2.3)
Total financial liabilities (5.5) (5.8) (11.3)
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 in 2020. During 2020, the Group reclassified foreign currency derivatives relating
totheNigerian Naira from Level 2 to Level 3. This reclassification resulted from the use of a more relevant valuation technique which
incorporated greater use of the unobservable inputs and more appropriately approximated their fair values. Thefairvalue of these
derivativesasat31December 2020 amounted to a financial asset of €4.9 million.
199INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
25. Net debt
Accounting policy
Borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value net of transaction costs incurred.
After initial recognition, all interest-bearing borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Amortised cost is calculated using
the effective interest rate method whereby any discount, premium or transaction costs associated with a borrowing are amortised to the
income statement over the borrowing period.
Refer also to Note 16 for accounting policy on leases.
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts
of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of change in value. Bank overdrafts are classified as short‑term borrowings in the balance
sheet and for the purpose of the cash flow statement. Time deposits and treasury bills which do not meet the definition of cash and cash
equivalents are classified as short-term investments at amortised cost. Money market funds are classified as short-term investments
atfair value through profit or loss.
Net debt is defined as current borrowings plus non-current borrowings less cash and cash equivalents, and certain other financial assets.
Net debt for the year ended 31 December comprised:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Current borrowings 381.7 315.2
Non-current borrowings 2,555.7 2,610.3
Less: Cash and cash equivalents (782.8) (1,215.8)
Financial assets at amortised cost (196.1) (92.9)
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (638.8)
Less: Other financial assets (834.9) (92.9)
Net debt 1,319.7 1,616.8
The financial assets at amortised cost include time deposits amounting to €189.9 million (31 December 2020: €92.9 million) as well as
Nigerian treasury bills of €6.2 million (31 December 2020: €nil). The financial assets at fair value through profit and loss in 2021 relate
tomoney market funds. The line item ‘Other financial assets’ of the consolidated balance sheet includes derivative financial instruments
of€39.2 million (31December 2020: €13.5 million) and related party loans receivable of €4.8 million (31 December 2020: €0.2 million).

The Group held the following borrowings as at 31 December:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Commercial paper 235.0 200.0
Loans payable to related parties (refer to Note 27) 58.1 29.8
Other borrowings 37.7 30.6
330.8 260.4
Obligations under leases falling due within one year 50.9 54.8
Total borrowings falling due within one year 381.7 315.2
Borrowings falling due within one to two years
Loans payable to related parties (refer to Note 27) 5.1 56.5
Borrowings falling due within two to five years
Bonds, bills and unsecured notes 598.5 597.9
Borrowings falling due in more than five years
Bonds, bills and unsecured notes 1,787.2 1,785.5
Other borrowings 55.5 41.0
2,446.3 2,480.9
Obligations under leases falling due in more than one year 109.4 129.4
Total borrowings falling due after one year 2,555.7 2,610.3
Total borrowings 2,937.4 2,925.5
200 
Reconciliation of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities:
Borrowings Leases
Derivative assets/
(liabilities) Total
Due within
one year
€ million
Due in more than
one year
€ million
Due within
one year
€ million
Due in more than
one year
€ million € million € million
Balance at 1 January 2020 705.5 2,408.2 56.3 154.7 3,324.7
Cash flows
Proceeds from borrowings 113.8 98.0 211.8
Repayments of borrowings (619.6) (36.2) (655.8)
Principal repayments of lease obligations (58.7) (58.7)
Interest paid (53.3) (0.4) (11.0) (64.7)
Proceeds from/(payments for) settlement
of derivatives regarding financing activities (1.1) (1.1)
Total cash flows (559.1) 61.4 (69.7) (1.1) (568.5)
Leases increase 5.1 48.5 53.6
Effect of changes in exchange rates (3.3) (3.1) (6.6) (13.0)
Other non-cash movements 117.3 11.3 66.2 (67.2) 1.1 128.7
Balance at 31 December 2020 260.4 2,480.9 54.8 129.4 2,925.5
Cash flows
Proceeds from borrowings 77.0 52.3 129.3
Repayments of borrowings (102.6) (31.2) (133.8)
Principal repayments of lease obligations (63.1) (63.1)
Interest paid (36.2) (9.3) (45.5)
Proceeds from/(payments for) settlement
of derivatives regarding financing activities 4.9 4.9
Total cash flows (61.8) 21.1 (72.4) 4.9 (108.2)
Leases increase 0.8 41.2 42.0
Effect of changes in exchange rates 0.2 0.2 0.4 1.0 1.8
Other non-cash movements 132.0 (55.9) 67.3 (62.2) (2.6) 78.6
Balance at 31 December 2021 330.8 2,446.3 50.9 109.4 2.3 2,939.7
The ‘Other non-cash movements’ primarily include transfers from long-term to short-term liabilities and interest incurred. Also,
‘Othernon‑cash movements’ in 2020 are impacted by the change in classification of Multon (refer to Note 15), which resulted in an increase
in borrowings for the Group.
Commercial paper programme
In October 2013, the Group established a €1.0 billion Euro commercial paper programme (the ‘CP programme’) which was updated in
September 2014, in May 2017 and in May 2020 to further diversify its short-term funding sources. The Euro-commercial paper notes may
beissued either as non‑interest‑bearing notes sold at a discount or as interest‑bearing notes at a fixed or floating rate. All commercial paper
issued under the CP programme must be repaid within 7 to 364 days. The CP programme has been granted the Short Term Euro Paper
label(‘STEP’) and the commercial paper is issued through Coca‑Cola HBC’s fully owned subsidiary Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. and is fully,
unconditionally andirrevocably guaranteed by Coca‑Cola HBC AG. The outstanding amount under the CP programme as at 31 December
2021 was €235.0million (2020: €200.0 million).
Committed credit facilities
In April 2019, the Group updated its then-existing €500.0 million syndicated revolving credit facility, which was set to expire in June 2021.
Theupdated syndicated revolving credit facility has been increased to €800.0 million and has been extended to April 2024 with the option
tobe extended for up to two more years until April 2026. In March 2020, the Company exercised its extension option and the facility was
extended to April 2025. In April 2021, the Company exercised its second option to further extend the maturity of the syndicated loan facility
to April 2026. This facility can be used for general corporate purposes and carries a floating interest rate over EURIBOR. No amounts have
been drawn under the syndicated revolving credit facility since inception. The borrower in the syndicated revolving credit facility is Coca-Cola
HBC’s fully owned subsidiary Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. and any amounts drawn under the facility are fully, unconditionally and irrevocably
guaranteed by Coca‑Cola HBC AG.
In December 2019, the Group established a loan facility of US$85.0 million to finance the purchase of production equipment by the Group’s
subsidiary in Nigeria. The facility has been drawn down by Nigerian Bottling Company (NBC) over the course of 2020 and 2021 and matures
in2027. The obligations under this facility are guaranteed by Coca‑Cola HBC AG. As at 31 December 2021, the outstanding liability amounted
to€63.2 million (2020: €48.2 million).
201INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
25. Net debt continued
Euro medium‑term note programme
In June 2013, the Group established a new €3.0 billion Euro medium-term note programme (the ‘EMTN programme’). The EMTN programme
was updated in September 2014, September 2015, April 2019 (when it was increased to €5.0 billion), April 2020 and September 2021.
Notesare issued under the EMTN programme through Coca‑Cola HBC’s 100%‑owned subsidiary Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. and are fully,
unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Coca‑Cola HBC AG.
In March 2016, Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. completed the issue of a €600 million Euro‑denominated fixed rate bond maturing in November
2024. The coupon rate of the bond is 1.875% which, including the amortisation of the loss on the forward starting swap contracts over the
term of the fixed rate bond, results in an effective interest rate of 2.99%. The net proceeds of the issue were used to partially repay €214.6
million of the 4.25%, €600 million seven-year fixed rate notes due in November 2016. The remaining €385.4 million of these notes was repaid
in November 2016 upon maturity.
In May 2019, Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. completed the issue of a €700 million Euro‑denominated fixed rate bond maturing in May 2027
with a coupon rate of 1%, and the issue of a €600 million Euro-denominated fixed rate bond maturing in May 2031 with a coupon rate of
1.625%. The net proceeds of the new issue were used to partially repay €236.6 million of the 2.375%, €800 million seven-year fixed rate
bonddue in June 2020, while the remaining €563.4 million was repaid in June 2020 upon its maturity.
In November 2019, Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. completed the issue of a €500 million Euro‑denominated fixed rate bond maturing
inNovember 2029 with a coupon rate of 0.625%.
As at 31 December 2021, a total of €2.4 billion in notes issued under the EMTN programme were outstanding.
Summary of notes outstanding as at 31 December
Book Value Fair Value
Notes Start date Maturity date Fixed coupon
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
€600 million 10 March 2016 11 November 2024 1.875% 598.5 597.9 631.8 648.2
€700 million 14 May 2019 14 May 2027 1.000% 696.5 695.9 717.8 741.5
€600 million 14 May 2019 14 May 2031 1.625% 596.0 595.6 640.7 678.2
€500 million 21 November 2019 21 November 2029 0.625% 494.7 494.0 496.2 518.3
Total 2,385.7 2,383.4 2,486.5 2,586.2
The weighted average effective interest rate of the Euro‑denominated fixed rate bonds is 1.69% and the weighted average maturity is6.3years.
The fair values are within Level 1 of the value hierarchy.
None of the Group’s debt facilities are subject to any financial covenants that would impact the Group’s liquidity or access to capital.
Total borrowings at 31 December, were held in the following currencies:
Current Non-current
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Euro 289.5 251.8 2,438.8 2,444.2
US Dollar 13.7 13.0 73.5 59.6
Russian Rouble 57.6 24.4 5.0 61.3
Nigerian Naira 7.5 6.3 15.5 11.5
Swiss Franc 4.6 4.4 4.4 5.8
Bulgarian Lev 2.2 5.4 5.0 8.9
Czech Koruna 1.5 3.5 5.3 7.3
UK Sterling 2.1 1.8 4.4 5.3
Polish Zloty 0.8 1.1 0.8 1.0
Romanian Leu 0.9 1.6 0.7 1.9
Hungarian Forint 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.5
Belarusian Rouble 0.8 0.7
Bosnian Mark 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.6
Croatian Kuna 0.1 0.9 0.9
Other 0.2 0.2 0.8 0.8
Total borrowings 381.7 315.2 2,555.7 2,610.3
202 
The carrying amounts of interest‑bearing borrowings held at fixed and floating interest rate as at 31 December 2021, were as follows:
Fixed
interest rate
€ million
Floating
interest rate
€ million
Total
€ million
Euro 2,693.3 35.0 2,728.3
US Dollar 83.2 4.0 87.2
Russian Rouble 8.5 54.1 62.6
Nigerian Naira 23.0 23.0
Swiss Franc 9.0 9.0
Bulgarian Lev 7.2 7.2
Czech Koruna 6.8 6.8
UK Sterling 1.1 5.4 6.5
Polish Zloty 1.6 1.6
Romanian Leu 1.6 1.6
Hungarian Forint 1.0 1.0
Belarusian Rouble 0.8 0.8
Bosnian Mark 0.7 0.7
Croatian Kuna 0.1 0.1
Other 1.0 1.0
Total interest-bearing borrowings 2,837.3 100.1 2,937.4

Cash and cash equivalents as at 31 December comprise the following:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Cash at bank, in transit and in hand 548.8 513.2
Short-term deposits 234.0 702.6
Total cash and cash equivalents 782.8 1,215.8
Cash and cash equivalents are held in the following currencies:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Euro 518.4 1,020.9
Nigerian Naira 161.4 102.0
Polish Zloty 28.1 7.3
Russian Rouble 9.5 8.3
US Dollar 8.4 8.2
Swiss Franc 7.3 8.2
Ukrainian Hryvnia 7.2 15.6
Hungarian Forint 6.5 3.6
Moldovan Leu 6.5 6.3
Romanian Leu 6.0 9.3
Belarusian Rouble 5.8 2.7
Serbian Dinar 5.8 9.9
Bosnian Mark 3.3 4.8
UK Sterling 2.2 2.0
Czech Koruna 0.8 0.4
Croatian Kuna 0.7 2.5
Other 4.9 3.8
Total cash and cash equivalents 782.8 1,215.8
As at 31 December 2021, time deposits of €189.9 million (2020: €92.9 million), which do not meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents,
and investment in Nigerian treasury bills of €6.2 million (2020: €nil), which relate to the outstanding balance held for the repayment of Nigerian
Bottling Company former minority shareholders following the 2011 acquisition of non‑controlling interests, are recorded as otherfinancial assets.
Cash and cash equivalents of €161.4 million (2020: €102.0 million) equivalent in Nigerian Naira include an amount of €8.9 million
(2020:€11.0million) which relates to the outstanding balance held for the repayment of Nigerian Bottling Company former minority
shareholders, following the 2011 acquisition of non-controlling interests.
The amount of dividends payable to the Company by its operating subsidiaries is subject to, among other restrictions, general limitations
imposed by the corporate laws and exchange control restrictions of the jurisdictions where those subsidiaries are organised and operate.
Also, there are fund transfer restrictions in certain countries in which we operate, in particular Belarus, Nigeria, Serbia and Ukraine, but these
restrictions do not have a material impact on the Group’s liquidity, as the amounts of cash and cash equivalents held in such countries are
generally retained for capital expenditure, working capital and dividend distribution purposes. Intra‑group dividends paid bycertain of our
subsidiaries are also subject to withholding taxes.
203INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
26. Equity
Accounting policies
Share capital
Coca‑Cola HBC has only one class of shares, ordinary shares. When new shares are issued, they are recorded in share capital at their par
value. The excess of the issue price over the par value is recorded in the share premium reserve. Incremental external costs directly
attributable to the issue of new shares or to the process of returning capital to shareholders are recorded in equity as a deduction, net
oftax, in the share premium reserve.
Dividends
Dividends are recorded in the Group’s consolidated financial statements, against the relevant equity component, in the period in which
they are approved by the Group’s shareholders.

Number of
shares
(authorised
and issued)
Share
capital
€ million
Share
premium
€ million
Group
reorganisation
reserve
€ million
Balance as at 1 January 2020 369,930,157 2,010.8 3,545.3 (6,472.1)
Shares issued to employees exercising stock options (refer to Note 28) 582,440 3.6 4.0
Dividends (227.9)
Balance as at 31December 2020 370,512,597 2,014.4 3,321.4 (6,472.1)
Shares issued to employees exercising stock options (refer to Note 28) 1,282,821 7.9 11.7
Dividends (235.8)
Balance as at 31December 2021 371,795,418 2,022.3 3,097.3 (6,472.1)
The Group reorganisation reserve relates to the impact from adjusting share capital, share premium and treasury shares to reflect the
respective statutory amounts of Coca‑Cola HBC on 25 April 2013, together with the transaction costs incurred by the latter, relating
primarily to the re-domiciliation of the Group and its admission to listing in the premium segment of the London Stock Exchange, following
successful completion of the voluntary share exchange offer (refer also to Note 1). These transactions were treated as a reorganisation
ofanexisting entity that has not changed the substance of the reporting entity.
In 2021, the share capital of Coca‑Cola HBC increased by the issue of 1,282,821 (2020: 582,440) new ordinary shares following the exercise
of stock options pursuant to the Coca‑Cola HBC AG’s employees’ stock option plan. Total proceeds from the issuance of the shares under
the stock option plan amounted to €19.6 million (2020: €7.6 million).
Following the above changes, on 31 December 2021 the share capital of the Group amounted to €2,022.3 million and comprised
371,795,418 shares with a nominal value of CHF 6.70 each.

On 16 June 2020, the shareholders of Coca‑Cola HBC AG at the Annual General Meeting approved a dividend distribution of €0.62 per share.
The total dividend amounted to €227.9 million and was paid on 28 July 2020. Of this, an amount of €2.2 million related to shares held by the Group.
The shareholders of Coca‑Cola HBC AG approved a dividend distribution of €0.64 per share at the Annual General Meeting held on 22 June
2021. The total dividend amounted to €235.8 million and was paid on 3 August 2021. Of this, an amount of €2.2 million related to shares held
by the Group.
The Board of Directors of Coca‑Cola HBC AG has proposed a €0.71 dividend per share in respect of 2021. If approved by the shareholders
ofCoca‑Cola HBC AG, this dividend will be paid in 2022.

The reserves of the Group as at 31 December were as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Treasury shares (146.6) (155.5)
Exchange equalisation reserve (1,154.0) (1,242.1)
Other reserves
Hedging reserve, net 9.9 (27.5)
Tax-free reserve 163.8 163.8
Statutory reserves 28.3 28.4
Stock option and performance share reserve 86.3 80.1
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income reserve, net 0.6 0.6
Other 21.3 21.3
Total other reserves 310.2 266.7
Total reserves (990.4) (1,130.9)
204 
Treasury shares
Treasury shares held by the Group represent shares acquired following approval of share buy-back programmes, forfeited shares under the
equity compensation plan operated by the Group, as well as shares representing the initial ordinary shares of Coca‑Cola HBC acquired from
Kar‑Tess Holding.
An amount of €8.9 million in 2021 (2020: €14.3 million) relates to treasury shares provided to employees in connection with vested
performance share awards under the Group’s employee incentive scheme, which was reflected as an appropriation of reserves between
‘Treasury shares’ and ‘Other reserves’, more specifically the ‘Stock option and performance share reserve’ in the consolidated statement
ofchanges in equity.
As at 31 December 2021, 5,894,583 (2020: 6,189,415) treasury shares were held by the Group.
Exchange equalisation reserve
The exchange equalisation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements
ofGroup entities with functional currencies other than the Euro.
Other reserves
Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve reflects changes in the fair values of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, net of the deferred tax related
tosuch balances.
Tax‑free and statutory reserves
The tax-free reserve includes investment amounts exempt from tax according to incentive legislation, other tax-free income or income
taxed at source. Statutory reserves are particular to the various countries in which the Group operates. The amount of statutory reserves
ofthe parent entity, Coca‑Cola HBC AG, is €nil.
Stock option and performance share reserve
The stock option and performance share reserve represents the cumulative charge to the income statement for employee stock option
andperformance share awards less the vested performance share awards.
Other
Other reserves are particular to the various countries in which the Group operates and include shares held for the Group’s employee share
purchase plan, which is an equity compensation plan in which eligible employees may participate, as well as the Group’s share of changes
inother reserves of equity method investments.
27. Related party transactions

As at 31 December 2021, The Coca‑Cola Company indirectly owned 21.0% (2020:23.0%) of the issued share capital of Coca‑Cola HBC.
TheCoca‑Cola Company considers Coca‑Cola HBC to be a ‘key bottler’ and has entered into bottlers’ agreements with Coca‑Cola HBC
inrespect of each of the Group’s territories. All the bottlers’ agreements entered into by The Coca‑Cola Company and Coca‑Cola HBC are
Standard International Bottlers’ (‘SIB’) agreements. The terms of the bottlers’ agreements grant Coca‑Cola HBC the right to produce and
theexclusive right to sell and distribute the beverages of The Coca‑Cola Company in each of the countries in which the Group operates.
Consequently, Coca‑Cola HBC is obliged to purchase all concentrate for The Coca‑Cola Company’s beverages from The Coca‑Cola
Company, or its designee, in the ordinary course of business. On 10 October 2012, The Coca-Cola Company agreed to extend the term
ofthe bottlers’ agreements for a further 10 years until 2023.
The Coca-Cola Company owns or has applied for the trademarks that identify its beverages in each of the countries in which the Group
operates. The Coca‑Cola Company has authorised Coca‑Cola HBC and certain of its subsidiaries to use the trademark ‘Coca‑Cola’ in their
corporate names.
205INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
27. Related party transactions continued
The below table summarises transactions with The Coca‑Cola Company and its subsidiaries:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Purchases of concentrate, finished products and other items 1,598.8 1,374.6
Net contributions received for marketing and promotional incentives 83.1 90.7
Sales of finished goods and raw materials 4.5 3.5
Other income 2.8 6.3
Other expenses 4.2 5.6
The Coca‑Cola Company makes discretionary marketing contributions to Coca‑Cola HBC’s operating subsidiaries. The participation in shared
marketing agreements is at The Coca-Cola Company’s discretion and, where co-operative arrangements are entered into, marketing
expenses are shared. Such arrangements include the development of marketing programmes to promote The Coca-Cola Company’s
beverages. Contributions received from The Coca-Cola Company for marketing and promotional incentives during the year amounted to
€83.1 million (2020:€90.7 million): contributions made by The Coca‑Cola Company to Coca‑Cola HBC for price support and marketing
andpromotional campaigns in respect of specific customers in 2021 totalled €52.6 million (2020:€63.9 million), while contributions made
byTheCoca‑Cola Company to Coca‑Cola HBC for general marketing programmes in 2021 totalled €30.5 million (2020:€26.8 million).
TheCoca‑Cola Company has also customarily made additional payments for marketing and advertising directly to suppliers as part of the
shared marketing arrangements. The proportion of direct and indirect payments, made at The Coca-Cola Company’s discretion, will not
necessarily be the same from year to year.
As at 31 December 2021, the Group had a total amount due from The Coca‑Cola Company of €52.8 million (2020:€40.9 million), and a total
amount due to The Coca‑Cola Company of €223.1 million (2020: €196.4 million). The Group paid a total consideration of €5.6 million for the
acquisition of the Costa Express Business (refer to Note 23).

Truad Verwaltungs AG currently indirectly owns 48.6% of Frigoglass and 99.3% of AG Leventis (Nigeria) Plc and also indirectly controls
Kar‑Tess Holding, which holds approximately 23.0% (2020: 23.0%) of Coca‑Cola HBC’s total issued share capital.
The below table summarises transactions with the above entities:
Frigoglass & subsidiaries
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Purchases of coolers, cooler parts, glass bottles, crowns and raw and other materials 117.6 92.7
Maintenance and other expenses 28.6 21.1
AG Leventis (Nigeria) Plc
Purchases of finished goods and other items 9.3 5.1
Other expenses 0.1 0.7
Frigoglass, a company listed on the Athens Exchange, is a manufacturer of coolers, cooler parts, glass bottles, crowns and plastics.
Frigoglass has a controlling interest in Frigoglass Industries (Nigeria) Limited, a company in which the Group has a 23.9% effective interest,
through its investment in Nigerian Bottling Company Ltd.
The Group entered into a supply agreement with Frigoglass for the purchase of cooling equipment in 1999. The supply agreement was
extended in 2004, 2008, 2013, 2018 and, most recently, in 2021, on substantially similar terms. The current agreement expires on
31December 2025.
As at 31 December 2021, Coca‑Cola HBC owed €14.9 million (2020:€11.8 million) to and was owed €0.8 million (2020:€0.8 million)
byFrigoglass and its subsidiaries. During 2021, the Group received dividends of €1.4 million (2020: €nil) from Frigoglass Industries (Nigeria)
Limited, which are included in the line ‘Net receipts from non-integral equity method investments’ in the consolidated cash flow statement.
As at 31 December 2021, the Group owed €0.9 million (2020: €1.8 million) and had a lease liability of €6.0 million (2020: €nil) to AG Leventis
(Nigeria) Plc.
Capital commitments to Frigoglass and its subsidiaries as at 31 December 2021 amounted to €33.5 million (€14.1 million as at 31 December
2020) including the Group’s share of its joint ventures‘ capital commitments to Frigoglass.

The below table summarises transactions with other related parties:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Purchases 1.5 1.8
Other expenses 15.1 16.4
During 2021, the Group incurred subsequent expenditure for fixed assets of €1.5 million (2020: €1.8 million) from other related parties.
Furthermore, during 2021, the Group incurred expenses of €15.1 million (2020: €16.4 million) mainly related to maintenance services for
colddrink equipment and installations of coolers, fountains, vending and merchandising equipment from other related parties.
As at 31 December 2021, the Group had a total amount due to other related parties of €0.6 million (2020:€1.9 million) and a total amount
ofloans receivable from other related parties of €0.9 million (2020:€nil).
During 2021, the Group received dividends of €0.5 million from BevService S.r.l. (2020: €1.3 million), which are included in the line ’Net receipts
from non-integral equity method investments’ in the consolidated cash flow statement.
206 

During 2021, the Group purchased €5.2 million of finished goods (2020: €10.9 million) from joint ventures. In addition, during 2021 the Group
recorded sales of finished goods and raw materials of €4.8 million (2020: €2.8 million) to joint ventures. Furthermore, the Group recorded
other income of €16.2 million (2020: €10.2 million) from joint ventures and other expenses of €13.4 million (2020: €11.5 million) including
€7.3million (2020: €5.6 million) of interest charges from loans with joint ventures.
As at 31December 2021, the Group owed €149.8 million including loans payable of €63.2 million (2020: €159.6 million including loans payable
of €86.3 million) to and was owed €13.9 million including loans receivable of €7.1 million (2020: €13.1 million including loans receivable of
€7.0million) by joint ventures. During the full year ended 31 December 2021, the Group received dividends and capital returns of €47.8 million
from integral joint ventures (2020: dividends of €27.1 million), which are included in the line ’Net receipts from integral equity method
investments’ in the consolidated cash flow statement.

Bruno Pietracci and Henrique Braun have been elected to the Board of Coca‑Cola HBC following a proposal made by The Coca‑Cola
Company. There have been no transactions between Coca‑Cola HBC and the Directors and senior management except for remuneration
(refer to Note 8).
28. Share‑based payments
Accounting policies
Stock option and performance share award plan
Coca‑Cola HBC provides equity‑settled share‑based payments to its senior managers in the form of an employee stock option and
performance share award plan (the ‘Plan’).
Stock options under the Plan are measured at fair value at the date of grant. Fair value reflects the parameters of the compensation plan,
the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility, the dividend yield and the early exercise experience under the Plan. Expected volatility
isdetermined by calculating the historical volatility of Coca‑Cola HBC’s share price over previous years. The fair value determined at the
grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.
The Plan offers a specified number of performance share awards that vest three years after grant. The fair value is determined at
thegrant date and reflects the parameters of the compensation plan, the dividend yield and the closing share price on the date of grant.
The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. At the end of each reporting
period the Group revises its estimates of the number of shares that are expected to vest based on non-market conditions, and
recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement with a corresponding adjustment to equity.
When the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the grant date fair value of the unmodified
award, provided the original vesting terms of the award are met. An additional expense, measured as at the date of modification,
isrecognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share‑based payment transaction, or is otherwise beneficial
tothe employee.
Employee Share Purchase Plan
The Group operates an employee share purchase plan (‘ESPP’), an equity compensation plan in which eligible employees can participate.
The Group makes contributions to the plan for participating employees and recognises expenses over the vesting period ofthe
contributions.
The charge included in employee costs regarding share‑based payments for the years ended 31 December is analysed as follows:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Performance share awards 14.6 10.0
Employee Share Purchase Plan 5.5 5.5
Total share-based payments charge 20.1 15.5
Terms and conditions
Stock option and performance share award plan
Based on Plan rules, senior managers are granted awards of stock options based on performance, potentiality and level of responsibility.
Options are granted at an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s shares trading on the London Stock Exchange on the
day of the grant. Options vest in one-third increments each year for three years and can be exercised for up to 10 years from the date
ofaward. When the options are exercised, the proceeds received by the Group, net of any transaction costs, are credited to share capital
(atthenominal value) and share premium. The Group has not issued any new stock options since 2014.
Since 2015, performance shares are the primary long-term award. Senior managers are granted performance share awards, which have
athree‑year vesting period and are linked to Group‑specific key performance indicators. The closing price of the Company’s shares trading
on the London Stock Exchange on the day of the grant is used to determine the number of performance share awards granted. In 2018,
theGroup modified the performance share plan, in order for eligible employees to receive upon vesting, additional to the specific number
ofshares, the value of dividends corresponding to the years from grant till vest date, subject to the approval of the Remuneration Committee.
207INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
28. Share‑based payments continued
Employee Share Purchase Plan
The Employee Share Purchase Plan is administered by a Plan Administrator. Under the terms of this plan, employees have the opportunity
toinvest 1% to 15% of their salary in ordinary Coca‑Cola HBC shares by contributing to the plan through a payroll deduction. Employee
deductions are used monthly to purchase ordinary Coca‑Cola HBC shares in the open market (London Stock Exchange).
Coca‑Cola HBC will match employee contributions up to a maximum of 3% of the employee’s salary. Employer matching cash contributions
vest one year after the grant, at which time they are used to purchase matching shares on the open market that are immediately vested.
Dividends received in respect of shares held under this plan are used to purchase additional shares at the time of dividend distribution. Shares
are held under the Plan Administrator. For employees resident in Greece, Coca‑Cola HBC matches the employees’ contribution with an annual
employer contribution of up to 5% of the employees’ salary that vests annually in December of each year.
Stock option activity
The outstanding stock options are fully vested and are exercisable until 2026.
A summary of stock option activity in 2021 under all grants is as follows:
Number
of stock
options
2021
Weighted
1
average
exercise price
2021 (EUR)
Weighted
average
exercise price
2021 (GBP)
Outstanding at 1 January 3,621,676 15.97 14.49
Exercised (1,282,821) 15.66 13.17
Outstanding at 31 December 2,338,855 18.08 15.21
Exercisable at 31 December 2,338,855 18.08 15.21
A summary of stock option activity in 2020 under all grants is as follows:
Number
of stock
options
2020
Weighted
1
average
exercise price
2020 (EUR)
Weighted
average
exercise price
2020 (GBP)
Outstanding at 1 January 4,204,144 16.45 14.05
Exercised (582,440) 12.53 11.37
Expired (28) 17.09 15.50
Outstanding at 31 December 3,621,676 15.97 14.49
Exercisable at 31 December 3,621,676 15.97 14.49
1. For convenience purposes, the prices are translated at the closing exchange rate.
Total proceeds from the issuance of the shares under the stock option plan in 2021 amounted to €19.6 million (2020: €7.6 million).
The weighted average remaining contractual life of stock options outstanding at 31 December 2021 was 2.5 years (2020: 3.2 years).
Performance shares activity
A summary of performance shares activity is as follows:
Number of
performance
shares
2021
Number of
performance
shares
2020
Outstanding at 1 January 2,294,478 1,894,023
Granted
2
835,477 1,138,829
Vested (294,832) (468,818)
Forfeited/Cancelled (359,756) (269,556)
Outstanding at 31 December 2,475,367 2,294,478
2. Includes dividend equivalent shares.
The weighted average remaining contractual life of performance shares outstanding at 31 December 2021 was 1.3 years (2020: 1.5 years).
The fair value for the 2021 performance share plan is £23.80 per share (2020: £14.94). Relevant inputs into the valuation are as follows:
2021 2020
Weighted average share price £23.80 £14.94
Dividend yield nil nil
Weighted average exercise period 3.0 years 3.0 years
29. Contingencies
In relation to the Greek Competition Authority’s decision of 25 January 2002, one of Coca‑Cola Hellenic Bottling Company S.A.’s competitors
had filed a lawsuit against Coca‑Cola Hellenic Bottling Company S.A. claiming damages in an amount of €7.7 million. The court offirst
instance heard the case on 21 January 2009 and subsequently rejected the lawsuit. The plaintiff appealed the judgement and on 9December
2013 the Athens Court of Appeals rejected the plaintiff’s appeal. On 19 April 2014, the same plaintiff filed a new lawsuit against Coca-Cola
Hellenic Bottling Company S.A. (following the spin‑off, Coca‑Cola HBC Greece S.A.I.C.) claiming payment of €7.5 million as compensation
forlosses and moral damages for alleged anti‑competitive commercial practices of Coca‑Cola Hellenic Bottling Company S.A. between
1994 and 2013. On 21 December 2018, the plaintiff served their withdrawal from the lawsuit.
208 
However, on 20 June 2019 the same plaintiff filed a new lawsuit against Coca‑Cola HBC Greece S.A.I.C. claiming payment of €10.1 million as
compensation for losses and moral damages again for alleged anti‑competitive commercial practices of Coca‑Cola Hellenic Bottling
Company S.A. for the same period between 1994 and2013. On 16 July 2021, the Athens Multimember Court of First Instance issued its
judgment number 1929/2021 (hereinafter the ‘Judgment’), which adjudicates that Coca‑Cola HBC Greece S.A.I.C. is obliged to pay to the
plaintiff an amount of circa €0.9million plus interest as of31December 2003. Both Coca‑Cola HBC Greece S.A.I.C. and the plaintiff have
appealed against this decision to the court ofappeals. Bothappeals have been scheduled to be heard on 19 January 2023. Management
believes that any liability to the Group that may arise as aresult of these pending legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on
the results of operations, cash flows, orthe financial position of the Group taken as a whole.
With respect to the ongoing investigation of the Greek Competition Commission initiated on 6 September 2016, regarding Coca‑Cola HBC
Greece S.A.I.C.’s operations in certain commercial practices in the non-alcoholic beverages market, the Rapporteur of the Greek
Competition Commission appointed for this case issued her Statement of Objections on 5 July 2021. According to this Statement of
Objections, Coca‑Cola HBC Greece S.A.I.C. has allegedly breached Article 2 of Law 3959/2011 and Article 102 of ‘Treaty on the Functioning
of the European Union‘ (‘TFEU‘) in the Greek on-premise market for the sale of cola and non-cola beverages. In particular, according to this
Statement of Objections, during the period 2015‑2020, Coca‑Cola HBC Greece S.A.I.C. allegedly undertook a series of anti‑competitive
practices in the relevant market, thereby excluding competitors and limiting their growth possibilities. The Statement of Objections
recommends that the Greek Competition Commission should impose a fine upon Coca‑Cola HBC Greece S.A.I.C., and that the latter is
required to omit the allegedly anti-competitive practices in the future. The Statement of Objections is not binding on the Greek Competition
Commission, which will decide on the case after it has taken into consideration all evidence, as well as the arguments put forward by all the
parties involved. Coca‑Cola HBC Greece S.A.I.C. has vigorously defended its commercial practices, in rebuttal of the allegations set out in
theStatement of Objections. Thehearing of the case, before the plenary session of the Greek Competition Commission, was concluded
on29November 2021 and the supplementary briefs of the parties were submitted on 16 December 2021. At this stage, it is difficult to
predict with certainty the outcome ofthe hearing and the timing of the decision by the Greek Competition Commission.
In 1992, our subsidiary Nigerian Bottling Company (‘NBC’) acquired a manufacturing facility in Nigeria from Vacunak, a Nigerian company.
In1994, Vacunak filed a lawsuit against NBC, alleging that a representative of NBC had orally agreed to rescind the sale agreement and instead
enter into a lease agreement with Vacunak. As part of its lawsuit, Vacunak sought compensation for rent and loss of business opportunities.
NBC discontinued all use of the facility in 1995. On 19 August 2013, NBC received the written judgment of the Nigerian court of first instance
issued on 28 June 2012 providing for damages of approximately €17.2 million. NBC has filed an appeal against the judgment. Based on advice
from NBC’s outside legal counsel, we believe that it is unlikely that NBC will suffer material financial losses from this case. We have consequently
not provided for any losses in relation to this case.
In May 2021, the European Commission sent CCH a questionnaire as part of a preliminary investigation into a possible infringement by a CCH
subsidiary, Coca-Cola European Partners, and The Coca-Cola Company of EU competition rules through the granting of conditional rebates
to ’off‑trade’ customers capable of foreclosing competition from other suppliers. CCH’s subsidiary will vigorously defend its commercial
practices and is actively co-operating with the European Commission. The fact that the European Commission is carrying out a preliminary
investigation does not mean that it will open formal proceedings. It is not possible to predict how long the investigation will take and its
ultimate outcome.
The tax filings of the Group and its subsidiaries are routinely subjected to audit by tax authorities in most of the jurisdictions in which the Group
conducts business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes. The Group provides for additional tax in relation totheoutcome
of such tax assessments, to the extent that a liability is probable and estimable.
The Group is also involved in various other legal proceedings. Management believes that any liability to the Group that may arise as a result
ofthese pending legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows, or the financial position
ofthe Group taken as a whole.
30. Commitments
Capital commitments
As at 31 December 2021, the Group had capital commitments for property, plant and equipment amounting to €166.1 million
(2020:€115.4million). Of this, €9.0 million are related to the Group’s share of the commitments arising from joint ventures (2020: €3.0 million).
Capital commitments for 2021 include total future minimum lease payments under leases not yet commenced to which the Group was
committed at 31 December 2021 of €18.1 million (2020: €11.9 million).
31. Post balance sheet events

On 12 August 2021, the Group entered into a sale and purchase agreement to acquire approximately 52.7% of Coca‑Cola Bottling
Companyof Egypt S.A.E. (‘CCBCE’), the bottling partner of The Coca‑Cola Company (‘TCCC’) in Egypt, from MAC Beverages Limited
andcertain of its affiliated entities (‘MBL acquisition’). The MBL acquisition was completed on 13 January 2022 and resulted in the Group
obtaining controloverCCBCE.
The acquisition of CCBCE expands the Group’s existing footprint on the African continent and further increases its exposure to high‑growth
markets, as it provides access to one of the largest non-alcoholic ready-to-drink markets by volume in Africa. In addition, sharing of the Group’s
proven capabilities, experience and best practices with CCBCE is expected to unlock growth opportunities, creating value for all stakeholders.
209INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31. Post balance sheet events continued
The operating results and assets and liabilities of CCBCE will be consolidated from 14 January 2022.
The fair value of the consideration for the MBL acquisition consists of €264.9 million, which has already been transferred, and an additional
payment that is to be determined, following discussions and conditions agreed between the Group and MBL, based on CCBCE’s past
performance, net financial position and working capital movement.
As part of the MBL acquisition completion, a convertible loan which had been granted to CCBCE from a wholly‑owned affiliate of TCCC,
oneof its major shareholders, was also transferred to the Group for a consideration of €19.1 million. The consideration was equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the convertible loan and any unpaid interest at the time of its transfer. The loan is convertible at its maturity
in March 2022 into new CCBCE shares at fair market value and was eliminated upon consolidation of CCBCE.
Details of the MBL acquisition with regard to provisionally determined fair values of the net assets acquired, non‑controlling interests and
goodwill are as follows:
Fair Value
€ million
Franchise agreements 367.7
Property, plant and equipment 315.3
Inventories 59.2
Trade, other receivables and assets 65.2
Cash and cash equivalents 15.9
Borrowings (217.0)
Trade and other payables (127.4)
Net deferred tax liabilities (121.9)
Net identifiable assets acquired 357.0
Less: Non‑controlling interests (169.0)
Add: Goodwill arising on acquisitions 76.9
Net assets acquired 264.9
The table above excludes the additional payment that may adjust the provisionally determined fair values of the net assets acquired,
non-controlling interests and goodwill.
Fair values on acquisition are provisional due to the timing of the transaction and will be finalised within 12 months of the acquisition date.
Thegoodwill is attributable to CCBCE’s strong market position and growth potential. The line ‘Borrowings’ in the above table includes the
convertible loan as well as third-party loans of €122.7 million, which have been repaid and replaced with intra-group borrowings. The Group
has chosen to recognise the non‑controlling interests at their proportionate share of the fair value of CCBCE’s net identifiable assets acquired.
On 12 August 2021, the Group entered into an additional sale and purchase agreement to acquire approximately 42% of Coca‑Cola Bottling
Company of Egypt S.A.E. (‘CCBCE’), from a wholly‑owned affiliate of TCCC (‘TCCC acquisition’). The TCCC acquisition was completed
on25January 2022.
The fair value of the consideration paid for the TCCC acquisition amounted to €108.9 million. The transaction was treated as separate to
theMBL acquisition, considering that whilst the transactions above were entered into at the same time and in contemplation of each other,
theyare separate from a commercial and contractual perspective and, as such, they are treated as two separate transactions. The TCCC
acquisition was accordingly accounted for as an equity transaction.
Following the completion of both the transactions, the Group holds a 94.7% interest in CCBCE.

Τhe events involving Ukraine and Russia during the first quarter of 2022 have, among other things, resulted in increased volatility in currency
markets causing the Russian Rouble and the Ukrainian Hryvnia to depreciate significantly against some major currencies. As of 11 March
2022, the Russian Rouble and the Ukrainian Hryvnia had depreciated by approximately 72% and 8% respectively against the Euro, compared
to the 31 December 2021 exchange rates.
On 8 March 2022, The Coca-Cola Company (‘TCCC’) announced that it is suspending its business in Russia. At the time of publication,
theGroup is working closely with TCCC to implement this decision.
The Group is currently assessing the financial effect of the above on its Russia and Ukraine operations. No impact to the Group’s ability
tocontinue as a going concern has been identified because of this event.
The 2021 operating profit from Ukraine and Russia (including share of results of Multon joint venture, our Russian juice business) represented
approximately 2% and 18% respectively of the Group’s consolidated operating profit, while non-current assets represented approximately
1% and 9% respectively of the Group’s total non-current assets as at 31 December 2021.
Management is continuously monitoring developments in the area to ensure timely actions and initiatives are undertaken to minimise any
adverse impact to the Group.
On 15 March 2022, the Remuneration Committee granted 1,220,231 performance share awards under the performance share plan, which
have a three-year vesting period.
210 
Swiss
Statutory
Reporting
Contents
Swiss Statutory Reporting
212 Report of the statutory auditor on Coca-Cola
HBC AG’s consolidated financial statements
216 Report of the statutory auditor on Coca-Cola
HBC AG’s financial statements
219 Coca-Cola HBC AG’s financial statements
232 Report of the statutory auditor on the Statutory
Remuneration Report
233 Statutory Remuneration Report
211INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting
Report of the statutory auditor
to the General Meeting of
Coca‑Cola HBC AG
Steinhausen (Zug)
Report on the audit of the consolidated financial statements
Opinion
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Coca‑Cola HBC AG and its subsidiaries (the Group), which comprise the consolidated
income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2021, the consolidated balance
sheet as at 31 December 2021 and the consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flowstatement for the year then
ended, including the notes to the consolidated financial statements and a summary of significant accountingpolicies.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements (pages 154 to 210) give a true and fair view of the consolidated
financialposition of the Group as at 31 December 2021 and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the
year then ended in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU) and
comply with Swiss law.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Swiss law, International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) and Swiss Auditing Standards.
Ourresponsibilities under those provisions and standards are further described in the “Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
consolidated financial statements” section of our report.
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the provisions of Swiss law and the requirements of the Swiss audit profession, as well
as the International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) of the International Ethics
Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Our audit approach
Overview
Overall Group materiality: € 36.7 million
Audit scope We conducted full scope audit procedures on the financial information of 15 subsidiaries and one joint
venture in 14 countries spread across all of the Group’s reportable segments. We also conducted
procedures around specific account balances and transactions and analytical review procedures for other
subsidiaries and Group functions. Our audit scope addressed 85% of consolidated net sales revenue, 84%
ofconsolidated profit before tax and 87% of consolidated total assets of the Group.
Key audit matters As key audit matters the following areas of focus have been identified:
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment assessment
Uncertain tax positions
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. Our audit opinion aims to provide reasonable assurance that the
consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered
material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis
ofthe consolidated financial statements.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality, including the overall Group materiality
for the consolidated financial statements as a whole as set out in the table below. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us
to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements,
both individually and in aggregate, on the consolidated financial statements as a whole.
Overall Group materiality € 36’700’000
Benchmark applied Profit before tax
Rationale for the materiality
benchmark applied
We chose profit before tax as the benchmark because, in our view, it is the benchmark against which
theperformance of the Group is most commonly measured, and it is a generally accepted benchmark.
We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them misstatements above € 1.5 million identified during our audit
aswell as any misstatements below that amount which, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.
212 
Audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion on the consolidated financial
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the
Group operates.
The Group operates through its trading subsidiaries in 27 European countries and in Nigeria, as set out in Notes 1 and 6 to the consolidated
financial statements. The processing of the accounting records for these subsidiaries is largely centralised in a shared services centre in
Bulgaria, except for the subsidiaries in Russia, Ukraine, Belarus, Armenia and North Macedonia, which process their accounting records locally.
The Group also operates centralised treasury functions in the Netherlands and in Greece and a centralised sourcing function in the
Netherlands for the procurement of key raw materials.
Based on the significance to the consolidated financial statements and in light of the key audit matters as noted below, we identified
15subsidiaries and one joint venture in 14 countries spread across all of the Group’s reportable segments (including the trading subsidiaries
in Russia, Italy, Nigeria, Poland, Romania, and Switzerland) which, based on our scoping analysis, required a full scope audit of their financial
information. In addition, audit procedures were performed with respect to the centralised treasury functions by the group engagement team
in Greece and with respect to the centralised procurement function by the component audit team in the Netherlands. The group
engagement team also performed analytical review and other procedures on balances and transactions of subsidiaries not covered by the
procedures described above.
As the Swiss statutory auditor, we issued group audit instructions to PwC Greece, who has the responsibility as the group audit engagement
team for the Company’s reporting requirements for the London Stock Exchange. These instructions covered the scope of our group audit
toenable us to fulfil our responsibilities under Swiss law. As the ultimate group engagement team, we had ongoing interactions with the group
engagement team in Greece to be continuously updated and to monitor their progress and results of their procedures. We reviewed the
instructions which PwC Greece issued to component audit teams regarding centralised audit procedures performed at the shared services
centres in Bulgaria and Greece and shared audit comfort with component teams as it relates to IT general controls, cybersecurity risks and
the upgrade of the Group’s ERP system. We reviewed working papers and undertook additional interactions as considered necessary
depending on the significance of the component, accounting and audit matters. The Group consolidation, financial statement disclosures
and a number ofareas of significant judgement and estimates, including goodwill and intangible assets and the Group’s overall going concern
assessment, were audited by the group engagement team together with PwC Greece.
Due to the travel and other restrictions put in place in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the group engagement team held frequent
virtual meetings to oversee the work performed by the group and component audit teams. As the ultimate group engagement team, we held
remote meetings and discussions with the management of the trading subsidiaries in Russia, Italy, Poland, Romania, Switzerland and the
management of the joint venture in Russia to discuss business performance and outlook, matters relating to the ongoing COVID-19
pandemic, regulation and taxation, and any specific accounting and auditing matters identified, including fraud and internal controls.
Based on the above, the subsidiaries and joint venture which were in the scope for the purposes of the group audit accounted for 85%
ofconsolidated net sales revenue, 84% of consolidated profit before tax and 87% of consolidated total assets of the Group. This, together
with the additional procedures performed by us as group engagement team, provided us with sufficient appropriate evidence for our audit
opinion on the consolidated financial statements.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial
statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements
asawhole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
213INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
Goodwill and indefinite‑lived intangible assets impairment assessment
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Refer to Note 13 Intangible Assets including goodwill.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (franchise agreements
and trademarks) as at 31 December 2021 amount to €1,759.3 million
and €269.6 million, respectively.
The above amounts have been allocated to individual cash-generating
units (CGUs), which in accordance with International Accounting
Standard (IAS) 36 require the performance of an impairment
assessment at least annually, or whenever there is an indication of
impairment. The impairment assessment involves the determination
of the recoverable amount of the CGU, being the higher of the
value-in-use and the fair value less costs to sell.
This area was a key matter for our audit due to the size of the goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets balances and because the
determination of whether elements of goodwill and of indefinite-lived
intangible assets are impaired involves complex and subjective
estimates and judgements made by management about the future
results of the CGUs. These estimates and judgements include
assumptions surrounding revenue growth rates, costs, foreign
exchange rates and discount rates.
Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic, macroeconomic volatility,
competitor activity and regulatory/fiscal developments could
adversely affect each CGU and potentially the carrying amount
ofgoodwill and indefinite‑lived intangible assets.
Management has identified the Italy CGU to be sensitive to possible
changes in the assumptions used, which could result in the calculated
recoverable amount being lower in future periods than the carrying
value of the CGU. Additional sensitivity disclosure has been included
in the consolidated financial statements in respect of this CGU.
No impairment charge was recorded in 2021.
We evaluated the appropriateness of management’s identification
ofthe Group’s CGUs, related control activities and the process by
which management prepared the CGUs’ value-in-use calculations.
We tested the mathematical accuracy of the CGUs’ value-in-use
calculations and compared the cash flow projections included therein
to the financial budgets approved by the Board of Directors, covering
a one-year period and management’s projections for the subsequent
four years. In addition, we assessed the reliability of the cash flow
projections by comparing key elements of the prior year projections
with actual results.
We challenged management’s cash flow projections in relation to
theassumptions applied to the value‑in‑use calculations focusing
onfuture performance in light of the gradual recovery from the
COVID-19 pandemic with respect to short-term and long-term
revenue growth rates and the level of costs.
With the support of our valuation specialists, we assessed the
appropriateness of certain assumptions including discount, annual
revenue growth, perpetuity revenue growth and foreign exchange
rates.We also evaluated management’s assessment of the potential
effect of climate change to the cost of water.
We performed our independent sensitivity analyses on the key drivers
of the value-in-use calculations for the CGUs with significant balances
of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.
As a result of our work, we found that the determination by
management that no impairment was required for goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets was supported by assumptions
within reasonable ranges.
We assessed the appropriateness and completeness of the related
disclosures in Note 13, as regards to goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets, and considered them to be reasonable.
Uncertain tax positions
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Refer to Note 10 Taxation and Note 29 Contingencies.
The Group operates in numerous tax jurisdictions and is subject to
periodic tax inspections by local tax authorities, in the normal course
ofbusiness, on a range of tax matters in relation to corporate tax,
transfer pricing and indirect taxes.
As at 31 December 2021, the Group has current tax liabilities
of€80.1million, which include €52.6 million of provisions for tax
uncertainties.
The impact of changes in local tax regulations and ongoing
inspections by local tax authorities could materially impact the
amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements.
Where the amount of tax payable is uncertain, the Group establishes
provisions based on management’s estimates with respect to
thelikelihood of material tax exposures and the probable amount
ofthe liability.
We consider this a key audit matter given the level of judgements and
uncertainty involved in estimating tax provisions and the complexity
of dealing with tax rules and regulations in numerous jurisdictions.
In order to understand and evaluate management’s judgements,
weconsidered the status of current tax authority inspections
andenquiries, the outcome of previous tax authority inspections,
judgemental positions taken in tax returns and current year estimates
as well as recent developments in the tax jurisdictions in which the
Group operates.
We challenged management’s key assumptions, particularly in cases
where there had been significant developments with tax authorities.
Our component audit teams, through the use of tax specialists with
local knowledge and relevant expertise, assessed the tax positions
taken by the subsidiary in scope, in the context of applying local tax
laws and evaluating the local tax assessments. Additionally, with our
group engagement team tax specialists, we further evaluated
management’s judgements in respect of estimates of tax exposures
and contingencies in order to assess the adequacy of the Group’s tax
provisions.
We held virtual meetings with local management to discuss the
individual tax position of the in-scope subsidiaries and with the group
engagement team tax specialist for the Group’s overall tax exposure.
From the evidence obtained we consider the provisions in relation
touncertain tax positions as at 31 December 2021 to be reasonable.
Wealso assessed the related disclosures provided in Notes 10 and 29
to the consolidated financial statements and concluded that these
are appropriate.
214 
The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which was a key audit matter last year, continued to be an area of focus in light of uncertainty over
the effective containment of the pandemic and any potential impact to the Group. The audit procedures performed did not identify any
significant impacton the control environment, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and remote working, the recoverability of trade
receivables or management’s assessment of the going concern basis of accounting. Having considered the gradual recovery from the
COVID-19 pandemic and the audit effort required in 2021 and to the date of this audit report, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic
isnolonger included as a key audit matter.
Other information in the annual report
The Board of Directors is responsible for the other information in the annual report. The other information comprises all information included
in the annual report, but does not include the consolidated financial statements, the stand-alone financial statements and the remuneration
report of Coca-Cola HBC AG and our auditor’s reports thereon.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information in the annual report and we do not express any
form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information in the annual report
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge
obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there
isamaterial misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors for the consolidated financial statements
The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance
with IFRS and the provisions of Swiss law, and for such internal control as the Board of Directors determines is necessary to enable the
preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Board of Directors is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Board
ofDirectors either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level
of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Swiss law, ISAs and Swiss Auditing Standards will always
detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or
intheaggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated
financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements is located at the website of EXPERT-suisse:
http://expertsuisse.ch/en/audit-report-for-public-companies. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
In accordance with article 728a paragraph 1 item 3 CO and Swiss Auditing Standard 890, we confirm that an internal control system exists
which has been designed for the preparation of consolidated financial statements according to the instructions of the Board of Directors.
We recommend that the consolidated financial statements submitted to you be approved.
PricewaterhouseCoopers AG
Sandra Boehm Uglow
Audit Expert
Auditor In Charge
Zurich, 23 March 2022
Mei Ling Ow
Audit Expert
PricewaterhouseCoopers AG is a member of the global PricewaterhouseCoopers network of firms, each of which is a separate
andindependent legal entity. Please see www.pwc.com/structure for further details.
215INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
Report of the statutory auditor
to the General Meeting of
Coca‑Cola HBC AG
Steinhausen (Zug)
Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Coca‑Cola HBC AG (the Company), which comprise the balance sheet as at 31 December 2021,
statement of income, cash flow statement and notes for the year then ended, including a summary of significant accounting policies.
In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements (pages 219 to 230) as at 31 December 2021 comply with Swiss law and the Company’s
articles of incorporation.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Swiss law and Swiss Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those provisions
andstandards are further described in the “Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements” section of our report.
We are independent of the entity in accordance with the provisions of Swiss law and the requirements of the Swiss audit profession and
wehave fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Our audit approach
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. Our audit opinion aims to provide reasonable assurance that the
financial statements are free from material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if,
individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the
financial statements.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality, including the overall materiality for the
financial statements as a whole as set out in the table below. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the
scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually
and in aggregate, on the financial statements as a whole.
Overall materiality CHF 32’300’000
Benchmark applied Net assets
Rationale for the materiality
benchmark applied
We chose net assets as the benchmark because, in our view, it is the benchmark which reflects the actual
substance of the entity. This is a generally accepted benchmark for ultimate holding companies.
216 
Audit scope
We designed our audit by determining materiality and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular,
we considered where subjective judgements were made; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making
assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the risk of management
override of internal controls, including among other matters consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk
ofmaterial misstatement due to fraud.
We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion on the financial statements as a
whole, taking into account the structure of the entity, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the entity operates.
Report on key audit matters based on the circular 1/2015 of the Federal Audit

We have determined that there are no key audit matters to communicate in our report.
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors for the financial statements
The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the provisions of Swiss law and the
Company’s articles of incorporation, and for such internal control as the Board of Directors determines is necessary to enable the preparation
of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Board of Directors is responsible for assessing the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern,
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Board of Directors
either intends to liquidate the entity or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Swiss law and Swiss Auditing Standards will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,
theycould reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located at the website ofEXPERT‑suisse:
http://expertsuisse.ch/en/audit‑report‑for‑public‑companies. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
217INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
In accordance with article 728a paragraph 1 item 3 CO and Swiss Auditing Standard 890, we confirm that an internal control system exists
which has been designed for the preparation of financial statements according to the instructions of the Board of Directors.
We further confirm that the proposed appropriation of reserves complies with Swiss law and the Company’s articles of incorporation.
Werecommend that the financial statements submitted to you be approved.
PricewaterhouseCoopers AG
Enclosures:
Financial statements (balance sheet, statement of income, cash flow statement and notes)
Proposed appropriation of reserves
Sandra Boehm Uglow
Audit Expert
Auditor In Charge
Zurich, 23 March 2022
Mei Ling Ow
Audit Expert
PricewaterhouseCoopers AG is a member of the global PricewaterhouseCoopers network of firms, each of which is a separate
andindependent legal entity. Please see www.pwc.com/structure for further details.
218 COCA-COLA HBC
Coca-Cola HBC AG, Steinhausen (Zug)
Balance sheet
As at 31 December
CHF thousands
ASSETS Note 2021 2020
Cash and cash equivalents 2,026 1,880
Short-term receivables from direct and indirect participations 2.1 12,047 13,948
Receivables from related parties 1 338 1,677
Short-term receivables from third parties 1 1,491 1,223
Total current assets 15,902 18,728
Investments in subsidiaries 2.2 6,710,376 6,966,457
Property, plant and equipment (incl. right-of-use assets) 4,936 1,875
Total non-current assets 6,715,312 6,968,332
Total assets 6,731,214 6,987,060
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Trade payables due to third parties 1,713 1,192
Short-term liabilities to direct and indirect participations 2.3 3,149 4,140
Short-term lease liabilities 704 397
Accrued expenses 2.3 47,743 28,735
Total short-term liabilities 53,309 34,464
Long-term interest-bearing liabilities to indirect participations 2.4 204,482 223,668
Long-term lease liabilities 2,127 507
Provisions 2.5 15,987 10,519
Total long-term liabilities 222,596 234,694
Share capital 2.6 2,491,029 2,482,434
Legal capital reserves
Reserves from capital contributions 3,982,078 4,229,620
Reserves for treasury shares 2.7 85,298 85,298
Retained earnings
Results carried forward 18,260 42,803
Loss for the year (33,852) (24,543)
Treasury shares 2.7 (87,504) (97,710)
Total shareholders’ equity 2.8 6,455,309 6,717,902
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 6,731,214 6,987,060
219INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
Coca-Cola HBC AG, Steinhausen (Zug)
Statement of income
Year ended 31 December
CHF thousands
Note 2021 2020
Dividend income 256,081 247,408
Other operating income 2.9 38,320 23,938
Total operating income 294,401 271,346
Employee costs 2.10 (48,278) (27,428)
Other operating expenses 2.11 (16,585) (13,114)
Write down of investments 2.2 (256,081) (247,408)
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment (incl. right-of-use assets) (743) (565)
Total operating expenses (321,687) (288,515)
Operating loss (27,286) (17,169)
Finance costs (6,403) (7,199)
Loss before tax (33,689) (24,368)
Direct taxes (163) (175)
Loss for the year (33,852) (24,543)
220 
Coca-Cola HBC AG, Steinhausen (Zug)
Cash flow statement
Year ended 31 December
CHF thousands
Note 2021 2020
Loss for the year (33,852) (24,543)
Depreciation property, plant and equipment 743 565
Finance costs 6,403 7,199
Write down of investments 2.2 256,081 247,408
Net change related to employee performance share plan 22,376 12,633
251,751 243,262
Decrease/(increase) in receivables 2,972 (572)
Decrease in investments in subsidiaries 2.2 (256,081) (247,408)
Decrease in short-term liabilities (excl. financial liabilities) (631) (1,977)
Increase/(decrease) in accrued expenses 12,416 (2,449)
Increase in provisions 160 35
Proceeds from dividends received from subsidiaries 2.2 256,081 247,408
Tax paid (181) (220)
Net cash inflow from operating activities 266,487 238,079
Payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment (1,471) (106)
Cash outflow from investing activities (1,471) (106)
Principal repayments of lease obligations (405) (421)
Proceeds from long-term financial liabilities 5,708 16,139
Repayments of long-term financial liabilities (24,894) (8,748)
Dividends paid to owners of the Company (260,250) (244,737)
Proceeds from shares issued to employees exercising stock options 21,303 8,162
Interest paid (6,244) (6,558)
Net cash outflow from financing activities (264,782) (236,163)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 234 1,810
Movement in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 1,880 48
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 234 1,810
Effect of changes in exchange rates (88) 22
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2,026 1,880
221INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
Notes to the Financial Statements of Coca-Cola HBC AG,
Steinhausen(Zug)
Introduction
Coca‑Cola HBC AG (‘the Company’) was incorporated on 19 September 2012 by Kar‑Tess Holding. On 11 October 2012, the Company
announced a voluntary share exchange offer to acquire all outstanding ordinary registered shares and all American depositary shares
ofCoca‑Cola Hellenic Bottling Company S.A., Maroussi (GR) (‘CCHBC SA’). As a result of the successful completion of this offer, on 25 April
2013 the Company acquired 96.85% of the issued CCHBC SA shares, including shares represented by American depositary shares, and
became the new parent company of the Group (the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries). On 17 June 2013, the Company
completed its statutory buy‑out of the remaining shares of CCHBC SA that it did not acquire upon completion of its voluntary share
exchange offer.
1. Accounting principles
Accounting principles applied in the preparation of the financial statements
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the provisions of commercial accounting as set out in the Swiss Code of
Obligations (Art. 957 to 963b CO). From 1 January 2021, the Company has prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU) in accordance with Art. 963b CO due to a requirement
from the Athens Exchange, its primary listing in the EU. In accordance with Art. 961 para 2. CO, the Company is presenting a cash flow
statement. Significant accounting and valuation principles are described below:
Dividend income
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.
Other operating income
The Company provides management services to its principal subsidiaries and acts as guarantor to its principal subsidiary, Coca‑Cola HBC
Finance B.V. The income from these services is recognised in the accounting period in which the service is provided.
Exchange rate differences
The accounting records of the Company are maintained in Euros and translated to Swiss francs (CHF) for presentation purposes. Except for
investments in subsidiaries, property, plant and equipment, long-term liabilities and equity, which are translated at historical rates, all assets
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into CHF using the closing exchange rate as at 31 December 2021. Income
and expenses are translated into CHF at the average exchange rate of the reporting year except for dividend income and related write down
of investments (see Note 2.2) which are valued at the transaction date exchange rate. Net unrealised exchange losses are recorded in the
income statement, while net unrealised gains are deferred within accrued expenses.
Balance sheet as at Income statement for the year ended
Exchange rates 31 December 2021 31 December 2020 31 December 2021 31 December 2020
EUR 1.04 1.08 1.08 1.07
USD 0.91 0.88
GBP 1.23 1.19
Leasing disclosures
Management has applied an economic-view approach to the disclosure of lease contracts considering the underlying usage rights.
Right-of-use assets are presented within property, plant and equipment and depreciated over their useful life. The short- and long-term
lease liabilities are adjusted for interest and lease payments.
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are valued at historical cost and evaluated for impairment if identified triggering events occur.
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets are included within property, plant and equipment.
Depreciation is calculated on the basis of the following useful lives and in accordance with the following methods:
Property, plant and equipment Useful life Method
Leasehold improvement (building) 20 years 5% linear
Leasehold improvement (office infrastructure) 10 years 10% linear
Building infrastructure 12 years 8.33% linear
Right-of-use buildings and Company cars
Shorter of useful
life and lease term Linear
Furniture and fixtures, office equipment and other tangible fixed assets 8 years 12.5% linear
Telephony infrastructure 7 years 14.29% linear
Communication equipment, computers and PCs 4 years 25% linear
Tablets 3 years 33.33% linear
222 
1. Accounting principles continued
Treasury shares
Treasury shares are recognised at acquisition cost and deducted from shareholders’ equity at the time of acquisition. If treasury shares
aresold, the gain or loss arising is recognised in the income statement as finance income or finance cost as appropriate.
Receivables from related parties
As at 31 December 2021 receivables from related parties are disclosed separate from short-term receivables from third parties.
Comparative figures have been reclassified where necessary to conform with changes in presentation in the current year. More specifically,
receivables from related parties of CHF 1,677 thousand have been reclassified from ‘Short‑term receivables from third parties’ to ‘Receivables
from related parties’.
2. Information relating to the balance sheet and statement of income
2.1 Short‑term receivables from direct and indirect participations
The short-term receivables from direct and indirect participations do not bear interest.
As at 31 December
CHF thousands
Name of participation 2021 2020
Coca‑Cola Holdings II B.V., Amsterdam 14
CCB Management Services GmbH, Vienna 11,221 13,177
Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V., Amsterdam 606 668
Coca‑Cola Holdings B.V., Amsterdam 11
Coca‑Cola Hellenic Business Service Organisation, Sofia 195 103
Short-term receivables from direct and indirect participations 12,047 13,948
2.2 Investments in subsidiaries
As at 31 December
CHF thousands
Direct subsidiary Share of capital Share of votes 2021 2020
Coca‑Cola HBC Holdings B.V., Amsterdam
1
100% 100% 6,966,457 7,213,865
Write down of investment (256,081) (247,408)
Investments in subsidiaries 100% 100% 6,710,376 6,966,457
1. Coca‑Cola HBC Holdings B.V., Amsterdam was incorporated on 26 June 2013.
In 2015 the Company adopted a practice of reducing the value of its investment in Coca‑Cola HBC Holdings B.V. by an amount equal
tothedividend received from that subsidiary. The amount of the write down in 2021 is equal to the dividend received in August 2021 from
Coca‑Cola HBC Holdings B.V. of CHF 256,081 thousand (2020: CHF 247,408 thousand).
The principal direct and indirect participations of the Company are disclosed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.
2.3 Short‑term liabilities to direct and indirect participations and accrued expenses
The short‑term liabilities to the direct and indirect participations do not bear interest except for the liability to Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V.,
which is interest-bearing.
As at 31 December
CHF thousands
Name of participation 2021 2020
CCB Management Services GmbH, Vienna 1,724 2,469
Coca‑Cola Hellenic Business Service Organisation, Sofia 74 16
Coca‑Cola HBC Switzerland 4
Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V., Amsterdam 1,338 1,633
Coca‑Cola HBC Northern Ireland Ltd., Lisburn 6
Coca‑Cola HBC Services MEPE, Athens 9 16
Total short-term liabilities to direct and indirect participations 3,149 4,140
As at 31 December
CHF thousands
Accrued expenses 2021 2020
Direct taxes 188 215
Management incentive plan and Performance Share Plan for own employees 15,871 7,097
Employee-related costs (social security & insurance, payroll taxes) 4,553 3,779
Provision for acquiring treasury shares to satisfy subsidiaries’ Performance Share Plan rights 7,542 4,293
Other accrued expenses 7,291 6,360
Net unrealised gains from foreign currency translation 12,298 6,991
Total accrued expenses 47,743 28,735
223INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
Following the publication of circular letter 37a by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration in May 2018, the Company has recognised a provision
ofCHF 13,563 thousand (2020: CHF 7,848 thousand) that relates to the Company’s employees Performance Share Plan, of which CHF 6,975
thousand (2020: CHF 3,672 thousand) is short term and is disclosed in the line item Management Incentive Plan and Performance Share Plan
for own employees; while CHF 6,588 thousand (2020: CHF 4,176 thousand) is long term and disclosed in Note 2.5, ‘Provisions’. The provision
for acquiring treasury shares to satisfy subsidiaries’ Performance Share Plan rights amounts to CHF 16,117 thousand (2020: CHF 10,152
thousand) of which CHF 7,542 thousand (2020: CHF 4,293 thousand) is short term and disclosed in accrued expenses while CHF 8,575
thousand (2020: CHF 5,859 thousand) is long term and disclosed in Note 2.5, ‘Provisions’.
2.4 Long‑term interest‑bearing liabilities
As at 31 December
CHF thousands
2021 2020
Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V., Amsterdam 204,482 223,668
Long-term interest-bearing liabilities 204,482 223,668
Long‑term interest‑bearing liabilities comprise loans from Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. received in 2019, 2020 and 2021 for CHF 184,637
thousand (2020: CHF 207,577 thousand) maturing on 8 November 2024; and CHF 19,845 thousand (2020: CHF 16,091 thousand) maturing
21 November 2029.
2.5 Provisions
As at 31 December
CHF thousands
2021 2020
Long-term Incentive Plan 330 171
Provision for acquiring treasury shares to satisfy subsidiaries’ Performance Share Plan rights (refer to Note 2.3) 8,575 5,859
Performance Share Plan Coca‑Cola HBC AG employees (refer to Note 2.3) 6,588 4,176
Provision for social security costs of Performance Share Plan 494 313
Provisions 15,987 10,519
2.6 Share capital
Number of shares Nominal value Total
CHF CHF thousands
Share capital as at 1 January 2020 369,930,157 6,70 2,478,532
Shares issued to employees exercising stock options 582,440 6,70 3,902
Share capital as at 31 December 2020 370,512,597 6,70 2,482,434
Number of shares Nominal value Total
CHF CHF thousands
Share capital as at 1 January 2021 370,512,597 6,70 2,482,434
Shares issued to employees exercising stock options 1,282,821 6,70 8,595
Share capital as at 31 December 2021 371,795,418 6,70 2,491,029
224 
2. Information relating to the balance sheet and statement of income continued
2.7 Treasury shares
The number of treasury shares held by Coca‑Cola HBC AG and its subsidiaries qualifying under article 659b of the Swiss Code of Obligations
and their movements are as follows:
Treasury shares (held by subsidiaries) Number of shares
Acquisition cost
per share Total
CHF CHF thousands
Total treasury shares as at 31 December 2020 3,430,135 24,8673 85,298
Total treasury shares as at 31 December 2021 3,430,135 24,8673 85,298
Treasury shares held by the Company Number of shares
Acquisition cost
per share Total
CHF CHF thousands
Treasury shares held by the Company as at 1 January 2020 3,228,098 35,3599 (114,145)
Vested PSP shares
1
(468,818) 35,0561 16,435
Treasury shares held by the Company as at 31 December 2020 2,759,280 35,4115 (97,710)
Treasury shares held by the Company as at 1 January 2021 2,759,280 35,4115 (97,710)
Vested PSP shares
2
(294,832) 34,6160 10,206
Treasury shares held by the Company as at 31 December 2021 2,464,448 35,5066 (87,504)
1. In March 2020, following the vesting of the 2017 PSP plan, 468,818 treasury shares were transferred to relevant participants.
2. In April 2021, following the vesting of the 2018 PSP plan, 294,832 treasury shares were transferred to relevant participants.
2.8 Shareholders’ equity
Share capital Legal capital reserves
Retained earnings/
(accumulated
losses) Treasury shares Total
Reserves
from capital
contributions
Reserves for
treasury
shares
1
CHF thousands
Balance as at 1 January 2020 2,478,532 4,470,097 85,298 42,803 (114,145) 6,962,585
Shares issued to employees exercising
stock options 3,902 4,260 8,162
Dividends (244,737) (244,737)
Vested PSP shares 16,435 16,435
Loss for the year (24,543) (24,543)
Balance as at 31 December 2020 2,482,434 4,229,620 85,298 18,260 (97,710) 6,717,902
Balance as at 1 January 2021 2,482,434 4,229,620 85,298 18,260 (97,710) 6,717,902
Shares issued to employees exercising
stock options 8,595 12,708 21,303
Dividends
2
(260,250) (260,250)
Vested PSP shares 10,206 10,206
Loss for the year (33,852) (33,852)
Balance as at 31 December 2021 2,491,029 3,982,078 85,298 (15,592) (87,504) 6,455,309
1. Represents the book value of treasury shares held by subsidiaries.
2. On 22 June 2021 the shareholders of the Company at the Annual General Meeting approved the distribution of a gross dividend of €0.64 (2020: €0.62) on each ordinary registered
share. The dividend was paid on 3 August 2021 and amounted to CHF 260,250 thousand (2020: CHF 244,737 thousand paid 28 July 2020).
225INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
2.9 Other operating income
2021 2020
CHF thousands
Management fees 35,488 20,971
Guarantee fee 2,832 2,967
Total other operating income 38,320 23,938
Management fees relate to service income earned from services provided to the Company’s direct and indirect participations, where
ofCHF3,431 thousand is true‑up from prior year.
Guarantee fee is the income the Company receives for the services provided as guarantor to Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. and Nigerian
Bottling Company Ltd.
2.10 Employee costs
2021 2020
CHF thousands
Wages and salaries 21,422 12,858
Social security costs 3,172 2,853
Pensions and employee benefits 23,684 11,717
Total employee costs 48,278 27,428
Pension and employee benefits mainly include Performance Share Plan expenses for CCHBC AG employees in the amount of CHF 18,999
thousand (2020: CHF 6,458 thousand). Refer to Note 2.3 for more information.
2.11 Other operating expenses
Other operating expenses amounting to CHF 16,585 thousand for 2021 (2020: CHF 13,114 thousand) mainly include CHF 14,352 thousand
(2020: CHF 11,323 thousand) for management fees to CCB Management Services GmbH, whereof CHF 1,121 thousand is true‑up from
prior year.
3. Other information
3.1 Net release of hidden reserves
No hidden reserves were released for the years ended 31 December 2021 or 31 December 2020.
3.2 Number of employees
In 2021 and 2020, on an annual average basis, the number of full-time-equivalent employees did not exceed 50.
3.3 Contingent liabilities
Euro medium‑term note programmes
In June 2013, the Group established a new €3.0bn Euro medium-term note programme (the ‘EMTN programme’). The EMTN programme
was updated in September 2014, September 2015 and April 2019, when it was increased to €5.0bn. The EMTN programme was further
updated in April 2020 and September 2021. Notes are issued under the EMTN programme through the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary
Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V., a private limited liability company established under the laws of the Netherlands, and are fully, unconditionally
and irrevocably guaranteed by the Company.
In March 2016, Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. issued €600m, 1.875%, Euro‑denominated notes due in November 2024, which are guaranteed
by the Company.
In May 2019, Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. issued €700m, 1%, Euro‑denominated notes due in May 2027 and also issued €600m, 1.625%,
Euro-denominated notes due in May 2031, both of which are guaranteed by the Company.
In November 2019, Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. completed the issue of a €500m Euro‑denominated fixed rate bond maturing in November
2029 with a coupon rate of 0.625%, which is guaranteed by the Company.
As at 31 December 2021, a total of €2.4bn (2020: €2.4bn) in notes issued under the EMTN programme were outstanding.
226 
3. Other information continued
Committed credit facilities
In April 2019, the Group updated its then-existing €500.0m syndicated revolving credit facility (the ‘RCF’), which was set to expire in June
2021. The updated RCF was increased to €800.0m and extended to April 2024 with the option to be further extended for up to two years until
April 2026. Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. exercised its extension option and the RCF has been extended to April 2026. The RCF can be used
for general corporate purposes and carries floating interest rates. No amounts have been drawn under the RCF since its inception. The
borrower under the RCF is the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. and any amounts drawn under the RCF are
fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Company.
Commercial paper programme
In October 2013 the Group established a new €1.0bn Euro commercial paper programme (the ‘ECP Programme’). The ECP Programme was
updated in September 2014, May 2017 and May 2020. Notes are issued under the ECP Programme by Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. and
guaranteed by the Company. The outstanding amount under the ECP Programme was €235m as at 31 December 2021 (2020: €200m).
Nigerian Bottling Company Ltd
In December 2019 the Group established an amortising loan facility of US dollar 85m with maturity in December 2027. The purpose of the
facility is to finance the purchase of production equipment by Nigerian Bottling Company Ltd., the Group’s subsidiary in Nigeria. Over the
course of 2020 and 2021, the facility has been drawn down for approximately US dollar 78m. The obligations under this facility are guaranteed
by the Company.
Credit support provider
On 18 July 2013, the Company signed as credit support provider to J.P. Morgan Securities plc, Credit Suisse International, Credit Suisse AG,
ING Bank N.V., Societe Generale, Merrill Lynch International and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. for
the obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreements.
1
On 24 July 2013, the Company signed as credit support provider to the Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, in favour of Coca‑Cola
HBC Finance B.V. for the obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 8 August 2013, the Company signed as credit support provider to Citibank N.A. in favour of CCHBC Bulgaria AD for the obligations as
defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 8 August 2013, the Company signed as credit support provider to Citibank N.A. in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. for the
obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 24 June 2014, the Company signed as credit support provider to Intesa Sanpaolo S.pA. in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. for the
obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 5 October 2015, the Company signed as credit support provider to Macquarie Bank International Limited in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC
Finance B.V. for the obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 22 June 2016, the Company signed as credit support provider to UniCredit Bank AG in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. for the
obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 31 August 2016, the Company signed as credit support provider to BNP Paribas in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. for the
obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 1 November 2017, the Company signed as credit support provider to Goldman Sachs Global International in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC
Finance B.V. for the obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 22 December 2017, the Company signed as credit support provider to Citigroup Global Markets Limited in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC
Finance B.V. for the obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 14 February 2018, the Company signed as credit support provider to Morgan Stanley & Co. International PLC in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC
Finance B.V. for the obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 25 March 2019, the Company signed as credit support provider to Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC
Finance B.V. for the obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 1 July 2019, the Company signed as credit support provider to Credit Suisse Securities, Sociedad de Valores, S.A. in favour of Coca-Cola
HBC Finance B.V. for the obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 10 July 2019, the Company signed as credit support provider to Macquarie Bank Limited (London Branch) in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC
Finance B.V. for the obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 12 November 2019, the Company signed as credit support provider to UBS AG in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. for the
obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 2 November 2020, the Company signed as credit support provider to J.P. Morgan AG in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC Finance B.V. for the
obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
On 13 November 2020, the Company signed as credit support provider to Goldman Sachs Bank Europe SE in favour of Coca‑Cola HBC
Finance B.V. for the obligations as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement.
1
1. The ISDA (International Swap Dealers Association) Master Agreement is a standardised form issued by the International Swap Dealers Association Inc. to be used for credit
supporttransactions.
227INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
3.4 Significant shareholders
As at 31 December 2021 and 2020, there were two shareholders exceeding the threshold of 5% voting rights in the Company’s share capital.
Date Number of shares
Percentage of
issued share
capital
1
Percentage of
outstanding share
capital
2
Total Kar‑Tess Holding 31.12.2020 85,355,019 23.0% 23.4%
Total Kar‑Tess Holding 31.12.2021 85,355,019 23.0% 23.3%
Total shareholdings related to The Coca-Cola Company 31.12.2020 85,112,078 23.0% 23.4%
Total shareholdings related to The Coca-Cola Company 31.12.2021 78,252,731 21.0% 21.4%
1. Basis: total issued share capital including treasury shares. Share basis 371,795,418 as at 31 December 2021 (2020: 370,512,597).
2. Basis: total issued share capital excluding treasury shares. Share basis 365,900,835 as at 31 December 2021 (2020: 364,323,182).
3.5 Shareholdings, conversion and option rights
The table below sets out a comparison of the interests in the Company’s total issued share capital that the members of the Board of Directors
(‘Directors’) and Executive Leadership Team hold (all of which, unless otherwise stated, are beneficial interests or are interests of a person
connected with a Director or a member of the Executive Leadership Team) and the interests in the Company’s share capital.
31 December 2021 31 December 2020
Number of
shares
Percentage of
issued share
capital
1
Percentage of
outstanding
share capital
2
Number of
shares
Percentage of
issued share
capital
Percentage of
outstanding
share capital
Directors
Anastassis G. David
3
Zoran Bogdanovic 193,729 0.05% 0.05% 144,113 0.04% 0.04%
Charlotte J. Boyle 1,017 0.00% 0.00% 1,017 0.00% 0.00%
Henrique Braun
4
Olusola (Sola) David‑Borha
Anna Diamantopoulou
William W. (Bill) Douglas III 10,000 0.00% 0.00% 10,000 0.00% 0.00%
Reto Francioni 7,000 0.00% 0.00% 7,000 0.00% 0.00%
Anastasios I. Leventis
5
Christo Leventis
6
Alexandra Papalexopoulou
Bruno Pietracci
7
José Octavio Reyes
8
Alfredo Rivera
9
Ryan Rudolph
Number of
shares
Percentage of
issued share
capital
1
Percentage of
outstanding
share capital
2
Number of
shares
Percentage of
issued share
capital
Percentage of
outstanding
share capital
Executive Leadership Team
Minas Agelidis 50,112 0.01% 0.01% 42,492 0.01% 0.01%
Mourad Ajarti 12,496 0.00% 0.00% 10,716 0.00% 0.00%
Ben Almanzar
10
636 0.00% 0.00%
Jan Gustavsson 169,298 0.05% 0.05% 144,343 0.04% 0.04%
Michael Imellos
11
156,970 0.04% 0.04%
Nikos Kalaitzidakis 44,286 0.01% 0.01% 35,409 0.01% 0.01%
Naya Kalogeraki 49,127 0.01% 0.01% 35,864 0.01% 0.01%
Martin Marcel 102,403 0.03% 0.03% 82,212 0.02% 0.02%
Spyros Mello
12
37,055 0.01% 0.01%
Vitaliy Novikov 29,818 0.01% 0.01% 30,797 0.01% 0.01%
Sean O’Neill 3,132 0.00% 0.00% 1,805 0.00% 0.00%
Sanda Parezanovic 80,442 0.02% 0.02% 68,817 0.02% 0.02%
Barbara Tönz
13
3,020 0.00% 0.00%
Footnotes are presented at the end of Note 3.5.
228 
3. Other information continued
The following table sets out information regarding the stock options and performance shares held by members of the Executive Leadership
Team as at 31 December 2021:
Stock options (ESOP) Performance shares (PSP)
Number of
stock options Already vested
Vesting at the
end of 2021 Granted in 2021
Unvested and subject
to performance
conditions Vested
Zoran Bogdanovic
14
162,477 162,477 97,206 327,430 48,829
Minas Agelidis 19,093 63,427 6,046
Mourad Ajarti 13,928 36,329
Ben Almanzar
10
45,192 45,192
Jan Gustavsson 302,658 302,658 25,169 85,483 12,790
Michael Imellos
10
28,009 81,564 14,239
Nikos Kalaitzidakis 11,680 11,680 19,139 64,995 6,825
Naya Kalogeraki 47,784 47,784 37,728 92,099 10,494
Martin Marcel 38,151 38,151 21,722 73,791 11,046
Spyros Mello
12
11,006 37,300 5,541
Vitaliy Novikov 15,927 15,927 18,902 53,966 7,100
Sean O’Neill 12,473 43,945
Sanda Parezanovic 30,794 30,794 20,032 68,034 9,897
Barbara Tönz
13
1. Basis: total issued share capital including treasury shares. Share basis 371,795,418 as at 31 December 2021 (2020: 370,512,597).
2. Basis: total issued share capital excluding treasury shares. Share basis 365,900,835 as at 31 December 2021 (2020: 364,323,182).
3. Anastassis G. David is a beneficiary of:
(a) a private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest with respect
to 85,355,019 shares held by Kar‑Tess Holding and
(b) a further private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest
withrespect to 832,268 shares held by Ari Holdings Limited.
4. Mr. Henrique Braun was appointed to the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021.
5. Anastasios I. Leventis is a beneficiary of:
(a) a private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest with respect
to 85,355,019 shares held by Kar‑Tess Holding and
(b) a further private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest
withrespect to 286,880 shares held by its trustee, Selene Treuhand AG and
(c) a further private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Avgie Leventis, that has an indirect interest with respect
to2,138,277 shares held by Carlcan Holding Limited.
6. Christo Leventis is a beneficiary of:
(a) a private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest with respect
to 85,355,019 shares held by Kar‑Tess Holding and
(b) a further private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Anastasios George Leventis, that has an indirect interest
withrespect to 482,228 shares held by its trustee, Selene Treuhand AG and
(c) a further private discretionary trust, for the primary benefit of present and future members of the family of the late Avgie Leventis, that has an indirect interest with respect
to2,138,277 shares held by Carlcan Holding Limited.
7. Mr. Bruno Pietracci was appointed to the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021.
8. Mr. Jose Octavio Reyes retired from the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021.
9. Mr. Alfredo Riveria retired from the Borad of Directors on 22 June 2021.
10. Mr. Ben Almanzar joined the Executive Leadership Team on 1 February 2021.
11. Mr. Michael Imellos’ employment ceased on 30 June 2021.
12. Mr. Spyros Mello joined the Executive Leadership Team on 1 November 2021.
13. Mrs. Barbara Tönz joined the Executive Leadership Team on 1 May 2021.
14. The Remuneration Committee determined at its meeting in 15 March 2022 that, in line with the terms of the PSP, PSP awards granted to Zoran Bogdanovic in 2019 vested over
inaggregate 69,759 shares (including the dividend equivalent shares paid on PSP shares that vested in 2022).
229INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
3.6 Fees paid to the auditor
The audit and other fees paid to the auditor are disclosed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.
3.7 Conditional capital
On 25 April 2013, the shareholders’ meeting agreed to the creation of conditional capital in the maximum amount of CHF 245,601 thousand,
through issuance of a maximum of 36,657 thousand fully paid‑in registered shares with a par value of CHF 6.70 each upon exercise of options
issued to members of the Board of Directors, members of the management, employees or advisers of the Company, its subsidiaries and
other affiliated companies. The share capital of CHF 2,491,029 thousand as disclosed in the balance sheet differs from the share capital in
the commercial register of CHF 2,482,434 thousand as per 31 December 2021 due to the exercise of management options in the course
offinancial year 2021.
Conditional capital Number of shares
Book value per
share CHF
Total CHF
thousand
Agreed conditional capital as per shareholders’ meeting on 25 April 2013 36,656,843 6.70 245,601
Shares issued to employees exercising stock options up until 31 December 2016 (3,149,493) 6.70 (21,102)
Shares issued to employees exercising stock options in 2017 (4,122,401) 6.70 (27,620)
Shares issued to employees exercising stock options in 2018 (1,064,190) 6.70 (7,130)
Shares issued to employees exercising stock options in 2019 (1,352,731) 6.70 (9,063)
Shares issued to employees exercising stock options in 2020 (582,440) 6.70 (3,902)
Remaining conditional capital as at 31 December 2020 26,385,588 6.70 176,784
Shares issued to employees exercising stock options in 2021 (1,282,821) 6.70 (8,595)
Remaining conditional capital as at 31 December 2021 25,102,767 6.70 168,189
4. Subsequent events
The subsequent events in relation to financial year ended 31 December 2021 are disclosed in Note 31 to the consolidated financial statements.
230 
Proposed appropriation of reserves/declaration of dividend
1. Total available reserves
Available reserves CHF thousands
Balance brought forward from previous years 18,260
Net loss for the year (33,852)
Total accumulated losses to be carried forward (15,592)
Reserves from capital contributions before distribution 3,982,078
Total available reserves 3,966,486
2. Proposed declaration of dividend from reserves
The Board of Directors proposes to declare a gross dividend of €0.71 on each ordinary registered share with a par value of CHF 6.70 from
thegeneral capital contribution reserve. Own shares held directly by the Company are not entitled to dividends. The total aggregate amount
of the dividends shall be capped at an amount of CHF 300,000 thousand (the ‘Cap’), and thus will reduce the general capital contribution
reserve of CHF 3,982,078 thousand, as shown in the financial statements as at 31 December 2021, by a maximum of CHF 300,000 thousand.
To the extent that the dividend calculated on €0.71 per share would exceed the Cap on the day of the Annual General Meeting, due to the
exchange rate determined by the Board of Directors in its reasonable opinion, the Euro per share amount of the dividend shall be reduced
ona pro‑rata basis so that the aggregate amount of all dividends paid does not exceed the Cap. Payment of the dividend shall be made
atsuch time and with such record date as shall be determined by the Annual General Meeting and the Board of Directors.
3. Proposed appropriation of reserves/declaration of dividend

As at 31 December 2021 CHF thousands
Reserves from capital contributions before distribution 3,982,078
Proposed dividend of €0.71
1
(280,581)
Reserves from capital contributions after distribution 3,701,497
Variant 2: Dividend if Cap is triggered
As of 31 December 2021 CHF thousands
Reserves from capital contributions before distribution 3,982,078
(Maximum) dividend if cap is triggered
2
(300,000)
(Minimum) reserves from capital contributions after distribution 3,682,078
1. Illustrative at an exchange rate of CHF 1.07 per EUR. Assumes that the shares entitled to a dividend amount to 369,330,970.
2. Dividend is capped at a total aggregate amount of CHF 300,000 thousand.
231INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
Report of the statutory auditor
to the General Meeting of
Coca-Cola HBC AG
Steinhausen (Zug)
Report of the statutory auditor to the General Meeting
on the remuneration report 2021
We have audited the remuneration report of Coca-Cola HBC AG for the year ended 31 December 2021. The audit was limited to the information
according to articles 14–16 of the Ordinance against Excessive Compensation in Stock Exchange Listed Companies (Ordinance) on pages
233 to 236 of the remuneration report.
Board of Directors’ responsibility
The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation and overall fair presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with Swiss
law and the Ordinance against Excessive Compensation in Stock Exchange Listed Companies (Ordinance). The Board of Directors is also
responsible for designing the remuneration system and defining individual remuneration packages.
Auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report. We conducted our audit in accordance with Swiss Auditing Standards.
Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the remuneration report complies with Swiss law and articles 14–16 of the Ordinance.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence on the disclosures made in the remuneration report with regard to
compensation, loans and credits in accordance with articles 14–16 of the Ordinance. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s
judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatements in the remuneration report, whether due to fraud or error.
Thisaudit also includes evaluating the reasonableness of the methods applied to value components of remuneration, as well as assessing
theoverall presentation of the remuneration report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the remuneration report of Coca-Cola HBC AG for the year ended 31 December 2021 complies with Swiss law and articles
14–16 of the Ordinance.
PricewaterhouseCoopers AG
Sandra Boehm Uglow
Audit Expert
Auditor In Charge
Zurich, 23 March 2022
Mei Ling Ow
Audit Expert
232 COCA-COLA HBC
Statutory Remuneration Report
Additional disclosures regarding the Statutory Remuneration Report
The section below is in line with the Ordinance against Excessive Compensation in Listed Stock Companies, which requires disclosure
oftheelements of compensation paid to the Company’s Board of Directors and the Executive Leadership Team (formerly known as the
Operating Committee). The amounts relate to the calendar years of 2021 and 2020. In the information presented below, the exchange rate
used for conversion of 2021 remuneration data from Euro to CHF is 1/1.0833 and the exchange rate used for conversion of 2020
remuneration data from Euro to CHF is 1/1.0689.
As the Company is headquartered in Switzerland, it is required for statutory purposes to present compensation data for two consecutive
years, 2021 and 2020. The applicable methodology used to calculate the value of stock option and performance shares follows Swiss Standards.
In 2021 and 2020, the fair value of performance shares from the 2021 and 2020 grants is calculated based on the performance share awards
that are expected to vest. Below is the relevant information for Swiss statutory purposes.
The Statutory Remuneration Report should be read in conjunction with the Directors’ remuneration report presented in the Integrated
Annual Report as the qualitative aspects of remuneration policy are described therein.
Remuneration for acting members of governing bodies
The Company’s Directors believe that the level of remuneration offered to Directors and the members of the Executive Leadership Team
should reflect their experience and responsibility as determined by, among other factors, a comparison with similar multinational companies
and should be sufficient to attract and retain high-calibre Directors who will lead the Group successfully. In line with the Group’s commitment
to maximise shareholder value, its policy is to link a significant proportion of remuneration for its Executive Leadership Team to the performance
of the business through short- and long-term incentives. Therefore, the Executive Leadership Team members’ financial interests are closely
aligned with those of the Company’s shareholders through the equity-related long-term compensation plan.
The total remuneration of the Directors and members of the Executive Leadership Team of the Company, including performance share
grants, during 2021 amounted to CHF 27.6m (2020: CHF 22.4m). Out of this, the amount relating to the expected value of performance
share awards granted in relation to 2021 was CHF 5.5m (2020: CHF 4.5m). Pension and post‑employment benefits for Directors and the
Executive Leadership Team of the Company during 2021 amounted to CHF 1.0m (2020: CHF 0.9m).
233INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
Remuneration of the Board of Directors
2021 CHF
Fees
Cash and
non-cash
benefits
1
Cash
performance
incentives
Pension and
post-employment
benefits
Total fair value of
stock options at
thedate granted
Total
compensation
Anastassis G. David 79,623 79,623
Zoran Bogdanovic
2
Charlotte J. Boyle 98,472 98,472
Henrique Braun
3
39,811 39,811
Olusola (Sola) David‑Borha
4
95,330 95,330
Anna Diamantopoulou
5
98,472 98,472
William W. (Bill) Douglas III 110,930 110,930
Reto Francioni
6
115,588 115,588
Anastasios I. Leventis 92,189 92,189
Christo Leventis 79,623 79,623
Alexandra Papalexopoulou 95,330 95,330
Bruno Pietracci
7
42,953 42,953
José Octavio Reyes
8
42,953 42,953
Alfredo Rivera
9
39,811 39,811
Ryan Rudolph
10
79,623 79,623
Total Board of Directors 1,110,708 1,110,708
1. Cash and non‑cash benefits consist of cost‑of‑living allowance, housing support, Employee Stock Purchase Plan, Private Medical Insurance Relocation Expenses, Home Trip Allowance,
lump sum expenses and similar allowances.
2. Zoran Bogdanovic’s compensation was based on his role as CEO, member of the Executive Leadership Team, and his employment agreement. Zoran Bogdanovic was not entitled
and did not receive additional compensation as a Director.
3. Henrique Braun was appointed to the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021. The Group has applied a half‑year period fee of CHF 39,811. On top of his fees, the Group paid CHF 3,237
in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation
4. For Olusola (Sola) David‑Borha, on top of her fees, the Group paid CHF 7,752 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
5. For Anna Diamantopoulou, on top of her fees, the Group paid CHF 8,008 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
6. For Reto Francioni, on top of his fees, the Group paid CHF 6,932 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
7. Bruno Pietracci was appointed to the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021. The Group has applied a half‑year period fee of CHF 42,953. On top of his fees, the Group paid CHF 3,493
in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
8. José Octavio Reyes retired from the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021. The Group has applied a half‑year period base fee of CHF 42,953. On top of his fees, the Group paid
CHF2,436 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
9. Alfredo Rivera retired from the Board of Directors on 22 June 2021. The Group has applied a half‑year period base fee of CHF 39,811.
10. For Ryan Rudolph, on top of his fees, the Group paid CHF 6,475 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the Group’s incentive plans, nor do they receive any retirement benefits.
234 
Remuneration of the Board of Directors
2020 CHF
Fees
Cash and
non-cash
benefits
1
Cash
performance
incentives
Pension and
post-employment
benefits
Total fair value of
performance shares
at the dategranted
Total
compensation
Anastassis G. David 78,564 78,564
Zoran Bogdanovic
2
Charlotte J. Boyle 94,063 94,063
Olusola (Sola) David‑Borha
3
94,063 94,063
Anna Diamantopoulou
4
48,582 48,582
William W. (Bill) Douglas III 109,455 109,455
Reto Francioni
5
114,052 114,052
Anastasios I. Leventis 90,963 90,963
Christo Leventis 78,564 78,564
Alexandra Papalexopoulou
6
98,713 98,713
José Octavio Reyes
7
84,764 84,764
Alfredo Rivera 78,564 78,564
Ryan Rudolph
8
78,564 78,564
John P. Sechi
9
47,032 47,032
Total Board of Directors 1,095,943 1,095,943
1. Allowances consist of cost of living allowance, housing support, employee share purchase plan, private medical insurance, relocation expenses, home trip allowance, lump sum
expenses and similar allowances.
2. Zoran Bogdanovic’s compensation was based on his role as CEO, member of the Executive Leadership Team, and his employment agreement. Zoran Bogdanovic was not entitled
anddidnot receive additional compensation as a Director.
3. For Olusola (Sola) David‑Borha, on top of her fees, the Group paid CHF 7,625 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
4. Anna Diamantopoulou was appointed to the Board of Directors on 16 June 2020. The Group has applied a half‑year period fee of CHF 48,582. On top of her fees, the Group paid
CHF3,939 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
5. For Reto Francioni, on top of his fees, the Group paid CHF 8,230 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
6. For Alexandra Papalexopoulou, on top of her fees, the Group paid CHF 3,488 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
7. For José Octavio Reyes, on top of his fees, the Group paid CHF 4,763 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
8. For Ryan Rudolph, on top of his fees, the Group paid CHF 6,369 in social security contributions as required by Swiss legislation.
9. John P. Sechi retired from the Board of Directors on 16 June 2020. The Group has applied a half‑year period base fee of CHF 47,032.
Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the Group’s incentive plans, nor do they receive any retirement benefits.
235INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Swiss statutory reporting continued
Remuneration of the Executive Leadership Team
The total remuneration paid to or accrued for the Executive Leadership Team for 2021 amounted to CHF 26.4m.
2021 CHF
Base salary
1
Cash
and non-cash
benefits
2
Annual bonus
accrual
3
Pension and
post-employment
benefits
4
Total fair value of
performance shares
at the dategranted
5
Total
remuneration
Zoran Bogdanovic, Chief Executive Officer 873,862 956,346 992,326 150,796 1,553,290 4,526,620
Other current members
6
4,745,415 6,881,649 4,324,931 814,544 3,973,231 20,739,770
Former members
7
581,082 281,445 263,227 51,623 - 1,177,377
Total Executive Leadership Team 6,200,359 8,119,440 5,580,484 1,016,963 5,526,521 26,443,767
1. Base salary includes non‑compete payments in 2021 to former members of the Executive Leadership Team.
2. Cash and non-cash benefits consist of cost-of-living allowance, housing support, schooling, employee share purchase plan, private medical insurance, relocation expenses, home
trip allowance, employer social security contributions, lump sum expenses, all paid and unpaid sign-on bonus, equalisation amounts and similar allowances.
3. The annual bonus accrual for 2021 includes the accrued Management Incentive Plan (MIP) payout, receivable early in 2022 for the 2021 business performance, including amount
deferred in shares, employer social security contribution and gross‑up for the tax benefit, of CHF 5,580,484. The monetary value that was paid in 2021 under the MIP reflecting the
2020 business performance is approx. CHF 2,139,756.
4. Members of the Executive Leadership Team participate in the pension plan of their employing entity, as appropriate.
5. Values under long-term incentives represent the fair value of performance shares that are expected to vest for the 2021 grant in order to comply with Swiss reporting guidelines.
6. Ben Almanzar was appointed to the role of Chief Financial Officer on 1 February 2021. Barbara Tönz was appointed to the role of Chief Customer and Commercial Officer on 1 May
2021. Spyros Mello was appointed to the role of Strategy and Transformation Director on 1 November 2021.
7. Michalis Imellos’ s employment ceased on 30 June 2021.
The total remuneration paid to or accrued for the Executive Leadership Team for 2020 amounted to CHF 21.3m.
2020 CHF
Base salary
Cash
and non-cash
benefits
1
Cash
performance
incentives
2
Pension and
post-employment
benefits
3
Total fair value of
performance shares
at the date granted
4
Total
remuneration
Zoran Bogdanovic, Chief Executive Officer 844,431 730,070 611,368 150,885 1,532,642 3,869,396
Other members
5
5,216,319 5,926,381 2,548,950 751,594 2,972,080 17,415,324
Total Executive Leadership Team 6,060,750 6,656,451 3,160,318 902,479 4,504,722 21,284,720
1. Cash and non-cash benefits consist of cost-of-living allowance, housing support, schooling, employee share purchase plan, private medical insurance, relocation expenses, home
trip allowance, employer social security contributions, lump sum expenses and similar allowances.
2. The cash performance incentives represent the monetary value that was paid under MIP in 2020 reflecting the 2019 business performance.
3. Members of the Executive Leadership Team participate in the pension plan of their employing entity, as appropriate.
4. Values under long-term incentives represent the fair value of performance shares that are expected to vest for the 2020 grant in order to comply with Swiss reporting guidelines.
5. Naya Kalogeraki was appointed to the role of Chief Operating Officer on 1 September 2020. Vitaliy Novikov was appointed to the role of Group Commercial & Customer Director
on1September 2020. Alain Brouhard’s employment ceased on 30 June 2020.
Credits and loans granted to governing bodies
In 2021, similar to 2020, there were no credits or loans granted to active or former members of the Company’s Board of Directors, members
of the Executive Leadership Team or to any related persons. There are no outstanding credits or loans.
236 
Definitions and reconciliations of
Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)
1. Comparable APMs
1
In discussing the performance of the Group, ‘comparable’ measures are used, which are calculated by deducting from the directly reconcilable
IFRS measures the impact of the Group’s restructuring costs, the mark-to-market valuation of the commodity hedging activity, acquisition
and integration costs and certain other tax items, which are collectively considered as items impacting comparability, due to their nature.
More specifically, the following items are considered as items that impact comparability:
1. Restructuring costs
Restructuring costs comprise costs arising from significant changes in the way the Group conducts business, such as significant supply chain
infrastructure changes, outsourcing of activities and centralisation of processes. These costs are included within the income statement line
‘Operating expenses’. However, they are excluded from the comparable results so that the users can obtain a better understanding of the
Group’s operating and financial performance achieved from underlying activity.
2. Commodity hedging
The Group has entered into certain commodity derivative transactions in order to hedge its exposure to commodity price risk. Although
these transactions are economic hedging activities that aim to manage our exposure to sugar, aluminium, gas oil and plastics price volatility,
hedge accounting has not been applied in all cases. In addition, the Group recognises certain derivatives embedded within commodity
purchase contracts that have been accounted for as stand-alone derivatives and do not qualify for hedge accounting. The fair value gains
and losses on the derivatives and embedded derivatives are immediately recognised in the income statement in the cost of goods sold and
operating expenses line items. The Group’s comparable results exclude the gains or losses resulting from the mark-to-market valuation
ofthose derivatives to which hedge accounting has not been applied (primarily plastics) and embedded derivatives. These gains or losses
arereflected in the comparable results in the period when the underlying transactions occur, to match the profit or loss to that of the
corresponding underlying transactions. We believe this adjustment provides useful information related to the impact of our economic risk
management activities.
3. Acquisition and integration costs
Acquisition costs comprise costs incurred to effect a business combination such as finder’s, advisory, legal, accounting, valuation andother
professional or consulting fees as well as changes in the fair value of contingent consideration recorded in the income statement. Integration
costs comprise direct incremental costs necessary for the acquiree to operate within the Group. These costs are included within the income
statement line ‘Operating expenses’. However, to the extent that they relate to business combinations that have completed orare expected
to be completed, they are excluded from the comparable results so that users can obtain a better understanding oftheGroup’s operating
and financial performance achieved from underlying activity.
4. Other tax items
Other tax items represent the tax impact of (a) changes in income tax rates affecting the opening balance of deferred tax arising during
theyear and (b) certain tax‑related matters selected based on their nature. Both (a) and (b) are excluded from comparable after‑tax results
so that users can obtain a better understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance.
1. Comparable APMs refer to comparable cost of goods sold, comparable gross profit, comparable operating expenses, comparable EBIT, comparable EBIT margin, comparable
Adjusted EBITDA, comparable tax, comparable net profit and comparable EPS.
The Group discloses comparable performance measures to enable users to focus on the underlying performance of the business on a basis
which is common to both periods for which these measures are presented.
237INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Alternative performance measures continued
The reconciliation of comparable measures to the directly related measures calculated in accordance with IFRS is as follows:
Reconciliation of comparable financial indicators (numbers in € million except per share data)
2021
Cost of
goods sold Gross profit
Operating
expenses EBIT
Adjusted
EBITDA Tax Net profit
1
EPS (€)
As reported (4,570) 2,598 (1,833) 799 1,152 (187) 547 1.499
Restructuring costs 21 21 21 (5) 17 0.045
Commodity hedging (4) (4) (4) (4) 1 (3) (0.008)
Acquisition and integration costs 14 14 14 14 0.039
Other tax items 3 3 0.009
Comparable (4,574) (2,594) (1,798) 831 1,183 (188) 578 1.584
2020
Cost of
goods sold Gross profit
Operating
expenses EBIT
2
Adjusted
EBITDA Tax Net profit
1
EPS (€)
As reported (3,810) 2,322 (1,682) 661 1,059 (179) 415 1.140
Restructuring costs 10 10 10 (2) 8 0.022
Commodity hedging 2 2 2 2 1 0.004
Other tax items
3
7 7 0.019
Comparable (3,809) 2,323 (1,672) 672 1,071 (174) 431 1.185
Figures are rounded.
1. Net profit and comparable net profit refer to net profit and comparable net profit respectively after tax attributable to owners of the parent.
2. EBIT for 2020 includes €0.2 million from restructuring within share of results of integral equity method investments.
3. Other tax items for 2020 include €7.2 million regarding net impact from the settlement of the transfer pricing audit for years 2011-2019 in Nigeria (detailed in the ‘Other supplementary
information’ section).
Reconciliation of comparable EBIT per reportable segment (numbers in € million)
2021
Established Developing Emerging Consolidated
EBIT 286 105 409 799
Restructuring costs 15 3 3 21
Commodity hedging (3) (4) 3 (4)
Acquisition costs 3 3 8 14
Comparable EBIT 301 107 424 831
2020
Established Developing Emerging Consolidated
EBIT
4
203 97 360 661
Restructuring costs 6 4 1 10
Commodity hedging 1 2
Comparable EBIT 209 102 361 672
Figures are rounded.
4. EBIT for 2020 includes €0.2 million from restructuring within share of results of integral equity method investments.
2. FX‑neutral APMs
The Group also evaluates its operating and financial performance on an FX-neutral basis (i.e. without giving effect to the impact of variation
of foreign currency exchange rates from year to year). FX-neutral APMs are calculated by adjusting prior year amounts for the impact of
exchange rates applicable to the current year. FX-neutral measures enable users to focus on the performance of the business on a basis
which is not affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to the Group’s operating activities from year to year.
Themost common FX‑neutral measures used by the Group are:
1. FX-neutral net sales revenue and FX-neutral net sales revenue per unit case
FX-neutral net sales revenue and FX-neutral net sales revenue per unit case are calculated by adjusting prior year net sales revenue for
theimpact of changes in exchange rates applicable in the current year.
2. FX-neutral comparable input costs per unit case
FX-neutral comparable input costs per unit case is calculated by adjusting prior year commodity costs, and more specifically sugar, resin,
aluminium and fuel commodity costs, excluding commodity hedging as described above; and other raw materials costs for the impact
ofchanges in exchange rates applicable in the current year.
238 
The calculations of the FX-neutral APMs and their reconciliation to the most directly related measures calculated in accordance with IFRS
isasfollows:
Reconciliation of FX-neutral net sales revenue per unit case (numbers in € million unless otherwise stated)
2021
Established Developing Emerging Consolidated
Net sales revenue 2,479 1,366 3,324 7,168
Currency impact
FX-neutral net sales revenue 2,479 1,366 3,324 7,168
Volume (m unit cases) 590 416 1,407 2,413
FX-neutral net sales revenue per unit case (€) 4.20 3.29 2.36 2.97
2020
Established Developing Emerging Consolidated
Net sales revenue 2,175 1,171 2,786 6,132
Currency impact 1 (14) (124) (137)
FX-neutral net sales revenue 2,176 1,157 2,662 5,995
Volume (m unit cases) 537 412 1,187 2,136
FX-neutral net sales revenue per unit case (€) 4.05 2.81 2.24 2.81
Figures are rounded.
Reconciliation of FX-neutral input costs per unit case (numbers in € million unless otherwise stated)
2021 2020
Input costs 1,955 1,554
Commodity hedging 4 (2)
Comparable input costs 1,959 1,553
Currency impact 10
FX-neutral comparable input costs (€) 1,959 1,562
Volume (m unit cases) 2,413 2,136
FX-neutral comparable input costs per unit case (€) 0.81 0.73
Figures are rounded.
3. Other APMs
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by adding back to operating profit the depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment, the
amortisation and impairment of intangible assets, the employee share option and performance share costs, and items, if any, reported in the
line ‘Other non‑cash items’ of the consolidated cash flow statement. Adjusted EBITDA is intended to provide useful information to analyse
the Group’s operating performance excluding the impact of operating non-cash items as defined above. The Group also uses comparable
Adjusted EBITDA, which iscalculated by deducting from Adjusted EBITDA the impact of the Group’s restructuring costs, acquisition and
integration costs and the mark‑to‑market valuation of the commodity hedging activity. Comparable Adjusted EBITDA is intended to measure
the level of financial leverage of the Group by comparing comparable Adjusted EBITDA to Net debt.
Adjusted EBITDA and comparable Adjusted EBITDA are not measures of profitability and liquidity under IFRS and have limitations, some
ofwhich are as follows: Adjusted EBITDA and comparable Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements,
forcapital expenditures or contractual commitments; Adjusted EBITDA and comparable Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash
requirements for, our working capital needs; although depreciation and amortisation are non‑cash charges, the assets being depreciated
andamortised will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and comparable Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash
requirements for such replacements. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA and comparable Adjusted EBITDA should not be
considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us and should be used only as supplementary APMs.
Free cash flow
Free cash flow is an APM used by the Group and defined as cash generated by operating activities after payments for purchases of property,
plant and equipment net of proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment and including principal repayments of lease obligations.
Free cash flow is intended to measure the cash generation from the Group’s business, based on operating activities, including the efficient
use of working capital and taking into account its net payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment.
The Group considers the purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment as ultimately non-discretionary since ongoing investment
in plant, machinery, technology and marketing equipment, including coolers, is required to support day-to-day operations and the Group’s
growth prospects. The Group presents free cash flow because it believes the measure assists users of the financial statements in understanding
the Group’s cash-generating performance as well as the availability for interest payments, dividend distribution and own retention. The free
cash flow measure is used by management for its own planning and reporting purposes since it provides information on operating cash flows,
working capital changes and net capital expenditure that local managers are most directly able to influence.
Free cash flow is not a measure of cash generation under IFRS and has limitations, some of which are as follows: free cash flow does not
represent the Group’s residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures since the Group has debt payment obligations that are not
deducted from the measure; free cash flow does not deduct cash flows used by the Group in other investing and financing activities and free
cash flow does not deduct certain items settled in cash. Other companies in the industry in which the Group operates may calculate free cash
flow differently, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
239INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Alternative performance measures continued
3. Other APMs continued
Capital expenditure
The Group uses capital expenditure as an APM to ensure that its cash spending is in line with its overall strategy for the use of cash. Capital
expenditure is defined as payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment plus principal repayments of lease obligations less
proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment.
The following table illustrates how Adjusted EBITDA, free cash flow and capital expenditure are calculated:
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Operating profit (EBIT) 799 661
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment, including right-of-use assets 336 388
Amortisation of intangible assets 1 1
Employee performance shares 15 10
Adjusted EBITDA 1,152 1,059
Share of results of integral equity method investments (34) (21)
Gain on disposals of non-current assets (28) (1)
Cash generated from working capital movements 196 108
Tax paid (142) (183)
Net cash from operating activities 1,142 962
Payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment
1
(514) (419)
Principal repayments of lease obligations (63) (59)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment 36 13
Capital expenditure (541) (465)
Net cash from operating activities 1,142 962
Capital expenditure (541) (465)
Free cash flow 601 497
Figures are rounded.
1. Payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment for 2021 include €7.1 million (2020: €nil) relating to repayment of borrowings undertaken to finance the purchase
ofproduction equipment by the Group’s subsidiary in Nigeria, classified as ‘Repayments of borrowings’ in the condensed consolidated cash flow statement.
Net debt
Net debt is an APM used by management to evaluate the Group’s capital structure and leverage. Net debt is defined as current borrowings
plus non-current borrowings less cash and cash equivalents and financial assets (time deposits, treasury bills and money market funds),
asillustrated below:
As at 31 December
2021
€ million
2020
€ million
Current borrowings 382 315
Non-current borrowings 2,556 2,610
Other financial assets (835) (93)
Cash and cash equivalents (783) (1,216)
Net debt 1,320 1,617
Figures are rounded.
240 
Other supplementary information
Effective May 2020, following a re-organisation of Multon‘s structure, the joint arrangement was reclassified from a joint operation to a joint
venture. The table below depicts the Group’s growth including the relevant performance of Multon as a joint operation in the current year
(‘like‑for‑like’), compared to the prior year:
Net sales revenue per unit case
2021 vs 2020 Volume FX-neutral Reported
Growth (%) Total CCH
Total CCH
like-for-like Total CCH
Total CCH
like-for-like Total CCH
Total CCH
like-for-like
Established 9.9 9.9 3.7 3.7 3.8 3.8
Developing 0.8 0.8 17.0 17.0 15.7 15.7
Emerging 18.6 20.4 5.3 5.6 0.6 0.9
Total Group 13.0 14.0 5.8 5.8 3.5 3.4
Net sales revenue
2021 vs 2020 FX-neutral Reported
Growth (%) Total CCH
Total CCH
like-for-like Total CCH
Total CCH
like-for-like
Established 13.9 13.9 14.0 14.0
Developing 18.0 18.0 16.6 16.6
Emerging 24.9 27.1 19.3 21.5
Total Group 19.6 20.6 16.9 17.9
In August 2020, Nigerian Bottling Company Ltd (’NBC’), the Group’s subsidiary in Nigeria, settled the additional tax assessed by the Nigerian
tax authorities (’FIRS’) following the completion of their income tax audit for the years 2005-2019 and transfer pricing (’TP’) audit for the years
2011-2019. The net impact to the Tax line item in the income statement, following the utilisation of provisions for uncertain tax positions,
was €16.5 million, out of which €7.2 million was attributable to the results of the TP audit. This additional tax charge of €16.5 million resulted
ina 2.8pp increase of the Group‘s effective tax rate on a reported basis, for 2020.
NBC was audited by the FIRS with respect to TP for the first time since the inception of the TP rules and principles in the country. The TP
audit focused on the transactions between NBC and The Coca‑Cola Company Group entities (’TCCC’) over a 9‑year period (2011‑2019).
The FIRS challenged the prices of concentrate purchased from and the charges for services provided by TCCC to NBC. As a result, the FIRS
adjusted NBC’s profitability, increasing its taxable base accordingly. The TP audit concluded with a settlement between FIRS and NBC.
This increase of NBC’s taxable base over this 9‑year period amounted to €195 million and resulted in the elimination of accumulated capital
allowances of €183 million. In addition, to the extent that the available capital allowances were not sufficient to offset the full impact of the tax
adjustment in a certain year, a tax payment was required to be made. Following the settlement, the total tax assessed by the FIRS amounted
to €62.7 million, of which €7.6 million was settled in cash and €55.1 million was settled through the elimination of the deferred tax asset
relating to the available capital allowances.
The FIRS applied Nigerian TP rules and principles to assess tax on a portion of the income earned by TCCC from its transactions with NBC
which, the FIRS determined, should have been subject to taxation in Nigeria. The outcome of the TP audit and the additional related tax that
was assessed by the FIRS was therefore not associated with the operations of NBC. Consequently, we consider that the income statement
impact of this TP audit (net income statement charge of €7.2 million after the utilisation of provisions for uncertain tax positions) distorted
users’ understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance for 2020 and we therefore excluded it from the comparable after-tax
results, by reporting it under ‘Other tax matters’ for comparability purposes. Having adjusted for this TP audit charge, the Group’s effective
tax rate on a comparable basis was 28.7% for 2020.
241INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Assurance statement
Independent assurance statement for the 2021 Integrated Annual Report
To the management and stakeholders of Coca‑Cola HBC AG:
denkstatt GmbH was commissioned by Coca‑Cola HBC AG (hereinafter referred to as “the Company”) to provide independent third‑party
assurance for the printed and downloadable pdf versions of the Company’s 2021 Integrated Annual Report (hereinafter referred to as
“theReport”) in accordance with the AA1000 Assurance Standard. We have reviewed sustainability‑related data and content in the Report.
Financial data were not reviewed as part of this engagement. The assurance engagement covered the nature and extent of the Company’s
application of the principles of inclusivity, materiality, responsiveness and impact, as described in the AA1000 Series of Standards
(AA1000AP, 2018). The application level of the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards (2016, core option) was verified.
denkstatt is an independent professional services company. Our team of experts has extensive professional experience of assurance
engagements related to non-financial information and sustainability management, meaning it is qualified to conduct this independent
assurance engagement. denkstatt has implemented a certified quality and environmental management system which complies with the
requirements of ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 14001:2015, and accordingly maintains a comprehensive quality control system.
Management responsibilities
The Company’s management (Management) is responsible for preparing the Report, statements within it and related online content.
Management is also responsible for identifying stakeholders and material issues, defining commitments with respect to sustainability
performance, and establishing and maintaining appropriate performance management and internal control systems, from which reported
information is derived.
Additionally, Management is responsible for establishing data collection and internal control systems to ensure reliable reporting, for
specifying acceptable reporting criteria and for selecting data to be collected for the purposes of the Report. Management responsibilities
also extend to preparing the Report in accordance with the GRI Standards.
Assurance provider’s responsibilities
Our responsibilities are to:
express our conclusions and make recommendations regarding the nature and extent of the Company’s adherence to the AA1000
Accountability Principles (2018), and
express our conclusions on the reliability of the information in the Report, and whether it is in accordance with the criteria in the GRI
Universal Standards (2016).
We did not perform any tasks or services for the Company or other clients in 2021 which would lead to a conflict of interest. We were not
responsible for the preparation of any part of the Report.
Scope of assurance, standards and criteria used
We have fulfilled our responsibilities to provide appropriate assurance that the information in the Report is free from material misstatements.
We planned and carried out our work based on the GRI Standards and the AA1000 Series of Standards. We used the criteria in AA1000AS
(AA1000 Assurance Standard v3) to perform a Type 2 engagement and to provide high level of assurance regarding the nature and extent
ofthe Company’s adherence to the principles of impact, inclusivity, materiality, and responsiveness. The core option was selected as the
application level for the GRI Universal Standards (2016) and verified accordingly.
Methodology, approach, limitations and scope of work
We planned and carried out our work in order to obtain all evidence, information and explanations that we considered necessary to fulfil
ourresponsibilities. We completed a wide range of activities in order to gather necessary evidence, including:
Gathering information regarding the Company’s adherence to the principles of impact, inclusivity, materiality, sustainability context,
completeness and responsiveness as required by GRI and AA1000, and conducting interviews with members of the executive
management, staff from the People and Culture Department, the Legal Affairs Department, the Commercial Department, the Supply
Chain Department (including the Procurement team, the Product Quality, Safety and Environment team, the Fleet team and the Cold
Drink Equipment team) and the Corporate Affairs and Sustainability Department as well as managers from other Group functions.
Inparticular, we verified the management commitment to the above‑mentioned principles, and whether they are embedded at market
level, as well as whether systems and procedures are in place to support compliance with these principles.
Key topics in the interviews conducted at Group level related to the materiality analysis, i.e. health and nutrition, responsible marketing,
employee wellbeing and engagement, vehicle fleets, corporate governance, business ethics and anti-corruption, sourcing, energy and
climate change, cold drink equipment (coolers), TCFD & climate risk assessment, packaging, recycling and waste management, water
stewardship, the World Without Waste initiative, #YouthEmpowered and other community programmes, human rights and diversity,
business risks and opportunities, and social impact.
Conducting interviews at country headquarters in Belarus, Croatia, Cyprus, Greece, Italy, Nigeria and Russia in order to assure that the
information required for the engagement was complete.
Performing audits in nine bottling plants, the majority of which were located in emerging markets: Minsk (Belarus), Zagreb (Croatia),
Nicosia(Cyprus), Aigio (Greece), Nogara (Italy), Abuja (Nigeria), Maiduguri (Nigeria), Samara (Russia) and Vladivostok (Russia).
Making enquiries and conducting spot checks to assess the implementation of Company policies (at plant, market and Group level).
Making enquiries and conducting spot checks regarding necessary documentation for assessing the current data collection systems,
andthe procedures in place to ensure reliable and consistent reporting from the plants to Group level.
242 
Verifying all three inventory scopes (Scope 1, 2 and 3) as defined by the GHG Protocol (Corporate Standard), including progress against
emission reduction targets, reported changes in emissions compared with the baseline years (2010 and 2017) and the figures for absolute
emissions and emissions intensity in 2021.
Verifying the GRI content index, which was published in a separate section of the Company website, to ensure consistency with the
requirements of the GRI Standards (core option).
Conducting additional interviews with four external stakeholders representing different stakeholder groups (i.e., business partners,
suppliers, and non-governmental organisations) at the annual stakeholder forum in autumn 2021.
The scope of assurance covers all information relevant to sustainability in the Report and focuses on Company systems and activities during
the reporting period. Conversely, the following chapters were not covered in the sustainability assurance process:
Financial Statements and Swiss Statutory Reporting.
Due to the Covid‑19 pandemic, in‑person audits were conducted in the following countries: Croatia, Cyprus, Greece and Russia.
Otherauditsand interviews were conducted virtually, by using video conferencing solutions to facilitate virtual tours of manufacturing plants.
Conclusions
On the basis of our work, we found nothing to suggest that the information in the 2021 Integrated Annual Report or in the 2021 GRI content
index is inaccurate or contains material misstatements. Any errors or misstatements identified during the engagement were corrected prior
to the Report being published.
Positive developments
Sustainability is deeply embedded in the Company culture. This is evident in well-structured, easily accessible guidelines which ensure
proper implementation of Company‑wide standards, e.g., the Code of Business Conduct, the Inclusion and Diversity Policy, and the
Mission 2025 Guidebook. It is also reflected in the organisational structure and across all functions, with a clear set of responsibilities
forsustainability strategy, from factory‑level to senior management.
The Company demonstrates a very strong commitment to its goals. Most operations have a strong track record of collecting and
documenting sustainability data. Data traceability has significantly improved over recent years, due to well-structured monitoring and
reporting processes at plant, market, and Group level, as well as specialised software.
The Company fully understands the links between business risks and sustainability issues. An excellent risk management system has been
developed in recent years. The detailed quantitative analysis of climate-related water risks performed by the Company in 2021, using
established tools, can be considered an example of good practice. Procedures for identifying and mitigating risks comprehensively cover
sustainability-related risks, e.g., by integrating the climate risk management process in enterprise risk management in line with TCFD
recommendations. Specific plans for further progress in aligning with TCFD recommendations in the coming years, such as further
quantitative climate risk assessments, demonstrate clear commitment to the issue.
The Company has made great progress over the last year on increasing the number of suppliers that undergo environmental, social, and
corporate governance (ESG) assessment using EcoVadis and other tools. In order to further increase positive developments along the
value chain, supplier-specific dialogues on sustainability-related expectations and areas for improvement should be implemented, as well
as monitoring for actions taken.
In 2021 the Company further improved reporting procedures in respect of breaches of the Code of Business Conduct, such as discrimination.
This included special training programmes. These efforts are reflected in the development of reporting and in the measuresimplemented.
The Company has put great effort into developing the #YouthEmpowered programme by increasing numbers of participants as well as
establishing a data monitoring and reporting system with a high level of maturity. #YouthEmpowered is the flagship social programme
ofthe Company’s Mission 2025 sustainability commitments. It aims to support young people and increase their employability by providing
modular education opportunities in soft and/or business skills. In 2022 the Company will further refine the #YouthEmpowered programme
with regard to the curriculum and training intensity.
The deployment of Behaviour Based Safety (BBS) programmes throughout the Group is a highly positive, impactful development in the
area of health and safety.
Findings and conclusions regarding adherence to the AA1000 principles of inclusivity,
materiality, responsiveness, impact, and specific performance‑related information:
Inclusivity
Group level: The Company has implemented a comprehensive and efficient stakeholder engagement process at Group level.
Itscornerstones are the annual internal and external materiality survey and the Annual Stakeholder Forum (held online in 2021).
Market and plant level: Stakeholder engagement activities at market and plant level are in greater evidence – and, especially during the
Covid-19 pandemic, resulted in new approaches to stakeholder engagement (e.g., virtual stakeholder forums). The Company is well aware
of stakeholder concerns, and it consistently integrates the views of stakeholders at all levels.
243INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Assurance statement continued
Materiality
Group level: A robust process for defining topics material to the Company is in place. The materiality assessment process considers
stakeholder expectations with regard to relevant topics. Moreover, the Company considers its impact on society and the environment
inthe materiality assessment, as required by the GRI Standards. The material topics identified during the assessment in 2021 provided
thebasis for the sustainability strategy and reporting.
Market and plant level: As various markets are publishing sustainability reports in combination with socio‑economic impact studies,
formalised processes for carrying out the materiality assessment have been more strongly implemented throughout the organisation.
Ourrecommendation is to continue with the ‘double materiality’ concept as well as work to combine the two perspectives – financial
materiality, and environmental and social materiality – with a risks and opportunities assessment from both the financial and
non‑financialperspectives.
Responsiveness
The Company demonstrated a proactive, fast, and professional response to the health and safety challenges that arose due to the
pandemic, in order to protect employees and business partners.
Specific measures were taken to provide support for employees during the pandemic, including support for emotional, mental,
andphysical wellbeing, e.g., through the Employee Assistance Programme (EAP).
External stakeholders were also supported, e.g., by focussing the #YouthEmpowered programme on HORECA workers, or donating
products and financial contributions to emergency relief during the Covid-19-related lockdown. New formats are being developed
toadapt the #YouthEmpowered programme to the pandemic and the progress of digitalisation.
Impact
Group level: The Company has robust processes in place for understanding, assessing, and managing its impacts, including risk
management and strategy development.
Market level: Sound socio‑economic impact studies are conducted in individual markets, on a maximum three‑year local cycle, to measure
the organisational impact on communities. Results from these studies are summarised at Group level to disclose the organisation’s impact
on stakeholders, the society and on the Company itself.
As part of the Mission 2025 strategy, the Company has published a strong set of commitments with a long-term perspective, covering
awide range of environmental and social impact areas along the value chain. In particular, the Company’s commitment to NetZeroby40
demonstrates its ambitious environmental roadmap.
Additional conclusions and recommendations
The Company demonstrates excellent engagement and know-how in relation to packaging waste management. This competence,
combined with a structured approach, reflects ambitious targets in this area. However, efforts need to be increased, since the Company’s
2025 targets for use of recycled PET and/or PET from renewables, as well as packaging collection for recycling, do not currently appear
tobe within reach.
The product portfolio is under development, with the integration of new product and service segments such as coffee drinks, snacks,
andpremium spirits. The majority of the social and environmental impacts of these new segments have already been included in the scope
of ESG assessment, and we recommend further assessment and even stronger integration into the Company’s sustainability
managementapproach.
The Company has begun work to include biodiversity topics in its strategy. The newly released biodiversity statement is a very positive
development. In order to make a greater impact, we recommend that the Company continues working on the strong implementation
andintegration of biodiversity in its strategy.
Since implementation of the 2020 Green Fleet Program the Company has made great progress on transitioning to use of alternative
vehicles. To make progress in future towards net-zero transport emissions, we recommend integrating medium and heavy-duty vehicles
(trucks) into the Green Fleet roadmap and increasing collaboration in this area with third-party carriers.
The Company should further strengthen workplace accountability practices within its operations, especially in developing markets,
focusing on third-party contractors.
Willibald Kaltenbrunner
Lead Auditor
denkstatt GmbH
Advisory for Sustainable Development
Vienna, 9 March 2022
244 
30%
23%
33%
5%
1%
8%
North America
Western Europe
UK
Nordic
Asia
Other
Shareholder information
We take great pride in being regarded as a transparent and
accessible company in all our communications with investment
communities around the world. We engage with key financial
audiences, including institutional investors, sell-side analysts
andfinancial journalists, aswell as our Company’s shareholders.
Theinvestor relations department manages the interaction
withthese audiences by attending ad hoc meetings and investor
conferences throughout the year, in addition to the regular meetings
and presentations held at the time of our results announcements.
Listings
Coca‑Cola HBC AG (LSE: CCH) was admitted to the premium listing
segment of the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to trading
on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities
on29 April 2013. With effect from 29 April 2013, Coca‑Cola HBC
AG’s shares are also admitted on the Athens Exchange (ATHEX:
EEE). Coca‑Cola HBC AG has been included as a constituent of the
FTSE 100 and FTSE All-Share Indices from 20 September 2013.
London Stock Exchange
Ticker symbol: CCH
ISIN: CH019 825 1305
SEDOL: B9895B7
Reuters: CCH.L
Bloomberg: CCH LN
Athens Exchange
Ticker symbol: EEE
ISIN: CH019 825 1305
Reuters: EEEr.AT
Bloomberg: EEE GA
Credit rating
Standard & Poor’s: L/T BBB+, S/T A2, stable outlook
Moody’s: L/T Baa1, S/T P2, stable outlook
Share price performance
LSE: CCH 2021 2020 2019
In £ per share
Close 25.55 23.77 25.65
High 27.84 28.83 30.74
Low 21.60 14.94 22.99
Market capitalisation (£ million) 9.348 8,660 9,318
ATHEX: EEE 2021 2020 2018
In € per share
Close 30.26 26.42 30.17
High 32.80 34.24 35.09
Low 24.18 16.99 26.93
Market capitalisation (€ million) 11,071 9,625 10,960
Source: Bloomberg
Share capital
In 2021, the share capital of Coca‑Cola HBC increased by the issue
of 1,282,821 new ordinary shares following the exercise of stock
options pursuant to the Group’s employee stock option plan.
Total proceeds from the issuance of the shares under the stock
option plan amounted to €19.6 million.
Following the above changes, and including 5,894,583 ordinary
shares held as treasury shares, on 31 December 2021 the share
capital of the Group amounted to €2,022.3 million and comprised
371,795,418 shares with a nominal value of CHF 6.70 each.
Major shareholders
The principal shareholders of the Group are Kar‑Tess Holding
(aLuxembourg company), which holds approximately 23%, and
TheCoca‑Cola Company, which indirectly holds approximately 21%
of the Group’s issued share capital.
Dividends
For 2022, the Board of Directors has proposed a €0.71 dividend per
share a 10.9% increase from previous year and increased dividend
pay-out ratio target to 40-50%, previously 35-45%.
This compares with a dividend payment of €0.64 per share in 2021.
Formore information on our dividend policy and dividend history,
please visit our website at www.coca-colahellenic.com.
Financial calendar
12 May 2022 First quarter trading update
21 June 2022 Annual General Meeting
11 August 2022 Half‑year financial results
10 November 2022 Third quarter trading update
Corporate website
www.coca-colahellenic.com
Shareholder and analyst information
Shareholders and financial analysts can obtain further information
bycontacting:
Investor Relations
Tel: +30 210 618 3100
Email: investor.relations@cchellenic.com
IR website: www.coca‑colahellenic.com/en/investor‑relations
Geographic concentration (%)
245INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Glossary

One hundredth of one percentage point
(used chiefly in expressing differences)
BSO
Business services organisation
BSS
Business solutions and systems
CAGR
Compound annual growth rate
Capital expenditure or CapEx
Gross CapEx is defined as payments for
purchase of property, plant and equipment.
Net CapEx is defined as payments for
purchase of property, plant and equipment
less receipts from disposals ofproperty,
plant and equipment plus principal
repayment of leaseobligations

Emissions of CO
2
and other greenhouse
gases from fuel combustion and energy
usein Coca‑Cola HBC’s own operations in
bottling, storage, distribution and in offices
Carbon footprint
Global emissions of CO
2
and other
greenhouse gases from Coca‑Cola HBC’s
wider value chain (raw materials, product
cooling, etc.)
CHP
Combined heat and power plants
Coca‑Cola brands
Includes Coca-Cola, Coca-Cola Zero
andCoca‑Cola Light brands
Coca‑Cola HBC
Coca‑Cola HBC AG, and, as the context may
require, its subsidiaries and joint ventures;
also, the Group, the Company
Coca‑Cola System
The Coca-Cola Company and its
bottlingpartners
Cold drink equipment
A generic term encompassing point-of-sale
equipment such as coolers (refrigerators),
vending machines and post-mix machines
Comparable adjusted EBITDA
We define comparable adjusted EBITDA
asoperating profit before deductions for
depreciation and impairment of property,
plant and equipment (included both in cost
of goods sold and in operating expenses),
amortisation and impairment of intangible
assets, stock option compensation and
other non‑cash items, if any; and further
adjusted for restructuring costs, acquisition
costs and mark tomarket valuation of
commodity hedgingactivity
Comparable net profit
Refers to net profit after tax attributable
toowners of the parent adjusted for
restructuring costs, acquisition costs, mark
to market valuation of commodity hedging
activity and certain other tax items

Comparable operating profit (EBIT) refers to
profit before tax excluding finance income/
(costs) and share of results of equity-
method investments and adjusted for
restructuring costs, acquisition costs and
mark to market valuation ofcommodity
hedging activity
Comparable operating expenditure
Comparable operating expenditure refers
tooperating expenditure adjusted for
restructuring costs, acquisition costs
andmark to market valuation of certain
commodity hedgingactivity
Customer
Retail outlet, restaurant or other operation
that sells or serves Coca‑Cola HBC products
directly to consumers
Dividend policy
Our Board of Directors approved a dividend
policy, effective from 2013, aiming to
increase dividend payments progressively
with a medium-term target payout ratio
of35‑45% on comparable net profits
DME
Direct marketing expenses
Energy use ratio
The KPI used by Coca‑Cola HBC to measure
energy consumption in the bottlingplants,
expressed in megajoules ofenergy consumed
per litre of produced beverage(MJ/lpb)
FMCG
Fast-moving consumer goods
Future consumption
A distribution channel where consumers
buymulti‑packs and larger packages from
supermarkets and discounters which are not
consumed on the spot
GDP
Gross domestic product
GRI
Global Reporting Initiative, a global standard
for sustainability reporting
HoReCa
Distribution channel encompassing hotels,
restaurants and cafés
IASB
International Accounting Standards Board
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards,
issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board
IIRC
The International Integrated Reporting
Council, a global coalition of regulators,
investors, companies, standard-setters,
theaccounting profession and NGOs.
Thecoalition is promoting communication
about value creation as the next step in the
evolution of corporate reporting
Inventory days
We define inventory days as the average
number of days an item remains in inventory
before being sold, using the following
formula: average inventory ÷ cost of goods
sold x 365
Ireland
The Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland
Italy
Territory in Italy served by Coca‑Cola HBC
(excludes Sicily)

An advanced programme and process
tocollaborate with customers in order
tocreate shared value
KPIs
Key Performance Indicators

Unit of reference to show environmental
performance relative to production volume
Market
When used in reference to geographic
areas,a country in which Coca‑Cola HBC
does business
Mission 2025
2025 sustainability commitments with
their17 goals. Developed in late 2018, they
arebased on our stakeholder materiality
matrix and aligned with the United Nations
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and
their targets. The six key focus areas reflect
our value chain: reducing emissions; water
use and stewardship; packaging (World
Without Waste); ingredient sourcing;
nutrition; and our people and communities
NetZeroby40
Long-term commitment to achieving net
zero emissions across our entire value chain
(Scope 1, 2 and 3) by 2040. Commitment
isendorsed by the “We Mean Business”
coalition and published in October 2021
More details on our Scope 1, 2 and 3
emissions are disclosed on p. 38, from our
2021 GRI Content Index:
https://www.coca‑colahellenic.com/
content/dam/cch/us/documents/oar/
Coca‑Cola‑HBC‑2021‑GRI‑Content‑Index.
pdf.downloadasset.pdf
Please see also our 2021 CDP
Climateresponse:
https://www.coca‑colahellenic.com/
content/dam/cch/us/documents/a-more-
sustainable-future/strategic-pillars/
CDP%20RESPONSE%202021_COCA‑
COLA%20HBC%20AG_CLIMATE_
CHANGE.pdf.downloadasset.pdf
NetZeroby40 information from our website:
www.coca-colahellenic.com/en/a-more-
sustainable-future/netzeroby40
246 
NARTD
Non-alcoholic ready-to-drink
NGOs
Non-governmental organisations
NIST
NIST is the US National Institute of
Standards and Technology – a non-
regulatory agencyof the United States
Department ofCommerce
Nm3
Normal cubic metre NSR
Net sales revenue
Operational leverage
Operational leverage is the degree to which
anincrease in a company’s revenues will
result in an increase in comparable EBIT
Organised trade
Large retailers (e.g. supermarkets,
discounters etc.)
PET
Polyethylene terephthalate, a form
ofpolyester used in the manufacturing
ofbeverage bottles

Drinks that are pre-mixed and packaged,
ready to be consumed immediately with
nofurther preparation

Major Group-wide programme to ensure
in-outlet excellence
Receivable days
The average number of days it takes
tocollect receivables using the following
formula: average accounts receivable ÷net
sales revenue x 365
ROIC
Return on invested capital. ROIC is the
percentage return that a company makes
over its invested capital. We define ROIC
asthe percentage of comparable net profit
excluding net finance costs divided by the
capital employed. Capital employed is
calculated as the average of net debt and
shareholders’ equity attributable to the
owners of the parent through the year
SAP
A powerful software platform that enables
usto standardise key business processes
and systems
SDG
UN Sustainable Development Goals.
On25September 2015, countries adopted
aset of 17 goals to end poverty, protect the
planet and ensure prosperity for all aspart
ofa new sustainable development agenda.
Eachgoal has specific targets to be
achievedby 2030
Serving
237ml or 8oz of beverage, equivalent
to1/24 of a unit case
Shared services
Centre to standardise and simplify key
finance and human resources processes
Sparkling beverages
Non-alcoholic carbonated beverages
containing flavourings and sweeteners,
butexcluding, among others, waters and
flavoured waters, juices and juice drinks,
sports and energy drinks, teas and coffee
SKU
Stock Keeping Unit
Still and water beverages
Non-alcoholic beverages without carbonation
including, but not limited to, waters and
flavoured waters, juices and juice drinks,
sports and energy drinks, teasand coffee
Socio‑economic impact
In conducting socio-economic studies,
weuse input‑output modelling to generate
estimates of jobs supported and economic
value added. Data we use in this process
includes our financial information (revenues,
expenses, taxes, sales volume and profits)
as well as some data from The Coca-Cola
Company. While rigorous, the process
involves statistical modelling, which should
be considered when interpreting and using
the results from the studies. Modelling
enables an assessment ofthree key
dimensions of impact:
Direct: immediate effect in terms
ofemployment, wages and output
Indirect: subsequent effect in the supply
chain
Induced: effect caused by staff spend
ongoods or services
We do not conduct socio-economic
studies for all of our markets every year;
studies are conducted for each market
ona rolling basis. In 2021, we updated the
studies for seven markets, adding this
information to the aggregate results from
all socio-economic impact studies for the
period 2018-2021.
Notes to 2021 results from page 9:
Numbers presented are aggregated
based on the local socio-economic studies
from Coca‑Cola HBC markets published
between 2018 and 2021, except for North
Macedonia where the report isfrom 2017.
All KPIs represent annual impact.
Where applicable and relevant in local
socio-economic studies, the impact
ofother entities of the Coca‑Cola System
is included
SSD
Sparkling soft drinks
TCFD
Task Force on Climate-related
FinancialDisclosures
Territory
The 28 countries where Coca‑Cola HBC
operates and in which we have bottling
agreements with The Coca-Cola Company
to be their exclusive distribution partner
UNESDA
Union of European Soft Drinks Associations

Approximately 5.678 litres or 24 servings,
atypical volume measurement unit.
ForBambi volume, one unit case
corresponds to 1 kilogram

The world’s largest corporate citizenship
initiative which provides a framework for
businesses to align strategies with its
10principles promoting labour rights,
humanrights, environmental protection
andanti‑corruption
Volume
Amount of physical product produced
andsold, measured in unit cases
Volume share
Share of total unit cases sold
Value share
Share of total revenue
Waste ratio
The KPI used by Coca‑Cola HBC to measure
waste generation in its bottling plants,
expressed in grammes of waste generated
per litre of produced beverage(g/lpb)
Waste recycling
The KPI used by Coca‑Cola HBC to measure
the percentage of production waste at
bottling plants that is recycled orrecovered
Water footprint
A measure of the impact of water use,
inoperations or beyond, as defined by the
Water Footprint Network methodology
Water use ratio
The KPI used by Coca‑Cola HBC to measure
water use in its bottling plants, expressed
inlitres of water used per litre ofproduced
beverage (l/lpb)
Working capital
Operating current assets minus operating
current liabilities excluding financing and
investment activities

Flagship programme from our Mission
2025sustainability commitments, that aims
to support young people and increase their
employability by providing modular education
of soft and/or business skills. Itisdelivered
via classroom sessions, virtual training, self
e-learning modules, mentoring sessions
andother channels handled locallyby
ourmarkets.
247INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Special note regarding forward‑looking statements
This document contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. These statements may generally, but not
always, be identified by the use of words such as ‘believe’, ‘outlook’,
‘guidance’, ‘intend’, ‘expect’, ‘anticipate’, ‘plan’, ‘target’, ‘seek’,
‘estimates’, ’potential‘ and similar expressions to identify forward-
looking statements. All statements other than statements of
historical fact, including, among others, statements regarding the
future financial position and results; Coca‑Cola HBC’s outlook for
2021 and future years; business strategy and the effects of the global
economic slowdown; the impact of the sovereign debt crisis, currency
volatility, Coca‑Cola HBC’s recent acquisitions, and restructuring
initiatives on Coca‑Cola HBC’s business and financial condition;
Coca‑Cola HBC’s future dealings with The Coca‑Cola Company;
budgets; projected levels of consumption and production; projected
raw material and other costs; estimates of capital expenditure;
freecash flow; and effective tax rates and plans and objectives of
management for future operations, are forward-looking statements.
You should not place undue reliance on such forward‑looking
statements. By their nature, forward‑looking statements involve
riskand uncertainty because they reflect Coca‑Cola HBC’s current
expectations and assumptions about future events and circumstances
that may not prove accurate. Forward-looking statements speak
only as of the date they are made. Coca‑Cola HBC’s actual results
and events could differ materially from those anticipated in the
forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the risks
described in theRisk and materiality section. Although Coca‑Cola
HBC believes that, as of the date of this document, the expectations
reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable,
Coca‑Cola HBC cannot assure that Coca‑Cola HBC’s future results,
level of activity, performance orachievements will meet these
expectations. Moreover, neither Coca‑Cola HBC, nor its Directors,
employees, advisers nor any other person assumes responsibility for
the accuracy and completeness ofany forward‑looking statements.
After the date of this Integrated Annual Report, unless Coca-Cola
HBC is required by law or the rules of the UK Financial Conduct
Authority to update these forward-looking statements, Coca-Cola
HBC makes no commitment to update any of these forward‑ looking
statements to conform them either to actual results or to changes
in Coca‑Cola HBC’s expectations.
About our report
The 2021 Integrated Annual Report (the ‘Annual Report’)
consolidates Coca‑Cola HBC AG’s (also referred to as ‘Coca‑Cola
HBC’ or the ‘Company’ or the ‘Group’) UK and Swiss disclosure
requirements, while meeting the disclosure requirements for its
secondary listing on the Athens Exchange. In addition, the Annual
Report aims to deliver against the expectations of the Company’s
stakeholders and sustainability reporting standards, providing
atransparent overview of the Group’s performance and progress
insustainable development for 2021.
Our strategy is designed to deliver responsible, sustainable and
profitable growth. This strategy is grounded in our purpose to provide
growth for our customers and delight our consumers bynurturing
passionate and empowered people as we enrich our communities
and care for the environment. Our purpose is directly linked to
ourstrategy and the five growth pillars that guide us as wepursue
our objectives and targets. Those growth pillars are: 1. Leverage
ourunique 24/7 portfolio; 2. Win in the marketplace; 3. Fuel growth
through competitiveness and investments; 4. Cultivate the
potentialof our people; 5 Earn our license to operate. The initiatives
we implemented within each of these pillars forms the basis of
thenarrative of the Integrated Annual Report, which is structured
aroundthese five pillars.
The Annual Report is for the year ended 31 December 2021,
anditsfocus is on the primary core business of non‑alcoholic ready‑
to-drink beverages across the 29 countries in which we operate.
Ourwebsite and any other website referred to in the Annual Report
are not incorporated by reference and do not form part of the
Annual Report.
The consolidated financial statements of the Group, included on
pages 154-210, have been prepared in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Coca‑Cola HBC AG’s statutory
financial statements, included on pages 211-236, have been prepared
in accordance with the Swiss Code of Obligations. Unless otherwise
indicated or required by context, all financial information contained
inthis document has been prepared in accordance withIFRS.
ForSwiss law purposes, the annual management report consists
ofthe sections entitled ‘Strategic Report’, ‘Corporate Governance’
(without the sub-section ‘Director’s Remuneration Report’),
‘Supplementary Information’ and ‘Glossary’.
The Group uses certain Alternative performance measures (APMs)
which provide additional insights and understanding to the Group’s
underlying operating and financial performance, financial condition
and cash flows. A full list of these APMs, their definition and
reconciliation to the respective IFRS measures can be found
onpages 237‑240.
This report has been prepared in accordance with the GRI Standards:
Core option. In addition, the sustainability aspects ofthis Annual
Report comply with the AA1000AS Assurance Standard, and the
advanced level requirements for communication on progress
against the 10 Principles of the United Nations Global Compact.
Inaddition, the report is aligned with the principles and elements
ofthe International Integrated Reporting Council’s (IIRC) framework.
Carbon emissions are calculated using the GHG Protocol Corporate
Accounting and Reporting Standard methodology. Furthermore,
Coca‑Cola HBC supports the Task Force on Climate‑related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and reports to the Sustainability
Accounting Standards Board (SASB) framework. The sustainability
aspects of the Integrated Annual Report have been verified by an
independent professional assurance provider as dictated by the
Company’s Executive Leadership Team (ELT), and you can find the
relevant assurance statement on pages 242-244. As with the rest
ofthe information provided, the sustainability aspects of this Annual
Report are for the full year ended 31 December 2021 and the related
information presented is based on an annual reporting cycle.
Scope of the report: environmental and social data includes
NorthMacedonia and Multon joint venture. Snacks manufacturing
operations are not included in the environmental and social reporting,
unless stated otherwise (due to their very small impact, less than the
internal materiality threshold). Relevant impact areas from coffee
and premium spirits categories are included in the environmental
and social data.
We remain committed to strong corporate governance and
leadership as well as transparency in our disclosures. We will continue
to review our reporting approach and routines, to ensure they meet
best practice reporting standards and the expectations of our
stakeholders, andprovide visibility on how we create sustainable
value for the communities we serve.
248 
Write to us
We have dedicated email addresses which
you canusetocommunicate with us:
investor.relations@cchellenic.com
sustainability@cchellenic.com
Visit us
www.coca‑colahellenic.com
The Group site features all the latest news
and stories from around our business and
communities, as well as an interactive
online version of this report.
Coca‑Cola HBC Integrated Annual Report 2021
Coca‑Cola HBC AG
Turmstrasse 26, CH-6312 Steinhausen, Switzerland
www.coca-colahellenic.com
investor.relations@cchellenic.com
sustainability@cchellenic.com
The paper used in this report is FSC® certified. Theprinter is ISO
14001 accredited. Under the framework of ISO 14001 a structured
approach is takenby the company to measure, improve and audit
their environmental status on an ongoing basis. FSC® ensures there
is an audited chain of custody fromthe tree in the well-managed
forest through to the finished documentin the printing factory.
Designed and produced by Black Sun Plc